Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F/A

(Amendment No. 1)

 

(Mark One)

 

x

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

o

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended                 

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

 

Commission file number: 000-55135

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Ontario, Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501

Toronto, Ontario, M5H 2K1, Canada

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Leon M. Pierhal, President

P.O. Box 555

Storrs-Mansfield, Connecticut 06268

Tel: 401-338-1212 — Email: lp@poet-technologies.inc

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

With a copy to:

Timothy C. Maguire, Esq.

Pierce Atwood LLP

100 Summer Street, Suite 2250

Boston, MA 02110

617-488-8140, tmaguire@pierceatwood.com

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Common Stock, no par value.

 



Table of Contents

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:  Not Applicable.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

o Yes    x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

o Yes    x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Not Applicable.

o Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP o

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
x

 

Other o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17    o Item 18

 

Pursuant to The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), we are classified as an “Emerging Growth Company.”  Under the JOBS Act, Emerging Growth Companies are exempt from certain reporting requirements, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  Under this exemption, our auditor will not be required to attest to and report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting during a five-year transition period.  We are also exempt from certain other requirements, including the requirement to adopt certain new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards would apply to private companies.

 

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, we will remain an Emerging Growth Company until the earliest of:

 

·                   the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering of common equity securities;

 

·                   the last day of our fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

 

·                   the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

·                   the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months, and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 



Table of Contents

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

FORM 20-F REGISTRATION STATEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Introduction

1

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

2

ITEM 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

3

ITEM 3.

Key Information

3

ITEM 4.

Information on the Company

16

ITEM 4a.

Unresolved Staff Comments

26

ITEM 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

26

ITEM 6.

Directors, Senior Management, and Employees

38

ITEM 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

52

ITEM 8.

Financial Information

53

ITEM 9.

The Offer and Listing

53

ITEM 10.

Additional Information

55

ITEM 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

66

ITEM 12.

Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

67

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

67

ITEM 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

67

ITEM 15.

Controls and Procedures

67

ITEM 16.

Reserved

67

ITEM 16a.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

67

ITEM 16b.

Code Of Ethics

68

ITEM 16c.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

68

ITEM 16d.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

68

ITEM 16e.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

68

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

ITEM 17.

Financial Statements

68

ITEM 18.

Financial Statements

68

ITEM 19.

Exhibits

69

 



Table of Contents

 

INTRODUCTION

 

POET Technologies Inc. is organized under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario).  In this Registration Statement, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us” refer to POET Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise requires).  We refer you to the documents attached as exhibits hereto for more complete information than may be contained in this Registration Statement.  Our principal Canadian corporate offices are located at Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada.  Our principal operations office is located in the U.S. on the campus of the University of Connecticut, P.O. Box 555, Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268.  Our telephone number is (203) 612-2366.

 

Upon effectiveness, we will file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may obtain copies of our filings with the SEC by accessing their website located at www.sec.gov.  We also file reports under Canadian regulatory requirements on SEDAR; you may access our reports filed on SEDAR by accessing the website www.sedar.com.

 

Business of POET Technologies Inc.

 

We are a fabless semiconductor company specializing in the design and development of semiconductor technology for military, industrial and commercial applications, including infrared sensor arrays and ultra-low-power random access memory.  In the past, the Company focused on the development of solar panel and solar tracking technology for application in solar energy generation.  Today, we are focusing on our proprietary Planar Opto-Electronic Technology (“POET”), a semiconductor technology platform that enables multiple single-chip applications requiring optical and electrical functions, thereby addressing the needs of speed, size, energy and cost efficiency associated with current silicon-based semiconductor technology.

 

The Company generated $342,874 in other income during its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, all from U.S. government grants, and incurred expenses of $1,925,974 in research and development and $6,338,607 in general and administrative costs.  The Company has experienced losses from operations since inception.  Losses for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $7,903,336, $8,568,401 and $15,161,726, respectively.  We have yet to commercialize the POET technology.  To date, proceeds from the issuance of its common shares and the receipt of grants from U.S. governmental agencies have financed the Company’s continuing operations and research and development initiatives.

 

Financial and Other Information

 

In this Registration Statement, unless otherwise specified, all dollar amounts are expressed in United States Dollars (“US$” or “$”).

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Registration Statement on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. and Canadian securities laws.  Forward-looking statements and information can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology or words, such as, “continues”, “with a view to”, “is designed to”, “pending”, “predict”, “potential”, “plans”, “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “intends”, “estimates”, “projects”, and similar expressions or variations thereon, or statements that events, conditions or results “can”, “might”, “will”, “shall”, “may”, “must”, “would”, “could”, or “should” occur or be achieved and similar expressions in connection with any discussion, expectation, or projection of future operating or financial performance, events or trends. Forward-looking statements and information are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

 

The forward-looking statements and information in this Registration Statement are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described in “ITEM 3.D.  Risk Factors” , many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond the control of the Company, including without limitation:

 

·                   we have a limited operating history;

·                   our need for additional financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all;

·                   the possibility that we will not be able to compete in the highly competitive semiconductor market;

·                   the risk that our objectives will not be met within the time lines we expect or at all;

·                   research and development risks;

·                   the risks associated with successfully protecting patents and trademarks and other intellectual property;

·                   the need to control costs and the possibility of unanticipated expenses;

·                   manufacturing and development risks;

·                   the risk that the price of our common stock will be volatile; and

·                   the risk that shareholders’ interests will be diluted through future stock offerings or options exercises.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

For all of the reasons set forth above, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Other than any obligation to disclose material information under applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements after the date hereof.

 

Data relevant to estimated market sizes for the Company’s technologies under development are presented in this Registration Statement. These data have been obtained from a variety of published resources including published scientific literature, websites and information generally available through publicized means. The Company attempts to source reference data from multiple sources whenever possible for confirmatory purposes. Although the Company believes the foregoing data is reliable, the Company has not independently verified the accuracy and completeness of this data.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                                                                                                 IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

 

A Directors and Senior Management

 

The following are the names, business addresses and positions of the members of the board of directors (collectively, the “Board of Directors” or the “Board” and, individual, each a “Director”) and the named executive officers (the “NEOs” or “Officers” and, individually, each an “NEO” or an “Officer”) of POET Technologies Inc. (the “Company”), as of the date of this Registration Statement.

 

Name and Business Address

 

Position(s)

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal
PO Box 555
Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268, USA

 

President and Director

 

 

 

Peter Copetti
Suite   501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Executive Chairman, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

Kevin Barnes
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Vice President of Technology

 

 

 

Stephane Gagnon
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Senior Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

Mark Benadiba
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Vice Chairman and Director

 

 

 

Geoffrey Taylor
PO Box 555
Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268, USA

 

 Director and Chief Scientist

 

 

 

Samuel Peralta
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Director

 

2



Table of Contents

 

John O’Donnell
Suite 2300, 200 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5V 3K2, Canada

 

Director

 

 

 

Chris Tsiofas
812 — 330 Bay Street
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2S8, Canada

 

Audit Committee Chair and Director

 

 

 

Adam Chowaniec
Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Director

 

B Advisers

 

The Company’s bankers are the Royal Bank of Canada, 20 King Street West, Lower Level, Toronto, ON M5H 1C4, Canada; Bank of America, 157 Church Street, New Haven, CT 06510, USA; and the Savings Institute Bank and Trust, 803 Main Street, Willimantic, CT 06226, USA.

 

The Company’s legal advisors in Canada are Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP, 200 Front Street West, Suite 2300, Toronto, ON M5V 3K2, Canada.

 

The Company’s legal advisors in the United States are Pierce Atwood LLP, 100 Summer St. Suite 2250, Boston, MA 02110, USA.

 

C.  Auditors

 

The Company’s auditor is Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, 185 Asylum Street, 17 th  Floor, Hartford, CT 06103, USA.  Marcum LLP is a registered member of the Canadian Public Accountability Board (“CPAB”) permitting them to practice public accounting in Canada and a registered member of the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”).  Marcum LLP has confirmed that it is independent with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario and under the guidelines of the SEC, the Independence Standards Board and PCAOB Rule 3526.

 

ITEM 2.                                                                                                 OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 3.                                                                                                 KEY INFORMATION

 

A.  Selected Financial Data

 

The selected financial data of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was derived from the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as described in their report which is included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

The information contained in the selected financial data for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 years is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included under the heading “ITEM 17.  Financial Statements” and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements and with the information appearing under the heading “ITEM 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”  Except where otherwise indicated, all amounts are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

Since its formation, the Company has financed its operations from public and private sales of equity securities, proceeds received upon the exercise of warrants and stock options, research and development contracts from U.S. government agencies and, prior to 2012, by sales of solar energy equipment products.  The Company has never been profitable, so its ability to finance operations has been dependent on equity financings.  The Company believes that it will continue to rely on the sale of its equity securities to provide funds for its activities.  While the Company is not planning to seek additional equity financing at this time, because it is well capitalized for the next 12 months, nevertheless the Company may effect a future financing if an appropriate opportunity presents itself.  See “ITEM 3.D.  Risk Factors.”

 

The Company has not declared any dividends since incorporation and does not anticipate that it will do so in the foreseeable future.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

The following consolidated financial information is separated between continuing and discontinued operations.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$)

 

 

 

  Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and Administration

 

$

6,338,607

 

$

3,027,760

 

$

2,638,076

 

Resea rch and Development

 

 

1,925,974

 

 

1,093,998

 

 

1,402,762

 

Investment Income, including interest

 

 

(18,371

)

 

 

 

(21,915

)

Total Expenses

 

 

8,246,210

 

 

4,121,758

 

 

4,018,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss, before the following

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

342,874

 

 

238,806

 

 

755,422

 

Net Loss for the Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(7,903,336

)

 

(3,882,952

)

 

(3,263,501

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

(4,685,449

)

 

(11,898,225

)

Net Loss

 

 

(7,903,336

)

 

(8,568,401

)

 

(15,161,726

)

Deficit, beginning of period

 

 

(59,178,252

)

 

(50,470,735

)

 

(35,309,009

)

Divestiture of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

(139,116

)

 

 

Deficit, end of period

 

$

(67,081,588

)

$

(59,178,252

)

$

(50,470,735

)

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.17

)

Continuing Operations

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.04

)

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.13

)

 

Consolidated Statements of Discontinued Operations

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

$

617,728

 

$

5,122,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

 

1,117,282

 

8,916,603

 

General and Administration

 

 

 

3,380,117

 

5,551,286

 

Research and Development

 

 

 

611,644

 

2,561,217

 

Investment Income, including interest

 

 

 

(3,044

)

(8,374

)

Total Expenses

 

 

 

5,105,999

 

17,020,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

(4,488,271

)

(11,898,225

)

Loss on divestiture of subsidiaries

 

 

 

(197,178

)

 

Net Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

(4,685,449

)

(11,898,225

)

Attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

107,662

 

Attributable to equity shareholders

 

$

 

$

(4,685,449

)

$

(11,790,563

)

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

  2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

$

3,260,967

 

$

1,435,762

 

$

1,330,141

 

Accounts And Other Receivable

 

 

 

96,749

 

526,229

 

Prepaids and Other Current Assets

 

 

267,012

 

158,257

 

152,162

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

1,426,003

 

Marketable Securities

 

 

397

 

426

 

415

 

Assets Available for Sale

 

 

 

606,413

 

 

Investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited

 

 

 

 

197,178

 

Property and Equipment

 

 

903,792

 

26,670

 

1,798,779

 

Patents and Licenses

 

 

38,790

 

42,983

 

169,971

 

Total Assets

 

$

4,470,958

 

$

2,367,260

 

$

5,600,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

256,027

 

$

231,903

 

$

1,705,876

 

Product Warranty

 

 

 

25,899

 

25,899

 

Disposal Group Liabilities

 

 

 

606,413

 

 

Deferred Energy Credit

 

 

 

 

614,363

 

Asset Retirement Obligation

 

 

 

 

74,277

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

256,027

 

864,215

 

2,420,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share Capital

 

 

42,911,455

 

40,225,401

 

38,507,720

 

Special Voting Share

 

 

 

100

 

100

 

Special Warrants and Shares to be Issued

 

 

 

 

27,521

 

Warrants

 

 

8,135,590

 

3,850,685

 

1,813,729

 

Contributed Surplus

 

 

20,261,067

 

16,361,282

 

13,162,981

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)

 

 

(11,593

)

243,829

 

278,263

 

Deficit

 

 

(67,081,588

)

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

Non-Controlling Interest

 

 

 

 

(139,116

)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

4,214,931

 

1,503,045

 

3,180,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

4,470,958

 

$

2,367,260

 

$

5,600,878

 

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Statements of Changes in Share Capital

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$, except share data)

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

85,292,514

 

34,330,441

 

OPEL Solar Inc. Exchangeable Shares, exchanged into common shares

 

1,223,000

 

249,312

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants and compensation warrants

 

3,218,907

 

1,411,780

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

 

551,401

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

3,291,000

 

1,166,358

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

798,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

93,025,421

 

38,507,720

 

OPEL Solar Inc. Exchangeable Shares, exchanged into common shares

 

135,000

 

27,521

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

185,000

 

52,700

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

39,794

 

Shares issued on private placement

 

23,412,479

 

5,428,644

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

 

(3,608,483

)

Share issue costs

 

 

(502,965

)

Shares issued as finance costs

 

500,000

 

150,000

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants

 

270,715

 

93,012

 

Fair value of warrants exercised

 

 

37,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

117,528,615

 

40,225,401

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants and compensation warrants

 

140,000

 

37,111

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

 

23,387

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

607,500

 

152,502

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

121,368

 

Shares issued on private placement

 

14,400,000

 

7,189,200

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

 

(4,308,292

)

Share issue costs

 

 

(529,222

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

132,676,115

 

$

$42,911,455

 

 

Exchange Rate

 

Because the presentation currency of the Company is U.S. dollars, there are no exchange rate considerations in interpreting these tables, unless otherwise noted.

 

B.  Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

The following table sets forth the capitalization and indebtedness of the Company as of March 31, 2014.  ’

 

 

 

  March 31, 2014

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Share Capital

 

$

47,190,490

 

Warrants

 

 

 11,012,011

 

Contributed Surplus

 

 

 20,831,870

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 (160,474

)

Deficit

 

 

 (68,851,208

)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 10,022,689

 

Total Capitalization

 

$

10,022,689

 

 

C.  Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

D.  Risk Factors

 

In addition to the other information presented in this Registration Statement, the following should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business.  This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. and Canadian securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties.  The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements and information.  Factors that might cause such differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have a limited operating history, and we do not expect to become profitable in the near future.

 

We are a fabless semiconductor technology development company with a limited operating history.  We are not profitable and have incurred losses.  We continue to incur research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations.  We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and these losses may increase as we move toward the commercialization of our technology in development.  If our POET technology platform does not achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable.  Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.  Accordingly, it is difficult to evaluate our business prospects.  Moreover, our prospects must be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties encountered by an early-stage company and competitive markets, such as the semiconductor market, where market acceptance of our technology is uncertain.

 

We depend on the implementation of our business plan, including our ability to make future progress in the development or our POET technology.  There can be no assurance that our efforts will ultimately result in profits.

 

We have not yet commercialized the POET technology, and we may never become profitable.

 

We have not yet commercialized our POET technology, and we may never be able to do so.  We do not know when or if we will complete our development efforts or successfully license our technology.  Even if we are successful in developing a commercially useful POET platform, we will not be successful unless POET gains market acceptance.  The degree of market acceptance of these products will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   the adoption of our technology by semiconductor device designers and manufacturers;

·                   the competitive environment;

·                   the establishment and demonstration in the technology community of the efficacy of our technology and its potential advantages over existing technology; and

·                   the adequacy and success of sales and marketing efforts regarding licensing our technology.

 

The Company has a history of losses and expects to continue to incur additional losses for the foreseeable future.

 

The Company’s primary focus is on the research and development of a specific semiconductor technology, which requires the expenditure of significant amounts of cash over a relatively long time period.  The Company’s cash flows from its other income do not, and are not expected to, provide sufficient other income to fund the Company’s research and development expenditures.  As at December 31, 2013, the Company’s total deficit was $67,081,588, with net losses in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 equaling $7,903,336, $8,568,401, and $15,161,726 respectively.  There can be no assurance that the Company will ever record any earnings.

 

The Company may need to obtain additional investment capital and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in generating sufficient cash flow to continue its development.

 

As stated above, the Company expects to incur losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s working capital was $3,272,349.  Subsequent to December 31, 2013, the Company successfully completed an equity financing of CA$5,000,000.  After taking into consideration the Company’s anticipated other income, planned research and development expenditures and assuming no material unanticipated expenses, the Company expects that its working capital will be sufficient to fund operations for the next 9 to 12 months, which are planned to include further development of the POET semiconductor process and increasing the POET intellectual property portfolio to enable the Company to exploit the POET technology, through licenses and collaborative arrangements.  If development were delayed, or in the event that the Company was unable to execute licenses of the POET technology or otherwise exploit the technology, additional financing would be necessary.  There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain such financing or that the objectives will be achieved at all.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

The Company has no external sources of liquidity such as bank lines of credit. The Company will likely require future additional financing to carry out its business plan. The current market for both debt and equity financings for companies such as the Company is challenging, and there can be no assurance that a financing, whether debt or equity, will be available on acceptable terms or at all. The failure to obtain financing on a timely basis may result in the Company’s having to reduce or delay one or more of its planned research, development and marketing programs and to reduce related overhead, any of which could impair the Company’s current and future value.  Any additional equity financing, if obtained, may result in significant dilution to the existing shareholders at the time of such financing. The Company may also seek additional funding from other sources, including technology licensing, co-development collaborations and other strategic alliances, which, if obtained, may reduce the Company’s interest in our intellectual property. There can be no assurance, however, that any such alternative sources of funding will be available.

 

Our solar product revenue declined, leading to our strategic decision to abandon solar technology production, which has represented all of our revenue in the last three years.

 

As a result of the discontinuance of the solar operations, we incurred larger losses from operations as well as from write-downs of solar related property, equipment, intangibles and other assets.  Consequently, we have changed our strategic direction. All product development programs related to our solar product lines were cancelled and we divested all our solar product assets.  We have redeployed all of our remaining research and development resources to our POET program.

 

As our business model changes there can be no assurances that the focus solely on the POET program will produce acceptable results. Moreover, any other future changes to our business may not prove successful in the short or long term due to a variety of factors, including competition, customer acceptance, demand for our technology and other factors. This may cause a material negative impact on our financial results.

 

Rapid technological change could render the Company’s technology non-competitive and obsolete.

 

The semiconductor industry is subject to rapid and substantial technological change. Developments by others may render the Company’s POET technology non-competitive, and the Company may not be able to keep pace with technological developments.  Competitors have developed technologies that compete with the functionality expected of the Company’s technology.  Some of these technologies have an entirely different approach or means of accomplishing the desired process and function than the POET process being developed by the Company and may be more effective and less costly to implement than the technologies developed by the Company.

 

Currently, the industry is dominated by silicon-based semiconductor technology that requires the fabrication of multiple chips for optical and electrical functions.  As such, manufacturers of electronic devices are accustomed to designing their products around multi-chip platforms.  If more advanced silicon-based technology is developed, manufacturers may determine that maintenance of the silicon platform will be less costly to implement and utilize than alternative technologies.  Also, competitors may develop other integrated circuit platforms that are easier for manufacturers to adopt.

 

Our research and development efforts are focused on the POET platform, and any delay in the development, or the abandonment of POET, or POET’s failure to achieve market acceptance, would compromise our competitive position.

 

We have devoted and expect to continue to devote a large amount of resources to develop new and emerging technologies and standards that can be commercially licensed in the future.  Our POET platform is a new technology which as yet does not have an established base and may not be embraced for use by the semiconductor industry.  Should technology companies fail to license POET and develop commercially available products based on our POET platform, our research and development efforts with respect to these technologies and standards likely would have no appreciable value.  In addition, if we do not correctly anticipate new technologies and standards, or if the products that our licensees, if any, develop based on these new technologies and standards fail to achieve market acceptance, our competitors may be better able to address market demand than we would.  Furthermore, if markets for these new technologies and standards develop later than we anticipate, or do not develop at all, demand for our technologies that are currently in development would suffer, resulting in lower licensing sales of these technologies than we currently anticipate.

 

We are a relatively small company with limited resources compared to some of our current and potential competitors and we may not be able to compete effectively and increase market share.

 

Some of our potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and name recognition and a larger base of customers. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our potential customers.  They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and licensing of their technologies than we would be able to.  In addition, some of our potential competitors have likely already established licensing or joint development relationships with the decision makers at our potential customers. In addition, many of what we perceive as potential customers have the capabilities to develop technology competitive to ours internally.  These competitors may be able to leverage their

 

8



Table of Contents

 

existing relationships to discourage their customers from licensing or otherwise utilizing our technology.  These competitors may elect not to support our technology which could complicate our sales efforts.  These and other competitive pressures may prevent us from competing successfully against current or future competitors, and may materially harm our business.

 

We are party to an intellectual property license agreement granting a portion of all future revenues.

 

The Company has a License Agreement, as amended in 2014, with the University of Connecticut (“UCONN”) whereby UCONN granted the Company an exclusive license to the intellectual property developed by a consultant and director of the Company, Dr. Geoffrey Taylor, who is also a member of the faculty at UCONN.  Such a license may reduce the profitability of the Company if and when our products reach market.  The Company is obligated to pay up to $1,000,000 per year when revenues reach certain milestones as well as pay an additional 3% of any revenue received in connection with the exploitation of the licensed intellectual property to third parties other than engineering expenses received from third parties.

 

We will be dependent on both semiconductor manufacturers and major intellectual property licensees.

 

We will be dependent on semiconductor manufacturers, as licensees of our technology, to manufacture and market microprocessors based on our architecture in order to receive royalties in the future. We also depend on them to add value to our licensed technology by providing complete POET-based solutions to meet the specific application needs of systems companies. However, the semiconductor manufacturers, if any, will not be contractually obliged to manufacture, distribute or sell devices based on our technology or to market our POET technology on an exclusive basis. Some potential semiconductor partners design, develop and/or manufacture and market devices based on different competing architectures, including their own, and others may do so in the future.

 

We anticipate that our revenue will depend on these major license customers, although the companies considered to be major customers and the percentage of revenue represented by each major customer may vary from period to period depending on the addition of new agreements, the timing of work performed by us and the number of designs utilizing our products. In addition, we cannot be certain that any of the integrated circuit manufacturers will produce products incorporating our intellectual property components or that, if production occurs, they will generate significant royalty revenue for us.

 

We cannot assure you that semiconductor device manufacturers will dedicate the resources necessary to promote and develop products based on our POET technology, that they will manufacture products based on our POET technology in quantities sufficient to meet demand, that we will be successful in developing relationships with semiconductor manufacturers or that we will be able to maintain relationships with semiconductor manufacturers once developed.

 

Our revenues will depend in large part on royalties that may be received on POET-based devices, which will likely be generated on the volumes and price of devices manufactured and sold by our semiconductor manufacturer licensees, if any. Our royalties will be therefore influenced by many of the risks faced by the semiconductor market in general. These risks include reductions in demand and reduced average selling prices. The semiconductor market is intensely competitive. It is also generally characterized by declining average selling prices over the life of a generation of devices. The effect of these price decreases is compounded by the fact that royalty rates decrease as a function of volume. We cannot assure you that delays in licensing, poor demand for services or decreases in prices or in our royalty rates will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The enforceability of the Company’s patents and the Company’s ability to maintain trade secrets cannot be predicted and such patents or trade secrets may not provide the Company with a competitive advantage against competitors with similar products or technologies.

 

We rely on a combination of patent and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights would diminish or eliminate the competitive advantages that we derive from our proprietary technology.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our technology or other intellectual property from third-party infringement or from misappropriation in the U.S. and abroad. Any patent licensed by us or issued to us could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or rights granted thereunder may not provide a competitive advantage to us. Furthermore, patent applications that we file may not result in issuance of a patent or, if a patent is issued, the patent may not be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, others may independently develop similar products, duplicate our products or design around our patents and other rights. In addition, it is difficult to monitor compliance with, and enforce, our intellectual property on a worldwide basis in a cost-effective manner. In jurisdictions where foreign laws provide less intellectual property protection than afforded in the U.S. and abroad, our technology or other intellectual property may be compromised, and our business would be materially adversely affected.

 

We may occasionally become involved in administrative proceedings, lawsuits or other proceedings if others allege that we infringe on their intellectual property rights. Some of these claims could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our

 

9



Table of Contents

 

property rights. If successful, such claims could impair our ability to collect royalties or license fees or could force us or our customers to:

 

·                   stop using or exploiting the challenged intellectual property;

·                   obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property, at our expense, a license to sell the relevant technology at an additional cost, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all; or

·                   redesign our technology to make it non-infringing.

 

Our failure to protect our proprietary rights, or the costs of protecting these rights, may harm our ability to compete.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents and licenses and to preserve other intellectual property rights covering our products and development and testing tools.  To that end, we have obtained certain domestic and foreign patents and intend to continue to seek patents on our inventions when appropriate.  The process of seeking patent protection can be time consuming and expensive. We cannot ensure the following:

 

·                   that patents will be issued from currently pending or future applications;

·                   that our existing patents or any new patents will be sufficient in scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us;

·                   that foreign intellectual property laws will protect our foreign intellectual property rights; and

·                   that others will not independently develop similar products, duplicate our products or design around any patents issued to us.

 

Intellectual property rights are uncertain and adjudication of such rights involves complex legal and factual questions.  We may be unknowingly infringing on the proprietary rights of others and may be liable for that infringement, which could result in significant liability for us.  We may receive correspondence from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights.  If we are found to infringe the proprietary rights of others, we could be forced to either seek a license to the intellectual property rights of others or alter our technologies so that they no longer infringe the proprietary rights of others.  A license could be very expensive to obtain or may not be available at all.  Similarly, changing our processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical.

 

We would be responsible for any patent litigation costs.  Our License Agreement with UCONN does not provide for indemnification of the Company by UCONN.  If we were to become involved in a dispute regarding intellectual property, whether ours or that of another company, we may have to participate in legal proceedings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in the United States or Canadian courts to determine any or all of the following issues: patent validity, patent infringement, patent ownership or inventorship.  These types of proceedings may be costly and time consuming for us, even if we eventually prevail.  If we do not prevail, we might be forced to pay significant damages, obtain a license, if available, or stop making a certain product.  From time to time, we may prosecute patent litigation against others and as part of such litigation, other parties may allege that our patents are not infringed, are invalid and are unenforceable.  We also rely on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and confidentiality provisions in agreements with employees and consultants to protect our intellectual property.  Such parties may not comply with the terms of their agreements with us, and we may not be able to adequately enforce our rights against these parties.

 

Our results may fluctuate significantly and be unpredictable.

 

Assuming that we are able to finish development of the POET platform technology and commence its exploitation, we will likely experience in the future significant quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations. Our results may fluctuate because of a variety of factors. Such factors include:

 

·                   the timing of entering into agreements with licensees;

·                   the financial terms and delivery schedules of our agreements with licensees;

·                   the demand for products that incorporate our technology;

·                   the mixture of license fees, royalties, revenues from the sale of development systems and fees from services;

·                   the introduction of new technology by us, our licensees or our competition;

·                   the timing of orders from and shipments to systems companies of POET-based devices from semiconductor manufacturers;

·                   the sudden technological or other changes in the semiconductor industry; and

·                   new litigation or developments in current litigation.

 

In future periods, our operating results may not meet the expectations of public market analysts or investors. In such an event the market price of our shares could be materially adversely affected.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

We anticipate that licenses of our POET platform to a relatively limited number of customers will account for a significant portion of our total net revenues.

 

Once our POET technology is fully developed, we expect that a relatively small number of customers will account for a significant portion of our future net revenues in any particular period.  Due to this, some of the following may reduce our future revenues or adversely affect our business:

 

·                   reduction in scope, delay in completion or cancellation of licenses to one or more potentially significant customers;

·                   development by one or more of our potentially significant customers of other technologies for current or future products;

·                   loss of one or more of our potentially significant customers or a disruption in our licensing activities;

·                   failure of one or more of our potentially significant customers to make timely payment of our invoices; and

·                   failure of one or more of our customers to implement our technology in products successfully, thus limiting any potential royalty income.

 

We cannot be certain that any potential customer will license technology from us, or, once established as a customer, that they will generate further income to us by means of further licenses or royalties.

 

Our success will depend substantially on systems companies.

 

Our future success will depend substantially on the acceptance of our technology by systems companies, particularly those which develop and market electronic products in the defense, wireless, consumer electronics and networking markets where demand may be highly cyclical. The reason for this dependence is that sales of POET-based devices by semiconductor manufacturers to systems companies directly affect the amount of royalties we might receive. We are subject to many risks beyond our control that may influence the success or failure of a particular systems company. These risks include:

 

·                   competition faced by the systems company in its particular industry:

·                   the engineering and marketing capabilities of the systems company;

·                   market acceptance of the systems company’s products;

·                   technical challenges unrelated to our technology faced by the systems company in developing its products; and

·                   the financial and other resources of the systems company.

 

It will likely take a long time to persuade systems companies to accept our POET technology and, even if accepted, we cannot assure you that our technology will be used in a product that is ultimately brought to market. Furthermore, even if our technology is used in a product brought to market, we cannot assure you that such product will be commercially accepted or result in significant royalties to us. Demand for our intellectual property may also be affected by consolidation in the integrated circuit and related industries, which may reduce the aggregate level of purchases of our intellectual property components and services by the combined companies.

 

Competition — we may not be able to compete successfully in the future.

 

Our target markets are intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. We cannot assure you that we will have the financial resources, technical expertise or marketing or support capabilities to compete successfully in the future. Competition is based on a variety of factors including price, performance, features, software availability, marketing, customer support, name recognition and financial strength. Further, given our contemplated reliance on semiconductor manufacturers, our competitive position is dependent on their competitive position. In addition, semiconductor manufacturers are not expected to license our architecture exclusively, and several of them also design, develop, manufacture and market semiconductor devices based on their own architectures or on other non-POET technologies.

 

Our future capital needs may require us to seek debt financing or additional equity funding which, if not available, could cause our business to suffer.

 

From time to time, we may be required to raise additional funds for our future capital needs through public or private financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements. There can be no assurance that the funding, if needed, will be available on attractive terms, or at all. Furthermore, any additional financing arrangements may be dilutive to shareholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants. Strategic arrangements, if necessary to raise additional funds, may require us to relinquish our rights to certain of our technologies or products. Our failure to raise capital when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect the Company .

 

The Company’s ability to continue its development of potential products, and to develop a competitive edge in the marketplace, depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and maintain qualified key management and technical personnel.  Competition for such personnel is intense and the Company may not be able to attract and retain such personnel.  The Company’s growth will depend on the efforts of its senior management, particularly its President, Leon Pierhal; Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer, Peter Copetti; Chief Scientist, Dr. Geoffrey Taylor; and other officers and members of Dr. Taylor’s team.  The Company has entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Taylor, who is on the faculty at UCONN and employment agreements with Messrs. Pierhal and Copetti.  If the Company loses the services of key personnel through loss of life, impairment or resignation, it may be unable to replace them, and its business could be negatively affected.

 

We will be highly dependent upon collaborative partners to develop and commercialize products using our POET Technology.

 

A key part of our strategy is to form collaborations with semiconductor, defense and electronics companies that will assist us in developing, testing, and commercializing the POET platform. We currently have a collaborative agreement for process development with BAE Systems, Nashua, New Hampshire (“BAE”), which provides for the joint development program of the Company’s POET technology and undivided 50% joint interest in intellectual property jointly developed thereunder (subject to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations to UCONN), with royalties running from each to the other in connection with revenues generated from the intellectual property.  BAE is not an exclusive development partner.  We anticipate adding new development partners for the commercial sector.  If we are unable to do this in a timely basis, we may be delayed in one or all stages of our progress, which could prove costly both operationally and strategically.

 

We expect to negotiate specific ownership rights with respect to the intellectual property developed as a result of the collaboration with each partner. While ownership rights will likely vary from program to program, in general we will seek to retain ownership rights to developments directly relating to POET and our partner will retain rights specific to the application under development.

 

Despite our existing development agreement with BAE, we cannot make any assurances that:

 

·                   we will be able to enter into additional collaborative arrangements to develop products utilizing our POET technology;

·                   any existing or future collaborative arrangements will be sustainable or successful;

·                   the applications contemplated in collaborative arrangements will be further developed by partners in a timely fashion;

·                   any collaborative partner will not infringe upon our intellectual property position in violation of the terms of the collaboration contract; or

·                   milestones in collaborative agreements will be met and milestone payments, if any, will be received.

 

If we are unable to obtain development assistance and funds from other companies to fund a portion of our development costs and to commercialize our technology, we may be required to delay, curtail, or stop development of our projects.

 

We face risks from failures in the device manufacturing processes of our customers.

 

The fabrication of integrated circuits, particularly those made of gallium arsenide (“GaAs”), is a highly complex and precise process. Integrated circuits incorporating the POET platform are primarily manufactured on wafers made of GaAs. Compared to the manufacturing of silicon integrated circuits, GaAs technology is less mature and more difficult to design and manufacture within specifications in large volume. In addition, the more brittle nature of GaAs wafers can result in lower manufacturing yields than with silicon wafers. Further, during manufacturing, each wafer is processed to contain numerous integrated circuits or which may also result in lower manufacturing yields. As a result, our customers utilizing POET GaAs wafers may reject or be unable to sell a substantial percentage of wafers or the die on a given wafer because of, among other factors:

 

·                   minute impurities;

·                   difficulties in the fabrication process, such as failure of special equipment, operator error or power outages;

·                   defects in the masks used to print circuits on a wafer;

·                   electrical and/or optical performance; or

·                   wafer breakage.

 

Our future customers may experience similar difficulty in maintaining acceptable manufacturing yields, which in turn may hinder adoption of our POET platform for cost or yield reasons.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Our POET platform incorporates technology licensed from third parties.

 

We incorporate technology (including software) licensed from a limited number of third parties in the deployment of our POET platform, including from UCONN.  We could be subjected to claims of infringement regardless of our lack of involvement in the development of the licensed technology.  Although a third-party licensor may, in some cases, indemnify us if the licensed technology infringes on another party’s intellectual property rights, such indemnification is typically limited in amount and may be worthless if the licensor becomes insolvent.  Our agreement with UCONN does not provide for indemnification of us for intellectual property infringement. Furthermore, any failure of third-party technology to perform properly would adversely affect the development or exploitation of POET.

 

Our intellectual property indemnification practices may adversely impact our business.

 

We expect to be required to indemnify our customers for certain costs and damages of intellectual property rights in circumstances where one of our products is the factor creating the customer’s infringement exposure.  This practice may subject us to significant indemnification claims by our customers.  In some instances, our technology may be utilized to manufacture devices by our customers that comply with international standards.  These international standards are often covered by patent rights held by third parties, which may include our competitors.  The costs of obtaining licenses from holders of patent rights essential to such international standards could be high.  The cost of not obtaining such licenses could also be high if a holder of such patent rights brings a claim for patent infringement.  We are not aware of any claimed violations on our part. However, we cannot assure you that claims for indemnification will not be made or that if made, such claims would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We may be subject to information technology failures that could damage our reputation, business operations and financial condition.

 

We rely on information technology for the effective operation of our business.  Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from a number of potential sources, including natural disasters, accidents, power disruptions, telecommunications failures, acts of terrorism or war, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, cyber attacks, sabotage, vandalism, or similar events or disruptions.  Our security measures may not detect or prevent such security breaches.  Any such compromise of our information security could result in the unauthorized publication of our confidential business or proprietary information, result in the unauthorized release of customer, supplier or employee data, result in a violation of privacy or other laws, expose us to a risk of litigation or damage our reputation.

 

Although safeguards exist, third parties with which we currently conduct business may have access to certain portions of our sensitive data.  In the event that these third parties do not properly safeguard our data that they hold, security breaches could result and negatively impact our business.  In addition, our inability to use or access these information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timely and efficient operation of our business, which could negatively affect our business and operating results, operations and financial results.

 

The high cost of building advanced semiconductor manufacturing facilities may limit the number of foundries as potential customers for our POET platform.

 

The cost of developing leading-edge manufacturing facilities and processes needed for building advanced chips is rising. Some of our potential foundry customers may delay or cancel plans for expanding current processes or developing new manufacturing processes, which, if done, may reduce our licensing opportunities.  In addition, the bargaining power of the remaining foundries with advanced manufacturing facilities would be increased. This could make it harder for us to win profitable licensing deals with these foundries, further reducing both licensing and royalty revenue.

 

There are foreign exchange risks associated with our Company.

 

Because we have historically raised funds in both the Canadian and U.S. markets, a portion of our costs are denominated in Canadian dollars and our funding is subject to foreign exchange risks.  A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar could affect our costs and potential future profitability.  We do not currently hold forward exchange contracts or other hedging instruments to exchange foreign currencies for U.S. dollars to offset potential currency rate fluctuations.

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile.

 

The trading price for our common stock on the TSX Venture Exchange (“TSXV”) has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile.  Although we are registering our stock with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”), no significant U.S. market

 

13



Table of Contents

 

may develop, and if such a market develops, prices on that market are also likely to be highly volatile.  The market prices for securities of early stage technology companies have historically been highly volatile.

 

Factors that could adversely affect our stock price include:

 

·                   fluctuations in our operating results;

·                   announcements of partnerships or technological collaborations and announcements of the results or further actions in respect of any partnerships or collaborations, including termination of same;

·                   innovations by us or our competitors;

·                   governmental regulation;

·                   developments in patent or other proprietary rights;

·                   the results of technology and product development testing by us, our partners or our competitors;

·                   litigation;

·                   general stock market and economic conditions;

·                   number of shares available for trading (float); and

·                   inclusion in or dropping from stock indexes.

 

As of April 30, 2014, our 52-week high and low closing market price for our common stock on the TSXV was CA$2.87 (US$2.611) and CA$0.315 (US$0.2866), respectively, based on the closing exchange rate of $0.9098 on April 30, 2014.

 

The Company has historically obtained, and expects to continue to obtain, its requisite additional financing primarily by way of sales of its equity, which may result in significant dilution to existing shareholders.

 

The Company has not earned profits, so its ability to finance operations is chiefly dependent on equity financings. Since the change in the board of directors and decision to discontinue the solar operations in June 2012, the Company has raised over CA$17,584,870 (US$17,163,844) in equity financing in support of the POET initiative, which has resulted in significant dilution to existing shareholders.  Further equity financings will also result in dilution to existing shareholders, and such dilution could be significant.

 

Future sales of common stock or warrants, or the prospect of future sales, may depress our stock price.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock or warrants, or the perception that sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Additionally, as of March 31, 2014, there were outstanding options to purchase up to 19,407,750 shares of our common stock that are currently exercisable and additional outstanding options to purchase up to 4,150,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable over the next several years.  As of March 31, 2014, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 42,378,312 shares of our stock. The holders of these options and warrants have an opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of our common stock with a resulting dilution in the interests of the other shareholders. The existence of these options and warrants may adversely affect the terms on which we may be able to obtain additional financing. The weighted average exercise price of issued and outstanding options is CA$0.40 and the weighted average exercise price of warrants is CA$0.60, which compares to the CA$1.36 (US$1.22) market price at closing on March 31, 2014.

 

Dilution through exercise of share options could adversely affect the Company’s shareholders.

 

Because the success of the Company is highly dependent upon its employees, the Company has granted to some or all of its key employees, directors and consultants options to purchase common shares as non-cash incentives. To the extent that significant numbers of such options may be granted and exercised, the interests of the other stockholders of the Company may be diluted.  As of March 31, 2014, there were 23,557,750 share purchase options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of CA$0.3983 and 42,378,312 share purchase warrants outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of CA$0.60. If all of these securities were exercised, an additional 65,936,062 common shares would become issued and outstanding. This represents an increase of 30.77% in the number of shares issued and outstanding and would result in significant dilution to current shareholders.

 

The risks associated with penny stock classification could affect the marketability of the Company’s common shares and shareholders could find it difficult to sell their shares.

 

The Company’s common shares are subject to “penny stock” rules as defined in 1934 Securities and Exchange Act Rule 3a51-1. The SEC adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Transaction costs associated with purchases and sales of penny stocks are likely to be higher than those for other securities. Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system).

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information, must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation.

 

In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from such rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for the Company’s common shares in the United States and shareholders may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

 

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically afforded to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

 

We are incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) (the “OBCA”).  The rights of holders of our common shares are governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario, including the OBCA, by the applicable laws of Canada, and by our Articles of Continuance and all amendments thereto (collectively, the “Articles”), and our by-laws (the “By-laws”).  These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations.  The principal differences include without limitation the following:

 

Under the OBCA, we have a lien on any common share registered in the name of a shareholder or the shareholder’s legal representative for any debt owed by the shareholder to us.  Under U.S. state law, corporations generally are not entitled to any such statutory liens in respect of debts owed by shareholders.

 

With regard to certain matters, we must obtain approval of our shareholders by way of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called for such purpose being cast in favor of the proposed matter.  Such matters include without limitation: (a) the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets out of the ordinary course of our business; and (b) any amendments to our Articles including, but not limited to, amendments affecting our capital structure such as the creation of new classes of shares, changing any rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions in respect of our shares, or changing the number of issued or authorized shares, as well as amendments changing the minimum or maximum number of directors set forth in the Articles.  Under U.S. state law, the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation generally requires approval by a majority of the outstanding shares, although in some cases approval by a higher percentage of the outstanding shares may be required.  In addition, under U.S. state law the vote of a majority of the shares is generally sufficient to amend a company’s certificate of incorporation, including amendments affecting capital structure or the number of directors. Under certain circumstances the Board of Directors may also have the ability to change the number of directors under U.S. state law.

 

Pursuant to our By-laws, two persons present in person or represented by proxy and each entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders.  Under U.S. state law, a quorum generally requires the presence in person or by proxy of a specified percentage of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting, and such percentage is generally not less than one-third of the number of shares entitled to vote.

 

Under rules of the Ontario Securities Commission, a meeting of shareholders must be called for consideration and approval of certain transactions between a corporation and any “related party” (as defined in such rules).  A “related party” is defined to include, among other parties, directors and senior officers of a corporation, holders of more than 10% of the voting securities of a corporation, persons owning a block of securities that is otherwise sufficient to affect materially the control of the corporation, and other persons that manage or direct, to a substantial degree, the affairs or operations of the corporation.  At such shareholders’ meeting, votes cast by any related party who holds common shares and has an interest in the transaction may not be counted for the purposes of determining whether the minimum number of required votes have been cast in favor of the transaction.  Under U.S. state law, a transaction between a corporation and one or more of its officers or directors can generally be approved either by the shareholders or a by majority of the directors who do not have an interest in the transaction.  Corporations that are listed on a U.S. securities exchange or are quoted on NASDAQ may also be required to have transactions with officers and directors and other related party transactions reviewed by an audit committee comprised of independent directors.

 

There is no limitation imposed by our Articles or other charter documents on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote our common shares.  However, the Investment Canada Act (the “Investment Act”), as amended by the World Trade Organization Agreement

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Implementation Act (the “WTOA Act”), generally prohibits implementation of a reviewable investment by an individual, government or agency thereof, corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture that is not a “Canadian,” as defined in the Investment Act, unless, after review, the minister responsible for the Investment Act is satisfied that the investment is likely to be a net benefit to Canada. An investment in our common shares by a non-Canadian would be reviewable under the Investment Act if it were an investment to acquire direct control of the Company, and the value of our assets were CA$5.0 million or more.  However, an investment in our shares by a national of a country (other than Canada) that is a member of the World Trade Organization or has a right of permanent residence in such a country (or by a corporation or other entity that is a “WTO Investor-controlled entity” pursuant to detailed rules set out in the Investment Act) would be reviewable at a higher threshold of CA$223 million in assets, except for certain economic sectors with respect to which the lower threshold would apply.  A non-Canadian, whether a national of a WTO member or otherwise, would acquire control of the Company for purposes of the Investment Act if he or she acquired a majority of our common shares.  The acquisition of less than a majority, but at least one-third of our common shares, would also be presumed to be an acquisition of control of the Company, unless it could be established that the Company was not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of voting shares.  The United States is a WTO Member for purposes of the Investment Act.  Certain transactions involving our common shares would be exempt from the Investment Act, including:

 

·                   an acquisition of our common shares if the acquisition were made in connection with the person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities;

·                   an acquisition of control of the Company in connection with the realization of a security interest granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Act; and

·                   an acquisition of control of the Company by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, following which the ultimate direct or indirect control of the Company, through the ownership of voting interests, remains unchanged.  Under U.S. law, except in limited circumstances, restrictions generally are not imposed on the ability of non- residents to hold a controlling interest in a U.S. corporation.

 

As a “foreign private issuer”, the Company is exempt from certain sections of the Exchange Act which results in shareholders having less complete and timely data than if the Company were a domestic U.S. issuer.

 

As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined under the U.S. securities laws, we are exempt from certain sections of the Exchange Act. In particular, we are exempt from Section 14 proxy rules which are applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. The submission of proxy and annual meeting of shareholder information (prepared to Canadian standards) on Form 6-K has typically been more limited than the submissions required of U.S. issuers and results in shareholders having less complete and timely data, including, among others, with respect to disclosure of: (i) personal and corporate relationships and age of directors and officers; (ii) material legal proceedings involving the Company, affiliates of the Company, and directors, officers promoters and control persons; (iii) the identity of principal shareholders and certain significant employees; (iv) related party transactions; (v) audit fees and change of auditors; (vi) voting policies and procedures; (vii) executive compensation; and (viii) composition of the compensation committee. In addition, due to the Company’s status as a foreign private issuer, the officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Company are exempt from the short-swing insider disclosure and profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Therefore, these officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from short-swing profits which apply to insiders of U.S. issuers. The foregoing exemption results in shareholders having less data in this regard than is available with respect to U.S. issuers.

 

If the Company is characterized as a passive foreign investment company, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences.

 

As more fully described below in “ITEM 10.E. Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company Status”, if for any taxable year our passive income, or the value of our assets that produce (or are held for the production of) passive income, exceed specified levels, we may be characterized as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This characterization could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders, including gain on the disposition of our common shares being treated as ordinary income and any resulting U.S. federal income tax being increased by an interest charge. Rules similar to those applicable to dispositions generally will apply to certain “excess distributions” in respect of our common shares.

 

ITEM 4.                INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A.  History and Development of the Company

 

The legal and commercial name of the Company is POET Technologies Inc.  The Company was originally incorporated under the British Columbia Company Act on February 9, 1972 as Tandem Resources Ltd.  On November 14, 1985, Tandem Resources Ltd. amalgamated with Stanmar Resources Ltd. and Keezic Resources Ltd., to continue as one company under the name Tandem Resources Ltd. under the British Columbia Company Act.  By Articles of Continuance dated January 3, 1997, Tandem Resources Ltd.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

was continued under the OBCA.  By Articles of Amendment dated September 26, 2006, Tandem Resources Ltd. changed its name to OPEL International Inc.  By Certificate of Continuance dated January 30, 2007, OPEL International Inc. was continued under the New Brunswick Business Corporations Act.  By Articles of Continuance dated November 30, 2010, OPEL International Inc. was continued under the OBCA and changed its name to OPEL Solar International Inc.  By Articles of Amendment dated August 25, 2011, OPEL Solar International Inc. changed its name to OPEL Technologies Inc. By Articles of Amendment dated July 23, 2013, OPEL Technologies Inc. changed its name to POET Technologies Inc.

 

The Company has two U.S. subsidiaries, OPEL Solar Inc. (“OPEL Solar”) and ODIS Inc. (“ODIS”).  ODIS is wholly-owned subsidiary of OPEL Solar, which in turn is wholly owned by the Company.

 

Until recently, the Company was engaged principally in two distinct businesses: (1) the development and marketing of concentrating solar panels as well as single and dual axis solar tracking systems for commercial solar applications and (2) the development of a GaAs microchip technology with potential for use in numerous applications.  Through our subsidiary OPEL Solar, we focused on the solar business, which included designing, manufacturing and marketing high concentration photovoltaic (“HCPV”) panels as well as manufacturing and marketing single and dual axis solar trackers used to mount solar panels.  Through our subsidiary ODIS, we focused on the design of a platform technology capable of addressing multiple technology markets, the first market application being an infrared sensor type product for the military with industrial applications to follow, achieved through the development of GaAs-based processes and semiconductor microchip products with several potential market applications.

 

During the fiscal years 2011 and 2012, however, the Company experienced decreasing margins within the solar industry due to (i) the trimming of the subsidies for new energy technologies that had sustained OPEL Solar and (ii) the development of a large solar product inventory in the marketplace.  During this time, the Company enacted aggressive cost cutting measures in its solar division and redirected the business of OPEL Solar from being a concentrated solar photovoltaic (“CPV”) panel provider into a solar tracker provider.  In June 2012, a special committee of the Board of Directors was established to explore the divestiture of the solar division. 

 

On December 14, 2012, the Company and its subsidiary OPEL Solar agreed to sell the non-cash assets used in connection with the operation of OPEL Solar’s single axis solar power tracker business to Northern State Metals, through its subsidiary Tracker Acquisition, Inc., for the aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000, subject to adjustment.  In April 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining sold solar assets in consideration of the assumption of the associated disposal group liabilities.  Following the disposal of all solar assets and operations, we no longer rely on any suppliers or other partners within the solar industry.

 

During our divestiture of OPEL Solar assets, the Board of Directors made a strategic decision to focus all efforts on the POET process.  POET is a proprietary process that is intended to address the needs of speed, size, energy and cost efficiency associated with the current silicon-based technology with a view to surmounting the hurdles of expanding silicon-based chip technology to fit the needs of product developers.  Going forward, developing and monetizing the POET program, which had already received several grants from U.S. governmental bodies, will be the main focus of the Company.  In our development of the POET process, we rely currently on our relationships with UCONN and BAE, each of which is more thoroughly described herein.

 

Our capital expenditures for continuing operations, which principally consist of purchases of research and development equipment and instrumentation, from the beginning of the Company’s last three financial years as follows:

 

Period

 

Capital Expenditure

 

Purpose

 

Fiscal 2013

 

$

882,860

 

Instruments and Equipment

 

Fiscal 2012

 

$

28,352

 

Office Equipment

 

Fiscal 2011

 

$

1,647

 

Manufacturing Equipment

 

 

The Company’s registered office is located at Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5H 2K1 and its phone number is (416) 368-9411.  The Company’s operations office is located on the campus of the University of Connecticut, PO Box 555, Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268 and its phone number is (203) 612-2366.

 

B.  Business Overview

 

Corporate Overview

 

The Company is a fabless semiconductor company developing a novel semiconductor technology called POET (Planar Opto Electronic Technology) which is anticipated to allow the integrated fabrication of digital, analog and optical components on a single integrated circuit (“IC” or “die”), a capability that is not offered by the processes and materials commonly used in the industry today.

 

Formerly, the Company had been focused on concentrating solar panels and solar tracking technology.  In 2012, however, the Company made the strategic decision to divest itself of the solar division, sell all solar-related assets and focus on semiconductor

 

17



Table of Contents

 

research.  The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario and is currently traded on the TSXV.  We conduct our research activities primarily through ODIS, our subsidiary.  Descriptions of the Company include the operations of both ODIS and OPEL Solar unless otherwise indicated.

 

As a result of our strategic divestiture of the solar division and our focus on our POET platform, our continuing operations are focused on a market in which we have a limited operating history.  We are not currently profitable and have incurred losses since our inception.  We anticipate incurring losses for the foreseeable future until we are able to commercialize our technology, which may not occur, and may sustain losses after commercialization.  If we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.

 

The POET platform allows the simultaneous fabrication of electronic and optical devices on a single integrated circuit, an achievement that has not been accomplished using the silicon-based technologies currently dominating the market.  Key benefits of the ability to integrate electronic and optical devices are anticipated to include: (i) faster semiconductor device speeds; (ii) lower device output power; (iii) decreased need for device cooling; (iv) greater reliability; and (v) total system cost reductions.  With POET’s materials system incorporating periodic table element groups III, IV and V (“Group III-V”), we expect that active optical elements and high-performance electronic elements can be packed in a single integrated circuit built around a GaAs wafer at a density similar to that of silicon, the market’s traditional integrated circuit material.

 

POET is being developed to be differentiated from competing semiconductor processes such as silicon, GaAs, or indium phosphide, however, by its more comprehensive set of functional capabilities and its ability to integrate them.  Unlike existing processes which require the use of multiple chips, circuit boards or sub-systems being linked together by either physical snap connections or multiple cable connections that (i) produce the potential for multiple points of failure, (ii) require more space, increasing the physical end product size and (iii) require greater amounts of power with the attendant production of excess heat, thus demanding additional space for cooling and ventilation, we anticipate that POET will be able to integrate lasers, modulators, photoreceivers and passive optics as well as high-speed, low-power electronics on one monolithically-fabricated die.  This would allow POET ICs, when fully developed, to demonstrate a lower cost structure, increased power savings and increased reliability.

 

The fabrication of integrated circuits made of GaAs, however, is a more highly complex and precise process. Compared to the manufacturing of silicon integrated circuits, GaAs technology is less mature and more difficult to design and manufacture within specifications in large volume. In addition, the more brittle nature of GaAs wafers can result in lower manufacturing yields than with silicon wafers. During manufacturing, each wafer is processed to contain numerous integrated circuits or which may also result in lower manufacturing yields.

 

Adopters of our POET technology in the market will face difficulties in adapting to the larger semiconductor wafer sizes required for volume production of devices.  Although GaAs has many advantages over silicon and the integration resulting from our POET technology is expected to provide advantages over the current, silicon-based, multi-circuit semiconductor model, device manufacturers may need to reconfigure how they embed semiconductors using our POET technology in their products.  This could delay or deter semiconductor manufacturers in adopting the POET technology.

 

The Company has 30 patents issued and 9 patents pending for its semiconductor POET platform, which is currently being developed through ODIS.  The Company has licensed the intellectual property portfolio developed by our Chief Scientist and Director, Dr. Geoff Taylor, at UCONN.  We believe that our patent and trade secret protection on POET, together with ODIS’s specific design knowledge using POET elements, will provided us with a large, defensible barrier to outside competition.

 

We expect to incur additional losses and require additional financial resources to complete development.  The continuation of the Company’s research and development activities and the commercialization of its products are dependent upon the Company’s ability to successfully complete its research programs, protect its intellectual property and finance its cash requirements on an ongoing basis.  It is not possible to predict the outcome of future research and development activities or the financing thereof.

 

Research and Development Activities

 

The Company is currently conducting research and development for its POET platform, which allows for the construction of semiconductors with the potential to service a wide array of devices.  The Company has been awarded more than a dozen U.S. Department of Defense and National Aeronautical and Space Administration’s (“NASA”) Small Business Innovation Research (“SBIR”) grants since 2000, which have supported the initial development of the POET process, infrared sensing technology, sensor/laser development and the combination of electronic circuits and lasers on the same microchip.  The Company has made the strategic decision to reduce its dependency on SBIR grants.  We remain active, however, in the military sector, with projects underway with the U.S. Government, namely NASA and our partner BAE, a major defense contractor.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

The Company conducts most of its own research and development activities through its facilities on the campus of UCONN in Storrs-Mansfield, Connecticut.  The Storrs-Mansfield facility is dedicated to semiconductor development.  In addition, the Company will contract specific projects with third-party research and development organizations, such as BAE.

 

We have produced working device prototypes in our development laboratories at the UCONN to prove the functionality of the POET process.  We are now transitioning the device technology into development of a completely integrated platform, utilizing funds provided by NASA as well as from the Company’s general funds and facilities provided by our development partner, BAE.  Throughout the transition process, the Company will continue to use its UCONN research and development facility, or other such laboratory facilities, in our effort to produce scalable commercial integrated circuit prototypes.  We currently expect to produce a functional integrated circuit by June 2014, although no assurances can be given that such project will be completed on a timely basis, if at all.  These prototypes are targeted to demonstrate the Company’s position as a sole source provider meeting specific product application needs and are anticipated to be used to help initiate our marketing efforts.

 

In 2011, all U.S. government contractors, including ODIS, were notified that funding to continue ongoing projects would see dramatic cuts throughout 2011 and possible termination in 2012.  ODIS began experiencing such cutbacks in financial support to projects throughout 2011, including our project with BAE, which by the end of 2011 was no longer funded.  Recognizing the importance this development effort has to the overall future of the POET project, funds were redirected to continue this project while alternative sources of funding were being sought.  In April 2012, we received a Phase II award of $750,000 from NASA to continue developing radiofrequency and optical phased arrays using the POET platform, and work began under this award during the third quarter of 2012 .

 

In June 2011, BAE independently produced operational transistors on GaAs wafers, further validating critical components of the POET process.  By June 2011, ODIS, under the supervision of Dr. Geoffrey Taylor, had completed several wafers containing multiple devices produced with POET Technology.  In August 2011, BAE ran a fabrication lot of five wafers using POET.  Chips were produced from these wafers and tested to further validate the varied capabilities and devices developed utilizing the POET platform.  We believe ODIS has made significant progress regarding POET as it pertains to its advancements in optical interconnection of high speed circuits, making it possible to implement an optical interface as a single chip to connect existing complementary metal oxide semiconductor (“CMOS”) processors.

 

In December 2012, ODIS produced an integrated laser device, the first Vertical Cavity Laser (“VCL”) utilizing POET, the basis for chip-to-chip interconnection, and complementing other optoelectronic devices already demonstrated by ODIS — including heterostructure field effect transistors (“HFETs”), optical thyristors, pulsed lasers, and super-radiant light emitting devices.

 

In March 2013, the Company achieved in the laboratory radio frequency and microwave operation of both n-channel and p-channel transistors. With this achievement, POET extended the capability of its monolithic platform to cover integration of a complete range of wavelength-division multiplexed (“WDM”) capable optoelectronic devices and functions. This is in addition to complementary electronics based on n-channel and p-channel transistors as either field effect transistors (“FETs”) or bipolar devices. Specifically for this internal milestone, 3-inch POET wafers fabricated at BAE yielded submicron n-channel and micron-sized p-channel transistors operating at frequencies of 42 GHz and 3 GHz respectively.  We believe that these operating frequencies can be improved even further with subsequent development.

 

In June 2013, the Company achieved in-the-laboratory integration of the complementary inverter, the basis for on-chip logic. Specifically, we demonstrated complementary heterostructure field effect transistor (“HFET”) based inverter operation using the POET process.  These achievements have been identified and evaluated internally and by our partner BAE.

 

In October 2013, the Company reported to its shareholders progress on demonstrating a fast-signal switchable laser transmitter for standard optical fibre telecommunications applications. The Company also reported to its shareholders significant progress on fabrication of its optical thyristor-based infrared detector array with its third-party fabrication partner.  The Company’s reported progress to shareholders has not been independently verified.

 

At the same time, the Company reported to its shareholders success in realizing submicron device operation at the 200-nm scale, introducing, in parallel, specific milestones associated with reducing feature size further to the 100-nm range in scale.

 

On April 7, 2014, the Company reported to its shareholders that the Company had made the POET Technology Design Kit documentation, comprised of a comprehensive device parameter library on the use of the POET platform, available to the industry.  This milestone is expected to help licensed designs incorporating POET technology to proliferate.  The information is only available under non-disclosure agreements with current and potential partners and customers for the express purpose of evaluation and migration of the POET platform.

 

Each subsequent device demonstrated by POET has been designed to increase the range of procedures in its design kits, increasing the attractiveness of POET for adoption in semiconductor foundry process libraries. Currently the Company is focused on developmental

 

19



Table of Contents

 

work leading to device fabrication at the 100-nm scale.  The 100-nm goal is matched to the state-of-the-art commercial III-V foundry capabilities and is expected to demonstrate a significant speed improvement together with lower power consumption by a factor ranging from 4 to 10 depending on the application as compared to silicon at smaller nodes.

 

POET Technology

 

POET is based on a novel Group III-V materials structure that is anticipated to provide an optoelectronic mixed-signal process that can integrate high-performance analog and digital electronics with high-performance active optical elements.  We believe that POET ICs will enable integration of a dense mix of active optical elements and optical waveguides together with logic and mixed-signal elements on a single chip, in one serial fabrication process.

 

Current Market Technology

 

Currently, suppliers of optoelectronic subsystems use hybrid integration manufacturing technology.  With hybrid technology, a number of components are individually manufactured and tested, then assembled together to form the desired subsystem.  An example of such a component is the physical interface for a 10 gigabit/sec Ethernet connection.  The subsystem requires several component elements, as illustrated below.  The result is intrinsically high in cost when compared with an integrated solution.

 

 

“PIN”

-

PIN diode photodetector

“TIA”

-

Trans-Impedance Amplifier

“LA”

-

Limiting Amplifier

“CMOS”

-

Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor

“Serdes”

-

Serializer and Deserializer

“CDR”

-

Clock and Data Recovery

“LD”

-

Laser Diode

“LDD”

-

Laser Diode Driver

 

Since each individual component in a hybrid semiconductor has to be individually manufactured and tested, the price of each component represents a fully-loaded manufacturing process, including the manufacturer’s margin.  Typically, module assemblers purchase components from other manufacturers that make their only profit on the component sale.  The module assembly process itself is a complex, labor-intensive process, resulting in a significant rate of faulty assemblies.  As a result of this cascade of cost elements, optoelectronic subsystems built using hybrid technology are relatively costly and limited in volume.  While hybrid technology has advantages for small market applications where relatively high costs are offset by the functional flexibility of being able to use multiple different technologies, hybrid technology is unable to address higher volume, cost-sensitive applications.

 

The POET Integrated Solution

 

We are developing POET to integrate all of the optoelectronic subsystem elements of a semiconductor onto a single, mixed-signal chip.  The POET process’s anticipated ability to integrate high-performance analog and digital electronics with high-performance active optical elements permits one serial manufacturing process, as diagramed below.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

 

The elements of the receive side of the hybrid solution are replaced in the planned POET implementation by a photoreceiver formed from a single Optical Thyristor (“OT”) device.  The CDR is also formed using an OT—based device.  In the transmit direction, the clock multiplication block will be formed using an OT-based device, while the optical transmitter will be based on an OT laser.  All of these elements are expected to be formed in one single semiconductor fabrication process.  Within the same POET process, arbitrary numbers of high-performance transistors may be formed to implement the Serdes and any other required electronic functions.

 

POET’s goal of implementing complex, multi-functional optoelectronic subsystems in one serial manufacturing process is expected to be achieved at less cost than competing products built using hybrid technology.  POET device yield is targeted to approximate silicon. This would give the Company a technology basis that is powerful, economical to produce and extensible in generations.  Capitalizing on POET capabilities, the Company plans to develop and offer products into the communications, optoelectronic, radiofrequency/wireless, sensor and imaging markets.

 

The key elements to be integrated in the POET process, all targeted to be simultaneously available for design, are:

 

·                   The Optical Thyristor;

·                   Complementary High Electron Mobility Transistors and Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors; and

·                   Dielectric Isolation.

 

Optical Thyristor

 

The OT is the backbone of the development of the POET platform.  The OT is a multiple-use, four-terminal device having both optical and electrical inputs and optical and electrical outputs.  Depending on application and design, an OT could be a (i) laser, (ii) an optical amplifier, (iii) a photoreceiver, or (iv) have multiple electrical operations, as detailed below.  An additional anticipated aspect of the POET OT in development is a process step that allows for emission and reception of light in-plane, parallel to the chip surface.  Lasers and photoreceivers may either be designed with vertical emission, or use this step to have in-plane emission. This step would allow on-chip optical interconnections and would also support a low-cost multiple-fiber attachment system that the Company has designed.

 

Various modifications of the basic POET epitaxial structure are being designed to support emission or reception at wavelengths of 980, 1310 or 1550 nanometeres.  ODIS’s structure and fabrication also is being developed to provide detection and emission from the 3 to 20 micrometer band via the attributes of its quantum well structure.

 

OT Lasers

 

POET lasers are being developed to be a third-generation fabrication that uses an implant confinement technique and improve efficiency and reliability over the proton-confined and oxide-confined devices currently available.  Either vertical emission or in-plane emission are anticipated to be employed, depending on design needs.  When the in-plane feature is employed, vertical cavity lasers are formed in stripe geometries and have end emission.  Such vertical cavity traveling wave lasers have ratios of peripheral length to active area higher than conventional circular vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers, thus dissipating power more readily and resulting in higher reliability components having longer life.  All POET lasers are being developed to be driven by a logic voltage signal, further lowering power requirements and increasing efficiency.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

OT Photoreceivers

 

As photoreceivers, OTs have high sensitivity, are self-contained and do not require trans impedence amplifiers, which convert current to voltage to produce usable outputs.  Incident light of adequate intensity will produce a direct electrical logic signal.  Semiconductor optical amplification provides signal gain and the OT provides the thresholding function.  All optical OT structures can be made selectively as transmitters or photoreceivers, further adding to POET integrated circuit flexibility.  The in-plane emission feature of POET allows easy connection to on-chip passive waveguides.  This waveguide technology design features enlarged waveguide apertures to facilitate ease of coupling to single mode fibers with low device insertion loss.  This feature is also part of POET’s low-cost multiple fiber attachment technology via waveguides.  We are developing a packaging technology that we anticipate will match this horizontal input/output coupling in order to further maintain the cost-effective approach.

 

OT Electrical Applications

 

The POET OT is being developed to also act as an electronic device in memory, digital logic and millimeter-wave oscillator applications.  OTs can form single-device static random-access memory cells and can be designed for bistable logic uses.  An OT with an optical cavity forms a low-noise voltage controlled oscillator.  The ability for OTs to act as comparators is important for high speed analog-to-digital converter designs.  The POET platform is targeted to enable manufacturers to develop the internal components required within their product offerings (e.g., handhelds and laptops) to be more reliable, operate faster, and operate for longer periods of time.

 

Transistors

 

POET-based transistors are designed to suit a wide range of high-performance needs.  Electronic designs are expected to be performed using an arbitrary mix of complementary Heterojunction Bipolar Transistors (“HBT”) or complementary High Electron Mobility Transistors (“HEMT”).

 

Complementary HEMT Transistors

 

The POET process is being designed to offer both p-channel and n-channel HEMT devices with complementary threshold voltages.  These devices are expected to be usable in both low-noise radiofrequency applications and in high-speed, low power logic applications.  Complementary HEMT logic has a potential speed-power ratio above that of silicon CMOS, owing to the higher mobility of the HEMT structure, and can form very low power logic running at speeds to over 100 GHz.  This flexibility facilitates the integration of dense logic circuitry with low power, high speed and small size, which allows the combined inclusion of analog circuits and logic circuits in an integrated circuit design, which can improve system performance.

 

Complementary HBT Transistors

 

Complementary HBT devices can amplify high-power, high-frequency signals.  HBTs find use in high-frequency power amplifiers such as the ones found in cellular phones.  Unlike current GaAs processes, the POET process is being developed to allow fabrication of complementary HBTs.  Once implemented, POET platform technology could benefit the consumer by extending battery life and reducing the number of internal components required in a product, thereby reducing its manufacturing cost and increasing product reliability.

 

Dielectric Isolation

 

One of the POET design elements anticipated to support effective optoelectronic integration is high-quality dielectric isolation (“DI”).  DI “islands” are formed by a deep trench etch through the entire epitaxial structure into the substrate.  Under each active “island” is a layer of oxide produced in the process step in which the lower mirrors are formed.  The electrical coupling path between such dielectric “islands” is through the oxide of one region, through a semi-insulating substrate, then through the oxide of another island.  This DI produces a much higher isolation than the reverse-junction and deep trench isolations of silicon.

 

High-quality isolation is a principal factor in our being able to produce mixed-signal designs such as optoelectronic transceivers.  Without this isolation, resulting crosstalk between the more sensitive receive section and the higher-powered transmit section can cause implementation problems.  POET DI is being designed to greatly reduce such problems.

 

Markets and Products

 

The overall semiconductor market has been projected to grow to $372 billion by 2015 and remains a rapidly growing segment of our economy, according to Global Industry Analysts.  Current research and development spending by the top 10 semiconductor companies has grown to a record-high $28.0 billion, or an equivalent of 16.7% of total semiconductor sales, its highest level in 4-5 years (IC Insights 2013).  Electronics, with sales topping $1,200 billion, generally require semiconductors to achieve success and competitive

 

22



Table of Contents

 

performance.  Progress in the electronics industry over the past four decades has both driven and been driven by the industry’s ability to create and serve markets with faster, cheaper and smaller monolithic ICs.  Each product advance in turn becomes the driver for the next wave of integrated circuit technology.  Many new generations of integrated circuit technology have increased integrated circuit capabilities and thus those of the products in which they serve.  Advances in personal computers, communications and many consumer devices have been powered by this continual development in semiconductor technology.  Through 2017, the convergence of internet-capable and mobile technologies will drive the strength of the semiconductor device market.

 

Today however, the traditional semiconductor paradigms may be falling short.  Silicon ICs are not well suited to serve in the arenas of optoelectronics and very high-speed mixed-signal circuits, and currently no adequate monolithic (single-chip) technology exists.  Today’s implementations in these markets are not fully benefiting from the cost savings of integrated technologies, but rather are based in part on hybrid or multi-component approaches.  In the hybrid approach, multiple individual semiconductor components incorporating multiple technologies are interconnected to form circuits satisfying the needs of a particular application.  This approach is used successfully to bring solutions to limited-size markets, particularly those in which performance is at a premium, despite a higher price.  As the need for high-speed services spreads and higher-volume markets continue to emerge, however, this hybrid approach to implementation adds expense.  Hybrid technology may be able to serve the limited-size markets that are able to tolerate higher price tags, but such technology cannot serve truly large, competitive markets.

 

Today’s semiconductor industry is typically seen as dominated by silicon products, with the silicon integrated circuit industry then being divided into (i) the personal computer and memory segment and (ii) the fabless integrated circuit segment. The fabless segment is then split into a triad of separate industries providing (i) design tools, (ii) integrated circuit designs and (iii) integrated circuit fabrication, all operating independently but synergistically.  While this is a good description of the silicon portion of the semiconductor industry, it is not a model of the whole semiconductor industry.  Left unaddressed are markets for analog, mixed-signal, radio frequency and optical products that are currently served by a combination of non-silicon technologies, including silicon-germanium, GaAs, indium phosphide and gallium nitride, which collectively cover a variety of applications, some of which are described below.  Compared to existing technologies, POET is expected to be more versatile, meaning that POET can potentially be utilized to manufacture many more device types that could require the implementation of on-board optics or radio frequency electronics.

 

POET technology currently under development has not yet been utilized in production environments, and there are no assurances that our development and marketing efforts will ever result in POET being utilized by any manufacturer or otherwise commercialized.

 

The Company’s POET platform is being developed to apply in a large portion of this budding semiconductor market as it represents a potential solution to increasing semiconductor performance in an economical and functional manner.  Once developed, the Company’s GaAs-based chip design processes could have several potential major market applications, including: (i) infrared sensor arrays for military as well as Homeland Security monitoring and imaging and (ii) microchips combining optical lasers and electronic control circuits for potential use in various military programs and telecom applications, including within fiber to the home technology.  In the short term, POET’s current development efforts may allow future licensees to address opportunities in the following markets:

 

·                   Pad, Tablet and Cloud OS-type PC devices —Demand continues to surge for tablet-class and phablet-class devices, and the market for PCs built on cloud-based services, such as Chromebooks, is beginning to heat up. One example of device key to this market, DRAM, is projected at a $43.6 billion market in 2015; logic at $97.6 billion.  Within such devices, POET’s platform is anticipated to allow analog and digital devices to coexist in the same die, thereby reducing the number of parts and increasing functionality and reducing power usage.

 

·                   Smartphones —3G/4G smartphones are set to impact on the future analog, DSP, logic, and NAND flash memory integrated circuit markets. The m obile phone IC market alone is projected to be $85.4 billion for 2015.  Again, it is anticipated that all portable devices could benefit from using POET’s platform due to the performance and power saving boosts resulting from the integration of analog and digital components.

 

·                   Digital and Smart TVs —Streaming capability via the Internet will be the must-have technology in 2014; this points to increased revenues for LED drivers, power management ICs, and MCUs/MPUs. MPUs/CPUs are forecast at $73.5 billion for 2015.  Advances in Smart TV technology will require increased bandwidth to the panel technology.  POET enables faster digital device performance and lower power usage.

 

·                   Smart Grids and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) —Residential appliances and related electrical systems are now being designed for interaction with power utilities via the Internet and local networks. Smart grid technology investment is forecast to grow 9.5% annually from 2012 through 2017. Smart Grids and AMI devices are small and cost sensitive.  POET may enable manufacturers to reduce the number of parts in such devices, thereby requiring less assembly time and better final product yields.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

·                   “Internet of Things” —The identification, monitoring, and control of objects with an addressable Internet protocol has been gaining momentum for over a decade with no abatement. The sensor and actuator semiconductor market, one of the areas impacted by this sector, is projected at $11.4 billion market in 2015.  POET’s low power attribute may be important in the emerging Internet of Things market.

 

* Note : Data in the first four bullet points was sourced from IC Insights’ IC Market Drivers 2014 Report . Data in the last bullet (sensors/actuators) was sourced from the 2014 edition of IC Insights’ Opto-Sensor-Discrete (O-S-D) Report.

 

POET technology is designed to address deficiencies in each of these markets through the ability to concurrently support analog and digital functions on a single integrated circuit, thereby increasing performance, reducing the number of parts and decreasing production costs for such products.  POET technology could also provide memory device structures that can be used in the manufacturing of these types of devices, potentially allowing such devices to save substantial power.

 

The Company’s strategy is to continue aggressive research and development efforts directed toward the completion of the POET platform.  Upon completion of development, the Company anticipates that POET could compete in the following broad markets.

 

Military

 

POET’s technology platform for optoelectronic integration is designed to exploit the optoelectronic and electronic behaviors of GaAs semiconductor material.  One of the benefits of this material, from a space electronics perspective, is that GaAs is significantly less susceptible to x-ray and gamma-ray total integrated dose radiation.  GaAs has been a long-standing choice for high-frequency devices and circuits, though GaAs digital devices do not provide the performance that metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor devices provide.  Currently, the POET platform is being evaluated in connection with a NASA deep space probe initiative.

 

Important to military applications are the electronic devices that can be integrated into the POET design architecture, including both complementary heterostructure field effect transistors and complementary HBTs.  These transistors will enable both analog and digital functions in POET hybrid optoelectronic devices.  The technology also provides a number of key, integrable opto-electronic devices:  resonant vertical cavity lasers, detectors, amplifiers and modulators for out-of-plane operation.  In addition, POET innovation enables in-plane waveguide and traveling wave operation for lasers, detectors, modulators, amplifiers and directional coupler switches.  Important to the military is POET’s potential to integrate digital, radio frequency and optical technologies in a single device, which is designed to satisfy the documented high-performance capability needs for multiple space systems of all military departments and agency technology areas.

 

POET’s architecture, which incorporates a dense mix of active optical elements and optical waveguides together with logic and mixed signal elements, is designed to enable a wide variety of space-system components.  These components, when developed, could be combined to enable a number of applications including high speed transceivers for laser communications, radio frequency transceivers, radiofrequency and optical phased arrays, opto-electronic interconnects, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters, uncooled visible, mid-wavelength infrared and long-wave infrared imagers, optical memory, opto-electronic and radio frequency apertures, ultra-wide-band sources and receivers, low-light-level sensors, single photon counters and optical correlators.

 

POET could have the ability to offer a low-cost monolithic solution to multi-spectral imaging.  The compact array could provide: (i) detection, readout and analog-to-digital conversion on a single chip; (ii) a common axis for ultraviolet, visible and infrared imaging; (iii) wavelength scanning; and (iv) 300K operation with no cooling required.  The Space Foundation has indicated that this technology satisfies Space Situational Awareness (“SSA”) sensor requirements by providing required capability with significantly reduced size, weight and power.  In addition, the Air Force Communications Command and Control Division (“C3”) Tech Area Plan identifies mid- and long-term space communication and C3 technology challenges that require the photonic applications that POET is designed to provide.

 

After testing, the Air Force Commercialization Pilot Program (“CPP”) selected POET’s ultraviolet/infrared/visible imaging technology project as their candidate for a U.S. Air Force Research Laboratory (“AFRL”) grant to fund the POET transition program and Phase III effort.  Utilizing AFRL funding, the Company and BAE have entered into a transition program to jointly produce the POET platform and take it to production.  Furthermore, BAE and other military prime contractors have expressed interest in using the POET platform in systems/subsystems for their Department of Defense customers.  Additionally, a qualifier for receiving CPP funding is the acknowledgement of the firm’s willingness to commercialize a portion of the funded technology, thus providing commercial customers access to packaged parts, enabling the technology to be adopted for commercial and military systems.

 

Commercial

 

The proliferation of consumer electronics has created a vast and growing market demand for semiconductor technology.  Each new advance in this market requires smaller, denser and more efficient computing power, while maintaining efficient costs.  To satisfy

 

24



Table of Contents

 

these demands, the capabilities of traditional semiconductors must be enhanced.  The Company believes that POET has the potential to be a breakthrough technology.

 

Marketing Plan

 

Military Segment

 

Our initial fundamental business strategy is to continue our directed focus on the military market through licensing arrangements with BAE and others and by pursuing projects which meet the POET platform product design goals of the transition process, which may lead to the subsequent volume production and license revenue generation.  Our intent is also to foster prime contractor involvement that will lead to either a licensing or other form of partnership relationship based on long term demand for the POET platform, and to develop that demand into a potential partner’s strategic plans for meeting government requirements.  Training, supporting and energizing the prime contractor sales teams will be a key ingredient to POET’s success in generating military and agency revenue.

 

Commercial Segment

 

Our commercial sales and marketing activity will be based on direct contact with target corporations by senior management or industry consultants hired by the Company.  Such contact will focus on developing successful relationships within the product areas.  We know from our past experience in the solar industry that relationship leveraging is required to first gain entrance and then acceptance of a new company with new technology.  Marketing and product development activity is expected to continue throughout the POET development and transition process in order to anticipate and adapt commercially directed devices, as well as commercial applications discovered going forward, during the development phase, thus offering well-designed, well-supported, market-focused products capitalizing on the potential advantages of POET.

 

The release of test or prototype devices to both market segments for testing and acceptance of the POET process is important to the Company’s marketing plan.  The availability of prototypes will be necessary to solicit early design wins with the potential to lead to volume production at such time as the Company can commence the POET transition.  Currently, a prototype infrared sensor is in development for the AFRL which the Company believes, when completed, can be adapted for commercial prototype use.

 

The Company believes that the most expedient way to scale its sales efforts in both the military and commercial market segments will be to work with and through the marketing, sales and engineering teams of those firms who are respected, proven product and solution providers, already holding a significant market share within their industry.

 

Commercialization

 

The Company will focus first on partnering opportunities that can make its POET process stand out.  To achieve this, the Company anticipates teaming with partners to produce and deliver POET driven devices into the commercial market segment in order to obtain high visibility quickly and to position the technology to achieve fast commercial acceptance.  While we have historically relied on U.S. government grants and other funding, we do not anticipate any future government funding going forward in the commercialization process.

 

First Phase: Initial Prototypes and Initial Production

 

We anticipate producing initial prototype devices meeting commercial requirements in sufficient quantities utilizing a third party fabrication facility.  Prototype devices targeted to be used to introduce the POET platform process to the marketplace could enable the Company to gain access to potential customers and seek early commercial design wins.  The Company expects that the First Phase of commercialization will generate non-recurring engineering revenue with partners, foundries or both with an initial prototype device anticipated to be available by Q4 2014 into Q1 2015.

 

Second Phase: Production

 

The Company’s model is to be fabless, meaning that we will not manufacture devices incorporating our technology for commercialization, but will instead partner with third party semiconductor fabrication facilities to produce prototype POET integrated circuit devices, then use those prototypes to market our technology for license.  To the extent that POET is successfully introduced and demand dictates, the Company intends to continue to improve on its ability to promote technology by entering into partnerships with well known, commercial market-focused fabrication facilities worldwide.  Such manufacturing partners will develop certain libraries and specific design kits to incorporate our POET technology in their products marketed to their customers.  We anticipate receiving flow-through royalty revenue as our manufacturing partners, if any, sell our POET technology to their customers.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Manufacturing

 

The Company has contracted with BAE for the transition phase of its POET platform development from the POET laboratory on the campus of UCONN.  If successfully completed, the Company expects to partner with BAE for the continued and on-going manufacture of wafers to meet the Company’s initial requirements for sampling and marketing purposes.

 

BAE’s III-V GaAs fabrication facility is ISO 9001/14001 certified, military specification certified and can produce radiation hard devices.  BAE’s state of the art facility houses two 3” wafer diameter production lines and two 6” wafer diameter production lines within 14,000 sq. ft. and a wafer test area covering 16,000 sq. ft.  The facility is vibration isolated and environmentally controlled for sub-micron device development and manufacture.  We believe that there is substantial capacity available to us for implementation of our development and to-market plans, and that BAE would be receptive to making such capacity available to us.  Currently, a staff of over 150 engineers is devoted to design and development with another 70 devoted to foundry operations and testing.  Thus the Company believes that BAE’s wafer production capabilities can be a significant resource to the Company’s marketing efforts.

 

Third Phase: POET Technology Sales Royalties

 

If our manufacturing partners, if we are able to develop any, successfully market our POET technology in the Second Phase, we anticipate receiving revenue from royalties on their semiconductor chip sales to their customers.

 

C.  Organizational Structure

 

The Company currently has two subsidiaries with the following corporate structure:

 

 


(1)  There are 28,374,000 Class A Common Shares of OPEL Solar, Inc. issued and outstanding, all of which are held by the Company.  There are no other outstanding securities of OPEL Solar, Inc. other than the Class A Common Shares.

 

(2)  There are 5 Common Shares of ODIS Inc. issued and outstanding, held by OPEL Solar, Inc.

 

D.  Property, Plants and Equipment

 

The Company’s head Canadian office is located in a 1,400-sq. ft. rented office space in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.  The Company has its operational office in a 5,371-sq. ft. leased office space in Storrs-Mansfield, Connecticut, on the campus of UCONN.

 

The Company believes that its existing facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the foreseeable future.

 

ITEM 4A.                                        UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 5.                                                 OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Actual results could differ materially from

 

26



Table of Contents

 

those anticipated by forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “ITEM 3.D. Risk Factors” and “ITEM 4.B. Business Overview.”

 

A.  Operating Results

 

Overview

 

The Company is incorporated in the Province of Ontario. The Company is engaged in the development of its patented POET opto-electronic semiconductor technology.  Prior to June 2012, the Company also engaged in the design, development, marketing and sales of solar energy systems and equipment.

 

On June 11, 2012, Management committed to a plan to discontinue its solar related operations and to dispose of its solar related assets and liabilities. The decision was taken in line with the Company’s strategic focus on its key competencies, namely the development of the POET platform, which enables the monolithic fabrication of integrated circuits containing both electronic and optical elements.  Consequently, all saleable assets and liabilities relating to the solar operations were classified as “assets available for sale” or “disposal group liabilities.”

 

On December 12, 2012, the Company sold a portion of its assets available for sale to an arm’s length party for the purchase price of $1,000,000, subject to adjustment.  No gain or loss was recorded on the sale of the assets because current accounting standards mandate that assets be evaluated for impairment prior to discontinued operations treatment.

 

The remaining carrying amount of assets and liabilities allocated as “assets available for sale” and “disposal group liabilities” as of December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

 

Solar installations

 

$

606,413

 

Assets available for sale

 

$

606,413

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred energy credit

 

$

526,518

 

Asset retirement obligation

 

$

79,895

 

Disposal group liabilities

 

$

606,413

 

 

The assets were sold in consideration of the assumption of the associated disposal group liabilities in April of 2013.  Ongoing cash flows in the semiconductor segment, at this time, consist exclusively of grant funding.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Our net sales, revenues and expenses have changed dramatically over the past three years, due largely to our strategic decision to divest of our solar division and focus predominantly on our semiconductor division.  The decision to divest our solar division eliminated all of our traditional sources of revenue from product sales and licensing.  The divestiture also eliminated many of our traditional expenses in designing, manufacturing, installing and servicing solar panels and trackers.

 

Taxation

 

See “ITEM 10.E. Taxation.”

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The Company prepares its audited consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.  The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting assumptions and estimates. These assumptions are limited by the availability of reliable comparable data and the uncertainty of predictions concerning future events.  It also requires management to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies.  The Company believes that the estimates and assumptions upon which it relies are reasonable based upon information available at the time that these estimates and assumptions are made.  Actual results could differ from these estimates.  The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed below.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of POET Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries.  All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency.

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”).  Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction.  Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency of an entity are recognized in the statement of operations and deficit.

 

Assets and liabilities of entities with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated into the presentation currency at the year-end rates of exchange, and the results of their operations are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. The resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. Additionally, foreign exchange gains and losses related to certain intercompany loans that are permanent in nature are included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments are required to be classified as one of the following: held-to-maturity; loans and receivables; fair value through profit or loss; available-for-sale; or other financial liabilities.

 

The Company’s financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities.  The Company designated its cash as fair value through profit or loss, its accounts and other receivable as loans and receivables, and its accounts payable and accrued liabilities as other financial liabilities.

 

Fair value through profit or loss financial assets are measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in operations.  Financial assets, loans and receivables and other financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Fair value of a financial instrument is the amount of consideration that would be agreed upon in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties who are under no compulsion to act.  The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, which is the fair value of the consideration given or received.  Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair value of a financial instrument that is quoted in active markets is based on the bid price for a financial asset held and the offer price for a financial liability.  When an independent price is not available, fair value is determined by using a valuation methodology which refers to observable market data. Such a valuation technique includes comparisons with a similar financial instrument where an observable market price exists, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.  If no reliable estimate can be made, the Company measures the financial instrument at cost less impairment as a last resort.

 

Marketable Securities

 

Marketable securities are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value.  Unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined on a first in, first out basis. Inventories comprise raw materials; work in process and finished goods. Inventories comprising finished goods related to solar panels and trackers produced to the Company’s specifications. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Inventories include the cost of materials purchased and the cost of conversion, as well as other costs required to bring the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated based on the estimated useful life of the asset using the following rates and methods for old assets (2006 and prior) and new assets (2007 and after):

 

28



Table of Contents

 

New

Machinery and equipment Straight Line, 5 years

Furniture and fixtures Straight Line, 5 years

Office equipment Straight Line, 5 years

Leasehold improvements Straight Line Over The Remaining Term of the Lease

Solar systems for demonstrations Straight Line, 5 years

Solar installation Straight Line, 20 years

 

Old

Machinery and equipment 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Furniture and fixtures 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Office equipment 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Leasehold improvements Straight Line Over The Remaining Term of the Lease

 

Patents and Licenses

 

Patents and licenses are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives.  Ongoing maintenance and patent registration costs are expensed as incurred.  The expiry of the patents and licenses range from 6 to 12 years.

 

Product Warranty

 

A product warranty is recognized when present obligations as a result of a sale of products will probably lead to an outflow of economic resources from the Company and the amounts can be estimated reliably.  The timing or the amount of the outflow may still be uncertain.

 

Product warranty is measured at the estimated expenditure required to settle the present obligation, based on the most reliable evidence available at the reporting date, including the risks and uncertainties associated with the present obligation. Product warranties are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. The Company discontinued its Solar operations in 2012 and disposed of its remaining solar assets and liabilities on April 5, 2013, as a result, the Company no longer has a reserve for product warranty (2012 - $25,899, 2011 - $25,899). The Company is liable for warranty claims on sales previously recognized on a discontinued operation. Management believes the Company’s exposure on these warranty claims is not material as of December 31, 2013. Any warranty claims settled by the Company will be classified as adjustments to discontinued operations.

 

Investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited

 

The Company has a 19% interest in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited (“Opel Asia”), a non-publicly traded Company. The Company’s investment is measured at cost. The Company evaluated its investment in this Company for impairment. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar related operations and the Company’s investment in Opel Asia was considered by management to be impaired and was therefore written down to zero.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company’s tangible and intangible assets are reviewed for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable.  An assessment is made at each reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired.

 

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.  Impairment losses are recognized in profit and loss for the year.  The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use.  In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

An impairment loss is reversed if there is an indication that there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.  In 2013 the Company did not record an impairment loss on long-lived assets (2012 - $414,570, 2011 - $1,501,692).

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Deferred energy credit

 

The Company received in cash, an energy credit on a solar installation in Plainville, CT., used in operations. The credit was deferred and was being amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset (20 years) and was included in the amortization of property and equipment. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations; an amount of $445,261 relating to the deferred energy credit was reclassified to disposal group liabilities. In addition to the reclassification to disposal group liabilities, the $445,261 of energy credit was increased by $81,257 to $526,518 to reflect the Company’s obligation to repay a portion of credit if the associated asset is not used for its intended purpose. The asset was carried at a fair value of $606,413 which represents its fair value, using a level 3 input as at December 31, 2012.  On April 5, 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining assets available for sale in consideration for the assumption of the disposal group liabilities to another arm’s length party.

 

Asset Retirement Obligation

 

Asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) represents liabilities to the Company for which the amount or timing is uncertain. ARO is recognized when the Company has a constructive or legal obligation to decommission an asset, it is probable that such decommissioning will result in an outflow of resources and the amount can be reliably estimated. ARO is measured at the present value of the expected outflows to settle the obligation using a discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The accretion in the obligation due to the passage of time is recognized as an expense. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations, the ARO balance of $79,895 at December 31, 2012 was reclassified to disposal group liabilities. The asset was carried at a fair value of $606,413 which represents its fair value as at December 31, 2012. On April 5, 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining assets available for sale in consideration for the assumption of the disposal group liabilities to another arm’s length party.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this method, deferred income taxes are provided on differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and on income tax losses available to be carried forward to future years for tax purposes.  Deferred income taxes are measured using the substantively enacted tax rates and laws which are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.  Valuation allowances are provided to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Government Grants

 

Government grants received exclusively from the Department of Defense of the United States of America and NASA, relating to research and development, are recognized as other income, net, based on the agreed upon milestones of the projects. Government grants in 2013 were $342,874 (2012 - $238,806, 2011 - $755,422).

 

Interest Income

 

Interest income on cash and short-term investments classified as fair value through profit or loss is recognized as earned using the effective interest method.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research costs are expensed in the year incurred. Development costs are also expensed in the year incurred unless the Company believes a development project meets IFRS criteria as set out in IAS 38,  Intangible Assets , for deferral and amortization. The Company has not met the criteria set out in IAS 38, therefore no deferral has been recognized.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock options and warrants awarded to non-employees are accounted for using the fair value of the instrument awarded or service provided whichever is considered more reliable.  Stock options and warrants awarded to employees are accounted for using the fair value method.  The fair value of such stock options and warrants granted is recognized as an expense on a proportionate basis consistent with the vesting features of each tranche of the grant.  The fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions applicable at the date of grant.

 

Loss Per Share

 

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.  Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the

 

30



Table of Contents

 

year after giving effect to potentially dilutive financial instruments.  The dilutive effect of stock options and warrants is determined using the treasury stock method.

 

Selected Annual Data

 

The selected financial data of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was derived from the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as described in their report which is included in this registration statement.

 

The information contained in the selected financial data for the 2013, 2012 and 2011 years is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included under the heading “ITEM 17. Financial Statements” and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements and with the information appearing under the heading “ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”  Except where otherwise indicated, all amounts are presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The following table relates to the operating results of the continuing semiconductor operations of the Company.  The subsequent table relates to the operating results of the discontinued solar sector.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$)

 

 

 

 Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and Administration

 

$

6,338,607

 

$

3,027,760

 

$

2,638,076

 

Research and Development

 

1,925,974

 

1,093,998

 

1,402,762

 

Investment Income, including interest

 

(18,371

)

 

(21,915

)

Total Expenses

 

8,246,210

 

4,121,758

 

4,018,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss, before the following

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

342,874

 

238,806

 

755,422

 

Net Loss for the Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(7,903,336

)

(3,882,952

)

(3,263,501

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

(4,685,449

)

(11,898,225

)

Net Loss

 

(7,903,336

)

(8,568,401

)

(15,161,726

)

Deficit, beginning of period

 

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

(35,309,009

)

Divestiture of non-controlling interest

 

 

(139,116

)

 

Deficit, end of period

 

$

(67,081,588

)

$

(59,178,252

)

$

(50,470,735

)

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.17

)

Continuing Operations

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.04

)

Discontinued Operations

 

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.13

)

 

The following table relates exclusively to the operating results of the discontinued operations attributable to the divestiture of the Company’s solar sector.

 

Consolidated Statements of Discontinued Operations

Under International Financial Reporting Standards

(US$)

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

617,728

 

$

5,122,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

 

1,117,282

 

8,916,603

 

General and Administration

 

 

3,380,117

 

5,551,286

 

Research and Development

 

 

611,644

 

2,561,217

 

Investment Income, including interest

 

 

(3,044

)

(8,374

)

Total Expenses

 

 

5,105,999

 

17,020,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Operating Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

 

 

(4,488,271

)

(11,898,225

)

Loss on divestiture of subsidiaries

 

 

(197,178

)

 

Net Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations

 

 

(4,685,449

)

(11,898,225

)

Attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

107,662

 

Attributable to equity shareholders

 

$

 

 

$

(4,685,449

)

$

(11,790,563

)

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Description of Certain Line Items

 

Costs and expenses consist of general and administrative expenses as well as research and development costs.  General and administrative costs and expenses include salaries and wages, stock based compensation, professional fees, rent, transfer agent and listing fees, impairment of long lived assets, uncollectable accounts receivable and prepaid expenses.  Included in research and development expenditures are costs associated with developing and monetizing our POET platform.  Investment income consists of interest earned from funds deposited with financial institutions as well as gains (or losses) from the sale of investments.

 

Other income consisted of an SBIR contract from NASA which began in July 2012, continued through 2013 and extends into 2014.  The Company does not expect any new sources of other income through the SBIR program.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Costs and Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $3,310,847 over 2012.  The increase was primarily driven by increases in: stock-based compensation of $1,816,625; wages and benefits of $411,378; professional fees of $519,750; management and consulting fees of $294,011; and general expenses of $269,893.

 

The increases in the above expenses are consistent with the Company’s strategy to continue to drive POET to monetization.  The new management team was successful in attracting high profile members to the Board of Directors and renewing investor confidence which allowed the Company to raise $7,189,200, less financing fees, in new capital in 2013.  Additionally, the leadership of the new management team contributed to divesting the Company of its under-performing solar division which had contributed $4,685,449 to the net loss in 2012.  The current level of management fees and investor relation expenditure is expected to remain for the foreseeable future as the team continues to drive the POET monetization.  Other expenses such as regulatory fees, listing fees, office expenses, travel expenses and other ancillary expenses naturally increased as these costs are considered integral to raising capital.

 

The Company continues to invest in highly technical staff to expedite the development and monetization of POET.  As a result, the Company had an additional $531,084 of salaries and benefits in 2013 than in 2012.  This investment has already contributed to the Company reaching important POET milestones in the Company’s path to monetization.  The Company is also close to completing certain other POET milestones which are proceeding without technical difficulties.

 

Non-cash stock option expense was $4,021,153 in 2013 compared to $1,704,026 in 2012, an increase of $2,317,127.  The Company granted 7,310,000 stock options in 2013 compared to 15,130,000 stock options in 2012, but changes in share price in part led to an increase to stock option expense in 2013.  The expensing of vested stock options granted in 2012 had a significant impact on the expense in the 2013 period.  The periodic granting of stock options to key personnel is considered to be invaluable to maintaining such key employees and consultants.

 

Professional fees were $695,082 in 2013 compared to $175,332 in 2012.  Professional fees had increased by $519,750 due to the professional services required by both accountants and lawyers in dealing with the divestiture of the solar division which included the sale of assets, termination of leases and orderly termination of redundant employees.  Additionally, the Company made numerous changes to its corporate structure and is continuing to make changes in order to better position the Company to quickly execute on the best opportunities for monetization.  These structural changes include: changing its name, managing its patent registrations, expanding its shareholder base and examining other non-Canadian listing opportunities.  Additional legal and other professional costs were incurred to execute on these necessary changes.

 

Other Income

 

The Company earned $342,874 during the year ended December 31, 2013 in SBIR other income relating to a $750,000 SBIR contract granted to the Company in 2012.  The U.S. government’s interest in the Company’s technology and the Company’s historical success helped to secure the $750,000 award while the U.S. government was scaling back on SBIR contracts due to funding cutbacks.  During the same period in 2012, the Company earned $238,806, representing the initial receipt of funds under the $750,000 SBIR grant.  The Company is reducing its dependency on SBIR by developing POET to the stage of monetization outside of governmental uses.  The Company does not anticipate the receipt of any U.S. government funding when the current SBIR grant expires.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

The divestiture of the Company’s solar division was completed prior to the year ended December 31, 2013.  For a discussion of the solar division divestiture, see the yearly comparison between 2012 and 2011 below.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Costs and Expenses

 

The Company decreased its research and development expenses by 22%, or $308,764, from $1,402,762 in 2011 to $1,093,998 in 2012.  The reduction was a result of reduced subcontracting activities, leaner operations and research and development activities focused only on the goal of monetizing the POET platform in the near term.

 

The Company’s salaries and wages increased from $437,334 in 2011 to $725,192 in 2012.  Additional corporate level management was the big driver of this increased expense.  The addition of this expense had an immediate impact as the Company was able to use this new expertise to raise needed capital, remove redundant and expensive human resources and discontinue the solar division which was adding negative pressure on the Company’s ultimate goal of developing the POET platform.

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 389,684 from $2,638,076 in 2011 to $3,027,760 in 2012.  This increase is due to additional corporate level management, as discussed above, and some one-time corporate listing and regulatory fees from the TSXV and our transfer agent associated with multiple financings closed in the year, disclosure obligations resulting from our change in business focus and fees associated with securing a revolving line of credit.  Additionally, the Company was obligated to pay severance packages to employees who were considered redundant as the Company discontinued its solar operations.

 

Other Income

 

Year over year, other income within the semiconductor segment contracted by 68% from $755,422 in 2011 to $238,806 in 2012.  The significant downturn was a result of cutbacks in the SBIR grants funding POET’s development activities.  The only other income in 2012 was associated with a new grant from NASA that began in July 2012 and continued into 2013.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made a strategic decision to discontinue the solar division.  The solar division had experienced ongoing losses and required substantial investment with unlikely prospects for recovery.  After careful review and analysis, the Board directed management to restructure the Company, including identifying and discontinuing redundant positions, selling solar related assets, divesting solar related minority interests and shutting down the solar division.  The Company had a loss from discontinued operations of $4,685,449 in 2012 compared to $11,898,225 in 2011.  The loss from discontinued operations included: (i) an inventory write down of $1,143,011 in 2012 compared to $3,570,406 in 2011; (ii) impairment of long lived assets of $414,570 in 2012 compared to $1,501,692 in 2011; (iii) uncollectible accounts receivable of $195,774 in 2012 compared to $0 in 2011; and (iv) a write down of prepaid expenses of $127,602 in 2012 compared to $0 in 2011.  As mentioned above, included in the loss from discontinued operations is a loss incurred in divesting its investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited of $197,178.

 

Recent IFRS Accounting Pronouncements

 

Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, will replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement .  The new standard requires entities to classify financial assets as being measured either at amortized cost or fair value depending on the business model and contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset.  For financial liabilities, IFRS 9 requires an entity choosing to measure a liability at fair value to present the portion of the change in its fair value due to change in the entity’s own credit risk in the other comprehensive income rather than in the statement of profit or loss.  The new standard applies to annual years beginning on or after January 1, 2015.  There is no impact to the financial statements as a result of adopting IFRS 9.

 

IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  The amendment provides further clarification on the application of the offsetting requirements. The Company will start the application of IAS 32 in the financial statements effective from January 1, 2014.  The Company has not yet evaluated the impact on the financial statements.

 

The Company has considered all other recently issued accounting pronouncements and does not believe the adopting of such pronouncements will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”)

 

IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, is amended to change the disclosure of items presented in OCI, including a requirement to separate items presented in OCI into two groups based on whether or not they may be recycled to profit or loss in the future.  This

 

34



Table of Contents

 

amendment is effective for years beginning on or after July 1, 2012.  There was no impact to the financial statements as a result of adopting IAS 1.

 

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

 

IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities , requires disclosures relating to an entity’s interests in subsidiaries.  The Company started the application of IFRS 12 in the financial statements effective from January 1, 2013.  There was no impact to the financial statements as a result of adopting IFRS 12.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurements , provides a single source of guidance on how to measure fair value where its use is already required or permitted by other IFRS and enhances disclosure requirements for information about fair value measurements.  The new standard is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2013.  There was no impact to the financial statements as a result of adopting IFRS 13.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements , replaces SIC 12, Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities, and the guidance on control and consolidation in IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements.  IFRS 10 includes a new definition of control that determines which entities are consolidated, and requires control of an investee to be reassessed when the facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to one or more of the criteria for determining control.  This standard is effective for annual years beginning on or after January 1, 2013.  There is no impact to the financial statements as a result of adopting IFRS 10.

 

The Company has considered all other recently issued accounting pronouncements and does not believe the adopting of any other such pronouncements will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

B.  Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company had working capital of $3,272,349 on December 31, 2013 compared to $1,433,392 on December 31, 2012.  The increase and maintenance of the high working capital was due to the CA$7.2 million of financing completed on February 14, 2013, which was in addition to the CA$5.4 million raised in the second half of 2012.  The Company used a portion of the funds raised in 2012 to settle the high accounts payable balances and the credit facility that were carried for most of 2012.  Additionally, $900,236 has been spent in 2013 and 2012 procuring vital machinery and equipment.

 

Since December 31, 2013, the Company has completed a private placement of 7,692,307 Units, with each Unit consisting of one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one share of common stock for CA$1.00.  The private placement was completed on February 13, 2014, with proceeds of CA$5 million (US$4,546,000), as more thoroughly discussed in “ITEM 8.B. Significant Changes” and “ITEM 10. Additional Information.”

 

The Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 has assets with a book value of $4,470,958 (December 31, 2012 - $2,367,260) of which 79% (December 31, 2012 - 97%) or $3,528,376 (December 31, 2012 - $2,297,607) is current and primarily cash.  This highly liquid and unencumbered balance sheet has permitted corporate activity undertaken in 2013 and further expected in 2014, including but not limited to achieving technical and operational milestones, acquiring new and more modern semi-conductor fabrication equipment and engaging critical commercial and technical staff.

 

The Company is positioned with sufficient liquidity to support its operations, technological programs and fixed asset purchases over the next nine to 12 months.  Although the Company has been successful in obtaining such financing in the past, there is no assurance that it will be able to do so in the future.

 

The Company is executing its plan of monetizing POET while simultaneously improving shareholder value.  The focus therefore is to remain sufficiently capitalized through lean operations.

 

In April, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement for a revolving credit facility of up to $5,000,000 with TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP.  This credit facility was amended to be an $850,000 term loan in July of 2012 and in September 2012, the outstanding loan balance and all accrued interest was paid in full and the facility was terminated.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Operating Activities

 

The Company has experienced net operating losses in 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $7,903,336, $8,568,401, and $15,161,726, respectively, driven primarily in 2012 and 2011 from discontinued operations as well as in all years by general administration and research and development costs.  Operating expenses increased in 2013 to $8,246,210 from $4,121,758 in 2012 due to our focus on developing our POET technology and increasing our research and development effort to achieve that goal.  There were no losses from discontinued operations in 2013.  While operating expenses were similar between 2012 and 2011, $4,121,758 in 2012 and $4,018,923 in 2011, losses due to discontinued operations were much lower in 2012 than in 2011, at $4,685,449 and $11,898,225, respectively.  The 2012 smaller loss due to discontinued operations reflected our shift in focus from our solar division to the semiconductor division.

 

The Company had a net negative cash flow of $3,886,104 from its operating activities in 2013 versus $2,174,306 in 2012 and $1,255,655 in 2011.  One cause of the increase in the use of cash was in salaries and wages which saw a significant increase of $825,095.  Salaries and wages totaled $2,105,258 in 2013 as compared to $1,280,163 in 2012.  The increase was a result of the Company adding personnel in an effort to capitalize on the interest shown in POET.  Monetizing POET is the Company’s goal and adding sales and marketing staff to drive the monetizing process is an inevitable part of the Company achieving this goal.   The advanced development of the POET platform caused the Company to increase its general and administrative costs in each of 2013, 2012 and 2011, which was necessary to execute its strategy to monetize POET.

 

Other income from SBIR grants decreased from $755,422 in 2011 to $238,806 in 2012 (a 68% decrease), but increased from $238,806 in 2012 to $342,874 in 2013 (a 44% increase).  The downturn from 2011 was a result of cutbacks in the SBIR grants funding the Company’s development activities for the U.S. government.  The only billings in 2013 and 2012 were associated with a new grant from NASA that began in July 2012 and continued into 2013, in contrast to 2011 when multiple grants were ongoing.

 

Investing Activities

 

The Company is currently not involved in any investing activity other than the purchase of property and equipment for use in the development of its POET technology.  When investing, the Company has a strict investment policy which includes investing any surplus capital only in highly liquid, highly rated financial instruments.

 

The Company had a loss from discontinued operations of $0 in 2013, $4,685,449 in 2012, and $11,898,225 in 2011.  The net negative cash flow from the loss from discontinued operations in 2012 was $3,728,678 versus $6,961,066 in 2011.  By divesting the solar division, the Company reduced its (i) research and development expenses by approximately $2,500,000 per year, (ii) professional fees by $300,000, (iii) wages and salaries by $1,400,000 per year, (iv) rent by $200,000 per year, (v) sales, marketing and advertising by $300,000 per year and (vi) general and administrative expenses by $300,000 per year.

 

While divesting the solar division resulted in lost revenue of up to $5,000,000 per year, the inconsistency and uncertainty of the revenue along with poor market conditions pressured the financial resources of the Company.  The Company had either low or negative gross margins which were a result of either obsolete inventory that was written off $3,570,406 in 2011 and $1,143,011 in 2012 or expensive product that was sold at a substantial discount.

 

During 2012, the Company made capital divestitures amounting to $1,000,000.  This divestiture represents the sale of substantially all solar division assets in an asset sale in December of 2012.

 

Financing Activities

 

On February 13, 2014, the Company completed a non-brokered private placement financing for gross proceeds of CA$5,000,000 (US$4,546,000).  The Company issued 7,692,307 units, at a price of CA$0.65 (US$0.591) per unit.  Each unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the company at a price of CA$1.00 (US$0.909) per share for a period of two years.

 

On February 14, 2013, the Company completed a brokered private placement financing round for gross proceeds of CA$7,200,000 (US$7,189,200).  The Company issued 14,400,000 units, at a price of CA$0.50 (US$0.499) per unit.  Each unit consisted of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CA$0.75 (US$0.748) per share for a period of two years.  The agent, IBK Capital Corp., received cash commissions in the aggregate of CA$504,000 (US$503,224) and 1,440,000 compensation warrants in connection with the private placement.  Each compensation warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at CA$0.50 (US$0.499) per share for a period of three years.  Additional issue costs amounted to CA$26,017 (US$25,998).

 

During 2012, the Company completed private placement financing rounds for gross proceeds aggregating to CA$5,384,870 (US$5,428,644).  IBK Capital Corp. acted as agent in respect of the issuance and sale of 23,412,479 units, at a price of CA$0.23

 

36



Table of Contents

 

(US$0.225) per unit.  Each unit consisted of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of CA$0.35 (US$0.34) per share for a period of three years.  The agent received cash commissions in the aggregate of CA$368,941 (US$371,862) and 2,341,247 compensation warrants in connection with these private placements.  Each compensation warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at CA$0.23 (US$0.225) per share for a period of four years.  Additional issue costs amounted to CA$132,144 (US$131,103).  The proceeds from this offering were used to repay all debt and continue research and development efforts.

 

The Company will continue to seek additional funding, primarily by way of equity offerings, to carry out its business plan and to minimize risks of its operations.  The market for equity financing for companies such as us is challenging, however, and there can be no assurance that additional funding by way of equity financing will be available, or if available, on terms acceptable to the Company.  The failure of the Company to obtain additional funding on a timely basis may result in the Company reducing or delaying one or more of its planned research, development and marketing programs and reducing related personnel, any of which could impair the current and future value of the business. Any additional equity financing, if secured, may result in dilution to the existing shareholders at the time of such financing.  The Company may also seek additional funding from other sources, such as government grants, technology licensing, and strategic alliances, which, if obtained, may reduce the Company’s interest in its projects or products.  There can be no assurance, however, that any alternative sources of funding will be available.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

The Company is currently planning to spend a total of approximately $2,000,000 during the 2014 fiscal year primarily on research and development equipment and technology in connection with the development of our POET platform.  The money will go towards general costs as well as research and development and will be drawn from internal cash resources.  In 2013 and 2012, the Company spent $900,236 on capital equipment in order to complete and increase the efficiency of the POET process.

 

Our capital expenditures amounted to $882,860, $28,352, and $1,647 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  In 2013, deposits in the amount of $55,000 which were included in prepaid and other current assets as of December 31, 2012 were transferred to property and equipment. In 2011, capital expenditures primarily related to discontinued operations.  Our capital expenditures in 2013 and 2012 included lab equipment.  In the past, our capital expenditures consisted principally of purchases of various pieces of equipment.

 

C.  Research and Development

 

We are developing our proprietary POET platform to address the emerging needs of enhanced speed, size, energy and cost efficiency for semiconductor devices as compared to the current silicon-based technology.  We are developing GaAs-based semiconductor technologies that have several potential market applications including: infrared sensor arrays for Homeland Security monitoring and imaging applications; higher efficiency computing systems; and telecom for fiber to the home.

 

Internally generated research costs, including the costs of developing intellectual property and registering patents, are expensed as incurred.  Internal development costs are expensed as incurred unless such costs meet the criteria for deferral and amortization under IFRS, which to date has not occurred.

 

We incurred $1,925,974, $1,705,642 and $3,963,979 of research and development expenses across all sectors in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Of these totals, however, $611,644 and $2,561,217 of the 2012 and 2011 totals, respectively, were incurred by the Company’s discontinued solar business, while $1,925,974, $1,093,998, and $1,402,762 were incurred in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, by continuing operations in the semiconductor business. 

 

Research and development expenditures in the semiconductor business include costs associate with salaries, material costs, license fees, patents, consulting services and third-party contract manufacturing.

 

D.  Trend Information

 

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report and specifically in “ITEM 4.B. Business Overview,” we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our net revenues, income from operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition.

 

E.  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company has no material off-balance sheet arrangements in place at this time.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

F.  Tabular Disclosures of Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2013:

 

POET Technologies Inc.

 

 

 

Payments due by period (US$)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

< 1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

> 5 years

 

Operating Lease Obligations(1)

 

$

161,801

 

$

128,904

 

$

32,897

 

$

 

$

 

Operating Support Obligations(2)

 

50,000

 

50,000

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

211,801

 

$

178,904

 

$

32,897

 

$

 

$

 

 


(1)          Office and research facilities on the campus of UCONN.

(2)          Support services from UCONN.

 

G.  Safe Harbor

 

See “Forward Looking Statements” on page 2 of this Registration Statement.

 

ITEM 6.                                                 DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A.  Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our Directors and Officers as of the date of this Registration Statement.

 

Name

 

Positions

 

Age

 

Date First Elected or 
Appointed a Director or 
Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

President and Director

 

67

 

September 26, 2006(4)

 

Peter Copetti

 

Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer

 

49

 

June 8, 2012

 

Kevin Barnes

 

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

42

 

December 1, 2012

 

Stephane Gagnon

 

Senior Vice President of Operations

 

43

 

November 14, 2013

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd

 

Vice President of Technology

 

45

 

November 1, 2012

 

Mark Benadiba

 

Vice Chairman and Director

 

59

 

June 8, 2012

 

Dr. Geoff Taylor

 

Director and Chief Scientist

 

69

 

April 2, 2013

 

Dr. Samuel Peralta (1)(2)(3)

 

Director

 

52

 

September 26, 2006(4)(5)

 

John F. O’Donnell (1)(2)(3)

 

Director

 

67

 

February 14, 2012

 

Chris Tsiofas (1)(3)

 

Audit Committee Chair and Director

 

46

 

August 21, 2012

 

Dr. Adam Chowaniec(2)

 

Director

 

63

 

April 2, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

(1)   Member of Audit Committee

(2)          Member of Compensation Committee

(3)          Member of Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

(4)          Notwithstanding the date of election, the elected Director took office on January 30, 2007 following the Continuance of the Company into New Brunswick as was contemplated at the time of election

(5)          Dr. Peralta resigned as a director on February 8, 2012 and rejoined the Board on June 8, 2012

 

Mr. Leon M. Pierhal has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 2010.  He has also been President of ODIS Inc. since April of 2008 and was President and Chief Executive Officer of OPEL Solar, Inc. from June of 2003 to April of 2008.  Including his time with the Company, Mr. Pierhal has over forty years of management experience in semiconductor, telecommunications and computing technology development companies, including Amdahl Corporation, Intel Corporation, Masstor Systems Corporation and Jupiter Technology.  Mr. Pierhal has assisted a significant number of companies with capital formation and re-capitalization from private and public sources.  He contributed exceptional strategic and tactical vision, strong team development and leadership skills.  In addition, Mr. Pierhal has impressive experience in the area of technology startup company development and previously served as an outside board member to several such firms.

 

Mr. Peter Copetti has over 25 years of capital markets and management experience in key leadership roles.  He has been the chief architect and strategist of the Company’s transformation since joining the Company in June 2012.  Mr. Copetti was personally

 

38



Table of Contents

 

responsible for the restructuring of both secured and unsecured debt, negotiated new equity infusion into the Company, and re-focused the Company on its original technical vision of monolithic optoelectronic integration.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Copetti was COO of Cache Metal Inc., a Toronto based precious metals company and President from 2011 to 2012, and Chief Executive Officer of Larrge Global Capital Inc., a Canadian private company involved in trading securities, commodities, real estate and construction from 2008 to 2011.

 

Mr. Kevin Barnes has been serving as Chief Financial Officer since December of 2012 and previously served as Controller beginning in 2008.  Mr. Barnes is a member of the Institute of the Certified Management Accountants of Australia and an Accredited Chartered Secretary.  Mr. Barnes has served as a Corporate Controller and Business Performance Manager for EC English, one of the world’s largest language training institutes, since 2006.  Mr. Barnes has also served as Chief Financial Officer of VVC Exploration Corporation, a minerals exploration company, since 2006.  From 2000 to 2006, he was a reporting manager with Duguay and Ringler Corporate Services, a Company specializing in financial reporting for publicly traded Companies.

 

Mr. Stephane Gagnon has been the Senior Vice-President of Operations of the Company since November 14, 2013.  He has a Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering from Laval University. He has over 20 years of experience in the semiconductor, telecommunication and processor industry. His last role was with IDT (Integrated Device Technology) that had acquired Tundra Semiconductor in 2000, where he spent 13 years. His role at IDT was Senior Director of Product Management where he drove business strategy for the RapidIO® switching product line with primary responsibilities that included strategy and product marketing, business development, and management of international customer and partner relationships. Mr. Gagnon became involved with the RapidIO Trade Association (“RTA”) Technical Working Group 13 years ago and held the position of Chairman of the RTA Steering Committee for over 3 years ending in October 2013.  Prior to his role at IDT and Tundra, Mr. Gagnon held positions at Motorola and Nortel Networks.

 

Mr. Christopher Lee Shepherd has been the Vice President of Technology of the Company since November of 2012.  He has a Bachelor of Science (Honours) in Applied Physics from Carleton University.  He has 27 years of experience in business, technical, and military leadership roles.  He has spent the last 18 years in the Telecommunications/Information Technology industry serving in technical, management, architecture and entrepreneurial roles of ever-increasing scope and responsibility.  Mr. Shepherd previously founded Niterion Corporation and served as Chief Technology Officer at Niterion Corporation from 2001 to 2009.  In 2009, he founded IT Millwrights Corporation and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since.  He has also served as Designer, Team Leader & Architect with Bell-Northern Research and Nortel.

 

Mr. Mark Benadiba currently serves on the board of directors of Cott Corp. (NYSE: COT) (TSX: BCB), where he also served as Vice President of Sales from 1996 through June of 2006. Mr. Benadiba was involved in helping Cott Corp. shift its strategy to refocus on its core business activities in late 2008.  He has extensive experience in mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, strategic alliances and negotiating licensing agreements.

 

Dr. Samuel Peralta has a Ph.D. in physics from the University of Wales with business certificates from Rotman School of Management and the Schulich School of Business.  He has been on the Board of Directors since September of 2006 with the exception of the period from February to June of 2012, when he resigned and then was reelected.  Dr. Peralta was the President of Envergence Inc. from 2004 to 2007.  He brings technical continuity to the Company’s Board, with industry-recognized expertise in communications, inspection and robotics, mobile software and hardware, and business transformation.  Dr. Peralta is also currently business director for Kinectrics Inc. and sits on the board of directors of Windrift Bay Limited.

 

Mr. John F. O’Donnell has a BA (Economics) and an LLB, has practiced law in the City of Toronto since 1973 and has been on the Board of Directors of the Company since February of 2012.  He is currently counsel to Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP.  His practice is primarily in the field of corporate and securities law and, as such, he is and has been counsel to several publicly traded companies.  Mr. O’Donnell is currently also a director of Nerium Biotechnology Inc.

 

Mr. Chris Tsiofas , CA, CPA, earned a Bachelor’s of Commerce Degree from the University of Toronto in 1991 and has been a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario since 1993.  He has been on the Board of Directors since August of 2012.  He is a partner with the Toronto Chartered Accountancy firm of Myers Tsiofas Norheim LLP, a position he has held since 1994.  Mr. Tsiofas has extensive experience as a founder, owner and manager of various private enterprises over the years.

 

Dr. Adam Chowaniec was previously the founding Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Tundra Semiconductor (acquired by Integrated Device Technology) from 1995 to 2009, Chairman of Zarlink (acquired by Microsemi) from 2007 to 2011, and Chairman of Bel Air Networks (acquired by Ericsson) from 2002 to 2012.  Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Calmos Systems, acquired by Newbridge Networks and renamed Newbridge Microsystems, where he served as President and as a Vice President of Newbridge Networks.  He has also served on the boards of SiberCore Technologies, Liquid Computing, Microbridge,

 

39



Table of Contents

 

GEAC and Amiga.  He has served on the boards of Solantro Semiconductor since 2010.  Dr. Chowaniec holds an M.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from Queen’s University, as well as both a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. from the University of Sheffield.  In 2010, he was recognized by the California Computer Museum as one of the founding fathers of the personal computer.

 

Dr. Geoff Taylor is Chief Scientist at the Company and has led development of the POET platform since 2000, directing a focused team at the ODIS subsidiary of the Company.  Dr. Taylor possesses an extraordinary technical background made-up of 30 years of design and development experience in electronic and optical device physics, circuit design, opto-electronic technology, materials and applications.  He is concurrently a Professor of Electrical Engineering and Photonics at the University of Connecticut, a position he has held since 1994, and is responsible for ODIS’ development efforts at the GaAs growth and fabrication facility.  With over 150 papers in the world’s most respected journals, and dozens of patents, Dr. Taylor is widely regarded as the world’s leading authority on GaAs solid-state physics, III-V opto-technology, as well as the pioneer in the development of monolithic integrated opto-electronic circuits.  Dr. Taylor has a B.Sc from Queen’s University and an M.A.Sc. and Ph.D. from the University of Toronto.

 

The Directors have served in their respective capacities since their election and/or appointment, unless otherwise noted above, and will serve until the next Company’s annual general meeting or until a successor is duly elected, unless the office is vacated in accordance with the Articles of Amalgamation.

 

The Board has adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to promote a culture of ethical business conduct and relies upon the selection of persons as directors, senior management and employees who they consider to meet the highest ethical standards. The Company’s Code of Business Ethics can be found on the Company’s web site at: www.poet-technologies.com.

 

There are no family relationships between any of our Directors or senior management. There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a Director or member of senior management, except that in connection with the entry into of a financing arrangement between the Company and IBK Capital Corporation in 2012, Messrs. Benadiba, Copetti and Peralta were appointed Directors of the Company on June 8, 2012.

 

B.  Compensation

 

Fixed Stock Option Plan

 

On September 21, 2007, the Directors approved a new fixed 20% vesting Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to replace the Rolling Stock Option Plan which had been in effect since May 4, 2005.  The Plan was approved by the disinterested shareholders of the Company at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 19, 2008 and accepted for filing by the TSXV.  Under the Plan, the maximum number of shares (the “Maximum Number”) which may be issued pursuant to options granted under the Plan or otherwise granted cannot exceed 20% of the issued and outstanding shares.  The shareholders fixed the Maximum Number at 11,930,000.

 

In December 2008, the TSXV changed its policy relating to stock option plans.  Among the changes implemented by the TSXV were the following: (i) extending the maximum term of options from 5 years to 10 years; (ii) eliminating the hold period for options granted at or above market price; (iii) allowing, with disinterested shareholders’ approval, the granting to any one optionee, within a 12 month period, of options to purchase an aggregate number of shares exceeding 5% of the issued shares of the Company, calculated at the date the option(s) is(are) granted; and (iv) removing the mandated vesting provisions, except for options granted to consultants performing “Investor Relations Activities.”

 

On May 21, 2009, the Directors amended the Plan in order to conform with changes to the TSXV policy described above and to clarify the wording of some sections of the Plan.  At the same time, the Maximum Number was increased from 11,930,000 to 12,115,000, being a net increase of 185,000.  The amended Plan was approved by the disinterested shareholders of the Company at the Shareholders’ Meeting of June 17, 2009 and accepted for filing by the TSXV.

 

On May 11, 2011, the Directors amended the Plan to increase the Maximum Number to 18,472,000.  No other change other than the increase in the Maximum Number was made to the Plan, except for inserting the new proposed name of the Company.  The amended Plan was approved by the disinterested shareholders of the Company at the Shareholders’ meeting of June 21, 2011 and accepted for filing by the TSXV.

 

On February 20, 2013, the Directors amended the Plan to increase the Maximum Number to 26,475,000, a net increase of 8,003,000.  No other change was made to the Plan other than the increase in the Maximum Number, a change in the form of option agreement and some minor housekeeping corrections.  The amended Plan was approved by the disinterested shareholders of the Company at the Shareholders’ Meeting of July 21, 2013 and accepted for filing by the TSXV.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining and motivating directors, employees and consultants of the Company and any of its subsidiaries and to closely align the personal interests of such directors, employees and consultants with those of the shareholders by providing them with the opportunity, through options, to acquire common shares in the capital of the Company.

 

The Plan provides that the number of common shares issuable pursuant to options granted under the Plan and pursuant to other previously granted options is limited to the Maximum Number, currently fixed at 26,475,000.  Any subsequent increase in the Maximum Number must be approved by shareholders of the Company and cannot exceed 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company at the time of the shareholders’ approval.  There is no other limit to the number of options granted to any individual, except for: (i) 2% on a yearly basis to any one consultant and (ii) 2% on a yearly basis to any employee providing “Investor Relations Activities.”

 

The following paragraphs summarize some of the terms of the Plan:

 

Eligibility .  Options may be granted under the Plan to directors, employees, consultants and consultant companies of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.  Options may also be granted to individuals referred to as “Management Company Employees” which are employed by a company providing management services to the Company, except for services involving “Investor Relations Activities.”

 

Plan Administration .  The Board of Directors is the plan administrator, subject to the advice and recommendations of our Compensation Committee.  The plan administrator will determine the provisions and terms and conditions of each grant.

 

Exercise Price . The exercise price subject to an option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the option agreement, but shall be either (i) not less than the last closing price of the Company’s common shares as traded on the TSXV, unless discounted by the Board or (ii) such other price agreed by the Board and accepted by the TSXV.  Except in certain circumstance, the Company can amend the other terms of a stock option only where prior TSXV acceptance is obtained and where the following requirements are met:

 

(i)                                      if the amendment is in respect of an option held by an insider of the Company, but excluding amendments to extend the length of the stock option term, the Company obtains disinterested shareholder approval;

(ii)                                   if the option exercise price is amended, at least six months have elapsed since the later of the date of commencement of the term, the date the Company’s shares commenced trading, or the date the option exercise price was last amended;

(iii)                                if the option price is amended to the discounted market price, the exchange hold period is applied from the date of the amendment (and for more certainty where the option price is amended to the market price, the exchange hold period will not apply); and

(iv)                               if the length of the stock option term is amended, any extension of the length of the term of the stock option is treated as a grant of a new option, and therefore the amended option must comply with the pricing and other requirements of the policy as if it were a newly granted option. The term of an option cannot be extended so that the effective term of the option exceeds 10 years in total. An option must be outstanding for at least one year before the Company can extend its term.

 

The TSXV must accept a proposed amendment before the option may be exercised as amended. If the Company cancels a stock option and within one year grants new options to the same individual, the new options will be subject to the requirements in sections (i) to (iv) above.

 

Option Agreement .  Options granted under the plan are evidenced by an option agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each grant.

 

Term of the Awards .  The term of each option grant shall be stated in the option agreement, provided that the term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant.  Prior to May 21, 2009, the term was limited to 5 years.

 

Vesting Schedule .  In general, options granted under the Plan vest 25% immediately and 25% every six months from the date of issue, until fully vested; provided, however, that the directors may, at their discretion, specify a different vesting period, provided that options granted to consultants performing “Investor Relations Activities” must vest in stages over 12 months with no more than 25% of the options vesting in any three month period.  Prior to May 21, 2009, vesting was mandatory for all option grants.

 

Transfer Restrictions . Options granted under the Plan may not be transferred in any manner by the option holder other than by will or the laws of succession and may be exercised during the lifetime of the option holder only by the option holder.  Securities that are subject to restrictions may not be transferred during the period of restriction.

 

Change of Control and Alteration of Capital .  The Plan provides that if a Change of Control, as defined herein, occurs, the shares subject to option shall immediately become vested and may thereupon be exercised in whole or in part by the option holder.  The Plan

 

41



Table of Contents

 

also provides for automatic adjustments in the number of optioned shares and/or the exercised price, in the event of an alteration in the share capital of the Company.

 

Termination of Options .  In the event that the award recipient ceases employment with us or ceases to provide services to us, the options will terminate after a period of time following the termination of employment.  Our Board of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate the plan subject to shareholder approval with respect to certain amendments.  However, no such action may adversely affect in any material way any awards previously granted unless agreed upon by the recipient.

 

Officer Compensation

 

Total cash compensation accrued and/or paid (directly and/or indirectly) (refer to “ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for information regarding indirect payments) to all of our Officers during fiscal year 2012 was $452,615.

 

In order to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to human resources matters, the Board established a Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee reviews and makes determinations with respect to senior officer compensation on a regular basis with any discretionary compensation used only for extraordinary projects or significant milestone results that advance the Company’s growth potential.  When determining NEOs’ compensation, the Compensation Committee receives input and guidance from the Executive Chairman of the Board, the Executive Director and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

In addition to his or her fixed base salary, each officer may be eligible to receive variable pay compensation or bonus meant to motivate him or her to achieve short-term goals.  Additionally, the variable pay compensation plan is a retention tool, used to help maintain a low executive attrition.  Previously, the pre-established, company-wide quantitative target(s) used to determine variable pay compensation plans are generally set at the beginning of each fiscal year, and awards under this plan, if any, were made annually by way of cash payments and/or stock options grants in the first quarter of the next fiscal year.  With the financial difficulties encountered in 2011-12, the many changes in management during 2012 and the divesture of the solar business, the Company set aside the previously established procedures for determining variable pay compensation and has not yet put in place new procedures.  Stock options are a very important element of the variable pay compensation and do not require cash disbursement from the Company.  Stock options are also generally awarded to officers and consultants at the time of hire and are used as a recruitment tool to attract highly qualified and experienced executives and consultants to the Company.  Stock options are also granted at other times during the year.  As the Company is still continuing to develop its POET technology, it must conserve its limited financial resources and control costs to ensure that funds are available when needed to complete its scheduled developments.  As a result, the Board of Directors has to consider not only the financial situation of the Company at the time of the determination of the compensation, but also the estimated financial situation in the mid- and long-term.  Also the granting of stock options aligns officers’ rewards with an increase in shareholder value over the long term.  The use of stock options encourages and rewards performance by aligning an increase in each officer’s compensation with increases in the Company’s performance and in the value of the shareholders’ investments.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth all annual and long term compensation for services in all capacities to the Company for fiscal year 2013 of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-

 

Options-Based 
Awards(1)(2)

 

Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEO Name and 
Principal Position

 

Fiscal 
Year

 

Salary
(2)
(US$)

 

Based
Awards
(1)(2)
(US$)

 

No. of 
Shares

 

(US$)

 

Annual 
Incentive
Plans

 

Long-
term 
Incentive
 Plans

 

Pension 
Value
(US$)

 

All 
Other 
Comp.
(US$)

 

Total 
Comp.
(US$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal(3)
President, CEO

 

 2013

 

 254,407

 

 —

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

 

 

 

 46,247

 

 411,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Barnes
Treasurer and CFO

 

 2013

 

 67,793

 

 ––

 

 200,000

 

 68,886

 

 

 

 

 

136,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Benadiba
Executive Chairman

 

 2013

 

 94,911

 

 ––

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

 

 

 

 

 205,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Copetti
Executive Director

 

 2013

 

 180,782

 

 ––

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

––

 

 

 

 56,495

 

 348,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patricia V. Agudow(4)

VP Administration & Public Relations

 

 2013

 

 48,206

 

 ––

 

 50,000

 

 20,284

 

 

 

 

 50,218

 

 118,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd VP Technology

 

 2013

 

 135,587

 

––

 

500,000

 

179,173

 

 

 

 

 

314,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephane Gagnon(5)

 

2013

 

28,247

 

 

800,000

 

253,805

 

 

 

 

 

282,052

 

 


(1)          The Company used the Black-Scholes model as the methodology to calculate the grant date fair value.

(2)          The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price at December 31, 2013.

(3)          Mr. Pierhal was the acting CEO in 2013.  He also serves as a Director of the Company, but receives no additional compensation for services as a Director.

(4)          Ms. Agudow resigned on March 31, 2013. She received three months of severance, which is represented as “All Other Compensation”.

(5)          Mr. Gagnon took office on November 4, 2013.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth information concerning all awards outstanding under a stock option to each of the current Officers, as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Option-Based Awards

 

 

 

Share-Based Awards

 

Name

 

No. of
Shares
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise Price
(CA$/share)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Value of
Unexercised In-
The Money
Options (1)
(US$)

 

Number of
Shares or Units
of Shares That
Have Not
Vested (#)

 

Market or
Payout Value
of Share-Based
Awards That
Have Not
Vested (US$)

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

100,000

 

$

0.15

 

Feb, 13, 2014

 

$

33,897

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

625,000

 

$

0.23

 

Feb 16, 2022

 

$

170,660

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

0.28

 

Mar. 17, 2020

 

$

16,948

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

800,000

 

$

0.345

 

Aug. 19, 2020

 

$

131,820

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.51

 

Sep. 28, 2021

 

$

14,708

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

0.76

 

Feb. 28, 2021

 

$

0.00

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

200,000

 

$

1.21

 

May 11, 2021

 

$

0.00

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Kevin Barnes

 

25,000

 

$

0.23

 

Feb. 16, 2022

 

$

6,826

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

10,000

 

$

0.28

 

Mar. 17, 2020

 

$

2,260

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

100,000

 

$

0.44

 

Nov. 14, 2018

 

$

7,533

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

100,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

7,062

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

100,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

2,825

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

25,000

 

$

0.51

 

Sep. 28, 2021

 

$

235

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

50,000

 

$

0.76

 

Feb. 28, 2021

 

$

0.00

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Mark Benadiba

 

2,500,000

 

$

 0.235

 

Jun. 8, 2017

 

$

670,872

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Peter Copetti

 

2,500,000

 

$

0.235

 

Jun. 8, 2017

 

$

670,872

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd

 

500,000

 

$

0.43

 

Oct. 25, 2017

 

$

42,371

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.46

 

Jun. 27, 2018

 

$

16,948

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

200,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

5,649

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Stephane Gagnon (2)

 

300,000

 

$

0.43

 

Oct. 4, 2018

 

$

25,422

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.44

 

Nov. 14, 2018

 

$

37,663

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


(1)          This amount is calculated based on the difference between the market value of the shares underlying the options as of December 31, 2013, being CA$0.52, and the exercise or base price of the option. The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price at December 31, 2013.

(2)          Mr. Gagnon was appointed on November 14, 2013.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

The value vested or earned during fiscal year 2013 of incentive plan awards granted to NEOs are as follows:

 

NEO Name

 

Option-Based Awards —
Value Vested During the
Year (1)
(US$)

 

Share-Based Awards —
Value Vested During
the Year (2)
(US$)

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation — Value
Earned During the Year
(US$)

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

129,467

 

N/A

 

 N/A

 

Kevin Barnes

 

11,417

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Mark Benadiba

 

348,383

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Peter Copetti

 

348,383

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Patricia V. Agudow

 

7,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd

 

44,019

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Stephane Gagnon

 

6,473

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


(1)          This amount is the dollar value that would have been realized and is computed by obtaining the difference between the market price of the underlying securities on the vesting date and the exercise or base price of the options under the option-based award. For the NEO’s to have realized this value, they would have had to exercise their options and sell the shares on the day of vesting. The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price at December 31, 2013.

(2)          This amount is the dollar value computed by multiplying the number of shares or units by the market value of the underlying shares on the vesting date.

 

Director Compensation

 

During the year ending December 31, 2013, the outside, or non-management, directors were paid an annual fee of $18,000 for acting as a director, plus $1,000 per board meeting attended in person, $500 per telephone board meeting, and $500 per committee meetings, to be paid quarterly.  If independent, the Chairman of the Board is entitled to receive an additional $8,000 annually and the Committee Chairs are entitled to receive an additional $6,000 annually.  The current Chairman of the Board is Executive Chairman and as such is not independent.  Director’s involvement in special assignments or services as consultant or expert will be negotiated on a case by case basis.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The following table details compensation paid/accrued for fiscal year 2013 for each director who is not also an officer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options-Based
Awards(1)(2)

 

Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal

 

Fiscal

 

Salary
(2)

 

Share-
Based
Awards
(1)(2)

 

No. of

 

 

 

Annual
Incentive

 

Long-
term
Incentive

 

Pension
Value

 

All
Other
Comp.

 

Total
Comp.

 

Position

 

Year

 

(US$)

 

(US$)

 

Shares

 

(US$)

 

Plans

 

Plans

 

(US$)

 

(US$)

 

(US$)

 

Dr. Samuel Peralta
Director

 

 2013

 

 44,228

 

 —

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 155,225

 

John F. O’Donnell(3)
Director

 

 2013

 

 45,397

 

 —

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 156,394

 

Chris Tsiofas
Director

 

 2013

 

 32,489

 

 —

 

 300,000

 

 110,996

 

 —

 

 –

 

 —

 

 —

 

 143,486

 

 Dr. Adam Chowaniec(4)
Director

 

2013

 

10,357

 

 

1,100,000

 

410,481

 

 

 

 

 

420,838

 

 Dr. Geoff Taylor(5)
Chief Scientist

 

2013

 

159,996

 

 

800,000

 

305,306

 

 

 

 

 

465,302

 

 


(1)          The Company used the Black-Scholes model as the methodology to calculate the grant date fair value.

(2)          The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price on December 31, 2013.

(3)          The firm of Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP, of which Mr. O’Donnell is counsel, billed the sum of $120,310 for legal fees and disbursements (including Harmonized Sales Tax) incurred in 2013.

(4)          Dr. Chowaniec took office on April 2, 2013.

(5)          Dr. Taylor took office on April 2, 2013.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth information concerning all awards outstanding under the stock option plans pursuant to which compensation that depends on achieving certain performance goals or similar conditions within a specified period, to each of the current Directors, as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Option-Based Awards

 

 

 

Share-Based Awards

 

Name

 

No. of Shares
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise Price
(CA$/share)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Value of
Unexercised In-
The Money
Options (1)
(US$)

 

Number of
Shares or Units
of Shares That
Have Not
Vested (#)

 

Market or
Payout Value
of Share-Based
Awards That
Have Not
Vested (US$)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Adam Chowaniec

 

300,000

 

$

0.46

 

Jun. 27, 2018

 

$

16,948

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.51

 

Apr. 2, 2018

 

$

4,707

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

John F. O’Donnell

 

150,000

 

$

0.23

 

Feb. 16, 2022

 

$

40,959

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

12,500

 

$

0.345

 

Aug. 19, 2020

 

$

2,060

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Samuel Peralta

 

500,000

 

$

0.235

 

Jun. 8, 2017

 

$

134,174

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Chris Tsiofas

 

500,000

 

$

0.275

 

Aug. 21, 2017

 

$

115,342

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

35,309

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Dr. Geoffrey Taylor

 

75,000

 

$

0.23

 

Feb. 16, 2022

 

$

20,479

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

30,000

 

$

0.28

 

Mar. 17, 2020

 

$

6,779

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

10,000

 

$

0.345

 

Aug. 19, 2020

 

$

1,648

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

0.42

 

May 21, 2014

 

$

7,062

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

$

0.445

 

Nov. 15, 2017

 

$

105,927

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

300,000

 

$

0.49

 

Aug. 13, 2018

 

$

8,474

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

100,000

 

$

0.51

 

Sep. 28, 2021

 

$

4,708

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

500,000

 

$

0.51

 

Apr. 2, 2018

 

$

942

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

0.76

 

Feb. 28, 2021

 

$

0.00

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


(1)          This amount is calculated based on the difference between the market value of the shares underlying the options as at December 31, 2013, being CA$0.52, and the exercise or base price of the option. The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price at December 31, 2013.

 

The value vested or earned during fiscal year 2013 of incentive plan awards granted to Directors are as follows:

 

Director Name

 

Option-Based Awards —
Value Vested During the
Year (1)
(US$)

 

Share-Based Awards —
Value Vested During
the Year (2)
(US$)

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation — Value
Earned During the Year
(US$)

 

Dr. Adam Chowaniec

 

6,356

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

John F. O’Donnell

 

53,199

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Samuel Peralta

 

94,158

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Chris Tsiofas

 

95,923

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Dr. Geoff Taylor

 

104,044

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 


(1)          This amount is the dollar value that would have been realized and is computed by obtaining the difference between the market price of the underlying securities on the vesting date and the exercise or base price of the options under the option-based award. For the Directors to have realized this value, they would have had to exercise their options and sell the shares on the day of vesting.  None of these options were exercised.  The exchange rate used in these calculations to convert CAD to USD was 0.9416, being the closing price at December 31, 2013.

(2)          This amount is the dollar value computed by multiplying the number of shares or units by the market value of the underlying shares on the vesting date.

 

47


 


Table of Contents

 

Termination and Change of Control Benefits

 

Other than disclosed below in “Written Management Agreements,” the Company has no plans or arrangements in respect of remuneration received or that may be received by the Officers the Company to compensate such Officers, in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignation, retirement, change of control) or a change of responsibilities following a change of control.

 

Pension Plan Benefits

 

The Company does not provide a defined benefit plan to the Officers or any of its employees.

 

The Company offers a defined contribution plan that is a 401k Plan but does not contribute toward such plan.

 

The Company does not have any deferred compensation plans other than that described above.

 

Written Management Agreements

 

The Company and/or its subsidiaries have employment contracts with the following current and former Officers as follows:

 

Mr. Copetti has entered into a Memorandum of Outstanding, dated February 10, 2014, wherein (i) he will be paid CA$20,000 per month (or CA$240,000 per year) until December 31, 2015; (ii) he will receive severance of 12 months on termination of employment; and (iii) he and the Company will negotiate and execute a Definitive Employment Agreement.  Mr. Copetti and the Company are currently negotiating a definitive employment agreement.

 

Mr. Pierhal has an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated February 16, 2014, for a period of one year, with automatic yearly renewals and provides a current annual base salary of $185,000.  This employment contract provides for severance payments upon termination of employment including the payment of salary through the end of the employment period, a pro-rata bonus, cash payment equivalent to 12 months of salary and acceleration of all unvested or un-exercised stock options, which shall be exercisable for a 12 month period after the date of termination.

 

Mr. Barnes has an arrangement with the Company to provide consulting services starting January 1, 2013 for a period of one year at a monthly rate of CA$6,000. The arrangement may be terminated by the Company without cause on six months’ notice or equivalent compensation.

 

Mr. Gagnon has an employment contract dated November 4, 2013 that continues indefinitely at a yearly salary of CA$180,000.  This employment contract provides for a severance, on termination of employment for other than cause, of six months plus one month per year of service completed.

 

Mr. Shepherd has a Consulting Contract, through his wholly-owned company IT Millwrights Corporation, dated January 1, 2014, for a period of one year providing monthly fees not to exceed CA$15,000 per month. 

 

C.  Board Practices

 

Our Board of Directors consists of eight directors, including three independent directors.  Each director holds office until the next annual general meeting of the Company or until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated in accordance with the Articles of Amalgamation and all amendments thereto (the “Articles”), or with the provisions of the OBCA. The Company’s Officers are appointed to serve at the discretion of the Board, subject to the terms of the employment agreements described above. The Board and committees of the Board schedule regular meetings over the course of the year.

 

During fiscal 2013, the Board held six regularly scheduled meetings.  For various reasons, Board members may not be able to attend a Board meeting.  All Board members are provided information related to each of the agenda items before each meeting, and, therefore, can provide counsel outside the confines of regularly scheduled meetings.

 

The Board has adopted standards for determining whether a director is independent from management.  The Board reviews, consistent with the Company’s corporate governance guidelines, whether a director has any material relationship with the Company that would impair the director’s independent judgment.  The Board has affirmatively determined, based on its standards, that Messrs. Peralta, Tsiofas and Chowaniec are independent.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Directors’ Service Contracts

 

Messrs. Copetti, Pierhal and Gagnon have entered into the employment contracts explained above in “Written Management Agreements.”

 

Mr. Benadiba entered into a Consulting Agreement, dated June 8, 2012, and as amended February 10, 2014, with the Company wherein (i) he will be paid CA$5,000 per month for a term of one year and (ii) he was granted 2,500,000 stock options, exercisable for a period of five years at a price of CA$0.235 per share, which will vest 25% immediately and 25% every six months thereafter. 

 

Mr. Copetti entered into a Consulting Agreement, dated June 8, 2012, with the Company pursuant to which he is (i) paid CA$8,400 per month for a term of one year and (ii) granted 2,500,000 stock options, exercisable for a period of five years at a price of CA$0.235 per share, which will vest 25% immediately and 25% every six months thereafter.  The Directors agreed to extend this contract for six months and increased the fees payable to CA$16,000 per month.  The agreement has expired.  On February 10, 2014, Mr. Copetti and the Company entered into a Memorandum of Outstanding as discussed above in “Written Management Agreements.”

 

Dr. Taylor entered into an Agreement for Provision of Laboratory & Consulting Services to POET Technologies, dated January 29, 2014, with the Company pursuant to which he will be compensated at the rate of $12,000 per month for up to but not to exceed $144,000 per year.  The agreement covers the period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and does not provide for benefits upon termination of the agreement.

 

Audit and Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We currently have three board committees; (1) an Audit Committee; (2) a Compensation Committee; and (3) a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.  On December 31, 2013, the Company disbanded its Special Strategic Committee having completed the tasks for which it was formed.  Committee charters, if any, can be found at www.poet-technologies.com.  The names of the members and a summary of the terms of the charter for each the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee is provided below.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is currently comprised of three members: Chris Tsiofas (Chair), John O’Donnell and Samuel Peralta. Of the three members, Chris Tsiofas and Samuel Peralta are independent directors.  Mr. Tsiofas was appointed chair of the Audit Committee on August 21, 2012. The Board has determined that Mr. Tsiofas satisfies the criteria of “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K and is independent in accordance with Rule 4200 of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.  All members of the audit committee are financially literate, meaning they have the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Company’s financial statements. A brief description of the education and experience of each of our audit committee members that is relevant to the performance of his responsibilities is set forth below.

 

·                   Chris Tsiofas, CA, CPA the Chairman of the Audit Committee, holds B. Comm. from the University of Toronto.  He has been a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario since 1993 and also a member of the Canadian Tax Foundation.  He is a Partner with Myers Tsiofas Norheim LLP and previously worked in the tax practice division of Coopers & Lybrand (now PriceWaterhouseCoopers).

 

·                   Samuel Peralta holds a Certificate in Accounting from Edinburg Business School, UK which was complemented by Management, Accounting and Financial studies at York University (Schulich School of Business) and University of Toronto (Rotman School of Management).  He has been a senior officer and director of several public and private companies.  He has worked for Ontario Hydro and Kinectrics Inc. for 22 years, with unit responsibility for profit & loss, capital investment and other financial-related matters.

 

·                   Mr. John F. O’Donnell has a BA (Economics) and an LLB, has practiced law in the City of Toronto since 1973, primarily in the field of corporate and securities law.  Over the years, he has been counsel to and has served as an Officer and Director of several publicly traded companies and as such has been involved in the review and analysis of numerous financial statements. Mr. O’Donnell has taken formal accounting courses and has been responsible for overseeing the completion of financial statements for his own business.  With his vast experience in corporate and securities law and in corporate governance, he provides invaluable advice to the Audit Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Company’s financial reporting procedures, internal controls and the performance of the Company’s external auditors. The Audit Committee is also responsible for reviewing the annual and quarterly financial statements and accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis prior to their approval by the full Board. The Audit Committee also reviews the Company’s financial controls with the auditors of the Company on an annual basis.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s independent auditor is accountable to the Board and to the Audit Committee. The Board, through the Audit Committee, has the ultimate responsibility to evaluate the performance of the independent auditor, and through the shareholders, to appoint, replace and compensate the independent auditor. Any non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of three members: Samuel Peralta (Chair), Adam Chowaniec and John O’Donnell.  Mr. Peralta was appointed chair of the Compensation Committee on June 18, 2012.  Of the three members, only Mr. Peralta is independent.  Mr. O’Donnell is retained by the Company as company counsel.

 

The Compensation Committee discusses and makes recommendations to the Board for approval or disapproval of all compensation issues that pertain to the Company.  The compensation programs of the Company are designed to reward performance and to be competitive with the compensation agreements of other comparable semiconductor companies.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for evaluating the compensation of the senior management of the Company and assuring that they are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with the Company’s business, stage of development, financial condition and prospects, and the competitive environment.  Specifically, the Compensation Committee is responsible for: (i) reviewing the compensation practices and policies of the Company to ensure that they are competitive and that they provide appropriate motivation for corporate performance and increased shareholder value; (ii) overseeing the administration of the Company’s compensation programs, and reviewing and approving the employees who receive compensation and the nature of the compensation provided under such programs, and ensuring that all management compensation programs are linked to meaningful and measurable performance targets; (iii) making recommendations to the Board regarding the adoption, amendment or termination of compensation programs and the approval of the adoption, amendment and termination of compensation programs of the Company, including for greater certainty, ensuring that if any equity-based compensation plan is subject to shareholder approval, and that such approval is sought; (iv) periodically surveying the executive compensation practices of other comparable companies; (v) establishing and ensuring the satisfaction of performance goals for performance-based compensation; (vi) annually reviewing and approving the annual base salary and bonus targets for the senior executives of the Company, other than the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”); (vii) reviewing and approving annual corporate goals and objectives for the CEO and evaluating the CEO’s performance against such goals and objectives; (viii) annually reviewing and approving, based on the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of the CEO, the CEO’s annual base salary, the CEO’s bonus, and any stock option grants and other awards to the CEO under the Company’s compensation programs (in determining the CEO’s compensation, the Compensation Committee will consider the Company’s performance and relative shareholder return, the compensation of CEOs at other companies, and the CEO’s compensation in past years); and (ix) review the annual report on executive compensation required to be prepared under applicable corporate and securities legislation and regulation including the disclosure concerning members of the Compensation Committee and settling the reports required to be made by the Compensation Committee in any document required to be filed with a regulatory authority and/or distributed to shareholders.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Board has adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics. All transgressions of the code of business conduct and ethics are required to be promptly reported to the Chair of the Board or of any committee, who in turn, reports them to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is charged with investigating alleged violations of the code of business conduct and ethics. Any findings of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are then reported to the full Board, which will take such action as it deems proper. The Company’s Code of Ethics may be inspected on the Company’s website at www.poet-technologies.com.

 

D.  Employees

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had 18 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees/consultants, including senior management; 8 employees are engaged in research and development initiatives; 7 employees are employed at the Canadian office and 4 are employed at the U.S. Operations office.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 17 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees/consultants.  As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had 13and 33 full-time employees, respectively, and 3 part-time employees/consultants.  None of the Company’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

 

E.  Share Ownership

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common shares for: (i) each of our Directors and Officers individually; (ii) all of our Directors and Officers as a group; and (iii) each other person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares as of March 31, 2014.  Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power.  The table also

 

50



Table of Contents

 

includes the number of shares underlying options that are exercisable within sixty (60) days of March 31, 2014. Ordinary shares subject to these options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of the person holding these options, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership percentage of any other person.

 

The shareholders listed below do not have any different voting rights from our other shareholders.

 

 

 

Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned(1)

 

Percent of Class

 

Directors and Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Geoffrey Taylor

 

3,662,245

(2)

2.43

%

Leon M. Pierhal

 

3,479,000

(3)

2.30

%

Peter Copetti

 

3,250,000

(4)

2.15

%

Mark Benadiba

 

3,200,000

(5)

2.11

%

Lee Shepherd

 

1,450,000

(6)

0.97

%

Samuel Peralta

 

1,150,000

(7)

0.77

%

Chris Tsiofas

 

1,150,000

(8)

0.77

%

John F. O’Donnell

 

842,500

(9)

0.56

%

Adam Chowaniec

 

675,000

(10)

0.45

%

Stephane Gagnon

 

400,000

(11)

0.27

%

Kevin Barnes

 

317,463

(12)

0.21

%

Directors and Officers Subtotal

 

 19,576,211

 

13.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Major Shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

Pinetree Capital Ltd.

 

19,000,070

(13)

12.17

%

Sheldon Inwentash

 

12,325,500

(14)

8.00

%

Inwentash/Pinetree Subtotal(15)

 

31,325,570

 

19.36

%

 


(1)          The number of shares set forth for each Director, Officer and Major Shareholder is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

(2)          Includes: (i) 1,228,998 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 2,390,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days. Mr. Taylor also has beneficial ownership of the shares owned by his wife, who owns: (i) 37,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 6,250 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(3)          Includes: (i) 554,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 2,925,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(4)          Includes: (i) 100,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 3,150,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(5)          Includes: (i) 50,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 3,150,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(6)          Includes: (i) 50,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 1,300,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days. Mr. Shepherd also has beneficial ownership of the shares owned by his wife, who owns: (i) 50,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 50,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(7)          Includes: (i) zero common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 1,150,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(8)          Includes: (i) zero common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 1,150,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(9)          Includes: (i) 30,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 812,500 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(10)   Includes: (i) zero common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 675,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(11)   Includes: (i) 200,000 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 200,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(12)   Includes: (i) 7,463 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 310,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(13)   Includes: (i) 11,224,685 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 7,775,385 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

(14)   Mr. Inwentash owns shares directly as well as through his Registered Retirement Savings Plan.  The aggregate holdings of the two accounts includes: (i) 6,629,500 common shares issued and outstanding and (ii) 5,696,000 common shares that can be obtained upon the exercise of options or warrants within sixty (60) days.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

(15)   Mr. Inwentash is the President of Pinetree Capital Ltd., thus an aggregate of both Mr. Inwentash and Pinetree Capital Ltd.’s holdings is disclosed.

 

See “ITEM 6.B. Compensation” for the exercise prices of options.

 

ITEM 7.                                                                                                 MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A Major Shareholders

 

Holdings by Major Shareholders

 

Please refer to “ITEM 6.E. Share Ownership” for details regarding securities held by Directors, Officers and Major Shareholders.

 

As a result of the Company’s completion of a private placement on February 13, 2014, Pinetree Capital Ltd. (“Pinetree”) acquired beneficial ownership of an additional 2,775,385 common shares and 2,775,385 common share purchase warrants of the Company.

 

As a result of the Company’s completion of a private placement on February 14, 2013, (i) Pinetree Capital Ltd. (“Pinetree”) acquired beneficial ownership of an additional 1,500,000 common shares and 1,500,000 common share purchase warrants of the Company; and (ii) Sheldon Inwentash (“Inwentash”) acquired beneficial ownership of an additional 1,000,000 common shares and 1,000,000 common share purchase warrants of the Company.

 

As a result of the Company’s completion of a private placement on September 27, 2012, Pinetree acquired 1,000,000 common shares and 1,000,000 common share purchase warrants.

 

With the exception of the participation in private placements of equity by Pinetree and Inwentash there has not been a significant change in the percentage ownership held by any major shareholders during the past three years other than through public purchases or dispositions of shares on the TSXV.

 

The Company’s major shareholders do not have different voting rights.

 

U.S. Share Ownership

 

As of March 31, 2014, there were a total of 1,047 holders of record of our common shares, of which 464 were registered with addresses in the U.S.  We believe that the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders, because a large portion of our common shares are held of record in broker “street names.”  As of March 31, 2014, U.S. holders of record held approximately 2.76% of our outstanding common shares.

 

Control of Company

 

The Company is a publicly owned Canadian corporation, the shares of which are owned by Canadian residents, U.S. residents and other foreign residents.  The Company is not controlled by any foreign government or other person(s) except as described in “ITEM 4.A. History and Progress of the Company” and “ITEM 6.E. Share Ownership.”

 

Change of Control of Company Arrangements

 

On August 13, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a resolution authorizing the Company to implement a Shareholders Rights Plan (a “Rights Plan”), subject to all required approvals, including TSXV and shareholder approval.  Authorization of a Rights Plan is intended to reflect developments in Canada with respect to shareholder rights plans and is designed to encourage the fair treatment of shareholders in connection with any take-over bid for the Company.  No agreement, however, has been implemented as of the time of filing.

 

B.  Related Party Transactions

 

During the 2013, 2012 and 2011 fiscal years, the Company was billed $120,310, $197,512 and $106,690, respectively, by Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP, of which John F. O’Donnell is legal counsel, for legal services rendered.  John F. O’Donnell is a Director of the Company.  In the period between January 1, 2014 and March 31, 2014, the Company was billed $78,729 by Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP.

 

During 2012, the Company loaned $100,000 to Leon Pierhal, President and CEO of the Company.  Pierhal agreed to repay the full amount of the Indebtedness by a reduction or offset in the amount of remuneration payable to him from $252,000 to $185,000 per

 

52



Table of Contents

 

annum and the amendment of terms of his employment agreement (the “New Contract”). The full amount of the Indebtedness was discharged in the form of a lump sum contract inducement payment to enter into the New Contract, which payment was not physically made, but constituted the consideration for the reduction in the amount of remuneration payable to him and the amendment of the terms pursuant to the New Contract.

 

C.  Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.                                                 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

The Company’s financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

The financial statements as required under “ITEM 17.  Financial Statements” are attached hereto and found immediately following the text of this Registration Statement.  The audit report of Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is included herein immediately preceding the consolidated financial statements.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The directors and the senior management of the Company do not know of any material, either active or pending, legal proceedings against them, nor is the Company involved as a plaintiff in any material proceeding or pending litigation.

 

The directors and the senior management of the Company know of no active or pending proceedings against anyone that might materially adversely affect an interest in the Company.

 

Dividend Policy

 

The Company has not paid, and has no current plans to pay, dividends on its common shares.  We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business.  Any future dividend policy will be determined by the Board, and will depend upon, among other factors, our earnings, if any, financial condition, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, the impact of the distribution of dividends on our financial condition, tax liabilities, and such economic and other conditions as the Board may deem relevant.

 

B.  Significant Changes

 

As discussed in “ITEM 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “ITEM 10. Additional Information,” the Company completed a non-brokered private placement financing of CA$5,000,000 in February of 2014.

 

In March of 2014, the Company restructured its license agreement with UCONN, reducing the royalty payment obligation from 30% to 3% in exchange for the issuance of 2,000,000 common shares to UCONN.

 

ITEM 9.                                                 THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A Offer and Listing Details

 

The Company’s common shares began trading on the TSXV in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, on June 25, 2007.  The current Stock symbol is “PTK”.  The CUSIP/ISN numbers are 73044W104 / 73044W1041.

 

The following table lists the high and low sales price on the TSXV for the Company’s common shares for: the last six months; the last ten fiscal quarters; and the last five fiscal years.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Period Ended

 

High (CA$)

 

Low (CA$)

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30, 2014

 

$

2.87

 

$

1.36

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

1.49

 

$

0.49

 

February 28, 2014

 

$

1.15

 

$

0.66

 

January 31, 2014

 

$

0.85

 

$

0.49

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

0.60

 

$

0.51

 

November 30, 2013

 

$

0.60

 

$

0.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

$

 

1.49

 

$

0.49

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

 

0.60

 

$

0.315

 

September 30, 2013

 

$

 

0.57

 

$

0.415

 

June 30, 2013

 

$

 

0.62

 

$

0.39

 

March 31, 2013

 

$

 

0.69

 

$

0.44

 

December 31, 2012

 

$

 

0.74

 

$

0.355

 

September 30, 2012

 

$

 

0.40

 

$

0.20

 

June 30, 2012

 

$

 

0.425

 

$

0.205

 

March 31, 2012

 

$

 

0.53

 

$

0.195

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

 

0.55

 

$

0.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yearly

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

$

0.74

 

$

0.20

 

December 31, 2012

 

$

0.74

 

$

0.195

 

December 31, 2011

 

$

1.82

 

$

0.26

 

December 31, 2010

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.185

 

December 31, 2009

 

$

0.60

 

$

0.145

 

 

Trading of the Company’s shares was halted on February 25, 2011, and resumed on March 2, 2011, in connection with the Company’s announcement of the receipt by it of an evaluation report on the potential business and economic value of the POET platform.  After the disclosure and documentation of the report, the suspension was lifted by the TSXV.

 

Common Share Description

 

As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were respectively 148,335,985, 132,676,115 and 117,528,615 outstanding common shares of the Company.  The holders of the common shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of the shareholders, excepting meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote.  Each common share carries with it the right to one vote.  Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class or series of shares of the Company, the holders of the common share are entitled to receive any dividends declared and payable by the Company on the common shares.  Dividends may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Company.  Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class or series of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company upon dissolution.

 

Stock Options

 

See “ITEM 6.B. Compensation” and “ITEM 6.E. Share Ownership” for additional information.

 

Warrants

 

As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had respectively 42,378,312, 42,478,568 and 26,778,569 warrants outstanding to purchase common shares at exercise prices ranging from CA$0.23 - CA$1.00.  Each share purchase warrant entitles the holder to purchase, subject to adjustment, one common share of the Company at the exercise price established upon issuance.

 

B.  Plan of Distribution

 

Not Applicable.

 

C.  Markets

 

The Company’s common shares trade on the TSXV in Canada under the symbol “PTK”.  The Company’s common shares also trade on the OTCQX International Marketplace under the symbol “POETF”.

 

We currently plan to apply to have our common shares quoted on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) maintained by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.  We cannot provide our

 

54



Table of Contents

 

investors with any assurance that our common shares will be traded on the OTCBB, or, if traded, that a public market in the U.S. will materialize.  Further, the OTCBB is not a listing service or exchange, but is instead a dealer quotation service for subscribing members.  If our common shares are not quoted on the OTCBB or if a public market in the U.S. for our common shares does not develop, then investors in the United States may have difficulty reselling our common shares.

 

D.  Selling Shareholders

 

Not Applicable.

 

E.  Dilution

 

Not Applicable.

 

F.  Expenses of the Issue

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 10.                                          ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.  Share Capital

 

Authorized/Issued Capital

 

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the authorized capital of the Company consisted of unlimited common shares, no par value, and one special voting preferred share.  At these dates, all shares issued were fully paid.  There were 148,335,985 common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and 132,676,115 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013.  There were 117,528,615 common shares outstanding as of January 1, 2013.

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had the following outstanding: 148,335,985 common shares; 42,378,312 share purchase warrants to purchase common shares; and stock options to purchase up to 23,557,750 common shares.  As of March 31, 2014, there were no special voting preferred shares outstanding.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had the following outstanding: 132,676,115 common shares; 42,478,568 share purchase warrants to purchase common shares; and stock options to purchase up to 23,732,750 common shares.  On June 21, 2013, the one issued and outstanding special voting preferred share was redeemed by the Company and therefore, as of December 31, 2013, there were no special voting preferred shares outstanding.

 

Stock Options/Share Purchase Warrants

 

Please refer to “ITEM 6.B. Compensation.”

 

History of Share Capital

 

The Company has financed its operations through, among other things, funds raised in public/private placements of common shares and proceeds from shares issued upon exercise of stock options and share purchase warrants.

 

The following table shows our history of share capital in the last three years:

 

Effective Date of
Issuance

 

Security Issued

 

Number of
Securities

 

Price
(CA$)

 

Gross Proceeds of
Fair Value of Share
Transaction
(CA$)

 

Process/Consideration

 

Jan. 18, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

25,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

4,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Jan. 27, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

75,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

12,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 1, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

8,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 15, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.25

 

$

25,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

40,000

 

$

0.289

 

$

11,562

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 3, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.243

 

$

24,320

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 4, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

1,178,033

 

$

0.30

 

$

353,410

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

 

55



Table of Contents

 

March 9, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

268,250

 

$

0.441

 

$

118,210

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 11, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

205,000

 

$

0.347

 

$

71,160

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 11, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

550,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

225,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 15, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

50,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 16, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

52,500

 

$

0.16

 

$

8,400

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 17, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

117,500

 

$

0.327

 

$

27,816

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 22, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

342,500

 

$

0.276

 

$

6,900

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

513,333

 

$

0.50

 

$

256,667

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 28, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.60

 

$

30,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 5, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

70,000

 

$

0.397

 

$

27,815.60

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 6, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

25,000

 

$

0.276

 

$

6,900

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 8, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

15,000

 

$

0.17

 

$

2,550

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 12, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

10,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

5,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 20, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

67,500

 

$

0.50

 

$

33,750

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 21, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

23,750

 

$

0.394

 

$

9,362

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

338,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

April 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

408,333

 

$

0.50

 

$

204,167

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

419,000

 

$

0.438

 

$

183,600

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 25, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

184,000

 

$

0.69

 

$

126,940

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 26, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

90,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

April 28, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

333,000

 

$

0.24

 

$

79,760

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 29, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

85,000

 

$

0.13

 

$

11,050

 

Exercise of Options

 

May 2, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

25,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

12,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

May 2, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

2,543

 

$

0.30

 

$

763

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

May 2, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

120,000

 

$

0.275

 

$

33,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

May 9, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

67,500

 

$

0.50

 

$

33,750

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

May 12, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

18,750

 

$

0.334

 

$

6,262

 

Exercise of Options

 

May 12, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

68,750

 

$

0.367

 

$

25,250

 

Exercise of Options

 

May 24, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

25,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

May 24, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

25,000

 

$

0.325

 

$

8,125

 

Exercise of Options

 

June 8, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

206,000

 

$

0.242

 

$

49,940

 

Exercise of Options

 

June 8, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

166,665

 

$

0.50

 

$

83,333

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

June 21, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

90,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

45,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

June 22, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

10,000

 

$

0.488

 

$

4,880

 

Exercise of Options

 

June 24, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

90,000

 

$

0.345

 

$

31,050

 

Exercise of Options

 

June 18, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

120,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Aug. 16, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

67,500

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Aug. 22, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

45,000

 

$

0.345

 

$

15,525

 

Exercise of Options

 

Sept. 12, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

96,250

 

$

0.268

 

$

25,750

 

Exercise of Options

 

Sept. 15, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

200,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Sept. 19, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

18,750

 

$

0.28

 

$

5,250

 

Exercise of Options

 

Sept. 30, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

157,500

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Oct. 11, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

250,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Nov. 29, 2011

 

Common Shares

 

2,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

320

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 13, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

15,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

2,400

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 9, 2012

 

Common Shares(2)

 

500,000

 

$

0.30

 

$

150,000

 

Finance Costs

 

April 11, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

15,000

 

$

0.28

 

$

4,200

 

Exercise of Options

 

June 8, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

2,207,358

 

$

0.23

 

$

507,690

 

Private Placement

 

June 21, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

3,010,034

 

$

0.23

 

$

692,310

 

Private Placement

 

July 31, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

1,554,000

 

$

0.23

 

$

357,420

 

Private Placement

 

Aug. 2, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

135,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Exchangeable Shares

 

Sept. 7, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

6,272,087

 

$

0.23

 

$

1,442,580

 

Private Placement

 

Sept. 13, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

5,369,000

 

$

0.23

 

$

1,234,870

 

Private Placement

 

Sept. 25, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

3,750

 

$

0.16

 

$

600

 

Exercise of Options

 

Sept. 27, 2012

 

Units(3)

 

5,000,000

 

$

0.23

 

$

1,150,000

 

Private Placement

 

Oct. 10, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

70,000

 

$

0.322

 

$

22,525

 

Exercise of Options

 

Oct. 26, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

37,500

 

$

0.23

 

8,625

 

Exercise of Options

 

Nov. 19, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

43,750

 

$

0.317

 

$

13,875

 

Exercise of Options

 

Dec. 7, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

17,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Dec. 12, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

17,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Dec. 18, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

5,000

 

$

0.23

 

$

1,150

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Dec. 18, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

15,715

 

$

0.23

 

$

3,614

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Dec. 21, 2012

 

Common Shares

 

150,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

52,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Jan. 4, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.23

 

$

23,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Feb. 7, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

16,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 7, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

75,000

 

$

0.28

 

$

21,000

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 14, 2013

 

Units(4)

 

14,400,000

 

$

0.50

 

$

7,200,000

 

Private Placement

 

Feb. 20, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

40,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

14,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 6, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

131,250

 

$

0.23

 

$

30,188

 

Exercise of Options

 

March 12, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

100,000

 

$

0.345

 

$

34,500

 

Exercise of Options

 

July 31, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

156,250

 

$

0.283

 

$

44,188

 

Exercise of Options

 

Aug. 1, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

5,000

 

$

0.45

 

$

2,250

 

Exercise of Options

 

Sept. 24, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

15,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

2,400

 

Exercise of Options

 

Nov. 5, 2013

 

Common Shares

 

25,000

 

$

0.19

 

$

4,750

 

Exercise of Options

 

Jan. 30, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

2,000,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

700,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Feb. 4, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

108,500

 

$

0.35

 

$

37,975

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Feb. 5, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

322,348

 

$

0.35

 

$

112,822

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Feb. 11, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

45,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

7,200

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 12, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

130,000

 

$

0.16

 

$

20,800

 

Exercise of Options

 

Feb. 12, 2014

 

Units(5)

 

7,692,307

 

$

0.65

 

$

5,000,000

 

Private Placement

 

Feb. 19, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

2,049,850

 

$

0.349

 

$

714,955

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

Feb. 20, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

500,000

 

$

0.75

 

$

375,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 4, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

951,634

 

$

0.301

 

$

286,575

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 5, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

2,670

 

$

0.23

 

$

614

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 10, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

649,750

 

$

0.41

 

$

266,600

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 13, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

1,051,811

 

$

0.23

 

$

241,917

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 14, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

50,000

 

$

0.75

 

$

37,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 18, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

40,000

 

$

0.75

 

$

30,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 18, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

35,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

12,250

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

March 27, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

31,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

10,850

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 3, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

1,025,000

 

$

0.75

 

$

768,750

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 10, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

580,000

 

$

0.716

 

$

415,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 11, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

120,500

 

$

0.83

 

$

100,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 14, 2014

 

Common Shares (6)

 

2,000,000

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

License Restructuring

 

April 14, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

624,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

218,400

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 14, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

200,000

 

$

0.65

 

$

130,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 15, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

500,000

 

$

0.35

 

$

175,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 16, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

2,833,000

 

$

0.522

 

$

1,479,500

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 17, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

700,000

 

$

0.464

 

$

325,000

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 21, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

249,224

 

$

0.643

 

$

160,282

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 23, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

729,500

 

$

0.352

 

$

256,825

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 24, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

30,000

 

$

0.335

 

$

10,050

 

Exercise of Options

 

April 24, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

672,000

 

$

0.362

 

$

243,200

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

April 30, 2014

 

Common Shares

 

337,500

 

$

0.40

 

$

134,950

 

Exercise of Warrants

 

 


(1)          Each Unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  One warrant allows the holder to acquire one common share for a period of three years at an exercise price of CA$0.50 per share.

 

(2)          As part of a loan agreement with TCA Global Credit Master Fund, L.P., the Company issued the share equivalent of CA$150,000 at CA$0.30 per share as a financing fee for assisting the Company in securing a revolving credit facility of up to CA$5,000,000.  The Company drew CA$850,000 of the credit facility.  The amount was repaid in September 2012.  The facility was closed in September 2012.

 

(3)          Each Unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  One warrant allows the holder to acquire one common share for a period of three years at an exercise price of CA$0.35 per share.

 

(4)          Each Unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  One warrant allows the holder to acquire one common share for a period of three years at an exercise price of CA$0.75 per share.

 

(5)          Each Unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant.  One warrant allows the holder to acquire one common share for a period of two years at an exercise price of CA$1.00 per share.

 

(6)          As part of a restructuring of the License Agreement entered into by the Company and UCONN, the Company agreed to issue 2,000,000 common shares to UCONN in exchange for a reduction in the royalty rate owed.  The shares were valued at $0.79 per share or $1,580,000 in the aggregate.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Resolutions/Authorizations/Approvals

 

Not Applicable.

 

B.  Articles of the Corporation

 

The Company was originally formed under the British Columbia Company Act on February 9, 1972 as Tandem Resources Ltd. (“Tandem”).  The Company took its current form after Tandem amalgamated with Stanmar Resources Ltd. and Keezic Resources Ltd. pursuant to Articles of Amalgamation on November 14, 1985.  Tandem moved to Ontario by Articles of Continuance on January 3, 1997.  Tandem changed its name to OPEL International Inc. by Articles of Amendment on September 26, 2006.  OPEL International Inc. was continued under the New Brunswick Business Corporations Act on January 30, 2007, then back to Ontario by Articles of Continuance on November 30, 2010, changing its name to OPEL Solar International Inc.  By Articles of Amendment on August 25, 2011, OPEL Solar International Inc. changed its name to OPEL Technologies, Inc.  By Articles of Amendment on July 23, 2013, OPEL Technologies Inc. changed its name to POET Technologies Inc.  Today, the Company is an Ontario corporation governed by the OBCA.  The following are summaries of material provisions of our Articles of Continuance, as amended from time to time (the “Articles”), in effect as of the date of this registration statement insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

 

Register, Entry Number and Purposes

 

Our Articles of Continuance became effective on November 30, 2010.  Our corporation number in Ontario is 641402.  The Articles of Continuance do not contain a statement of the Company’s objects and purposes, however the Articles of Continuance provide that there are no restrictions on business that the Company may carry on or the powers the Company may exercise as permitted under the OBCA.

 

Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to our By-laws and the OBCA, a director or officer who is a party to, or who is a director or officer of, or has a material interest in, any person who is a party to, a material contract or proposed material contract with the Company, shall disclose the nature and extent of his interest at the time and in the manner provided by the OBCA.  Any such contract or proposed contract shall be referred to the Board or shareholders for approval even if such contract is one that in the ordinary course of the Company’s business would not require approval by the Board or shareholders, and a director interested in a contract so referred to the Board shall not vote on any resolution to approve the same unless the contract or transaction: (i) relates primarily to his or her remuneration as a director of the Company or an affiliate; (ii) is for indemnity or insurance of or for the director or officer as permitted by the OBCA; or (iii) is with an affiliate.

 

Directors shall be paid such remuneration for their services as the Board may determine by resolution from time to time, and will be entitled to reimbursement for traveling and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.  Neither the Company’s Articles nor By-laws require an independent quorum for voting on director compensation.  Directors are not precluded from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.  A director is not required to hold shares of the Company.  There is no age limit requirement respecting the retirement or non-retirement of directors.

 

The directors may sign the name and on behalf of the Company, or appoint any officer or officers or any person or persons on behalf of the Corporation either to sign on behalf of the Company, all instruments in writing and any instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Company without further authorization or formality.  The term “instruments in writing” includes contracts, documents, powers of attorney, deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property (real or personal, immovable or movable), agreements, tenders, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, transfers and assignments of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures or other securities, instruments of proxy and all paper writing.

 

Nothing in the Company’s By-laws limits or restricts the borrowing of money by the Company on bills of exchange or promissory notes made, drawn, accepted or endorsed by or on behalf of the Company.

 

Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Common Shares

 

The holders of common shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of the shareholders, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote.  Each common share carries with it the right to one vote.  Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class or series of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive any dividends declared and payable by the Company on the common shares.  Dividends may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Company.  Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any

 

58



Table of Contents

 

other class or series of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company upon dissolution.

 

The holder of the Company’s one outstanding Special Voting Share is not entitled to any dividends or other distributions in respect of such share or any proceeds of liquidation or dissolution.  The holder of such share is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at any annual and special meetings of the shareholders and is entitled to the number of votes as is equal to the aggregate number of common shares that may be acquired upon exercise of the holder exchange rights attached to outstanding shares of Exchangeable Common Stock.  The Special Voting Share is automatically redeemed by the Company, without notice, immediately once no Exchangeable Common Shares remain outstanding. The Special Voting Share was cancelled following a Board resolution on June 21, 2013.

 

No shares have been issued subject to call or assessment.  There are no preemptive or conversion rights and no provisions for redemption or purchase for cancellation, surrender, or sinking or purchase funds.  The common shares must be issued as fully-paid and non-assessable, and are not subject to further capital calls by the Company.  The common shares are without par value.  All of the common shares rank equally as to voting rights, participation in a distribution of the assets of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company and the entitlement to dividends.

 

The Company does not currently have any preferred shares outstanding.

 

Ordinary and Special Shareholders’ Meetings

 

The OBCA provides that the directors of a corporation shall call an annual meeting of shareholders not later than 15 months after holding the last preceding annual meeting.  The OBCA also provides that, in the case of an offering corporation, the directors shall place before each annual meeting of shareholders, the financial statements required to be filed under the Ontario Securities Act and the regulation thereunder relating to the period that began immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and ended not more than six months before the annual meeting and the immediately preceding financial year, if any.

 

The Board has the power to call a special meeting of shareholders at any time.

 

Notice of the date, time and location of each meeting of shareholders must be given not less than 21 days or more than 50 days before the date of each meeting to each director, to the auditor of the Company and to each shareholder who at the close of business on the record date for notice is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting. Notice of a meeting of shareholders called for any other purpose other than consideration of the minutes of an earlier meeting, financial statements, reports of the directors or auditor, setting or changing the number of directors, the election of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor, must state the general nature of the special business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment on such business, must state the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting, and must, if the special business includes considering, approving, ratifying, adopting or authorizing any document or the signing of or giving of effect to any document, have attached to it, a copy of the document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s records office or another accessible location.

 

The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders are those entitled to vote, the directors of the Company and the auditor of the Company. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting. In circumstances where a court orders a meeting of shareholders, the court may direct how the meeting may be held, including who may attend the meeting.

 

Limitations on Rights to Own Securities

 

No share may be issued until it is fully paid.

 

Neither Canadian law nor our Articles or By-laws limit the right of a non-resident to hold or vote common shares of the Company, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act (the “Investment Act”), as amended by the World Trade Organization Agreement Implementation Act (the “WTOA Act”).  The Investment Act generally prohibits implementation of a direct reviewable investment by an individual, government or agency thereof, corporation, partnership, trust or joint venture that is not a “Canadian,” as defined in the Investment Act (a “non-Canadian”), unless, after review, the minister responsible for the Investment Act is satisfied that the investment is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.  An investment in the common shares of the Company by a non-Canadian (other than a “WTO Investor,” as defined below) would be reviewable under the Investment Act if it were an investment to acquire direct control of the Company, and the value of the assets of the Company were CA$5.0 million or more (provided that immediately prior to the implementation of the investment the Company was not controlled by WTO Investors).  An investment in common shares of the Company by a WTO Investor (or by a non-Canadian other than a WTO Investor if, immediately prior to the implementation of the investment the Company was controlled by WTO Investors) would be reviewable under the Investment Act if it were an investment to

 

59



Table of Contents

 

acquire direct control of the Company and the value of the assets of the Company equaled or exceeded an amount determined by the Minister of Finance (Canada) (the “Minister”) on an annual basis.  The Minister has determined that the threshold for review for WTO Investors or vendors (other than Canadians) to be CA$344 million for the year 2013.  A non-Canadian, whether a WTO Investor or otherwise, would be deemed to acquire control of the Company for purposes of the Investment Act if he or she acquired a majority of the common shares of the Company.  The acquisition of less than a majority, but at least one-third of the shares, would be presumed to be an acquisition of control of the Company, unless it could be established that the Company is not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of the shares.  In general, an individual is a WTO Investor if he or she is a “national” of a country (other than Canada) that is a member of the World Trade Organization (“WTO Member”) or has a right of permanent residence in a WTO Member.  A corporation or other entity will be a “WTO Investor” if it is a “WTO Investor-controlled entity,” pursuant to detailed rules set out in the Investment Act.  The U.S. is a WTO Member.  Certain transactions involving our common shares would be exempt from the Investment Act, including:

 

·                   an acquisition of the shares if the acquisition were made in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities;

·                   an acquisition of control of the Company in connection with the realization of a security interest granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Act; and

·                   an acquisition of control of the Company by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of the Company, through the ownership of voting interests, remains unchanged.

 

Procedures to Change the Rights of Shareholders

 

In order to change the rights of our shareholders with respect to certain fundamental changes as described in Section 168 of the OBCA, the Company would need to amend our Articles to effect the change.  Such an amendment would require the approval of holders of two-thirds of the votes of the Company’s common shares, and any other shares carrying the right to vote at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company, cast at a duly called special meeting.  The OBCA also provides that a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property of a corporation other than in the ordinary course of business of the corporation likewise requires the approval of the shareholders at a duly called special meeting.  For such fundamental changes and sale, lease and exchange, a shareholder is entitled under the OBCA to dissent in respect of such a resolution amending the Articles and, if the resolution is adopted and the Company implements such changes, demand payment of the fair value of the shareholder’s common shares.

 

Impediments to Change of Control

 

There are no provisions of our Articles or By-laws that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving the Company.  On August 13, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a resolution authorizing the Company to implement a Shareholders Rights Plan (a “Rights Plan”), subject to all required approvals, including TSXV and shareholder approval.  The approval of a Rights Plan is intended to reflect developments in Canada with respect to shareholder rights plans and is designed to encourage the fair treatment of shareholders in connection with any take-over bid for the Company.

 

The Rights Plan will provide the Board and the shareholders with more time to fully consider any unsolicited take-over bid for the Company without undue pressure. Furthermore, the Rights Plan will allow the Board to pursue, if appropriate, other alternatives to maximize shareholder value and to allow additional time for competing bids to emerge.

 

The Rights Plan was not proposed in response to, or in anticipation of, any acquisition or takeover offer and is not intended to prevent a take-over bid for the Company. Under the Rights Plan, take-over bids that meet certain requirements intended to protect the interests of all shareholders will be deemed to be “Permitted Bids”. Permitted Bids must be made by way of a takeover bid circular prepared in compliance with applicable securities laws and, among other conditions, must remain open for sixty days.

 

The Rights Plan will be similar to other shareholder rights plans recently adopted by other Canadian corporations. Until the occurrence of certain specific events, the rights will trade with the common shares of the Company and be represented by the share certificates for such shares. The rights become exercisable only when a person, including any party related to or acting jointly or in concert with such person, acquires or announces its intention to acquire 20% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company without complying with the “Permitted Bid” provisions of the Rights Plan. Should a non-permitted acquisition occur, each right would entitle each holder of common shares (other than the offeror or certain parties related to it or acting jointly or in concert with it) to purchase additional common shares of the Company at a discount to the market price of the shares at that time.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

The Rights Plan will be subject to reconfirmation at every third annual meeting of shareholders subsequent to the approval date until its expiry. If the shareholders do not confirm the Rights Plan, the Rights Plan will terminate and cease to be effective at that time.

 

The formal plan has not yet been completed.

 

Stockholder Ownership Disclosure Threshold in Bylaws

 

Neither our Articles nor By-laws contain a provision governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.  Pursuant to securities legislation, an Early Warning Report must be filed if a shareholder obtains ownership of 10% or greater of the Company.

 

Special Conditions for Changes in Capital

 

The conditions imposed by the Company’s Articles are not more stringent than required under the OBCA.  A copy of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, current Articles and By-laws have been filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.

 

C.  Material Contracts

 

In addition to any contracts described in “ITEM 7.B.  Related Party Transactions” or “ITEM 4.  Business Overview”, we have entered into the following material contracts to which we have been a party within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document.  Other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, we have not been a party to any other contract within such two year period.

 

1.               On December 14, 2012, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Tracker Acquisition, Inc., a subsidiary of Northern States Metals, whereby the Company sold certain assets used in connection with its solar business for the purchase price of $1,000,000.

 

2.               On May 21, 2008, the Company entered into an Agreement with BAE Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration, Inc. (“BAE”), with a term of 15 years, whereby BAE and the Company initiated a joint development program of the Company’s POET technology, with royalties running from each to the other for licensed products sold.

 

3.               On April 28, 2003, the Company entered into a License Agreement with the University of Connecticut (“UCONN”), as amended on March 26, 2014, whereby UCONN granted the Company an exclusive license to the intellectual property developed under the direction of Dr. Taylor that is owned or jointly owned by UCONN for the payment of $50,000 due in the first and each subsequent year after the Company has revenue of $100,000 from the products developed pursuant to the licensed intellectual property, such amounts of consideration subject to increase by 25% every two years, up to a maximum of $1,000,000.  In addition, the Company must pay annually to UCONN 3% of any sublicense revenue received for commercial, royalty bearing sublicenses of licensed intellectual property to third parties.  By making a $100,000 payment to UCONN in April 2007, the license became irrevocable. As consideration for the amendment entered into on March 26, 2014, changing the royalty rate to 3%, the Company issued 2,000,000 common shares, subject to approval of the TSXV, which shall be restricted from trading until May 31, 2016.

 

4.               On October 21, 2010, the Company entered into a Lease Agreement, as amended on March 20, 2013, with UCONN whereby the Company leases property from UCONN beginning on April 1, 2010 and extended through March 31, 2015.  Monthly rent increases from $6,130.00 in the first three months of year one to $10,965.79 in year five.

 

5.               On February 15, 2013, the Company entered into a Service Agreement with True South Renewables, Inc. (“True South”), for a period of five years, whereby the True South will perform monitoring and maintenance services on solar trackers installed by the Company prior to the discontinuation of the solar business and divestiture of the solar assets.  The Company will pay a minimum of $6,000.00 in the first year and $8013.00 in the fifth year, in addition to hourly charges for labor and travel.

 

6.               On February 14, 2013, the Company entered into a letter agreement with IBK Capital Corp. (“IBK”) pursuant to which IBK would act as agent in conjunction with the private placement of units of the Company in exchange for consideration comprised of 7.0% of gross proceeds from the private placement and compensation options equal to 10,0% of the aggregate number of units sold pursuant to the private placement.

 

7.               On March 20, 2012, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP, as amended on July 17, 2012, providing for a revolving credit facility.  Consideration included interest payments as well as an investment

 

61



Table of Contents

 

banking services fee equal to 500,000 shares at a deemed price of CA$0.30, or $150,000.  This Credit Agreement was terminated on September 14, 2012.

 

D.  Exchange Controls

 

Canada has no system of exchange controls.  There are no Canadian restrictions on the repatriation of capital or earnings of a Canadian public company to non-resident investors.  There are no laws in Canada or exchange restrictions affecting the remittance of dividends, profits, interest, royalties and other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities, except as discussed in “ITEM 10.E.  Taxation” below.

 

E.  Taxation

 

Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The Company believes the following is a brief summary of the material principal Canadian federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of common shares of the Company who deals at arm’s length with the Company, holds the shares as capital property and who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”) and the Canada — U.S. Income Tax Convention (1980) (the “Treaty”), is at all relevant times resident in the U.S., is not and is not deemed to be resident in Canada and does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the shares in carrying on a business in Canada.  Special rules, which are not discussed below, may apply to a U.S. Holder that is an insurer that carries on business in Canada and elsewhere.  U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Tax Act, the regulations thereunder in force at the date hereof, all specific proposals to amend such regulations and the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof and the current provisions of the Convention and the current administrative practices of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof.  This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or administrative practices whether by legislative, governmental or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account tax laws of any province or territory of Canada or of the U.S. or of any other jurisdiction outside Canada.

 

For the purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the common shares must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the relevant exchange rate applicable thereto.

 

This summary does not address all aspects of Canadian federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder in light of such holder’s individual circumstances.  Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors for advice with respect to their own particular circumstances.

 

Under the Tax Act and the Treaty, a U.S. Holder of common shares will generally be subject to a 15% withholding tax on dividends paid or credited or deemed by the Tax Act to have been paid or credited on such shares. The withholding tax rate is 5% where the U.S. Holder is a corporation that beneficially owns at least 10% of the voting shares of the Company and the dividends may be exempt from such withholding in the case of some U.S. Holders such as qualifying pension funds and charities.

 

A U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to tax under the Tax Act on any capital gain realized on a disposition of common shares, provided that the shares do not constitute “taxable Canadian property” to the U.S. Holder at the time of disposition. Generally, common shares will not constitute taxable Canadian property to a U.S. Holder provided that such shares are listed on a designated stock exchange (which currently includes the TSXV) at the time of the disposition and, during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition, the U.S. Holder, persons with whom the U.S. Holder does not deal at arm’s length, or the U.S. Holder together with all such persons has not owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any series or class of the Company’s capital stock. If the common shares constitute taxable Canadian property to a particular U.S. Holder, any capital gain arising on their disposition may be exempt from Canadian tax under the Convention if at the time of disposition the common shares do not derive their value principally from real property situated in Canada.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

Subject to the limitations described herein, the following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of our common shares. A “U.S. Holder” means a holder of our common shares who is:

 

·                   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S. for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

·                   a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

62



Table of Contents

 

·                   an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

·                   a trust (i) if, in general, a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (ii) that has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

Unless otherwise specifically indicated, this discussion does not consider the U.S. tax consequences to a person that is not a U.S. Holder (a “Non-U.S. Holder”).  This discussion considers only U.S. Holders that will own our common shares as capital assets (generally, for investment) and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to each U.S. Holder’s decision to purchase our common shares.

 

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), current and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.  This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder in light of such holder’s individual circumstances.  In particular, this discussion does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment, including U.S. Holders that:

 

·                   are broker-dealers or insurance companies;

·                   have elected market-to-market accounting;

·                   are tax-exempt organizations or retirement plans;

·                   are financial institutions or “financial services entities”;

·                   hold our common shares as part of a straddle, “hedge” or “conversion transaction” with other investments;

·                   acquired our common shares upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

·                   own directly, indirectly or by attribution at least 10% of our voting power;

·                   have a functional currency that is not the U.S. Dollar;

·                   are grantor trusts;

·                   are certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.; or

·                   are real estate trusts or regulated investment companies.

 

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common shares, the tax treatment of the partnership and a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.  Such a partner or partnership should consult its own tax advisor as to its tax consequences.

 

In addition, this discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. laws or the possible application of U.S. federal gift or estate taxes.

 

Each holder of our common shares is advised to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences to it of purchasing, holding or disposing of our common shares, including the applicability and effect of federal, state, local and foreign income tax and other laws to its particular circumstances.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion below under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Status ,” a U.S. Holder will be required to include in gross income as ordinary dividend income the amount of any distribution paid on our common shares, including any non-U.S. taxes withheld from the amount paid, to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be applied against and will reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in our common shares and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of our common shares.  The dividend portion of such distributions generally will not qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.

 

Subject to the discussion below under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Status ,” dividends that are received by U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be taxed at the rate applicable to long-term capital gains (a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010), provided that such dividends meet the requirements of “qualified dividend income.”  For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation if certain holding period and other requirements are met and the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S., which benefits include an information exchange program and is determined to be satisfactory by the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.  The IRS has determined that the U.S.-Canada Tax Treaty is satisfactory for this purpose.  Dividends that fail to meet such requirements, and dividends received by corporate U.S. Holders, are taxed at ordinary income rates.  No dividend received by a U.S. Holder will be a qualified dividend (i) if the U.S. Holder held the common share with respect to which the dividend was paid for less

 

63



Table of Contents

 

than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the ex-dividend date with respect to such dividend, excluding for this purpose, under the rules of Code Section 246(c), any period during which the U.S. Holder has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, has made and not closed a short sale of, is the grantor of a deep-in-the-money or otherwise nonqualified option to buy, or has otherwise diminished its risk of loss by holding other positions with respect to, such common share (or substantially identical securities); or (ii) to the extent that the U.S. Holder is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in property substantially similar or related to the common share with respect to which the dividend is paid.  If we were to be a “passive foreign investment company” (as such term is defined in the Code) for any taxable year, dividends paid on our common shares in such year or in the following taxable year would not be qualified dividends.  In addition, a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be able to take a qualified dividend into account in determining its deductible investment interest (which is generally limited to its net investment income) only if it elects to do so; in such case the dividend will be taxed at ordinary income rates.

 

Distributions of current or accumulated earnings and profits paid in foreign currency to a U.S. Holder (including any non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder in a U.S. Dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate on the day the distribution is received.  A U.S. Holder that receives a foreign currency distribution and converts the foreign currency into U.S. dollars subsequent to receipt may have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currency against the U.S. dollar, which will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

U.S. Holders will have the option of claiming the amount of any non-U.S. income taxes withheld at source either as a deduction from gross income or as a dollar-for-dollar credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability.  Individuals who do not claim itemized deductions, but instead utilize the standard deduction, may not claim a deduction for the amount of the non-U.S. income taxes withheld, but such amount may be claimed as a credit against the individual’s U.S. federal income tax liability.  The amount of non-U.S. income taxes which may be claimed as a credit in any taxable year is subject to complex limitations and restrictions, which must be determined on an individual basis by each shareholder.  These limitations include, among others, rules which limit foreign tax credits allowable with respect to specific classes of income to the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income.  A U.S. Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to non-U.S. income tax withheld from a dividend received on the common shares if such U.S. Holder has not held the common shares for at least 16 days of the 31-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date with respect to such dividend, or to the extent such U.S. Holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property.  Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the common shares are not counted toward meeting the required 16-day holding period.  Distributions of current or accumulated earnings and profits generally will be foreign source passive income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Disposition of Common Shares

 

Subject to the discussion below under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Status ,” upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’s basis in such common shares, which is usually the cost of such shares, and the amount realized on the disposition.  A U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of accounting calculates the U.S. Dollar value of the proceeds received on the sale as of the date that the sale settles, while a U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting is required to calculate the value of the proceeds of the sale as of the “trade date,” unless such U.S. Holder has elected to use the settlement date to determine its proceeds of sale.  Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares held more than one year is long-term capital gain, and is eligible for a reduced rate of taxation for individuals (currently a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010).  Gains recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares generally will be treated as U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.  A loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares generally is allocated to U.S. source income.  The deductibility of capital losses recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares is subject to limitations.  A U.S. Holder that receives foreign currency upon disposition of common shares and converts the foreign currency into U.S. dollars subsequent to the settlement date or trade date (whichever date the taxpayer was required to use to calculate the value of the proceeds of sale) may have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currency against the U.S. Dollar, which will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

 

We would be a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) if (taking into account certain “look-through” rules with respect to the income and assets of our corporate subsidiaries in which we own 25 percent (by value) of the stock) either (i) 75 percent or more of our gross income for the taxable year was passive income or (ii) the average percentage (by value) of our total assets that are passive assets during the taxable year was at least 50 percent.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

If we were a PFIC, each U.S. Holder would (unless it made one of the elections discussed below on a timely basis) be taxable on gain recognized from the disposition of our common shares (including gain deemed recognized if the common shares are used as security for a loan) and upon receipt of certain “excess distributions” (generally, distributions that exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions in respect to such common shares received during the preceding three taxable years or, if shorter, during the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the distribution year) with respect to our common shares as if such income had been recognized ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The U.S. Holder’s income for the current taxable year would include (as ordinary income) amounts allocated to the current taxable year and to any taxable year period prior to the first day of the first taxable year for which we were a PFIC.  Tax would also be computed at the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for each other taxable year period to which income is allocated, and an interest charge on the tax as so computed would also apply.  Additionally, if we were a PFIC, U.S. Holders who acquire our common shares from decedents (other than nonresident aliens) would be denied the normally available step-up in basis for such shares to fair market value at the date of death and, instead, would have a tax basis in such shares equal to the decedent’s basis, if lower.

 

As an alternative to the tax treatment described above, a U.S. Holder could elect to treat U.S. as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”), in which case the U.S. Holder would be taxed currently, for each taxable year that we are a PFIC, on its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain (subject to a separate election to defer payment of taxes, which deferral is subject to an interest charge).  Special rules apply if a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election after the first taxable year in its holding period in which we are a PFIC. In the event that we conclude that we will be classified as a PFIC, we will make a determination at such time as to whether we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the information that is necessary to make a QEF election.  Amounts includable in income as a result of a QEF election will be determined without regard to our prior year losses or the amount of cash distributions, if any, received from us.  A U.S. Holder’s basis in its common shares will increase by any amount included in income and decrease by any amounts not included in income when distributed because such amounts were previously taxed under the QEF rules.  So long as a U.S. Holder’s QEF election is in effect with respect to the entire holding period for its common shares, any gain or loss realized by such holder on the disposition of its common shares held as a capital asset ordinarily will be capital gain or loss.  Such capital gain or loss ordinarily would be long-term if such U.S. Holder had held such common shares for more than one year at the time of the disposition.  For non-corporate U.S. Holders, long-term capital gain is generally subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012.  The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis, applies to all common shares held or subsequently acquired by an electing U.S. Holder and can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.

 

As an alternative to making the QEF election, a U.S. Holder of PFIC stock which is publicly traded may in certain circumstances avoid certain of the tax consequences generally applicable to holders of a PFIC by electing to mark the stock to market and recognizing as ordinary income or loss, each taxable year that we are a PFIC, an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the PFIC stock and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the PFIC stock. Special rules apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election after the first taxable year in its holding period in which we are a PFIC.  Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included by the U.S. Holder under the election for prior taxable years.  This election is available for so long as the Company’s common shares constitute “marketable stock,” which includes stock of a PFIC that is “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange or other market.” Generally, a “qualified exchange or other market” includes a national market system established pursuant to Section 11A of the Exchange Act, or a foreign securities exchange that is regulated or supervised by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located and that has certain characteristics.  A class of stock that is traded on one or more qualified exchanges or other markets is “regularly traded” on an exchange or market for any calendar year during which that class of stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, subject to special rules relating to an initial public offering.  It is not entirely clear whether either the OTCBB or TSXV are qualified exchanges or other markets, or whether there will be sufficient trading volume with respect to the Company’s common shares, and accordingly, whether the common shares will be “marketable stock” for these purposes.  Furthermore, there can be no assurances that the Company’s common shares will continue to trade on any of the exchanges listed above.

 

We believe we were not a PFIC for the year ending December 31, 2013 and do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the year ending December 31, 2014.  However, PFIC status is determined as of the end of each taxable year and is dependent on a number of factors, including the value of our passive assets, the amount and type of our gross income, and our market capitalization.  Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will not become a PFIC for the current taxable year ending December 31, 2014 or in a future taxable year.  We will notify U.S. Holders in the event we conclude that we will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

Non–U.S. Holders

 

Except as described in “ Information Reporting and Backup Withholding ” below, a Non-U.S. Holder of common shares will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on the payment of dividends on, or the proceeds from the disposition of, our common shares, unless, in the case of U.S. federal income taxes:

 

65



Table of Contents

 

·                   such item is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the U.S. and, in the case of a resident of a country which has a treaty with the U.S., such item is attributable to a permanent establishment or, in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business, in the U.S.; or

·                   the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the common shares as a capital asset and is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition of our common shares and certain other conditions are met.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

U.S. Holders (other than exempt recipients, such as corporations) generally are subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends paid on, or proceeds from the disposition of, our common shares.  U.S. Holders are also generally subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on dividends paid on, or proceeds from the disposition of, our common shares unless the U.S. Holder provides IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Non-U.S. Holders generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding with respect to dividends paid on, or proceeds from the disposition of, our common shares, provided that such Non-U.S. Holder provides taxpayer identification number, certifies to its foreign status, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

The amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. or Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

F.  Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not Applicable.

 

G.  Statements by Experts

 

The consolidated financial statements of POET Technologies Inc. as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, included herein, have been audited by Marcum LLP, our independent registered accounting firm for that period, 185 Asylum St, 17 th  Floor, Hartford, CT 06103, USA, as stated in their report appearing herein, and is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

H.  Documents on Display

 

The Company’s documents can be viewed at its Canadian office, located at: Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, Canada.  Further, we file reports under Canadian regulatory requirements on SEDAR; you may access our reports filed on SEDAR by accessing their website at www.sedar.com.  Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, the Company will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file reports, registration statements and other information with the SEC. The Company’s reports, registration statements and other information can be inspected on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and such information can also be inspected and copies ordered at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the following location: 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

I.  Subsidiary information

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 11.                                          Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Short-term investments bear interest at fixed rates, and as such, are subject to interest rate risk resulting from changes in fair value from market fluctuations in interest rates.  The Company does not depend on interest from its investments to fund its operations.

 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar.  The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk with the Canadian dollar.  For example, in 2013, a 10% change in the Canadian dollar would increase or decrease other comprehensive income by $268,996. Since the Company’s operations predominantly transact their sales and purchases in their respective domestic currencies, the exposure is reduced.  Therefore, the Company typically does not hedge accounts receivable and accounts payable that are denominated in a foreign currency.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows exchange rates, from CAD to USD, for the past six months:

 

Period

 

High (1)

 

Low (1)

 

Average (2)

 

April 2014

 

0.9210

 

0.9046

 

0.9098

 

March 2014

 

0.9128

 

0.8866

 

0.9003

 

February 2014

 

0.9441

 

0.8932

 

0.9046

 

January 2014

 

0.9444

 

0.8909

 

0.9139

 

December 2013

 

0.9458

 

0.9314

 

0.9399

 

November 2013

 

0.9617

 

0.9408

 

0.9531

 

November 2013 — April 2014

 

0.9617

 

0.8866

 

0.9199

 

 


(1)          Bank of Canada intra-day high and low rates

(2)          Bank of Canada daily noon average rates

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk arises from the possibility that changes in market prices will affect the value of the financial instruments of the Company.  The Company is exposed to fair value fluctuations on its short-term investments and marketable securities.  The Company’s other financial instruments (cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities) are not subject to market risk, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

ITEM 12.                                          Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

A.  Debt Securities

 

Not Applicable

 

B.  Warrants and Rights

 

See “ITEM 9.  Offer and Listing Details.”

 

C.  Other Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

D American Depositary Shares

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13.                                          Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 14.                                          Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 15.                                          Controls and Procedures

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16.                                          [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 16A.                                 Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Not Applicable.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 16B.                                 Code of Ethics

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16C.                                 Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16D.                                 Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16E.                                 Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16F.                                  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16G.                                Corporate Governance

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 16H.                                Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not Applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17.                                          Financial Statements

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

The consolidated financial statements required under ITEM 17 are attached hereto and found immediately following the text of this Registration Statement and are incorporated by reference herein.  The audit report of Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is included herein immediately preceding the audited consolidated financial statements.

 

a.               Audited Financial Statements — for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

ITEM 18.                                          Financial Statements

 

The Company has elected to provide financial statements pursuant to ITEM 17.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 19.

 

Exhibits

 

1.1

 

Certificate and Articles of Continuance

1.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

4.1

 

Asset Purchase Agreement with Tracker Acquisition, Inc., dated December 17, 2012

4.2

 

Agreement with BAE Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration, Inc., dated May 21, 2008

4.3

 

License Agreement with the University of Connecticut, dated April 28, 2003, as amended March 26, 2014

4.4

 

Lease Agreement with the University of Connecticut, dated February 10, 2011, as amended April 15, 2013

4.5

 

Agency Agreement with IBK Capital Corp., dated February 14, 2013

4.6

 

Credit Agreement with TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP, dated March 30, 2012

4.7

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Leon Pierhal, dated February 17, 2014

4.8

 

Consulting Agreement with Mark Benadiba, dated June 4, 2012, as amended February 10, 2014

4.9

 

Memorandum of Outstanding with Peter Copetti, dated February 10, 2014

4.10

 

Consulting Agreement with IT Millwrights Corporation (Christopher Lee Shepherd), dated January 1, 2014

4.11

 

Consulting Agreement with Dr. Geoff Taylor, dated January 29, 2014

4.12

 

Employment Agreement with Stephane Gagnon, dated November 4, 2013

4.13

 

2013 Stock Option Plan

4.14

 

Form of Option Agreement

4.15

 

Form of Warrant for Purchase of Common Shares

4.16

 

Stock Specimen Certificate

8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries: See “ITEM 4.C.”

15.1

 

Consent of Marcum LLP

 

WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Upon effectiveness, we will file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549; you may obtain copies of our filings with the SEC by accessing their website located at www.sec.gov. Further, we file reports under Canadian regulatory requirements on SEDAR; you may access our reports filed on SEDAR by accessing their website at www.sedar.com.

 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and other financial information contained in this registration statement are the responsibility of management.  The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, using management’s best estimates and judgments, where appropriate.  In the opinion of management, these consolidated financial statements reflect fairly the financial position and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company within reasonable limits of materiality.  The financial information contained elsewhere in this registration statement has been reviewed to ensure consistency with that in the consolidated financial statements.

 

To assist management in discharging these responsibilities, the Company maintains an effective system of procedures and internal control which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that its assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and that the financial records form a reliable base for the preparation of accurate and reliable financial information.

 

The Board of Directors ensures that management fulfills its responsibilities for the financial reporting and internal control.  The Board of Directors exercises this responsibility through its independent Audit Committee comprising a majority of unrelated and outside directors.  The Audit Committee meets periodically with management and annually with the external auditors to review audit recommendations and any matters that the auditors believe should be brought to the attention of the Board of Directors.  The Audit Committee also reviews the consolidated financial statements and recommends to the Board of Directors that the statements be approved for issuance to the shareholders.

 

The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which has full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.  Marcum’s report on the consolidated financial statements is presented herein.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

President  and Director

Date: May 15, 2014

 

 

70



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Audit Committee of the

Board of Directors and Shareholders

of POET Technologies Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of POET Technologies Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations and deficit, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of POET Technologies Inc., as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

As described in Note 2, the Company determined that proceeds from government grants should be classified as other income.  The 2012 and 2011 Statements of Operations have been corrected.  Our report is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

 

Hartford, Connecticut

May 15, 2014

 



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,260,967

 

$

1,435,762

 

$

1,330,141

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

96,749

 

526,229

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

267,012

 

158,257

 

152,162

 

Inventories (Note 23)

 

 

 

1,426,003

 

Marketable securities (Note 4)

 

397

 

426

 

415

 

Assets available for sale (Note 18)

 

 

606,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,528,376

 

2,297,607

 

3,434,950

 

Investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited

 

 

 

197,178

 

Property and equipment (Note 5)

 

903,792

 

26,670

 

1,798,779

 

Patents and licenses (Note 6)

 

38,790

 

42,983

 

169,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,470,958

 

$

2,367,260

 

$

5,600,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 7)

 

$

256,027

 

$

231,903

 

$

1,705,876

 

Product warranty (Note 2 and 21)

 

 

25,899

 

25,899

 

Disposal group liabilities (Note 18)

 

 

606,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256,027

 

864,215

 

1,731,775

 

Deferred energy credit (Note 24)

 

 

 

614,363

 

Asset retirement obligation (Note 25)

 

 

 

74,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

257,027

 

864,215

 

2,420,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital (Note 8(b))

 

42,911,455

 

40,225,401

 

38,507,720

 

Special voting share (Note 9)

 

 

100

 

100

 

Shares to be issued

 

 

 

27,521

 

Warrants (Note 10)

 

8,135,590

 

3,850,685

 

1,813,729

 

Contributed surplus (Note 11)

 

20,261,067

 

16,361,282

 

13,162,981

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(11,593

)

243,829

 

278,263

 

Deficit

 

(67,081,588

)

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

Non controlling interest

 

 

 

(139,116

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,214,931

 

1,503,045

 

3,180,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,470,958

 

$

2,367,260

 

$

5,600,878

 

 

Comments and Contingencies (Note 13)

 

On behalf of the Board of Directors

 

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

Director

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administration (Note 22)

 

$

6,338,607

 

$

3,027,760

 

$

2,638,076

 

Research and development (Note 22)

 

1,925,974

 

1,093,998

 

1,402,762

 

Investment income, including interest

 

(18,371

)

 

(21,915

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before the following

 

8,246,210

 

4,121,758

 

4,018,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (Note 2)

 

342,874

 

238,806

 

755,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

(7,903,336

)

(3,882,952

)

(3,263,501

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes (Note 18)

 

 

(4,685,449

)

(11,898,225

)

Net loss

 

(7,903,336

)

(8,568,401

)

(15,161,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit, beginning of year

 

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

(35,309,009

)

Divestiture of non-controlling interest

 

 

(139,116

)

 

Net loss

 

(7,903,336

)

(8,568,401

)

(15,161,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit, end of year

 

$

(67,081,588

)

$

(59,178,252

)

$

(50,470,735

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share (Note 12)

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.17

)

Basic and diluted loss per share, continuing operations

 

(0.06

)

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

Basic and diluted loss per share, discontinued operations

 

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.13

)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,903,336

)

$

(8,568,401

)

$

(15,161,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income – net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

 

(255,422

)

(34,434

)

36,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(8,158,758

)

$

(8,602,835

)

$

(15,125,462

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

40,225,401

 

$

38,507,720

 

$

34,330,441

 

OPEL Solar Inc. Exchangeable Shares, exchange into common shares

 

 

27,521

 

249,312

 

Funds from the exercise of warrants

 

37,111

 

93,012

 

1,411,780

 

Funds from the exercise of stock options

 

152,502

 

52,700

 

1,166,358

 

Value assigned to stock options

 

121,368

 

39,794

 

798,428

 

Funds from private placements

 

7,189,200

 

5,428,644

 

 

Share issue costs

 

(529,222

)

(502,965

)

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

23,387

 

37,458

 

551,401

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

(4,308,292

)

(3,608,483

)

 

Common Shares issued as finance costs

 

 

150,000

 

 

December 31,

 

42,911,455

 

40,225,401

 

38,507,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special Voting Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

100

 

100

 

100

 

Cancellation of special voting share

 

(100

)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

100

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares to be Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred share issue costs

 

 

27,521

 

276,833

 

Exchangeable Shares exchanged into common shares

 

 

(27,521

)

(249,312

)

December 31,

 

 

 

27,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

3,850,685

 

1,813,729

 

6,025,715

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

4,308,292

 

3,608,483

 

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

(23,387

)

(37,458

)

(551,401

)

Fair value of expired warrants

 

 

(1,534,069

)

(3,660,585

)

December 31,

 

8,135,590

 

3,850,685

 

1,813,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contributed Surplus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

16,361,282

 

13,162,981

 

8,497,812

 

Stock-based compensation

 

4,021,153

 

1,704,026

 

1,803,012

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

(121,368

)

(39,794

)

(798,428

)

Fair value of expired warrants

 

 

1,534,069

 

3,660,585

 

December 31,

 

20,261,067

 

16,361,282

 

13,162,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

243,829

 

278,263

 

233,495

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

 

(255,422

)

(34,434

)

44,768

 

December 31,

 

(11,593

)

243,829

 

278,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

(35,309,009

)

Divestiture of non-controlling interest

 

 

(139,116

)

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

 

(7,903,336

)

(8,568,401

)

(15,161,726

)

December 31,

 

(67,081,588

)

(59,178,252

)

(50,470,735

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

4,214,931

 

$

1,503,045

 

$

3,319,579

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

 

$

(139,116

)

$

(22,950

)

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

(107,662

)

Other comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

(8,504

)

Divestiture of non-controlling interest

 

 

139,116

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

(139,116

)

Total equity

 

$

4,214,931

 

$

1,503,045

 

$

3,180,463

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,903,336

)

$

(8,568,401

)

$

(15,161,726

)

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

60,738

 

3,165

 

164

 

Amortization of patents and licenses

 

4,193

 

4,193

 

4,193

 

Product warranty reserve

 

(25,999

)

 

 

Stock-based compensation (Note 11)

 

4,021,153

 

1,704,026

 

1,803,012

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

4,685,449

 

11,898,225

 

Financing fees

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

(3,843,251

)

(2,021,568

)

(1,456,132

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in non-cash working capital accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

96,749

 

(13,686

)

165,629

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

(163,726

)

(58,094

)

68

 

Product warranty

 

 

 

25,899

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

24,124

 

(80,958

)

8,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities, continuing operations

 

(3,886,104

)

(2,174,306

)

(1,255,655

)

Cash flows from operating activities, discontinued operations

 

 

(3,728,678

)

(6,519,756

)

 

 

(3,886,104

)

(5,902,984

)

(7,775,411

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of short-term investments

 

 

 

304,149

 

Purchase of property and equipment (Note 5)

 

(882,860

)

(28,352

)

(1,647

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities, continuing operations

 

(882,860

)

(28,352

)

302,502

 

Cash flow from investing activities, discontinued operations

 

 

1,000,000

 

(441,310

)

 

 

(882,860

)

971,648

 

(138,808

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue of Common Shares for cash, net of issue costs

 

6,849,591

 

5,071,391

 

2,578,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities, continuing operations

 

6,849,591

 

5,071,391

 

2,578,138

 

Cash flow from financing activities, discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,849,591

 

5,071,391

 

2,578,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH

 

(255,422

)

(34,434

)

36,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH, continuing operations

 

1,825,205

 

2,834,299

 

1,661,249

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH, discontinued operations

 

 

(2,728,678

)

(6,961,066

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

 

1,435,762

 

1,330,141

 

6,629,958

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

 

$

3,260,967

 

$

1,435,762

 

$

1,330,141

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

1.            DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

POET Technologies Inc. is incorporated in the Province of Ontario. POET Technologies Inc. and ODIS Inc. (“ODIS”), a subsidiary of Opel Solar Inc., (collectively, the “Company”) develops semi-conductor devices using planar “opto” electronic technology (“POET”). Opel Solar Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of POET Technologies Inc. The Company continues to develop the process to produce a gallium arsenide microchip. The Company’s head office is located at 121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5H 2K1.

 

The Company has working capital of $3,272,349 as of December 31, 2013 compared to working capital of $1,433,392 as of December 31, 2012 and $1,703,175 as of December 31, 2011. Subsequent to December 31, 2013, the Company successfully completed an equity financing of $4,546,000. Additionally, the Company received $2,834,513 from the exercise of warrants and options.  The Company is in a favorable cash position to cover its operating and investing activities and settle its outstanding obligations as they come due over the next twelve to eighteen months (see Note 26).

 

2.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

These consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed below:

 

Basis of presentation

 

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of POET Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars (“USD”), which is the Company’s presentation currency.

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency of an entity are recognized in the statement of operations and deficit.

 

Assets and liabilities of entities with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated into the presentation currency at the year end rates of exchange, and the results of their operations are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. The resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. Additionally, foreign exchange gains and losses related to certain intercompany loans that are permanent in nature are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

2.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments are required to be classified as one of the following: held-to-maturity; loans and receivables, fair value through profit or loss; available-for-sale or other financial liabilities.

 

The Company’s financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The Company designated its cash as fair value through profit or loss, its accounts receivable as loans and receivables, and its accounts payable and accrued liabilities as other financial liabilities.

 

Fair value through profit or loss financial assets are measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in operations. Financial assets, loans and receivables and other financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive loss.

 

Fair value of a financial instrument is the amount of consideration that would be agreed upon in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties who are under no compulsion to act. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price, which is the fair value of the consideration given or received. Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair value of a financial instrument that is quoted in active markets is based on the bid price for a financial asset held and the offer price for a financial liability. When an independent price is not available, fair value is determined by using a valuation methodology which refers to observable market data. Such a valuation technique includes comparisons with a similar financial instrument where an observable market price exists, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. If no reliable estimate can be made, the Company measures the financial instrument at cost less impairment as a last resort.

 

Marketable securities

 

Marketable securities are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined on a first in, firstout basis. Inventories comprise raw materials; work in process and finished goods. Inventories comprising finished goods related to solar panels and trackers produced to the Company’s specifications. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Inventories include the cost of materials purchased and the cost of conversion, as well as other costs required to bring the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated based on the estimated useful life of the asset using the following rates and methods for old assets (2006 and prior) and new assets (2007 and after):

 

New

Machinery and equipment Straight Line, 5 years

Furniture and fixtures Straight Line, 5 years

Office equipment Straight Line, 5 years

Leasehold improvements Straight Line Over The Remaining Term of the Lease

Solar systems for demonstrations Straight Line, 5 years

Solar installation Straight Line, 20 years

Old

Machinery and equipment 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Furniture and fixtures 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Office equipment 28.6% to 40%, Declining Balance

Leasehold improvements Straight Line Over The Remaining Term of the Lease

 

7



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

2.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Patents and licenses

 

Patents and licenses are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives. Ongoing maintenance and patent registration costs are expensed as incurred. The expiry of the patents and licenses range from 6 - 12 years.

 

Product warranty

 

A product warranty is recognized when present obligations as a result of a sale of products will probably lead to an outflow of economic resources from the Company and the amounts can be estimated reliably. The timing or the amount of the outflow may still be uncertain.

 

Product warranty is measured at the estimated expenditure required to settle the present obligation, based on the most reliable evidence available at the reporting date, including the risks and uncertainties associated with the present obligation. Product warranties are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. The Company discontinued its Solar operations in 2012 and disposed of its remaining solar assets and liabilities on April 5, 2013, as a result, the Company no longer has a reserve for product warranty (2012 -  $25,899, 2011 - $25,899). The Company is liable for warranty claims on sales previously recognized on a discontinued operation.  Management believes the Company’s exposure on these warranty claims is not material as of December 31, 2013. Any future warranty claims settled by the Company will be classified as adjustments to discontinued operations.

 

Investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited

 

The Company has a 19% interest in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited (“Opel Asia”), a non-publicly traded Company. The Company’s investment is measured at cost. The Company evaluated its investment in this Company for impairment. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar related operations and the Company’s investment in Opel Asia was considered by management to be impaired and was therefore written down to nil (See note 18).

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company’s tangible and intangible assets are reviewed for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. An assessment is made at each reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired.

 

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit and loss for the year. The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit  (“CGU”) to which the asset belongs.

 

An impairment loss is reversed if there is an indication that there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations. In 2013 the Company did not record an impairment loss on long-lived assets (2012 - $414,570, 2011 - $1,501,692).

 

Deferred energy credit

 

The Company received in cash, an energy credit on a solar installation in Plainville, CT., used in operations. The credit was deferred and was being amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset (20 years) and was included in the amortization of property and equipment. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations; an amount of $445,261 relating to the deferred energy credit was reclassified to disposal group liabilities. In addition to the reclassification to disposal group liabilities, the $445,261 of energy credit was increased by $81,257 to $526,518 to reflect the Company’s obligation to repay a portion of credit if the associated asset is not used for its intended purpose. The asset was carried at a fair value of $606,413 which represents its fair value, using a level 3 input as at December 31, 2012.  On April 5, 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining assets available for sale in consideration for the assumption of the disposal group liabilities to another arm’s length party (see note 18).

 

8



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

2.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Asset Retirement Obligation

 

Asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) represents liabilities to the Company for which the amount or timing is uncertain. ARO is recognized when the Company has a constructive or legal obligation to decommission an asset, it is probable that such decommissioning will result in an outflow of resources and the amount can be reliably estimated. ARO is measured at the present value of the expected outflows to settle the obligation using a discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The accretion in the obligation due to the passage of time is recognized as an expense. During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations, the ARO balance of $79,895 at December 31, 2012 was reclassified to disposal group liabilities. The asset was carried at a fair value of $606,413 which represents its fair value as at December 31, 2012. On April 5, 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining assets available for sale in consideration for the assumption of the disposal group liabilities to another arm’s length party (see note 18).

 

Income taxes

 

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are provided on differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and on income tax losses available to be carried forward to future years for tax purposes. Deferred income taxes are measured using the substantively enacted tax rates and laws which are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Government grants

 

Government grants received exclusively from the Department of Defense of the United States of America and NASA, relating to research and development, are recognized as other income, net, based on the agreed upon milestones of the projects. Government grants in 2013 were $342,874 (2012 - $238,806, 2011 - $755,422).

 

In 2012 and 2011, grant income was presented as revenue. Upon application of IAS 20 relating to grant income, $238,806 in 2012 and $755,422 in 2011, was reclassified to other income in the accompanying statements. This change represents a correction of an error. IFRS does not permit the reporting of this type of income as revenue.

 

Interest income

 

Interest income on cash and short-term investments classified as fair value through profit or loss is recognized as earned using the effective interest method.

 

Research and development costs

 

Research costs are expensed in the year incurred. Development costs are also expensed in the year incurred unless the Company believes a development project meets IFRS criteria as set out in IAS 38, Intangible Assets ,  for deferral and amortization.  The Company has not met the criteria set out in IAS 38, therefore no deferral has been recognized.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

Stock options and warrants awarded to non employees are accounted for using the fair value of the instrument awarded or service provided whichever is considered more reliable. Stock options and warrants awarded to employees are accounted for using the fair value method. The fair value of such stock options and warrants granted is recognized as an expense on a proportionate basis consistent with the vesting features of each tranche of the grant. The fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions applicable at the date of grant.

 

Loss per share

 

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year after giving effect to potentially dilutive financial instruments. The dilutive effect of stock options and warrants is determined using the treasury stock method.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

3.            RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

The following is a summary of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect the Company.

 

(i)           Financial instruments

 

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, replaced IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The new standard requires entities to classify financial assets as being measured either at amortized cost or fair value depending on the business model and contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset. For financial liabilities, IFRS 9 requires an entity choosing to measure a liability at fair value to present the portion of the change in its fair value due to change in the entity’s own credit risk in the other comprehensive income rather than in the statement of profit or loss. The new standard applies to annual years beginning on or after January 1, 2015.

 

(ii)          Financial instruments

 

IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

The amendment provides further clarification on the application of the offsetting requirements. The Company will start the application of IAS 32 in the financial statements effective from January 1, 2014. The Company has not yet evaluated the impact on the financial statements.

 

The Company has considered all other recently issued accounting pronouncements and does not believe the adopting of such pronouncements will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

4.            MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Marketable securities consist of small investments in three companies carrying a fair value of $397 as of December 31, 2013, $426 as of December 31, 2012 and $415 as of December 31, 2011.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

5.            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

Machinery and

 

Furniture and

 

Office

 

Leasehold

 

Solar

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

equipment

 

fixture

 

equipment

 

improvements

 

installations

 

in progress

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

1,171,936

 

$

137,254

 

$

84,157

 

$

44,761

 

$

1,327,791

 

$

1,501,692

 

$

4,267,591

 

Additions

 

 

774

 

5,778

 

 

239,227

 

 

245,779

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(11,732

)

 

 

 

(11,732

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31. 2011

 

1,171,936

 

138,028

 

78,203

 

44,761

 

1,567,018

 

1,501,692

 

4,501,638

 

Additions

 

27,500

 

 

852

 

 

 

 

28,352

 

Reclassification/impairment

 

(1,171,936

)

(138,028

)

(76,720

)

(44,761

)

(1,567,018

)

(1,501,692

)

(4,500,155

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

27,500

 

 

2,335

 

 

 

 

29,835

 

Additions

 

931,449

 

 

6,411

 

 

 

 

937,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

958,949

 

 

8,746

 

 

 

 

967,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

630,093

 

80,688

 

56,938

 

4,157

 

180,634

 

 

952,510

 

Depreciation / impairment

 

150,921

 

14,803

 

10,321

 

1,182

 

83,162

 

1,501,692

 

1,762,081

 

Disposals

 

 

 

(11,732

)

 

 

 

(11,732

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

781,014

 

95,491

 

55,527

 

5,339

 

263,796

 

1,501,692

 

2,702,859

 

Depreciation / impairment

 

(778,264

)

(95,491

)

(55,112

)

(5,339

)

(263,796

)

(1,501,692

)

(2,699,694

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

2,750

 

 

415

 

 

 

 

3,165

 

Depreciation for the period

 

59,250

 

 

1,488

 

 

 

 

60,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

2,000

 

$

 

$

1,903

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

63,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

$

390,922

 

$

42,537

 

$

22,676

 

$

39,422

 

$

1,303,222

 

$

 

$

1,798,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

 

$

24,750

 

$

 

$

1,920

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

26,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

 

$

896,949

 

$

 

$

6,843

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

903,792

 

 

11



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

6.            PATENTS AND LICENSES

 

 

 

Patents

 

Licenses

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

$

224,444

 

$

136,725

 

$

361,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reclassifications

 

(224,444

)

(73,825

)

(298,269

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012 and 2013

 

 

62,900

 

62,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

109,574

 

$

58,627

 

$

168,201

 

Amortization

 

14,964

 

8,033

 

22,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

124,538

 

66,660

 

191,198

 

Amortization/impairment

 

(124,538

)

(46,743

)

(171,281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

 

19,917

 

19,917

 

Amortization

 

 

4,193

 

4,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

 

24,110

 

24,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

$

99,906

 

$

70,065

 

$

169,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

 

$

 

$

42,983

 

$

42,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

 

$

 

$

38,790

 

$

38,790

 

 

7.             ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade payable

 

$

94,824

 

$

86,689

 

$

1,517,704

 

Payroll related liabilities

 

89,243

 

60,567

 

154,172

 

Accrued liabilities

 

71,960

 

84,647

 

34,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

256,027

 

$

231,903

 

$

1,705,876

 

 

12



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

8.                                    SHARE CAPITAL

 

(a)                             AUTHORIZED

 

Unlimited number of common shares

 

(b)                             COMMON SHARES ISSUED

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

85,292,514

 

$

34,330,441

 

OPEL Solar Inc. Exchangeable Shares, exchanged into common shares

 

1,223,000

 

249,312

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants and

 

 

 

 

 

compensation warrants

 

3,218,907

 

1,411,780

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

 

551,401

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

3,291,000

 

1,166,358

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

798,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

93,025,421

 

38,507,720

 

OPEL Solar Inc. Exchangeable Shares, exchanged into common shares

 

135,000

 

27,521

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

185,000

 

52,700

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

39,794

 

Shares issued on private placement

 

23,412,479

 

5,428,644

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

 

(3,608,483

)

Share issue costs

 

 

(502,965

)

Shares issued as finance costs

 

500,000

 

150,000

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants

 

270,715

 

93,012

 

Fair value of warrants exercised

 

 

37,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

117,528,615

 

$

40,225,401

 

Shares issued on the exercise of warrants and compensation warrants

 

140,000

 

37,111

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants exercised

 

 

23,387

 

Shares issued on the exercise of stock options

 

607,500

 

152,502

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

 

121,368

 

Shares issued on private placements

 

14,400,000

 

7,189,200

 

Fair value of warrants and compensation warrants issued

 

 

(4,308,292

)

Share issue costs

 

 

(529,222

)

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

132,676,115

 

$

42,911,455

 

 

13



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

8.                                    SHARE CAPITAL (Continued)

 

During 2012, the Company completed various brokered private placement financings for gross proceeds aggregating to $5,428,644 ($5,384,870 CAD).  IBK Capital Corp. acted as agent in respect of the issuance and sale of 23,412,479 units, at a price of $0.225 ($0.23 CAD) per unit. Each unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of $0.34 ($0.35 CAD) per share for a year of three years. The agent received cash commissions in the aggregate of $371,862 ($368,941 CAD) and 2,341,247 compensation warrants in connection with these private placements. Each compensation warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at $0.225 ($0.23 CAD) per share for a year of four years. Additional issue costs amounted to $131,103 ($132,144 CAD).

 

The fair value of the warrants and compensation warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0%, interest rate of 1.08% and 1.17%, volatility of 109% and 120.55% and estimated life of 3 and 4 years. The estimated fair value assigned to the warrants and compensation warrants was $3,186,039 ($3,160,685 CAD) and $422,444 ($419,083 CAD) respectively.

 

On February 14, 2013, the Company completed a brokered private placement financing for gross proceeds aggregating to $7,189,200 ($7,200,000 CAD).  The Company issued 14,400,000 units, at a price of $0.499 ($0.50 CAD) per unit. Each unit consists of one common share and one common share purchase warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one additional common share of the Company at a price of $0.748 ($0.75 CAD) per share for a period of two years. The agents received cash commissions in the aggregate of $503,244 ($504,000 CAD) and 1,440,000 compensation warrants in connection with the private placement. Each compensation warrant entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at $0.499 ($0.50 CAD) per share for a period of three years. Additional issue costs amounted to $25,978 ($26,017 CAD).

 

The fair value of the warrants and compensation warrants was estimated using the Black-scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of 0%, interest rate of 1.16% and 1.24%, volatility of 121% and 111.35% and estimated life of 2 and 3 years. The estimated fair value assigned to the warrants and compensation warrants was $3,825,178 ($3,844,400 CAD) and $483,114 ($483,840 CAD) respectively.

 

9.                                    SPECIAL VOTING SHARE

 

On June 5, 2007, one (1) special voting share was issued in conjunction with a Support and Trust Agreement entered into amongst Opel POET Technologies Inc, OPEL Solar Inc (“OSI”) and Equity Transfer & Trust Company. The special voting share carried no votes at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 135,000 votes at December 31, 2011. The special voting share was returned to treasury and cancelled on June 21, 2013.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

10.                             WARRANTS

 

The following table reflects the continuity of warrants:

 

 

 

Average Exercise

 

Number of

 

Historical

 

 

 

Price

 

Warrants

 

Fair value

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

0.92

 

22,558,467

 

$

6,025,715

 

Exercised

 

0.41

 

(3,218,907

)

(551,401

)

Expired

 

1.88

 

(7,500,000

)

(3,660,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

0.45

 

11,839,560

 

1,813,729

 

Warrants issued

 

0.34

 

23,412,479

 

3,186,039

 

Compensation warrants issued

 

0.23

 

2,341,247

 

422,444

 

Expired

 

0.48

 

(10,544,002

)

(1,534,069

)

Exercised

 

0.34

 

(270,715

)

(37,458

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

 

0.33

 

26,778,569

 

 

3,850,685

 

Warrants issued

 

0.75

 

14,400,000

 

3,825,178

 

Compensation warrants issued

 

0.50

 

1,440,000

 

483,114

 

Exercised

 

0.17

 

(140,000

)

(23,387

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

0.48

 

42,478,569

 

$

8,135,590

 

 

As at December 31, 2013 the following warrants were outstanding:

 

 

 

Number

 

Historical

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

of Warrants

 

Fair Value ($)

 

Price ($)

 

Expiry Date

 

Warrants

 

1,295,558

 

279,660

 

0.29

 

July 21, 2014

 

Warrants

 

2,157,348

 

284,635

 

0.34

 

June 8, 2015

 

Warrants

 

2,770,044

 

365,143

 

0.34

 

June 22, 2015

 

Warrants

 

1,554,000

 

208,972

 

0.34

 

July 31, 2015

 

Warrants

 

6,272,087

 

856,893

 

0.34

 

September 7, 2015

 

Warrants

 

5,369,000

 

744,240

 

0.34

 

September 13, 2015

 

Warrants

 

5,000,000

 

687,082

 

0.35

 

September 27, 2015

 

Warrants

 

14,400,000

 

3,825,178

 

0.75

 

February 14, 2015

 

Compensation warrants

 

220,734

 

38,642

 

0.22

 

June 8, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

285,289

 

49,943

 

0.22

 

June 22, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

155,400

 

27,708

 

0.22

 

July 31, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

522,209

 

94,597

 

0.22

 

September 7, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

536,900

 

98,681

 

0.22

 

September 13, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

500,000

 

91,102

 

0.22

 

September 27, 2016

 

Compensation warrants

 

1,440,000

 

483,114

 

0.50

 

February 14, 2016

 

 

 

42,478,569

 

$

8,135,590

 

$

0.48

 

 

 

 

These warrants were issued in Canadian dollars and are exercisable at prices ranging from $0.23 CAD and $0.75 CAD.

 

11.                             STOCK OPTIONS AND CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS

 

Stock Options

 

On June 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved amendments to the Company’s fixed 20% stock option plan (as amended, referred to as the “2013 Plan”). Under the 2013 Plan, the board of directors may grant options to acquire common shares of the Company to qualified directors, officers, employees and consultants. The 2013 Plan provides that the number of common shares issuable pursuant to options granted under the 2013 Plan and pursuant to other previously granted options is limited to 26,475,000 (the “Number Reserved”). Any subsequent increase in the Number Reserved must be approved by shareholders of the Company and cannot exceed 20% of the number of issued and outstanding shares. Options granted under the 2013 Plan generally vest 25% immediately and 25% every six months from the date of issue, however, the directors may, at their discretion, specify a different vesting year.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

11.                             STOCK OPTIONS AND CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS (Continued)

 

Stock option transactions and the number of stock options outstanding were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Options

 

Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

11,102,500

 

$

0.58

 

Expired/cancelled

 

(1,886,750

)

0.95

 

Exercised

 

(3,291,000

)

0.35

 

Granted

 

3,608,000

 

0.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

9,532,750

 

0.63

 

Expired/cancelled

 

(6,875,000

)

0.68

 

Exercised

 

(185,000

)

0.28

 

Granted

 

15,130,000

 

0.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

17,602,750

 

0.35

 

Expired/cancelled

 

(572,500

)

0.53

 

Exercised

 

(607,500

)

0.25

 

Granted

 

7,310,000

 

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

23,732,750

 

$

0.38

 

 

During the year, the Company granted 7,310,000 (2012 - 15,130,000, 2011 —3,608,000) stock options to officers, employees and consultants of the Company to purchase common shares at an average price of $0.46 (2012 - $0.27, 2011 - $$0.69) per share.

 

During the year, the Company recorded stock-based compensation of $4,021,153 (2012 - $1,704,026, 2011 - $1,803,012) relating to vested stock options.

 

The stock options granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011 were valued on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.69

 

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

 

1.75

%

1.41

%

2.59

%

Weighted average dividend yield

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

Weighted average volatility

 

113

%

116

%

115

%

Weighted average estimated life

 

5 years

 

5.75 years

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share price on the various grant dates were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First grant

 

$

0.53

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.76

 

Second grant

 

0.50

 

0.23

 

1.21

 

Third grant

 

0.44

 

0.28

 

0.92

 

Fourth grant

 

0.46

 

0.43

 

0.75

 

Fifth grant

 

0.47

 

0.45

 

0.51

 

Sixth grant

 

0.42

 

 

 

Seventh grant

 

0.43

 

 

 

 

The underlying expected volatility was determined by reference to the Company’s historical share price movements, its dividend policy and dividend yield and past experience relating to the expected life of granted stock options.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

11.                                STOCK OPTIONS AND CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS (Continued)

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life and weighted average exercise price of options outstanding and of options exercisable as at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Average

 

Exercise

 

Number

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Number

 

Exercise

 

Range

 

Outstanding

 

Price

 

Life (years)

 

Exercisable

 

Price

 

$0.11 - $0.25

 

6,730,000

 

$

0.22

 

4.08

 

6,730,000

 

$

0.22

 

$0.28 - $0.31

 

736,250

 

$

0.27

 

4.46

 

611,250

 

$

0.27

 

$0.34 - $0.37

 

892,500

 

$

0.33

 

6.63

 

892,500

 

$

0.33

 

$0.38 - $0.86

 

15,174,000

 

$

0.45

 

4.41

 

10,116,500

 

$

0.45

 

$0.87 - $1.21

 

200,000

 

$

1.20

 

7.36

 

200,000

 

$

1.20

 

 

 

23,732,750

 

$

0.38

 

4.43

 

18,550,250

 

$

0.35

 

 

Contributed Surplus

 

The following table reflects the continuity of contributed surplus:

 

 

 

Amount

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

8,497,812

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,803,012

 

Fair value of stock options expired

 

(798,428

)

Fair value of expired warrants

 

3,660,585

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

13,162,981

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,704,026

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

(39,794

)

Fair value of expired warrants

 

1,534,069

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

16,361,282

 

Stock-based compensation

 

4,021,153

 

Fair value of stock options exercised

 

(121,368

)

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

20,261,067

 

 

17



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

12.                             LOSS PER SHARE

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(7,903,336

)

$

(3,882,952

)

$

(3,263,501

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

(4,685,449

)

$

(11,898,225

)

Net loss

 

$

(7,903,336

)

$

(8,568,401

)

$

(15,161,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

130,743,149

 

101,912,576

 

90,617,014

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted

 

130,743,149

 

101,912,576

 

90,617,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share, continuing operations

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.04

)

Basic and diluted loss per share, discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

(0.04

)

$

(0.13

)

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.08

)

$

(0.17

)

 

The effect of common share purchase options, warrants, compensation warrants and shares to be issued on the net loss in 2013, 2012 and 2011 is not reflected as they are anti-dilutive.

 

13.                             COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company has an operating lease for office and research facilities expiring March 31, 2015. In 2012, the Company terminated a lease agreement for office space that was used by its discontinued operation.

 

Rent expense under these leases was $118,068 for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012 - $245,739, 2011 - $311,788).

 

Remaining minimum annual rental payments to the lease expiration dates are as follows:

 

2014

 

$

128,904

 

2015

 

32,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

161,801

 

 

18



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

14.                             RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Compensation to key management personnel were as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries

 

$

867,231

 

$

452,615

 

$

992,000

 

Share-based payments (1)

 

1,481,517

 

1,116,124

 

742,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,348,748

 

$

1,568,739

 

$

1,734,252

 

 


(1) Share-based payments are the fair value of options granted to key management personnel and expensed during the year.

 

Included in prepaid and other assets is an advance of $100,000 to the CEO of the Company. The advance is non-interest bearing and short-term in nature. The amount was settled subsequent to the year end.

 

During the year, the Company paid a cumulative total of $351,708 (2012 - $193,692, 2011 - nil) in consulting fees to two executive directors of the Company.

 

The Company paid $91,316 to a director for legal services rendered to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012 - $202,252, 2011 - $98,328).

 

All transactions with related parties have occurred in the normal course of operations and are measured at the exchange amounts, which are the amounts of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

 

15.                             SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company and its subsidiary operates in a single segment; the design of semi-conductor products for military and industrial applications. In prior years, the Company had two operating segments, however, in 2012, management made a decision to discontinue one segment. The Company’s operating and reporting segment reflects the management reporting structure of the organization and the manner in which the chief operating decision maker regularly assesses information for decision making purposes, including the allocation of resources. A summary of the Company’s operating segment is below:

 

ODIS Inc. (“ODIS”)

 

ODIS develops gallium arsenide-based processes and semi-conductor microchip products having several potential major market applications: infrared sensor arrays for Homeland Security monitoring and imaging along with the unique combination of optical lasers, and electronic control circuits on the same microchip for potential applications in various military programs and potentially telecom for Fibre to The Home. ODIS’ technology also provides the opportunity for higher speed computing capabilities.

 

Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Opel Solar Inc.

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

Opel Solar Inc.

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 

$

18,371

 

$

18,371

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Operating expenses

 

 

3,422,646

 

3,422,646

 

 

1,586,327

 

1,586,327

 

Amortization

 

 

4,193

 

4,193

 

 

4,357

 

4,357

 

Other income

 

 

342,874

 

342,874

 

 

238,806

 

238,806

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

4,685,449

 

 

4,685,449

 

Segment loss

 

 

2,800,186

 

2,800,186

 

4,685,449

 

1,351,878

 

6,037,327

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operations

 

 

 

 

 

5,103,150

 

 

 

 

 

2,531,074

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,903,336

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,568,401

 

 

19



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

15.                             SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

Opel Solar Inc.

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

$

 

$

1,775,657

 

$

1,775,657

 

Amortization

 

 

4,193

 

4,193

 

Other income

 

 

755,422

 

755,422

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

11,898,225

 

 

11,898,225

 

Segment loss

 

11,898,225

 

1,024,428

 

12,922,653

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operations

 

 

 

 

 

2,239,073

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,161,726

 

 

Assets and capital expenditures at December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Opel Solar Inc. (1)

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

Opel Solar Inc.

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

592,254

 

$

990,866

 

$

1,583,120

 

$

1,368,226

 

$

672,862

 

$

2,041,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

 

$

937,860

 

$

937,860

 

$

 

$

28,352

 

$

28,352

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

Opel

 

ODIS

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

5,046,615

 

$

70,743

 

$

5,117,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

244,132

 

$

1,647

 

$

245,779

 

 


(1) Includes cash of $488,841, other current assets of $100,000 and equipment of $3,413.

(2) The Company has assets of $2,887,838 at its corporate office not included above in 2013 (2012 - $326,172, 2011 - $483,520).

(3) Included in 2013 capital expenditures is $55,000 in deposits that were paid in 2012 and allocated as capital costs in 2013.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

15.                             SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

The Company operates geographically in the United States and Canada. Geographical information is as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

As of December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

640,538

 

$

2,887,838

 

$

3,528,376

 

Property and equipment

 

903,792

 

 

903,792

 

Patents and licenses

 

38,790

 

 

38,790

 

 

 

$

1,583,120

 

$

2,887,838

 

$

4,470,958

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administration

 

$

1,235,457

 

$

5,103,150

 

$

6,338,607

 

Research and development

 

1,925,974

 

 

1,925,974

 

Investment income

 

(18,371

)

 

(18,371

)

Other income

 

(342,874

)

 

(342,874

)

 

 

$

2,800,186

 

$

5,103,150

 

$

7,903,336

 

 

 

 

2012

 

As of December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

1,971,435

 

$

326,172

 

$

2,297,607

 

Property and equipment

 

26,670

 

 

26,670

 

Patents and licenses

 

42,983

 

 

42,983

 

 

 

$

2,041,088

 

$

326,172

 

$

2,367,260

 

 

For the Year ended December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administration

 

$

561,430

 

$

2,466,330

 

$

3,027,760

 

Research and development

 

1,093,998

 

 

1,093,998

 

Other income

 

(238,806

)

 

(238,806

)

 

 

$

1,416,622

 

$

2,466,330

 

$

3,882,952

 

 

21



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

15.                             SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 

 

 

2011

 

As of December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Europe

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

2,890,651

 

$

483,520

 

$

60,779

 

$

3,434,950

 

Property and equipment

 

1,798,779

 

 

 

1,798,779

 

Patents and licenses

 

169,971

 

 

 

169,971

 

Investment in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited

 

197,178

 

 

 

197,178

 

 

 

$

5,056,579

 

$

483,520

 

$

60,779

 

$

5,600,878

 

 

 

 

2011

 

Year ended December 31,

 

US

 

Canada

 

Europe

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administration

 

$

452,793

 

$

2,185,283

 

$

 

$

2,638,076

 

Research and development

 

1,402,762

 

 

 

1,402,762

 

Investment income

 

 

(21,915

)

 

(21,915

)

Other income

 

755,422

 

 

 

755,422

 

 

16.                                FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts and other receivable, marketable securities, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and customer deposits.  Unless otherwise noted, it is management’s opinion that the Company is not exposed to significant interest or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.  The Company estimates that the fair value of these instruments approximate the carrying values due to their short term nature.

 

The Company has classified financial assets as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Fair value through profit or loss, measured at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

3,260,967

 

$

1,435,762

 

$

1,330,141

 

Loans and receivable, measured at amortized cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

96,749

 

526,229

 

Available-for-sale, measured at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities

 

397

 

426

 

415

 

Assets available for sale

 

 

606,413

 

 

 

 

$

3,261,364

 

$

2,139,350

 

$

1,856,785

 

 

Financial instruments recorded at fair value on the balance sheet are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

 

Level 1 - valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - valuation techniques based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 - valuation techniques based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

 

Cash and marketable securities were determined using level 1 inputs, assets available for sale were determined using a level 3 input. The level 3 input for the available for sale asset was based on negotiations with a third party interested in acquiring the assets.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

16.         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT (Continued)

 

Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of accounts receivable. The Company has accounts receivable from both governmental and non-governmental agencies that are currently concentrated in North America. While economic factors can affect credit risk, the Company manages risk by providing credit terms on a case by case basis. The Company has not experienced any significant instances of non-payment from its customers.

 

Exchange Rate Risk

 

The functional currency of each of the entities included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is the local currency where the entity is domiciled. Functional currencies include the US and Canadian dollar. Most transactions are conducted in functional currencies. As such, none of the entities included in the consolidated financial statements engage in hedging activities. The Company is exposed to a foreign currency risk with the Canadian dollar.  A 10% change in the value of the Canadian dollar would increase or decrease other comprehensive (loss) income by $268,996 as of December 31, 2013.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Company currently does not maintain credit facilities. The Company’s existing cash and cash resources are considered sufficient to fund operating and investing activities over the next twelve to eighteen months.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk arises from the possibility that changes in market prices will affect the value of the financial instruments of the Company. The Company is exposed to fair value fluctuations on its short-term investments and marketable securities. The Company’s other financial instruments (cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities) are not subject to market risk, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

17.         CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

In the management of capital, the Company includes shareholders’ equity (excluding accumulated other comprehensive income, deficit and non controlling interest) and cash. The capital of the Company was $74,569,079 at December 31, 2013 The Company’s objective in managing capital is to ensure that financial flexibility is present to increase shareholder value through organic growth and responding to  changes in economic and/or market conditions; to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business and to safeguard the Company’s ability to obtain financing should the need arise.

 

In maintaining its capital, the Company has a strict investment policy which includes investing its surplus capital only in highly liquid, highly rated financial instruments.

 

The Company reviews its capital management approach on an ongoing basis.  There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

18.         DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

On June 11, 2012, management committed to a plan to discontinue its solar related operations and to dispose of its solar related assets and liabilities. The decision was taken in line with the Company’s strategy to focus on the Company’s key competencies, being the development of the POET platform, which enables the monolithic fabrication of integrated circuits containing both electronic and optical elements, with potential high-speed and power-efficient applications in devices such as servers, tablet computers and smartphones. Consequently, all saleable assets and liabilities relating to the solar operations were classified as “assets available for sale” or “disposal group liabilities”.

 

On December 12, 2012, the Company sold a portion of its assets available for sale to an arm’s-length party. The sale resulted in the Company receiving $1,000,000 for those assets available for sale. No gain or loss was recorded on the sale of the assets as current accounting standards mandate that assets are evaluated for impairment prior to discontinued operations treatment. Both assets available for sale and disposal group liabilities were $606,413 as of December 31, 2012 (nil at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2011).

 

On April 5, 2013, the Company disposed of the remaining assets available for sale in consideration for the assumption of the disposal group liabilities to another arm’s-length party. There was no gain or loss on the disposition of the assets or associated liabilities.

 

Revenue and expenses, and gains and losses relating to the discontinued activity have been removed from the results of continuing operations and are shown as a single line item on the face of the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. The operating results of the discontinued operations can be analysed as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

$

617,728

 

$

5,122,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold (1)

 

 

1,117,282

 

8,916,603

 

General and administration (2)

 

 

3,380,117

 

5,551,286

 

Research and development

 

 

611,644

 

2,561,217

 

Investment income, including interest

 

 

(3,044

)

(8,374

)

 

 

 

5,105,999

 

17,020,732

 

Net operating results from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

(4,488,271

)

(11,898,225

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on divestiture of Opel Solar Asia Company Limited, net of taxes (3)

 

 

(197,178

)

 

Net loss from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

 

(4,685,449

)

(11,898,225

)

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

107,662

 

Loss from discontinued operation, attributable to equity shareholders

 

$

 

$

(4,685,449

)

$

(11,790,563

)

 


(1) Cost of goods sold includes inventory write-down of

 

$

 

$

1,143,011

 

$

3,570,406

 

(2) General and administration includes the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of long lived assets

 

 

414,570

 

1,501,692

 

Uncollectible accounts receivable

 

 

195,774

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

127,602

 

 

 

(3) The Company divested itself of its interest in Opel Solar Asia Company Limited because it was unable to identify a buyer for this investment. The Company therefore recorded a loss on divestiture of $197,178.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

19.         INCOME TAXES

 

The following table reconciles the expected income tax recovery at the Canadian statutory income tax rate of 27% for 2013 (2012 - 27%, 2011 — 28%) and United States statutory federal and state income tax rate of 43% for 2013 (2012 - 43%, 2011 — 43%) to the amounts recognized in operations.

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss, continuing operations

 

$

7,903,336

 

$

3,882,952

 

Net loss, discontinued operations

 

 

4,685,449

 

Net loss

 

7,903,336

 

8,568,401

 

Expected income tax recovery at combined statutory rates:

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

2,555,600

 

$

1,249,000

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

2,050,440

 

 

 

2,555,600

 

3,299,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes from:

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts not deductible for tax purposes

 

(1,041,000

)

(737,000

)

Other non-deductible items

 

(18,400

)

108,273

 

Deductible share issuance costs

 

99,000

 

70,000

 

Effect of tax rate reduction

 

 

(28,713

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

(1,422,513

)

(2,894,000

 

Foreign tax differential

 

(172,687

)

182,000

 

Income tax recovery recognized

 

$

 

$

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss, continuing operations

 

$

3,263,501

 

Net loss, discontinued operations

 

11,898,225

 

Net loss

 

15,161,726

 

Expected income tax recovery at combined statutory rates:

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

913,780

 

Discontinued operations

 

3,361,220

 

 

 

4,275,000

 

 

 

 

 

Changes from:

 

 

 

Amounts not deductible for tax purposes

 

(927,000

)

Other non-deductible items

 

 

Deductible share issuance costs

 

275,000

 

Effect of tax rate reduction

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(4,697,000

)

Foreign tax differential

 

1,074,000

 

Income tax recovery recognized

 

$

 

 

The following table reflects future income tax assets at December 31,:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resource assets

 

$

621,000

 

$

621,000

 

Share issue costs

 

225,504

 

184,000

 

Canadian non-capital losses

 

1,002,309

 

793,000

 

Canadian capital losses

 

391,000

 

391,000

 

US non-capital losses

 

20,006,700

 

18,835,000

 

 

 

22,246,513

 

20,824,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

(22,246,513

)

(20,824,000

)

Future income tax assets recognized

 

$

 

$

 

 

25



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

19.                             INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

For Year Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resource assets

 

$

621,000

 

Share issue costs

 

133,000

 

Canadian non-capital losses

 

615,000

 

Canadian capital losses

 

429,000

 

US non-capital losses

 

16,132,000

 

 

 

17,930,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

(17,930,000

)

Future income tax assets recognized

 

$

 

 

In addition to capital losses of $3,064,000 and resource pools of $1,111,000 which have no expiry date, the Company had United States and Canadian tax loss carryforwards of $48,797,000 and $3,931,000 respectively, which will expire between 2014 and 2030 if not used.

 

20.                             SHARES TO BE ISSUED

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Historical

 

 

 

to be Issued

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

1,358,000

 

$

276,833

 

Exchangeable Shares exchanged into common shares

 

(1,223,000

)

(249,312

)

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

135,000

 

27,521

 

Exchangeable Shares exchanged into common shares

 

(135,000

)

(27,521

)

Balance, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013

 

 

$

 

 

 

21.                                PRODUCT WARRANTY

 

The provision for warranties relates to solar products sold by the Company’s discontinued operations between 2007 and 2012. The provision is based on estimates made from historical warranty data associated with similar products and services. The Company does not expect to incur any material product warranty charges in the next year.

 

Product warrant provisions are considered current. The carrying amounts may be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

$

25,899

 

$

25,899

 

$

25,899

 

Additional provisions

 

74,101

 

 

 

Amount utilized

 

 

 

 

Reversals

 

(100,000

)

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

 

$

25,899

 

$

25,899

 

 

26



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

22.                             EXPENSES

 

Research and development costs can be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wages and benefits

 

$

692,105

 

$

572,399

 

$

528,568

 

Subcontract fees

 

558,073

 

326,458

 

550,924

 

Stock-based compensation

 

565,246

 

64,744

 

75,707

 

Supplies

 

110,550

 

130,397

 

247,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,925,974

 

$

1,093,998

 

$

1,402,762

 

 

General and administrative costs can be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

$

3,455,907

 

$

1,639,282

 

$

1,727,305

 

Wages and benefits

 

831,950

 

420,572

 

271,360

 

Professional fees

 

695,082

 

175,332

 

151,425

 

Management and consulting fees

 

581,203

 

287,192

 

116,691

 

General expenses

 

558,560

 

222,466

 

248,553

 

Rent

 

150,974

 

275,558

 

118,384

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

64,931

 

7,358

 

4,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,338,607

 

$

3,027,760

 

$

2,638,076

 

 

23.                             INVENTORIES

 

In 2011, inventories consisted of raw materials ($1,090,854), work in process ($165,216) and finished goods ($169,933) totaling $1,426,003.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company had an inventory write off due to obsolescence of $4,125,134 which is included in discontinued operations.

 

24.                             DEFERRED ENERGY CREDIT

 

The Connecticut Clean Energy Fund, (“CCEF”) provided $526,518 in funding cash credits to the Company for its solar energy installation on Linden School, in Plainville, CT. This funding credit was provided to the Company as an incentive for creating a clean energy alternative, and based on the size and performance of the system after it was installed and operational for a period of nine months. In 2009, the Company was awarded $179,070 on the same project as a part of the United States Department of the Treasury’s (“USDOT”) grant of cash in lieu of tax credits, on qualified alternative energy projects. This cash payment was a part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

 

During 2012, the Company discontinued its solar operations. The balance in deferred energy credit relating to the USDOT of $179,070 was fully amortized and the balance relating to CCEF of $526,518 was reclassified to disposal group liabilities.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

24.                             DEFERRED ENERGY CREDIT (continued)

 

Changes to deferred energy credit were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Amortization

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

705,588

 

$

(55,946

)

$

649,642

 

Amortization for the year

 

 

(35,279

)

(35,279

)

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

705,588

 

(91,225

)

614,363

 

Amortization/impairment for the year

 

 

(169,102

)

(169,102

)

Reclassified to disposal group liabilities (1)

 

(705,588

)

260,327

 

(445,261

)

Balance, December 31, 2012 and 2013 (See note 18)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 


(1) Due to the Company’s obligation to repay the entire amount of the CCEF credit if the asset is not being used for its intended purpose, the Company determined that the fair value of the liability was $526,518. The amount of $445,261 reclassified to disposal group liabilities was therefore increased by $81,257 to $526,518 to reflect the fair value. The Company is in the process of selling the asset. Upon the sale of the asset, the energy credit will be assigned to the purchaser of the asset.

 

25.                             ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION

 

The Company has a solar installation currently used in operations. In 2030, the Company is obligated to remove the installation and restore the underlying real estate to its original state. The asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) is accreted using the credit-adjusted risk free rate when the liability was initially measured. There are no assets legally restricted for settling the aforementioned asset retirement obligation.

 

During the year, the Company discontinued its solar operations. The balance of the asset retirement obligation at the date of discontinuance was reclassified to disposal group liabilities (see Note 23).

 

The Company sold the solar installation in 2013 at which time the ARO and the responsibility to restore the underlying real estate to its original state was assigned to the purchaser of the solar installation.

 

Changes in the asset retirement obligation are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Accretion

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2011

 

$

60,410

 

$

8,652

 

$

69,062

 

Amortization for the year

 

 

5,215

 

5,215

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

60,410

 

13,867

 

74,277

 

Amortization for the year

 

 

5,618

 

5,618

 

Reclassified to disposal group liabilities

 

(60,410

)

(19,485

)

(79,895

)

Balance, December 31, 2012 and 2013 (See note 18)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

26.                             SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Financing

 

On February 13, 2014, the Company completed a CAD $5,000,000 ($4,546,000) private placement financing. The financing consisted of 7,692,307 Units at a price of CAD $0.65 per unit. Each unit comprises one common share and one common share purchase warrant. One full warrant allows the holder to acquire one common share of the Company at an exercise price of CAD $1.00 per share for a period of 2 years.  No commission was payable with respect to this financing.

 

Subsequent to the year end, the Company received $2,565,081 from the exercise of 7,761,863 warrants.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in US Dollars)

 

26.                                SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (continued)

 

License Agreement Restructure

 

Subsequent to the year end, the Company entered into a term sheet with the University of Connecticut (“the University”) to restructure its license agreement of April 8, 2003 (the “License Agreement”).  The parties agreed to restructure the payment provisions of the License Agreement by reducing the royalty payment to three percent (3%) of amounts received from unaffiliated third parties in respect of the exploitation of the Intellectual Property defined in the License Agreement.

 

In consideration for the favorable restructuring of the royalty terms, the Company will provide the University 2,000,000 common shares, subject to approval by the TSX Venture Exchange; trading of these shares is restricted until May 31, 2016. The restructuring is subject to the final execution of the formal amendment to the License Agreement.

 

29


 

Exhibit 1 .1 EXHIBIT “A1” For Ministry Use Only A l’usage exclusif du ministere Ministèrs des Ontario Corporation Number Government Services Services gouvemementaux Numéro de la société en Ontario 641402 Ontario CERTIFICATE CERTIFICAT This is to certify that these articles Ceci certifie que las presents statuts are effective on entrent en vigueur le NOVEMBER 30 NOVEMBRE, 2010 [ILLEGIBLE] Director /director Bussiness Corporations Act / Lot sur les aociétés par actions ARTICLES OF CONTINUANCE STATUTS DE MAINTIEN 1. The name of the corporation is: (Set out in BLOCK CAPITAL LETTERS) Dènomination sociale de la société : (Ècrire en LETTRES MAJUSCULES SEULEMENT) O P E L I N T E R N A T I O N A L I N C 2. The corporation is to be continued under the name (if different from 1); Nouvelle dénomination sociale da la sotiété (si elte différente de celle inscrite ci-dessus): O P E L S O L A R I N T E R N A T I O N A L I N C , 3. Name of jurisdiction the corporation is leaving: / Nom du territoire (province ou tarritoire. État ou pays) que quitte la soclété: New Brunswick Name of Jurisdiction / Nom du torritoire 4. Data of incorporation/amalgamation: / Date de la constitution ou de la fusion: November 14, 1985 Year, Month. Année / annoo. mois, jour 5. The address of the registered office is: / Adresse du siège social en: Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West Street & Namoer or R.R. Number & if Multi-Office Building give Room No. Rue or numeru ou numèro de fa R.R. et. s’il s’agit d’un odifice a bureaux, numero du bureau ONTARIO M 5 H 2 K 1 Toronto Name of Municipality or Post Qffice / Nom de la municipalité ou du bureau de poste Postal Code/Code postal Form 6 Business Corporations Act Formule 6 Lot sur les sociétés par actions 07171E (06/2007)

 


2 6. Number at directors is/are: Fixed number OR minimum and maximum 1 15 Nombre d’administrateurs: Nombre fixe OU minimum m maximum 7. The director(s) is/are: / Administrateur(s) First name, middle names and surname Prénom, autres prénoms at nom de famille Address for service, giving Street & No. or R.R. No., Municipality. Province, Country and Postal Code Domicile élu, y compris la rue et le numéro ou le numéro de la R.R., le nom de la municipalitié, la province, le pays et le code postal Resident Canadian State ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ Rèsident Canadien Oui/Non David Slomka 35 Ha’Shechafim Street, Raanana, Israel 43724 No Denis Colbourne 83 Langford Crescent, Kanata, ON K2K 2N6 Yes Lawrence R. Kunkel 83 North Pearson Drive, Warwick, RI, USA 02888 No Leon M, Pierhal 18 Linden Court, North Kingstown, RI. USA 02852 No Samuel Peralta 31750 The Queensway, Suite 518, Toronto, ON M9C 5H5 Yes 8. Restrictions, if any, on business the corporation may carry on or on powers the corporation may exercise. Limites. s’il y a lieu, impasées aux activitiés commerciales ou aux pourvoirs de la société. None 07171E (06/2007)

 


3 9. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue: Catégories et nombre maximal, s’il y a lieu, d’actions que la société est autorisée â émettre: The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares and one Special Voting Share: 07171E (06/2007)

 


4 10. Rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions (if any) attaching to each class of shares and directors authority with respect to any crass of shares which may be issued in seriës; Droits, privilêges, restrictions et conditions, s’il y a lieu, rattachés á chaque catégorie d’actions et pouvoirs des administrateurs relalifs á chaque catégorie d’actions qui peut ètre émise en série: See attached Schedule “A” on page 4A-4B, 07171E (06/2007)

 


4A Schedule “A” OPEL INTERNATIONAL INC. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) THIS IS SCHEDULE “A” TO THE FOREGOING FORM 6 UNDER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (ONTARIO) The common shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions: (a) Voting. Each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (I) vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except meetings at which only holders of another specified class of shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the provisions hereof or pursuant to the provisions of the Act). (b) Dividends. The holders of the common shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared by the board of directors, in equal amounts per common share, dividends payable in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of the capital of the Corporation. (c) Liquidation, etc. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the common shares shall be entitled to receive, in equal amounts per common share, the remaining property of the Corporation, The Special Voting Share shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions: (d) Dividends. The holder of the Special Voting Share shall not be entitled to any dividends or other distributions in respect of such share. (c) Liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holder of the Special Voting Share shall not be entitled to receive any assets, property or other amounts from the Corporation or otherwise. (f) Voting rights. The holder of the Special Voting Share shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vole at any annual and special meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation and shall be entitled to that number of votes as is equal to the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be acquired upon exercise of the holder exchange rights attached to all outstanding shares of Exchangeable Common Stock of OPEL Inc. (the “Exchangeable Shares”) as of the close of business on the record date for such meeting. (g) The holder of the Special Voting Share and the holders of the common shares of the Corporation shall vote together as a single class on all matters, except to the extent that voting as a separate class is required by applicable law.

 


4B (h) Redemption by Corporation. The Special Voting Share shall be automatically redeemed by the Corporation, without the requirement to provide any prior notice to the holder of the Special Voting Share, immediately once no Exchangeable Shares, or rights or options to acquire Exchangeable Shares, remain outstanding (a “Redemption Event”). (i) Following the occurrence of a Redemption Event, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of the Special Voting Share an amount equal to the stated capital attributable to the Special Voting Share as a class as shown on the books of the Corporation at the time of the Redemption Event, such amount being herein referred to as the “Redemption Price”. (j) In the case of the redemption of the Special Voting Share, the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable following the Redemption Event, mail or otherwise provide to the holder of the Special Voting Share a notice in writing of the redemption of such Special Voting Share, Such notice shall be provided to such holder in such manner as may be determined by the Corporation; provided, however, that accidental failure to give any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Such notice shall set out the Redemption Price and the date (the “Redemption Date”) on which the redemption is effective (being the date of occurrence of the Redemption Event). On or after the Redemption Date, the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid to or to the order of the holder of the Special Voting Share so redeemed the Redemption Price on presentation and surrender to the Corporation of the certificate representing the Special Voting Share. Such payment shall be made by cheque payable at par at any branch of the Corporation’s bankers in Canada. From and after the Redemption Date, the holder of the Special Voting Share so redeemed shall cease to be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder of the Special Voting Share other than to claim payment of the Redemption Price. The Corporation shall have the right at any time after a Redemption Event to deposit the Redemption Price of the Special Voting Share to a special account in any chartered bank or in any trust company in Canada named in such notice, to be paid without interest to or to the order of the holder of such Special Voting Share upon presentation and surrender to such bank or trust company of the certificate representing the same, and the rights of the holder thereof shall be limited to receiving, without interest, the Redemption Price so deposited against presentation and surrender of the said certificate and any interest allowed on such deposit shall belong to the Corporation.

 

 


5 11. The issue, transfer or ownership of shares is/is not restricted and the restrictions (if any) are as follows: L’émission, le transfert ou la proprétè d’actions est/n’est pas restricint. Les restrictions, s’il y a lieu, sont les suivantes : None 07171E (06/2007)

 


6 12. Other provisions, (if any): Autres dispositions s’il y a lieu: None 07171 (05/2007)

 


7 13. The corporation has complied with subsection 180(3) of the Business Corporations Act. La société s’est conformée au paragraphe 180(3) de la Loi sur les sociétès par actions. 14. The continuation of the corporation under the laws of the Province of Ontario has been properly authorized under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the corporation was incorporated/amalgamated or previously continued on Le maintien de la sociétè en vertu des lois de la province de l’Ontario a étè dument autorisé en vertu des lois de l’autorité législative sous le régime de laquelle la sociétè a été constituée ou fusionnée ou antérieurement maintenue le 2010-06-18 Year, Month, Day année, mors, jour 15. The corporation is to be continued under the Business Corporations Act to the same extent as if it had been incorporated thereunder. Le maintien de la sociéié en vertu de la Loi sur les sociétès par actions a le meme effet que si la sociêt avait èté constituée en vertu de cette loi. These articles are signed in duplicate. Les présents statuts sont signès en double exemplaire. OPEL INTERNATIONAL INC. Name of Corporation / Dénomination sociate de la societe By/Par [ILLEGIBLE] Signature / Signature Michel Lafrance Print name of signatory / Nom du signataire on lettres mouiées Secretary Description of Office / Fonction These articles must be signed by a director or officer of the corporation (e.g. president, secretary) Ces statuts doivent étre signés par un administrateur ou un dirigeant de la sociétè (p ex.: président, secrètaire). 07171E (06/2007)

 


For Ministry Use Only Ontario Corporation Number À I’usage exclusif du ministère Numéro de la société en Ontario Ministry of Ministère des Government Services Services gouverneinentaux 641402 Ontario CERTIFICATE CERTIFICAT This is to certify that these articles Ceci certifie que las présents statuts are effective on entrent en vigueur le AUGUST 25 AOÛT, 2011 [ILLEGIBLE] Director / Directrice Business Corporations Act / Loi sur les sociétés par actions ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT STATUTS DE MODIFICATION 1. The name of the corporation is: (Set out in BLOCK CAPITAL LETTERS) Dénomination sociale actuelle de la société (écrire en LETTRES MAJUSCULES SEULEMENT): O P E L S O L A R I N T E R N A T I O N A L I N C. 2. The name of the corporation is changed to (If applicable ): (Set out in BLOCK CAPITAL LETTERS) Nouvelle dénomination sociale de la société (s’il y a lieu) (écrire en LETTRES MAJUSCULES SEULEMENT): O P E L T E C H N O L O G I E S I N C . 3. Date of incorporation/amalgamation: Date de la constitution ou de la fusion: 1985/11/14 (Year, Month, Day) (année, mois, jour) 4. Complete only if there is a change in the number of directors or the minimum / maximum number of directors. II faut remplir cette partie seulement si le nombre d’administrateurs ou si le nombre minimal ou maximal d’administrateurs a changé. Number of directors is/are: minimum and maximum number of directors is/are: Nombre d’administrateurs: nombres minimum et maximum d’administrateurs: Number minimum and maximum Nombre minimum et maximum or 1 15 ou 5. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows: Les statuts de la société sont modifiés de ia façon suivante : The corporation changes its name to: OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. Form 3 Business Corporations Act Formule 3 Loi sur les sociétés par actions 07119 (2011/05) © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, 2011 / © Imprimeur de la Reine pour l’Ontario, 2011 Page 1 of/de 2

 


6. The amendment has been duly authorized as required by sections 168 and 170 (as applicable) of the Business Corporations Act. La modification a été dument autorisée conformément aux articles 168 et 170 (selon le cas) de la Loi sur les sociétés par actions. 7. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the shareholders/directors (as applicable) of the corporation on Les actionnaires ou les administrateurs (selon le cas) de la société ont approuvé la résolution autorisant la modification le 2011/06/21 (Year, Month, Day) (année, mois, jour) These articles are signed in duplicate. Les présents statuts sont signés en double exemplaire. OPEL SOLAR INTERNATIONAL INC. (Print name of corporation from Article 1 on page 1) (Veuillez écrir le nom de la société de l’article un à la page une). By/ Par [ILLEGIBLE] MICHEL J. LAFRANCE, SECRETARY (Signature) (Description of Office) (Signature) (Fonction) Page 2 of/de 2 07119 (2011/05)

 


For Ministry Use Only Ontario Corporation Number À I’usage exclusif du ministère Numéro de la société en Ontario Ministry of Ministère des Government Services Services gouvemementaux 641402 Ontario CERTIFICATE CERTIFICAT This is to certify that these articles Ceci certifie que les présents statuts are effective on entrent en vigueur le JULY 23 JUILLET, 2013 [ILLEGIBLE] Director /Directrice Business Corporations Act / Loi sur les sociétès per actions ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT STATUTS DE MODIFICATION 1. The name of the corporation is: (Set out in BLOCK CAPITAL LETTERS) Dénomination sociale actuelle de la société (écrire en LETTRES MAJUSCULES SEULEMENT): O P E L T E C H N O L O G I E S I N C . 2. The name of the corporation is changed to (if applicable ): (Set out in BLOCK CAPITAL LETTERS) Nouvelle dénomination sociale de la société (s’il y a lieu) écrire en LETTRES MAJUSCULES SEULEMENT): P O E T T E C H N O L O G I E S I N C . 3. Date of incorporation/amalgamation: Date de la constitution ou de la fusion : 1985/11/14 (Year, Month, Day) (année, mois, jour) 4. Complete only if there is a change in the number of directors or the minimum / maximum number of directors. II faut remplir cette partie seulement si le nombre d’administrateurs ou si le nombre minimal ou maximal d’administrateurs a changé. Number of directors is/are: minimum and maximum number of directors is/are: Nombre d’administrateurs : nombres minimum et maximum d’administrateurs : Number minimum and maximum Nombre minimum et maximum or 3 15 ou 5. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows: Les statuts de la société sont modifiés de la façon suivante : The corporation changes its name to: POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. Form 3 Business Corporations Act Formule 3 Loi sur les sociétés par actions 07119 (2011/05) © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, 2011 / © Imprimeur de la Reine pour I’Ontario, 2011 Page 1 of/de 2

 


6. The amendment has been duly authorized as required by sections 168 and 170 (as applicable) of the Business Corporations Act. La modification a été dûment autorisée conformément aux articles 168 et 170 (selon le cas) de la Loi sur les sociétés par actions. 7. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the shareholders/directors (as applicable) of the corporation on Les actionnaires ou les administrateurs (selon le cas) de la société ont approuvé la résolution autorisant la modification le 2013/06/21 (Year, Month, Day) (année, mois, jour) These articles are signed in duplicate. Les présents statuts sent signés en double exemplaire. OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC. (Print name of corporation from Article 1 on page 1) (Veuillez écrir le nom de la société de l’article un à la page une). By/ Par: [ILLEGIBLE] MICHEL J. LAFRANCE, SECRETARY (Signature) (Description of Office) (Signature) (Fonction) 07119 (2011/05) Page 2 of/de 2

 

 

Exhibit 1.2

 

BY-LAW NO. 1

OF

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. (THE ‘‘CORPORATION”)

 

1.           REGISTERED OFFICE

 

1.1                 The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the place within Ontario specified in the articles of the Corporation and at such location therein as the directors may from time to time determine.

 

2.           CORPORATE SEAL

 

2.1                 The Corporation may, but need not, have a corporate seal. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be such as the directors may by resolution from time to time adopt. An instrument or agreement executed on behalf of the Corporation by a director, an officer or an agent of the Corporation is not invalid merely because the corporate seal, if any, is not affixed thereto.

 

3.           DIRECTORS

 

3.1                 Number and Quorum. The number of directors shall be not fewer than the minimum and not more than the maximum provided in the articles. The number of directors shall be determined by the directors when they are empowered by special resolution to make such determination and otherwise the number of directors shall be determined by special resolution. Two-fifths of the number of directors so determined or such greater number as may be fixed by the directors or shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of directors.

 

3.2                 Qualification. No person shall be qualified to be a director if he is less than eighteen years of age; if he is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere; or if he has the status of a bankrupt. At least 25 per cent of the directors shall be resident Canadians.

 

3.3                 Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation and each director shall hold office until the close of the first   annual meeting following his election provided that if an election of directors is not held at an annual meeting of shareholders, the directors then in office shall continue in office until their successors are elected. Retiring directors are eligible for re-election.

 

3.4                 Nomination of Directors. Subject only to the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) (the “Act”) and the articles of the Corporation, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting of shareholders if one of the purposes for which the special meeting was called was the election of directors, (a) by or at the direction of the board or an authorized officer of the Corporation, including pursuant to a notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a proposal made in accordance with the provisions of the Act or a requisition of the shareholders made in accordance with the provisions of the Act or (c) by any person (a “Nominating Shareholder”) (i) who, at the close of business on the date of the giving of the notice provided for below in this section 3.3A and on the record date for notice of such meeting, is entered in the securities register as a holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be voted at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth below in this section 3.3:

 

(a)          In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a Nominating Shareholder, the Nominating Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the corporate secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in accordance with this section 3.4.

 

(b)          To be timely, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the corporate secretary of the Corporation must be made (i) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not less than 30 nor more than 65 days prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting of shareholders is called for a date that is less than 50 days after the date (the “Notice Date”) on which the first public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made, notice by the Nominating Shareholder may be made not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the Notice Date; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of shareholders (which is not also an annual meeting of shareholders) of shareholders called for the purpose of electing

 

1



 

directors (whether or not called for other purposes), not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the day on which the first public announcement of the date of the special meeting of shareholders was made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this paragraph (b). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a Nominating Shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)           To be in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder’s notice to the corporate secretary of the Corporation must set forth (i) as to each person whom the Nominating Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residential address of the person, (B) the principal occupation(s) or employment(s) of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares in the capital of the Corporation which are controlled or which are owned beneficially or of record by the person as of the record date for the meeting of shareholders (if such date shall then have been made publicly available and shall have occurred) and as of the date of such notice, and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Act and Applicable Securities Laws; and (ii) as to the Nominating Shareholder giving the notice, any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Nominating Shareholder has a right to vote any shares of the Corporation and any other information relating to such Nominating Shareholder that would be required to be made in a dissident’s proxy circular in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the Act and Applicable Securities Laws. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

(d)          No person shall be eligible for election as a director unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this section 3.4; provided, however, that nothing in this section 3.4 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by a shareholder (as distinct from the nomination of directors) at a meeting of shareholders of any matter in respect of which it would have been entitled to submit a proposal pursuant to the provisions of the Act. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the foregoing provisions and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with such foregoing provisions, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(e)           For purposes of this section 3.4, (i) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service in Canada, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation under its profile on the System of Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval at www.sedar.com; and (ii) “Applicable Securities Laws” means the applicable securities legislation of each relevant province and territory of Canada, as amended from time to time, the rules, regulations and forms made or promulgated under any such statute and the published national instruments, multilateral instruments, policies, bulletins and notices of the securities commission and similar regulatory authority of each province and territory of Canada.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any other provision of By-law No. 1, notice given to the corporate secretary of the Corporation pursuant to this section 3.4 may only be given by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or by email (at such email address as stipulated from time to time by the secretary of the Corporation for purposes of this notice), and shall be deemed to have been given and made only at the time it is served by personal delivery, email (at the address as aforesaid) or sent by facsimile transmission (provided that receipt of confirmation of such transmission has been received) to the corporate secretary at the address of the principal executive offices of the Corporation; provided that if such delivery or electronic communication is made on a day which is a not a business day or later than 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on a day which is a business day, then such delivery or electronic communication shall be deemed to have been made on the subsequent day that is a business day.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this section 3.4.

 

2



 

3.5                 Vacation of Office. A director ceases to hold office if he dies, is removed from office by the shareholders, ceases to be qualified for election as a director or, subject to the Act, resigns by a written resignation received by the Corporation.  A written resignation of a director becomes effective at the time it is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later.

 

3.6                 Removal of Directors. The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at an annual or special meeting of shareholders remove any director or directors from office provided that where the holders of any class or series of shares have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders of that class or series. A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the meeting of the shareholders at which the director is removed.

 

3.7                 Vacancies. Subject to the Act, a quorum of directors may fill a vacancy among the directors. A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

3.8                 Action by Directors. The directors shall manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The powers of the directors may be exercised at a meeting (subject to section 3.8) at which a quorum is present or by resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the directors. Where there is a vacancy in the board of directors, the remaining directors, may exercise all the powers of the board so long as a quorum remains in office.

 

3.9                 Meeting by Telephone. If all the directors of the Corporation present at or participating in the meeting consent, a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at that meeting.

 

3.10          Place of Meetings. Meetings of directors may be held at any place within or outside of Ontario. A majority of the meetings of directors need not be held within Canada in any financial year of the Corporation.

 

3.11          Calling of Meetings. Meetings of the directors shall be held at such time and place as the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors may determine.

 

3.12          Notice of Meeting. Notice of the time and place of each meeting of directors shall be given to each director by telephone or by written notice not less than 48 hours before the time of the meeting and need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting. Meetings of the directors may be held at any time without notice if all the directors have waived or are deemed to have waived notice.

 

3.13          First Meeting of New Board. No notice shall be necessary for the first meeting of newly-elected directors held immediately following their election at a meeting of shareholders.

 

3.14          Adjourned Meeting. Notice of an adjourned meeting of directors is not required if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting.

 

3.15          Regular Meetings. The directors may appoint a day or days in any month or months for regular meetings and shall designate the place and time at which such meetings are to be held. A copy of any resolution of directors fixing the place and time of regular meetings of the board shall be sent to each director forthwith after being passed and no other notice shall be required for any such regular meeting.

 

3.16          Chairman. The Chairman of the Board, or in his absence the President if a director, or in his absence a director chosen by the directors at the meeting shall be the chairman of any meeting of directors.

 

3.17          Voting at Meetings. Questions arising at any meeting of directors shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting, in addition to his original vote, shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

3.18          Conflict of Interest. A director or officer who is a party to, or who is a director or officer of or has a material interest in, any person who is a party to a material contract or transaction or   proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation shall disclose the nature and extent of his interest at the time and in the manner provided by the Act.

 

3.19          Remuneration and Expenses. The directors shall be paid such remuneration as the directors may from time to time by resolution determine. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in going to, attending and returning from meetings of directors or committees of directors. If any director or officer of the Corporation shall be employed by or shall perform services for the Corporation otherwise than as a director or officer or shall be a member of a firm or a shareholder, director or officer of a body corporate which is employed by or performs services for the

 

3



 

Corporation, the fact of his being a director or officer of the Corporation shall not disentitle such director or officer or such firm or body corporate, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.

 

4.           COMMITTEES

 

4.1                 Committees of Directors. The directors may appoint from among their number one or more committees of directors and delegate to them any of the powers of the directors except those which, under the Act, a committee of directors has no authority to exercise.

 

4.2                 Audit Committee. The directors shall appoint from among their number an audit committee composed of not fewer than three directors, a majority of whom are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation. The audit committee shall review the financial statements of the Corporation and shall report thereon to the directors of the Corporation before such financial statements are approved by the directors. The auditor of the Corporation is entitled to receive notice of every meeting of the audit committee and, at the expense of the Corporation, to attend and be heard thereat; and, if so requested by a member of the audit committee, shall attend every meeting of the committee held during the term of office of the auditor. The auditor of the Corporation or any member of the audit committee may call a meeting of the committee.

 

4.3                 Transaction of Business. Subject to section 3.8, the powers of a committee appointed by the directors may be exercised at a meeting at which a quorum is present or by resolution in writing signed by all members of the committee entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the committee. Meetings of a committee may be held at any place in or outside Canada.

 

4.4                 Procedure. Unless otherwise determined by the directors each committee shall have power to fix its quorum and to regulate its procedure.

 

5.           OFFICERS

 

5.1                 General. The directors may from time to time appoint a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as the directors may determine, including one or more assistants to any of the officers so appointed. The officers so appointed may but need not be members of the board of directors except as provided in sections 5.3 and 5.4.

 

5.2                 Term of Office. Any officer may be removed by the directors at any time but such removal shall not affect the rights of such officer under any contract of employment with the Corporation.  Otherwise, each officer shall hold office until his successor is appointed.

 

5.3                 The Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be appointed from among the directors and shall, when present, be chairman of meetings of shareholders and directors and shall have such other powers and duties as the directors may determine.

 

5.4                 The President. Unless the directors otherwise determine, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general supervision of its business and affairs and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board shall be chairman at meetings of shareholders and directors when present.

 

5.5                 Vice-President. A Vice-President shall have such powers and duties as the directors or the President may determine.

 

5.6                 Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given to shareholders, directors, auditors and members of committees; shall attend and be secretary of all meetings of shareholders, directors and committees appointed by the directors and shall enter or cause to be entered on books kept for that purpose minutes of all proceedings at such meetings; shall be the custodian of the corporate seal of the Corporation and of all records, books, documents and other instruments belonging to the Corporation; and shall have such other powers and duties as the directors or the President may determine.

 

5.7                 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep proper books of account and accounting records with respect to all financial and other transactions of the Corporation; shall be responsible for the deposit of money, the safe-keeping of securities and the disbursement of the funds of the Corporation; shall render to the directors when required an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial position of the Corporation; and he shall have such other powers and duties as the directors or the President may determine.

 

4



 

5.8                 Other Officers. The powers and duties of all other officers shall be such as the directors or the President may determine. Any of the powers and duties of an officer to whom an assistant has been   appointed may be exercised and performed by such assistant, unless the directors or the President otherwise direct.

 

5.9                 Variation of Duties. The directors may, from time to time, vary, add to or limit the powers and duties of any officer.

 

5.10          Conflict of Interest. An officer shall disclose his interest in any material contract or proposed material contract in accordance with section 3.18.

 

5.11          Agents and Attorneys. The directors shall have power from time to time to appoint agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or out of Canada with such powers (including the power to sub-delegate) of management, administration or otherwise as the directors may specify.

 

6.           PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

 

6.1                 Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, and the heirs and legal representatives of such a person to the fullest extent permitted by the Act.

 

6.2                 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person referred to in section 6.1 to the extent permitted by the Act.

 

7.           MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1                 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place, in or outside Ontario, at such time in each year as the directors may determine, for the purpose of receiving the reports and statements required to be placed before the shareholders at an annual meeting, electing directors, appointing an auditor or auditors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

7.2                 Other Meetings. The directors shall have power at any time to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held at such time and at such place, in or outside Ontario, as may be determined by the board of directors.

 

7.3                 Electronic Meetings. A meeting of shareholders may be held by telephonic or electronic means and a shareholder who, through those means, votes at a meeting or establishes a communications link to a meeting shall be deemed to be present at that meeting.

 

7.4                 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time and place of a meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than twenty-one days or more than fifty days before the meeting to each holder of shares carrying voting rights at the close of business on the record date for notice, to each director and to the auditor of the Corporation. Notice of a meeting of shareholders at which special business is to be transacted shall state or be accompanied by a statement of the nature of that business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon and shall include the text of any special resolution or by-law to be submitted to the meeting. All business transacted at a special meeting of shareholders and all business transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, except consideration of the minutes of an earlier meeting, the financial statements and auditor’s report, election of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor, shall be deemed to be special business.

 

7.4.1                Notice and Access.  Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection 7.4 above, or elsewhere in this by-law and, subject to the Act, the Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, to utilize the notice and access method of delivering shareholder meeting materials, soliciting proxies and receiving voting instructions from registered and beneficial shareholders adopted by the Canadian Securities Administrators in the amendments to the rules for communication between reporting issuers and their shareholders, effective for meetings held on or after March 1, 2013 as amplified by Ontario Securities Commission Staff Notice 54-702 dated February 28, 2013, as such rules may be modified from time to time.

 

7.5                 Record Date for Notice. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for such determination of shareholders, but the record date shall not precede by more than fifty days or by less than twenty-one days the date on which the meeting is to be held. Where no record date is fixed, the

 

5



 

record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or, if no notice is given, shall be the day on which the meeting is held. If a record date is fixed, notice thereof shall, subject to the Act, be given, in accordance with the requirements under applicable securities legislation and the requirements of the Canadian Securities Administrators.

 

7.6                 Persons Entitled to be Present. The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders shall be those entitled to vote thereat, the directors, the auditor and other persons who are entitled or required under any provision of the Act or the articles or by-laws of the Corporation to attend a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

 

7.7                 Chairman. The Chairman of the Board, or in his absence the President, or in his absence a person chosen by a vote at the meeting shall be chairman of meetings of shareholders.

 

7.8                 Scrutineers. At each meeting of shareholders one or more scrutineers, who need not be shareholders, may be appointed by a resolution or by the chairman with the consent of the meeting.

 

7.9                 Quorum. Two persons present in person or by proxy and each being entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders.

 

7.10          Right to Vote. The Corporation shall prepare a list of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting arranged in alphabetical order and showing the number of shares held by each shareholder, which list shall be prepared,

 

7.10.1              if a record date is fixed as hereinbefore provided, not later than ten days after that date;

 

7.10.2              if no record date is fixed, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on hich the notice is given, or where no notice is given, on the day on which the meeting is held.  A person named in the said list is entitled to vote the shares shown opposite his name at the meeting to which the list relates.

 

7.11          Joint Shareholders. Where two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those holders present at a meeting of shareholders may in the absence of the others vote the shares, but if two or more of those persons are present, in person or by proxy, they shall vote as one on the shares jointly held by them.

 

7.12          Representatives. Where a body corporate or association is a shareholder of the Corporation, the Corporation shall recognize any individual authorized by a resolution of the directors or governing body of the body corporate or association to represent it at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation. An individual so authorized may exercise on behalf of the body corporate or association he represents all the powers it could exercise if it were an individual shareholder.

 

7.13          Executors and Others. An executor, administrator, committee of a mentally incompetent person, guardian or trustee and, where a corporation is such executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee of a testator, intestate, mentally incompetent person, ward or cestui que trust, any duly appointed representative of such corporation, upon filing with the secretary of the meeting sufficient proof of his appointment, shall represent the shares in his or its hands at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation and may vote accordingly as a shareholder in the same manner and to the same extent as the shareholder of record. If there be more than one executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee, the provisions of this by-law respecting joint shareholders shall apply.

 

7.14          Proxyholders. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, who need not be shareholders, as his nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the authority conferred by the proxy. A proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder who appointed him to speak at a meeting of shareholders in respect of any matter, to vote by way of ballot at the meeting and, except where a proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder, to vote at such meeting in respect of any matter by way of any show of hands. A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized and ceases to be valid one year from its date. A proxy shall be in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by the directors or in such other form as the chairman of the meeting may accept and as complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

6



 

7.15          Time for Deposit of Proxies. The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding any meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which time proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the Corporation or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed shall be specified in the notice calling the meeting.

 

7.16          Votes to Govern. Subject to the Act and the articles of the Corporation, at all meetings of shareholders every question shall be decided, either on a show of hands or by ballot, by a majority of the votes cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

7.17          Show of Hands. Voting at a meeting of shareholders shall be by show of hands except where a ballot is demanded by a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting or where required by the chairman. A ballot may be demanded either before or after any vote by show of hands. Upon a show of hands every person who is present and entitled to vote shall have one vote. Whenever a vote by show of hands shall have been taken upon a question, unless a ballot thereon be required or demanded, an entry in the minutes of a meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chairman declared a motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as prima facie proof of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the motion. A demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time prior to taking of a poll on the ballot.

 

7.18          Ballots. If a ballot is demanded or required, the vote upon the question shall be taken in such manner as the chairman of the meeting shall direct and each person present and entitled to vote at the meeting shall, unless the articles of the Corporation otherwise provide, be entitled to one vote for each share in respect of which he is entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

7.19          Adjournment. The chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, with the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as the meeting may decide, adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than thirty days it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the earliest meeting that is adjourned. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting. Any business may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting which might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling such original meeting.

 

7.20          Resolution in Lieu of Meeting. A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of shareholders except where a written statement in respect thereof has been submitted by a director or where representations in writing are submitted by the auditor of the Corporation, in either case, in accordance with the Act.

 

8.           SHARES

 

8.1                 Issue. Subject to the Act and the articles of the Corporation, shares of the Corporation may be issued at such times and to such persons and for such consideration as the directors may determine, provided that no shares may be issued until it is fully paid as provided in the Act.

 

8.2                 Commissions. The directors may authorize the Corporation to pay a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation from the Corporation or from any other person, or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for any such shares.

 

8.3                 Share Certificate. Every shareholder is entitled at his option to a share certificate in respect of the shares held by him that complies with the Act or to a non-transferable written acknowledgement (‘‘written acknowledgement’’) of his right to obtain a share certificate from the Corporation in respect of the shares of the Corporation held by him, but the Corporation is not bound to issue more than one share certificate or written acknowledgement in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a share certificate or written acknowledgement to one of several joint holders is sufficient delivery to all. Written acknowledgements shall be in such form or forms as the directors shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Corporation may charge a fee in accordance with the Act for a share certificate issued in respect of a transfer. Subject to the provisions of the Act and to the requirements of any stock exchange on which shares of the Corporation may be listed, share certificates shall be in such form or

 

7



 

forms as the directors shall from time to time approve. Unless otherwise determined by the directors, share certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President or a director and by the Secretary or the Treasurer and need not be under the corporate seal and certificates for shares in respect of which a transfer agent and/or registrar has been appointed shall not be valid unless countersigned on behalf of such transfer agent and/or registrar. Share certificates shall be signed manually by at least one director or officer of the Corporation or by or on behalf of a registrar, transfer agent, branch transfer agent or issuing or other authenticating agent of the Corporation and any additional signatures required on share certificates may be printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon. A manual signature is not required on a share certificate representing a fractional share. If a share certificate contains a printed or mechanically reproduced signature of a person, the Corporation may issue the share certificate, notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or an officer of the Corporation, and the share certificate is as valid as if he were a director or an officer at the date of its issue.

 

8.4                 Transfer Agents and Registrars. For each class of shares or other securities issued by it, the Corporation may appoint one or more agents to keep the securities register and the register of transfers and one or more branch registers. Such an agent may be designated as a transfer agent or registrar according to functions and one agent may be designated both transfer agent and registrar. The securities register and the register of transfers shall be kept at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other places in Ontario as are designated by the directors, and the branch register or registers of transfers may be kept at such offices of the Corporation or other places, either within or outside Ontario, as are designated by the directors.

 

8.5                 Transfer of Shares. Subject to the Act, no transfer of a share shall be registered except upon presentation of the certificate representing such share with an endorsement which complies with the Act, together with such reasonable assurance that the endorsement is genuine and effective as the directors may prescribe, upon payment of all applicable taxes and fees and upon compliance with the articles of the Corporation.

 

8.6                 Non-Recognition of Trust. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may treat the registered holder of any share as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notices, to receive any dividend or other payment in respect of the share, and to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of the share.

 

8.7                 Replacement of Share Certificates. Where the owner of a share certificate claims that the share certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue or cause to be issued a new certificate in place of the original certificate if the owner (i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the share certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (ii) files with the Corporation an indemnity bond sufficient in the Corporation’s opinion to protect the Corporation and any transfer agent, registrar or other agent of the Corporation from any loss that it or any of them may suffer by complying with the request to issue a new share certificate; and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed from time to time by the Corporation.

 

9.           DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS

 

9.1                 Declaration of Dividends. Subject to the Act, the directors may from time to time declare dividends payable to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the Corporation.

 

9.2                 Cheques (Checks). A dividend payable in money shall be paid by cheque (check) to the order of each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect of which it has been declared and mailed by prepaid ordinary mail to such registered holder at the address of such holder in the Corporation’s securities register, unless such holder otherwise directs. In the case of joint holders the cheque (check) shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of all such joint holders and mailed to them at their address in the Corporation’s securities register. The mailing of such cheque (check) as aforesaid, unless the same is not paid on due presentation, shall satisfy and discharge the liability for the dividend to the extent of the sum represented thereby plus the amount of any tax which the Corporation is required to and does withhold.

 

9.3                 Non-Receipt of Cheques (Checks). In the event of non-receipt of any dividend cheque (check) by the person to whom it is sent as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement cheque (check) for a like amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of non-receipt and of title as the directors may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

 

8



 

9.4                 Record Date for Dividends and Rights. The directors may fix in advance a date, preceding by not more than fifty days the date for payment of any dividend or the date for the issue of any warrant or other evidence of the right to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, as a record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of such dividend or to exercise the rights to subscribe for such securities, and notice of any such record date shall be given not less than seven days before such record date in the manner provided by the Act. If no record date is so fixed, the record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of any dividend or to exercise the right to subscribe for securities of the Corporation shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution relating to such dividend or right to subscribe is passed by the directors.

 

9.5                 Unclaimed Dividends. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which the same has been declared to be payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Corporation.

 

10.    NOTICES

 

10.1          General. A notice or document required by the Act, the regulations thereunder, the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation to be sent to a shareholder or director of the Corporation may be sent by prepaid mail addressed to, or may be delivered personally to, the shareholder at his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or to the director at his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or in the most recent notice filed under the Corporations Information Act, whichever is the more current. A notice or document if mailed to a shareholder or director of the Corporation shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day after mailing. If the Corporation sends a notice or document to a shareholder in accordance with this section and the notice or document is returned on three consecutive occasions because the shareholder cannot be found, the Corporation is not required to send any further notices or documents to the shareholder until he informs the Corporation in writing of his new address.

 

10.2          Computation of Time. In computing the time when a notice or document must be given or sent under any provision requiring a specified number of days’ notice of any meeting or other event, a ‘‘day’’ shall mean a clear day and the period of days shall be deemed to commence the day following the event that began the period and shall be deemed to terminate at midnight of the last day of the period except that if the last day of the period falls on a Sunday or holiday the period shall terminate at midnight of the day next following that is not a Sunday or holiday.

 

10.3          Omission and Errors. The accidental omission to give any notice or send any document to any shareholder, director or other person or the non-receipt of any notice or document by any shareholder, director or other person or any error in any notice or document not affecting the substance thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise founded on such notice or document.

 

10.4          Notice to Joint Shareholders. All notices or documents with respect to any shares registered in more than one name may, if more than one address appears on the securities register of the Corporation in respect of such joint holding, be given to such joint shareholders at the first address so appearing, and all notices so given or documents so sent shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

10.5          Proof of Service. A certificate of the Secretary or other duly authorized officer of the Corporation, or of any agent of the Corporation, as to facts in relation to the mailing or delivery or sending of any notice or document to any shareholder or director of the Corporation or to any other person or publication of any such notice or document, shall be conclusive evidence thereof and shall be binding on every shareholder or director or other person as the case may be.

 

10.6          Signature on Notice. The signature on any notice or document given by the Corporation may be printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon or partly printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon.

 

10.7          Waiver of Notice. Notice may be waived or the time for the sending of a notice or document may be waived or abridged at any time with the consent in writing of the person entitled thereto. Attendance of any director at a meeting of the directors or of any shareholder at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where he attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

9



 

11.    BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

 

11.1          Voting Shares and Securities in Other Corporations. All of the shares or other securities carrying voting rights of any other body corporate or bodies corporate held from time to time by the Corporation may be voted at any and all meetings of holders of such securities of such other body corporate or bodies corporate in such manner and by such person or persons as the directors of the Corporation shall from to time determine or failing such determination the proper signing officers of the Corporation may also from time to time execute and deliver for and on behalf of the Corporation instruments of proxy and arrange for the issue of voting certificates and other evidence of the right to vote in such names as they may determine.

 

11.2          Bank Accounts, Cheques (Checks), Drafts and Notes. The Corporation’s bank accounts shall be kept in such chartered bank or banks, trust company or trust companies or other firm or corporation carrying on a banking business as the directors may by resolution from time to time determine. Cheques (Checks) on bank accounts, drafts drawn or accepted by the Corporation, promissory notes given by it, acceptances, bills of exchange, orders for the payment of money and other instruments of a like nature may be made, signed, drawn, accepted or endorsed, as the case may be, by such officer or officers, person or persons as the directors may by resolution from time to time name for that purpose. Cheques (Checks), promissory notes, bills of exchange, orders for the payment of money and other negotiable paper may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of any one of the Corporation’s bank accounts by such officer or officers, person or persons, as the directors may by resolution from time to time name for that purpose, or they may be endorsed for such deposit by means of a stamp bearing the Corporation’s name.

 

11.3          Execution of Instruments. Any one director or officer shall have authority to sign in the name and on behalf of the Corporation all instruments in writing and any instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Corporation without any further authorization or formality. The board of directors shall have power from time to time by resolution to appoint any officer or officers or any person or persons on behalf of the Corporation either to sign instruments in writing generally or to sign specific instruments in writing. Any signing officer may affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring the same. The term ‘‘instruments in writing’’ as used herein shall, without limiting the generality thereof, include contracts, documents, powers of attorney, deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property (real or personal, immovable or movable), agreements, tenders, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, transfers and assignments of shares, stocks, bonds, debentures or other securities, instruments of proxy and all paper writing.

 

11.4          Fiscal Year. Until changed by resolution of the directors the fiscal year of the Corporation shall terminate on the 31st day of December in each year.

 

12.    INTERPRETATION

 

12.1          In this by-law, wherever the context requires or permits, the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular; the word ‘‘person’’ shall include firms and corporations, and masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders. Wherever reference is made to any determination or other action by the directors such shall mean determination or other action by or pursuant to a resolution passed at a meeting of the directors, or by or pursuant to a resolution consented to by all the directors as evidenced by their signatures thereto. Wherever reference is made to ‘‘the Business Corporations Act’’ or the ‘‘Act’’, it shall mean the Business Corporations Act of the Province of Ontario, and every other act or statute incorporated therewith or amending the same, or any act or statute substituted therefor. Unless the context otherwise requires, all words used in this by-law shall have the meanings given to such words in the Act.

 

13.   REPEAL

 

All prior by-laws of the Corporation be and they are hereby repealed without prejudice to any action or actions taken thereunder.

 

Approved by the Board of Directors and made effective as of May 13, 2013.

Approved by the Shareholders of the Corporation on June 21, 2013.

 

 

 

 

Michel Lafrance, Secretary

 

10


Exhibit 4.1

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

by and among

 

 

TRACKER ACQUISITION, INC.

 

(as Purchaser),

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

(as Seller),

 

and

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

(as Seller Parent)

 

 

dated as of the 14th day of December, 2012

 



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 14th day of December, 2012 by and among (i) TRACKER ACQUISITION, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), (ii) OPEL SOLAR, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), and (iii) OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an Ontario corporation (“ Seller Parent ”, and together with the Seller, the “ Purchaser Indemnitors ”).

 

Recitals

 

The Seller is engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, selling and distributing solar power tracker products and components, and the software that enables such solar tracker system to run efficiently (the “ Business ”).

 

The Seller desires to sell, and Purchaser desires to purchase, certain of the assets of the Seller used by the Seller in connection with the operation of the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, selling and distributing single axis solar power tracker products and components, and the software that enables such solar tracker system to run efficiently (the “ Single Axis Tracker Business ”), all upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

Agreements

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual covenants, agreements, representations and warranties hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Definitions

 

Accounts Payable List ” means the list attached hereto as Schedule 1.2 of creditors to be paid at or prior to closing pursuant to Section 3.5 (a) hereof.

 

Action ” means any claim, demand, action, cause of action, chose in action, right of recovery, right of set-off, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity (including, but not limited to, rights to insurance proceeds and rights under and pursuant to all warranties, representations and guarantees made by customers of the Seller or suppliers of products, services and materials or equipment to the Seller) pertaining to or arising out of the Business and inuring to the benefit of the Seller.

 

Affiliate ” of any person or entity shall mean any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person or entity.

 

Code ” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 



 

Company Products ” means the products created by or on behalf of the Seller or the Business and sold to third parties, including products which may or may not incorporate any third party components that are licensed to the Seller from a third party, but excluding any third party products or components that the Seller resells without incorporation in such products.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, for the benefit of employees of the Business.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules or regulations (including the rules and regulations of the federal Environmental Protection Agency and comparable state agency) relating to the protection of human health or the environment.

 

ERISA ” shall mean, collectively, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, any successor statute of similar import, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as currently in effect.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, as adopted in the United States, consistently applied.

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state, regional, provincial, county, city, municipal, whether foreign or domestic, court, arbitrator or other tribunal, or governmental, regulatory, legislative or administrative body.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to the Seller (a) any obligation of such Person for borrowed money together with all prepayment premiums or penalties and other amounts with respect to such indebtedness prepaid or becoming due as a result of this transaction, (b) any unpaid interest and bank fees owing on any such indebtedness described in clause (a) , (c) obligations in respect of capitalized leases (calculated in accordance with GAAP), (d) all indebtedness or Liabilities of the types referred to in the preceding clauses (a)  through (c)  of any other Person secured by any Lien on any assets of Seller, even though Seller has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, and (e) any payment obligation under any existing interest rate, foreign exchange or other swap, hedge, or other financial derivative instruments or agreement entered into by Seller.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following and similar intangible property and related proprietary rights, interests and protections, however arising, pursuant to the Laws of any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, logos, trade dress and other proprietary indicia of goods and services, whether registered, unregistered or arising by Laws and Regulations, and all registrations and applications for registration of such trademarks, including intent-to-use applications, and all issuances, extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications; (b) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered in any generic top level domain by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Entity; (c) original works of authorship in any medium of expression, whether or not published, all copyrights (whether registered, unregistered or arising by Laws and

 

2



 

Regulations), all registrations and applications for registration of such copyrights, and all issuances, extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications; (d) confidential information, formulas, designs, devices, technology, research and development, compositions and trade secrets; (e) inventions, methods, designs, and processes, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice; (f) patents and patent applications, including but not limited to all design, plant and utility patents, letters patent, utility models, pending patent applications and provisional applications and all issuances, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, extensions, re-examinations and renewals of such patents and applications; (g) business know-how, whether or not secret in nature, and all rights therein, and all means of accessing such know-how, which means of access shall include information as to the whereabouts of former employees who may possess such know-how; and (h) all rights in and to computer software in whatever form or format, utilized in the Business, and including those programs and source codes utilized in operation of the solar tracker system designed to transfer information from light and other sensors, to direct the driving of the motors, to coordinate the flow of information, and otherwise; such rights shall specifically include know-how and means of access thereto.

 

Intellectual Property Licenses ” means all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements by or through which other Persons, including Seller’s Affiliates, grant Seller exclusive or non-exclusive rights or interests in or to any Intellectual Property that is used in or in connection with the Business as currently conducted.

 

Inventory ” shall mean salable single axis tracker component inventory purchased for use in the Single Axis Tracker Business, whether classified as raw materials, works-in-process, or finished components, and whether stored in corporate offices, warehouse facilities, at vendors’ facilities or elsewhere as listed on Schedule 2.1(a) .

 

Knowledge of the Seller ” or any other similar knowledge qualification, means the actual or constructive knowledge of any person identified on Schedule 1.1 , after due inquiry. For this purpose, an individual will be deemed to have knowledge of a particular fact or other matter if a prudent individual could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of that fact or matter in the course of conducting a reasonably comprehensive investigation regarding the accuracy of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

 

Laws and Regulations ” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, policies, and Orders of any Governmental Entity.

 

Liabilities ” means any and all debts, liabilities, obligations or commitments of any kind or nature, whether accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, liquidated or unliquidated or determined or determinable, including, without limitation, all trade obligations, obligations for professional services and expenses, obligations of Subsidiaries or former Subsidiaries, obligations to employees or former employees for deferred wages, salaries, commissions and expense reimbursements, those arising under any Laws and Regulations (including, without limitation, any Environmental Law), Action or Order, Liabilities for Taxes and those Liabilities arising under any Seller Contract.

 

3



 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change that is, or could reasonably be expected to become, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (a) the business, results of operations, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise) or assets of the Business, (b) the value and/or reputation of the Purchased Assets or the Business to the Purchaser, (c) the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis, or (d) the ability of the Seller or Seller Parent to continue as a going concern.

 

Order ” shall mean any judgment, order, writ, injunction, ruling, stipulation, determination, award or decree of or by, or any settlement under the jurisdiction of, any Governmental Entity.

 

Permitted Liens ” means (a) statutory liens of carriers, warehousepersons, mechanics and material persons incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due and payable, (b) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances, in each case, which do not interfere with the conduct of the Business in the ordinary course and do not materially detract from the value of the property upon which such encumbrance exists, (c) liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, and (d) liens, assessments and governmental charges not yet due and payable; and with respect to each of clauses (a) through (d), none of which individually or in the aggregate would materially impair the Purchased Assets or Purchaser’s operation of the Business as currently conducted.

 

Post-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date.

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

Registered Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property that is subject to any issuance, registration, application or other filing by, to or with any Governmental Entity or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction, including registered trademarks, domain names and copyrights, issued and reissued patents and pending applications for any of the foregoing.

 

Related Agreements ” shall mean (i) the Bill of Sale, (ii) Assignment and Assumption Agreement, and (iii) the IP Assignment Agreement.

 

Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, counsel, accountants and other agents of such Person.

 

Restricted Business ” means the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, installing and distributing solar power tracker products, components, systems and related services.

 

4



 

Settlement Agreements ” means the closing deliverable of the Settlement with Release and Waiver of Claims agreements to be entered into by each of the creditors listed on the Accounts Payable List that has not been paid in full as of Closing.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) at least 25% of the securities or other interests having by their terms (A) ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization or (B) the right to appoint the manager, general partner, or other person(s) controlling the management of such organization are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Seller (or other specific Person) or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by the Seller (or other specific Person) and one or more of its Subsidiaries or (ii) the Seller (or other specific Person) or any other Subsidiary of Seller (or other specific Person) is a general partner or managing member.

 

Tax ” (and with the corresponding meaning “ Taxes ” and “ Taxable ”) means any and all federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, levies, deficiencies or other assessments of whatever kind or nature including, without limitation, all net income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross income, profits, gross receipts, excise, lease, service, escheat, real or personal property, sales, value-added, ad valorem, capital, paid-up capital, withholding, social security, retirement, employment, unemployment, minimum, estimated, severance, stamp, property, occupation, environmental, windfall profits, use, service, net worth, payroll, franchise, license, gains, customs, transfer, recording and other taxes, customs duty, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever, including any Liability incurred or borne as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Tax sharing, indemnity, or similar agreement or arrangement), together with any interest, penalties or additions thereto.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return, or statement, and any schedule, attachment, or amendment thereto, including without limitation any consolidated, combined or unitary return or other document (including any related or supporting information), filed or required to be filed by any taxing authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection, imposition, payment, refund or credit of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax or the administration of the Laws and Regulations relating to any Tax.

 

Territory ” means worldwide.

 

5



 

The following additional terms are defined in the Sections of this Agreement set forth after the respective term below:

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Accounts Payable List

Article 1

Agreement

Preamble

Allocation Statement

3.3

Apportioned Obligations

7.5

Aquarion Agreement

2.2(a)

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

3.5(j)

Assumed Liabilities

2.3

Basket

8.6

Bill of Sale

3.5(g)

Business

Recitals

Claims

8.4

Closing

3.4

Closing Date

3.4

Contracts

4.13(a)

Excluded Assets

2.2

Excluded Contracts

2.2(a)

Hazardous Substance

4.9(c)

Indemnification Notice

8.4

Indemnitee

8.4

Indemnitor

8.4

IP Disputes

4.10(b)(ix)

IRS

7.5(d)

Liens

2.1

Losses

8.1

Non-Assumed Liabilities

2.4

Opel Vendors

7.8

Permits

4.9(a)

Plainville Agreement

2.2(a)

Premises

4.9(b)

Purchase Price

3.1

Purchase Price Allocation

3.3

Purchased Assets

2.1

Purchased Contracts

2.1(b)

Purchased Equipment

2.1(g)

Purchased Intellectual Property

2.1(d)

Purchased Inventory

2.1(a)

Purchaser

Preamble

Purchaser Indemnitors

Preamble

Restricted Period

7.3(a)

Seller

Preamble

Seller Parent

Preamble

Side Letter

3.4

Solvent

4.7

Special Matters

8.3

Survival Period

8.3

Third Party Auditors

3.3

Transaction Expenses

9.1

 



 

ARTICLE 2

 

Purchase and Sale of Assets

 

Section 2.1                      Purchased Assets . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Purchaser and Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Seller at the Closing (as defined below), all right, title and interest in and to the following assets that are used in, or otherwise relate to, the Single Axis Tracker Business, including those listed below wherever located (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”) free and clear of all security interests, mortgages, liens, offsets, recoupments, pledges, charges, rights of first refusal or purchase options, claims, third party interests, restrictions and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever other than the Permitted Liens (collectively, the “ Liens ”):

 

(a)                                  all Inventory (including raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods) of the Single Axis Tracker Business listed on Schedule 2.1(a)  (the “ Purchased Inventory ”);

 

(b)                                  those certain customer, supplier and vendor agreements, open quotes and requests for proposal of the Seller related to the Single Axis Tracker Business, including all related open purchase orders, sales orders, open quotes and requests for proposal existing as of the Closing Date, and all other contracts, if any, all as listed on Schedule 2.1(b)  hereto (this clause (b), collectively, the “ Purchased Contracts ”);

 

(c)                                   all future profits and revenues associated with any Purchased Contracts, including, if applicable, any future rights to governmental credits;

 

(d)                                  all Intellectual Property used by or necessary in connection with the Single Axis Tracker Business , including patents, patent applications, and copyrights all as listed on Schedule 2.1(d)  hereto, and the related know how, trade secrets, techniques of skill and operation related to the Purchased Assets (the “ Purchased Intellectual Property ”) and all written records, files, documentation and correspondence relating to the Purchased Intellectual Property, including correspondence with the USPTO and patent counsel;

 

(e)                                   all bill of materials, assembly drawings, spec sheets, installation manuals, training manuals, and written instructions, including, written instructions for assembling controllers used in or used in connection with the Business, including any pertaining to Remote Sensor Unit (RSU), Tracker Control Unit (TCU) and Network Control Unit (NCU), and any internal or third party manuals, written instructions or other documentation, and any internal or third party manuals or other documentation used in or used in connection with the Single Axis Tracker Business;

 

(f)                                    all computers (servers), and other hardware, software, source code and programs necessary to the Single Axis Tracker Business,

 

(g)                                   all mechanical, electrical, motion control, and environmental condition laboratory testing equipment and all shop, warehouse and office equipment, miscellaneous tools and

 

7



 

supplies of the Single Axis Tracker Business, including the tooling, molds, drawings, parts, machinery, tools and equipment listed on Schedule 2.1(g)  (the “ Purchased Equipment ”);

 

(h)                                  all operating data, customer records, customer lists, prospect lists, outstanding quotes, marketing materials, correspondence, product literature and other documents relating to the manufacturing, marketing, sales, distribution and selling activities of the Single Axis Tracker Business;

 

(i)                                      all licenses and Permits of the Business;

 

(j)                                     any and all goodwill of the Business; and

 

(k)                                  copies of all the Seller’s books and records (but not the financial books and records), and process records related to the Purchased Assets.

 

Section 2.2                      Excluded Assets . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Purchased Assets shall not include (i) any asset of the Seller that is not used in, or does not otherwise relate to, the Single Axis Tracker Business and (ii) the following assets (together, the “ Excluded Assets ”)

 

(a)                                  Contracts that are not Purchased Contracts (“ Excluded Contracts ”) including the Solar Power Purchase Agreement between Opel Inc. and the Town of Plainville Board of Education dated July 22, 2008, as amended, and any related service contracts and other agreements (“ Plainville Agreement ”) and the Lease, License, Access and Easement Agreement between Opel Inc. and Aquarion Company dated March 15, 2011, and any related service contracts and other agreements (“ Aquarion Agreement ”);

 

(b)                                  all original minute books, stock records and entity seals of the Seller;

 

(c)                                   all cash, cash equivalents short term investments and accounts receivable of the Seller;

 

(d)                                  all prepaid expenses and other current assets of the Seller;

 

(e)                                   all rights in connection with and all assets of any employee benefit plans maintained by the Seller for employees of the Business, including but not limited to the Employee Benefit Plans;

 

(f)                                    all insurance policies of the Seller relating to the Business as set forth on Schedule 4.15(a) and all rights and interests to insurance proceeds payable to the Seller under such insurance policies; and

 

(g)                                   all assets of the Seller or Business described on Schedule 2.2(g) .

 

Schedule 2.2(g ) is a true and complete list of all assets of the Seller, or any Affiliate of the Seller, that are used in or useful to the Business, but that are not being acquired by Purchaser as a Purchased Asset.

 

8



 

Section 2.3                      Assumed Liabilities . Purchaser shall assume only the liabilities and obligations of the Single Axis Tracker Business arising after the Closing Date relating only to the period commencing after the Closing Date under Purchased Contracts listed on Schedule 2.3 , if applicable, as expressly assumed by Purchaser pursuant to Schedule 2.3 (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).

 

Section 2.4                      Non-Assumed Liabilities . Except for the Assumed Liabilities, Purchaser shall not assume and shall not be responsible to pay, perform or discharge any Liabilities of Seller or the Business of any kind or nature whatsoever or become liable for any of the Seller’s or the Business’ Liabilities or Indebtedness, contracts or other commitments of any kind whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, existing on or arising from the conduct of the Business prior to the Closing Date or with respect to events or occurrences related to the period prior to the Closing Date (the “ Non-Assumed Liabilities ”). It is expressly agreed, without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, that Purchaser shall not assume or become liable for any Liabilities which relate to Non-Assumed Liabilities, including without limitation the following:

 

(a)                                  any Liabilities based upon, resulting from or arising out of the business, operations, properties, assets or obligations of Seller or any of its Affiliates conducted, existing or arising on or prior to the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, Liabilities for any failure of Seller to comply with any of the requirements of the WARN Act or similar Laws and Regulations);

 

(b)                                  any and all Liabilities and obligations for Taxes arising from or with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Business which are attributable to the operation of the Business on or before the Closing Date (including any Taxes that arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement);

 

(c)                                   any disclosed or undisclosed Liabilities of the Business or the Seller (other than the Assumed Liabilities);

 

(d)                                  any pending or threatened Action filed or made against the Seller or the Business on or prior to or with respect to periods arising on or prior to the Closing Date irrespective of any disclosure set forth on the disclosure schedules hereto;

 

(e)                                   any Liabilities under any Purchased Contract that arises after the Closing Date but that arises out of or relates to any Seller breach of or non-compliance with such contract that occurred prior to the Closing Date;

 

(f)                                    non-compliance by the Seller with any contract or Laws and Regulations, including, without limitation, those Laws and Regulations pertaining to anti-discrimination, health, safety or the environment;

 

(g)                                   any Liabilities relating to the employment or termination of employment or services of any current or former Seller employee, consultant, contractor, officer or director,

 

9



 

including salaries, wages, unpaid wage claims, fees, compensation, bonuses, accrued and outstanding vacation, unemployment benefits, personal time off or sick day obligations;

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness of the Seller;

 

(i)                                      obligations to owners or Affiliates of the Seller;

 

(j)                                     Liabilities of the Seller for employee benefit or welfare plans, including all Liabilities under or relating to Title IV of ERISA and all Liabilities relating to the Employee Benefit Plans;

 

(k)                                  software license Liabilities (to the extent they do not constitute part of the Assumed Liabilities);

 

(l)                                      Liabilities under any lease;

 

(m)                              any Liabilities to the Seller’s Affiliates incurred prior to Closing;

 

(n)                                  any Liabilities relating to or arising out of the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Contracts;

 

(o)                                  any Liabilities of Seller relating or arising from unfulfilled commitments, quotations, purchase orders, customer orders or work orders issued on or before the Closing by any of the Seller’s or the Business’s customers that (i) do not constitute part of the Purchased Assets; or (ii) are not validly and effectively assigned to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(p)                                  notwithstanding any installation or other services to be provided to REC Solar, or to other former or current Seller customers by Brian Rosiers and/or any other former employee of Seller, in their capacities as independent contractors, any Liabilities related to warranties, whether of merchantability or otherwise, or maintenance related to any tracker products or services provided by Seller or to any sales, leases or otherwise, of tracker products or services by the Seller; or

 

(q)                                  any contracts of field servicing, maintenance or any other contractual obligation of the Seller.

 

Section 2.5                      Third Party Consents . To the extent that Seller’s rights under any Contract or Permit constituting a Purchased Asset, or any other Purchased Asset, may not be assigned to Purchaser without the consent of another Person which has not been obtained, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign the same if an attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof or be unlawful, and Seller, at its expense, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent(s) as promptly as possible. If any such consent shall not be obtained or if any attempted assignment would be ineffective or would impair Purchaser’s rights under the Purchased Asset in question so that Purchaser would not in effect acquire the benefit of all such rights, Seller, to the maximum extent permitted by Laws and Regulations and the Purchased Asset, shall act after the Closing as Purchaser’s agent in order to obtain for it the benefits thereunder and shall cooperate, to the maximum extent

 

10



 

permitted by Laws and Regulations and the Purchased Asset, with Purchaser in any other reasonable arrangement designed to provide such benefits to Purchaser. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 2.5 to the contrary, Purchaser shall not be deemed to have waived its rights under Article VIII hereof unless and until Purchaser either provides written waivers thereof or elects to proceed to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at Closing.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Purchase Price

 

Section 3.1                      Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price for the Purchased Assets is an amount equal to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.2, if any, (collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”). The Purchase Price shall be paid as follows:

 

(a)                                  Amounts by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated in writing by the applicable payee or by check to addresses designated in writing by applicable payee, to pay off any Indebtedness and certain Persons named on the Accounts Payable List owed outstanding payables, in amounts agreed to in the applicable Settlement Agreements that such payee has executed and delivered; and

 

(b)                                  Any remainder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated in writing by the Seller.

 

Section 3.2                      Inventory

 

(a)                                  On or prior to the Closing Date, the parties shall jointly perform in good faith, and Seller shall permit and facilitate the performance of, a physical count of the Inventory of the Business in order to determine the Inventory of the Business as of the Closing Date, the results of which physical count shall be attached hereto as Schedule 2.1(a) .

 

(b)                                  If, between the time the Purchased Inventory is determined and the Buyer’s collection at Closing, any inventory identified in the Purchased Inventory is damaged, removed or missing, the Purchaser shall be entitled to a credit to the Purchase Price in an amount equal to the value of such Inventory. As of and after the Closing, at the request of Purchaser, the Seller shall make the Purchased Inventory available for Purchaser and/or its representative to collect the Purchased Inventory FOB the CCI warehouse in Wallingford, CT.

 

Section 3.3                      Purchase Price Allocation . Not later than sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall provide to Seller a statement (the “ Allocation Statement ”) allocating among the Purchased Assets and the covenants contained in Section 7.4 the Purchase Price (including, without limitation, all Assumed Liabilities) for the Purchased Assets as set forth in this Agreement. Such statement shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Within ten (10) days after receipt of such Allocation Statement, Seller will propose to Purchaser in writing any reasonable changes to such Allocation Statement

 

11



 

together with reasonable documentation supporting such changes (and in the event that no such changes are proposed to Purchaser in writing within such time period, Seller will be deemed to have agreed to, and accepted, the Allocation Statement). Purchaser and Seller will attempt in good faith to resolve any differences with respect to the Allocation Statement in accordance with the requirements of Section 1060 of the Code, within fifteen (15) days after Purchaser’s receipt of a timely written notice of objection from Seller. If Purchaser and Seller are unable to resolve such differences within such time period, then any remaining disputes will be submitted to the independent accounting firm of McGladrey LLP (Cleveland, OH office) (“ Third Party Auditors ”) for resolution, in accordance with the requirements of Section 1060 of the Code. Promptly, not later than fifteen (15) days after such matters are submitted to it for resolution hereunder, the Third Party Auditors will determine those matters in dispute and will render a written report as to the disputed matters and the resulting allocation of the Closing Purchase Price, which report shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. The fees and expenses of the Third Party Auditors in respect of such report shall be paid in proportion to the amount by which each of the respective party’s proposed allocation differed from the allocation selected by the Third Party Auditors. Purchaser and Seller shall each file or cause to be filed IRS Form 8594 for its taxable year that includes the Closing Date in a manner consistent with the allocation set forth on the Allocation Statement as finalized, and (except as set forth below relating to a revised Allocation Statement) shall not take any position on any Tax Return or in the course of any Tax audit, review or litigation inconsistent with the allocation provided in the Allocation Statement. In the event that any adjustment is required to be made to the Allocation Statement as a result of the payment of any additional purchase price for the Purchased Assets or otherwise, Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared, and shall provide to Seller, a revised Allocation Statement reflecting such adjustment. Such revised Allocation Statement shall be subject to review and resolution of timely raised disputes in the same manner as the initial Allocation Statement. Each of Purchaser and Seller shall file or cause to be filed a revised IRS Form 8594 reflecting such adjustment as so finalized for its taxable year that includes the event or events giving rise to such adjustment, and (except as required by future revised Allocation Statements) shall not take any position on any Tax Return or in the course of any Tax audit, review or litigation inconsistent with the allocation provided in the revised Allocation Statement.

 

Section 3.4                      Closing; Closing Date . The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on the date (“ Closing Date ”) set forth in that certain Letter Agreement dated as of the date hereof entered into among Seller, Seller Parent and Purchaser (“ Side Letter ”).

 

Section 3.5                      Closing Requirements . At the Closing, each of the parties will take such actions, and execute and deliver to the other party such bills of sale, endorsements, assignments, agreements or other instruments as shall be necessary to vest in Purchaser, good and marketable title to the Purchased Assets sold to Purchaser hereunder, free and clear of all Liens, and for Purchaser to assume the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below) and to deliver to the Seller the consideration to be delivered to the Seller hereunder, and shall otherwise provide the following:

 

(a)                                  The Seller shall have delivered a certification executed by the President of Seller certifying as to the Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses of Seller as of the Closing Date and that all such holders of Indebtedness are being paid off in full pursuant to payoff letters or

 

12



 

releases and that all Persons listed on the Accounts Payable List (i) that have not signed Settlement Agreements have been paid in full and (ii) that have signed Settlement Agreements have been paid the full amount set forth in their signed Settlement Agreements. All of the foregoing pay off letters, releases and Settlement Agreements shall be in forms acceptable to Purchaser.

 

(b)                                  All third-party consents, approvals or notices set forth on Schedule 4.11 , shall have been obtained or, with respect to notices, delivered.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Seller and Seller Parent shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate of its President, certifying that (i) the representations and warranties of Seller and Seller Parent contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date (unless any such representation or warranty is made only as of a specific date, in which event such representation and warranty shall be true and correct, as the case may be, as of such specified date); (ii) Seller and Seller Parent have duly performed and complied in all material respects with each of the agreements and covenants required by this Agreement and each of the other Related Agreements to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date; provided that with respect to agreements and covenants that are qualified by materiality, Seller shall have performed such agreements and covenants, as so qualified, in all respects, (iii) no Action shall have been commenced against Purchaser or Seller or Seller Parent that would prevent the Closing and no injunction or restraining order has been issued by any Governmental Entity, and is in effect, that restrains or prohibits any transaction contemplated hereby; and (iv) Seller and Seller Parent have complied with Section 3.5(b).

 

(d)                                  Each of Seller and the Seller Parent shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary, dated as of the Closing Date, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying as to (a) its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as in effect on and as of the Closing Date, (b) the resolutions of its board of directors and stockholders authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance by the entity of this Agreement and the other Related Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (c) the incumbency of the officers of such entity executing documents executed and delivered in connection herewith.

 

(e)                                   Each of Seller and Seller Parent, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Purchaser executed copies of the Related Agreements.

 

(f)                                    Each of Peter Copetti and Leon Pierhal shall have executed and delivered non-competition and non-solicitation agreements to Purchaser in forms acceptable to Purchaser, in its sole discretion.

 

(g)                                   The Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser such duly executed instruments of transfer and assignment, including bills of sale and certificates of title, and other forms of agreement referenced in this Agreement as shall be necessary to convey to Purchaser all rights of the Seller in and to the Purchased Assets, subject to the terms hereof, and in forms mutually acceptable to Purchaser and the Seller. Such instruments shall include a Bill of Sale to be executed by the Seller and delivered to Purchaser at Closing, in a form mutually acceptable to Purchaser and Seller (the “ Bill of Sale ”).

 

13



 

(h)                                  The Seller shall have delivered, in proper form for filing, duly executed releases of all Liens on the Purchased Assets, including a full payoff letter and release from TCA Global Master Credit Fund, L.P. in a form satisfactory to Seller (Seller’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and any tax lien waivers. The Seller shall also have delivered to Purchaser copies of the pay-off letters, releases and Settlement Agreements referenced in Section 3.5(a).

 

(i)                                      The Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a duly executed Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement in a form mutually acceptable to Purchaser and Seller

 

(j)                                     The Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a duly executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form mutually acceptable to Purchaser and Seller (the “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”).

 

(k)                                  Each of Seller and the Seller Parent shall have delivered certificates of good standing issued as of a recent date by an appropriate official of the state of organization of such entity.

 

(l)                                      Seller shall have delivered tax clearance certificates from the State of Connecticut with respect to corporate tax, sales tax and withholdings.

 

(m)                              Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a certification of non-foreign status dated as of the Closing Date and complying with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2) in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser.

 

(n)                                  Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller a certificate signed by the Secretary of Purchaser setting forth the votes or consents constituting the authorization and approval of the directors of Purchaser of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(o)                                  The Seller shall have delivered possession of the Purchased Assets to Purchaser, including all records and documents relating to the Purchased Assets, and shall have assigned or made all intangible Purchased Assets available to Purchaser, including delivering to Purchaser all tangible evidences of know-how included within the Purchased Assets such as all drawings, manuals, spec sheets, training manuals and instruction manuals on the assembly of RSU, TCU and NCU controllers.

 

(p)                                  Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a fully executed copy of the Assignment, Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement with FEiNA and proof of payment on amounts owed by Seller to FEiNA pursuant to such agreement.

 

(q)                                  Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a form letter addressed to Persons to which the Seller owes outstanding maintenance or warranty obligations, including the entities identified on Schedule 4.17 , which letter notifies such Persons of the sale of the Single Axis Tracker Business to Purchaser, of Seller’s retention of all maintenance and warranty obligations of the Single Axis Tracker Business and of Seller’s change of address.

 

14



 

(r)                                     Seller shall have delivered to Buyer’s West Hartford, CT office all written records, files, documentation and correspondence relating to the Purchased Intellectual Property, including correspondence with the USPTO and patent counsel.

 

(s)                                    All conditions to Close set forth in the Side Letter shall have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Representations and Warranties by Seller and Seller Parent

 

In order to induce Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder, Seller and Seller Parent, jointly and severally, hereby make the following representations and warranties to Purchaser as specifically qualified by the Disclosure Schedules attached hereto, each of which is true and correct on the date hereof and will be true as of the Closing Date:

 

Section 4.1                      Existence and Qualification . The Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, has all power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is qualified as a foreign entity to do business under the Laws of each jurisdiction requiring such qualification, except where a failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.2                      Authorization of Agreement . The Seller has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Seller. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that their enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 4.3                      Title to Certain Purchased Assets; Sufficiency of Purchased Assets . Seller has, and will convey to Purchaser at Closing, good and merchantable title to the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Liens. Seller possesses sole, exclusive, valid and unencumbered title to the Purchased Assets, has not transferred any rights in any of the Purchased Assets, and all co-developers or inventors of the Intellectual Property have assigned all of their rights, if any, in the Purchased Assets to the Seller. The tangible property included among the Purchased Assets is in good working order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, without the need for any

 

15



 

material repair or replacement. No Person other than the Seller owns any tangible or intangible property, including Intellectual Property, used in or necessary to the operation of the Single Axis Tracker Business (other than “off-the-shelf” software licensed pursuant to “click-through” or “shrink wrap” license agreements with annual fees of less than $500). Except for the Excluded Assets, the Purchased Assets constitute the assets that are of material importance to the ongoing operation of the Single Axis Tracker Business by Purchaser conducted in substantially the same manner as conducted by the Seller for the twelve-month period immediately prior to the date hereof. None of the Excluded Assets are material to the Single Axis Tracker Business.

 

Section 4.4                      No Conflicts . Seller’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party does not and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not:

 

(a)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of its corporate governing documents or any resolution approved by the Seller’s board of directors or stockholders;

 

(b)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any term or provision of any Laws and Regulations applicable to the Seller with respect to the Business, or any of the Purchased Assets;

 

(c)                                   (i) conflict with, violate or breach, (ii) constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, (iii) require the Seller to obtain any consent, approval or action of, make any filing with or give any notice to any person as a result or under the terms of, (iv) result in or give to any person any right of termination, cancellation, acceleration or modification in or with respect to, or (v) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Seller or any of the Purchased Assets, under any Purchased Contract; or

 

(d)                                  conflict with or result in a violation of any rights of third parties.

 

Section 4.5                      Capitalization . Seller Parent is the sole shareholder of Seller. Except for ODIS, Inc., the Seller does not have any Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.6                      Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.6 , the Seller does not have any Indebtedness or Liabilities in connection with the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business, and there is no basis for any claim against Seller for any such Indebtedness or Liability, except to the extent specifically described herein or in the schedules attached hereto.

 

Section 4.7                      Solvency .

 

(a)                                  Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Seller will be Solvent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Solvent ” with respect to each of the Seller and the Seller Parent means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the fair saleable value of the assets of the applicable party, taken as a whole, exceeds, as of such date, the sum of (A) the value of all Liabilities of such party, taken as a whole, including contingent and other Liabilities, as of such date, as such terms are generally determined

 

16



 

in accordance with the applicable federal Laws and Regulations governing determinations of the solvency of debtors, and (B) the amount that will be required to pay the probable Liabilities of such party, taken as a whole on its existing Indebtedness (including contingent Liabilities) as such debts become absolute and matured; (b) such party will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the business in which it is engaged or proposed to be engaged following such date; (c) such party will be able to pay its respective Liabilities; and (d) no action shall have been taken by such party to hinder or defraud creditors.

 

(b)                                  Seller has reached agreements with each and all of its creditors such that, after receipt and distribution of the Purchase Price in accordance with this Agreement, there will remain no creditor of Seller whose claims have not been either paid in full, or released by the creditor upon payment to such creditor of such amount as has been agreed by the creditor to be accepted in full satisfaction of such claim. With respect to TCA Global Master Credit Fund, L.P., Seller represents that such creditor has released secured claims in and to the Purchased Assets and waived any rights that might otherwise exist or arise with respect to the Purchaser or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that Seller has delivered to Purchaser a true and correct copy of such release.

 

Section 4.8                      Inventory . Schedule 2.1(a) sets forth a true and complete list of all inventory of the Single Axis Tracker Business and the address at which such inventory is located. Such inventory is in quantity and quality useable or saleable in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 4.9                      Compliance with Laws; Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                                  The Seller has obtained and maintains all licenses, permits, applications, filings, registrations and other authorizations (“ Permits ”) from all applicable Governmental Entities required to conduct the Business as it is now being conducted, to own or hold under lease the Purchased Assets used in the Business that it owns or holds under lease and to perform all of its obligations under the Contracts to which it is a party. The Seller is not in default or violation, nor has it received any notice of any claim of default or violation, with respect to any such Permit. No event has occurred that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to result in the revocation, suspension, lapse or limitation of any Permit. The Business and operations of the Seller are in compliance with all applicable Laws and Regulations.

 

(b)                                  The Business and the operations of the Seller with respect to the Business are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; and no demand, claim, notice or charge of violation has been issued, made or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened with respect to any Environmental Laws applicable to the Seller, the Purchased Assets, the locations where Seller conducts the Business (the “ Premises ”) or the operation of the Business. The Seller has obtained and maintains and is in compliance with all Permits required by Environmental Laws for the operation of the Business. The Seller has not retained or assumed, by contract or operation of law, any liabilities or obligations of third parties under Environmental Laws.

 

(c)                                   The Seller has not generated, used, transported, treated, stored, released or disposed of, or suffered or permitted any other party to generate, use, transport, treat, store,

 

17



 

release or dispose of, any hazardous material, waste or substance subject to regulation under any Environmental Laws, including without limitation petroleum and petroleum products (hereinafter “ Hazardous Substance ”), in connection with the Seller’s ownership or use, lease or occupation of the Purchased Assets, the Premises or the conduct of the Business in violation in any material respect of any Environmental Laws.

 

(d)                                  There has not been any generation, use, transportation, treatment, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Substance: on, in, under or emanating to or from the Premises which has created or could be reasonably expected to create any liability under any Environmental Laws which would require reporting to or notification of any governmental entity or any investigation or remediation thereof. The Premises are not listed on, or proposed for listing on, the National Priorities List (or CERCLIS) under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. A §§ 9601 et seq., as amended, or any similar state list.

 

(e)                                   The Seller has provided or made available to Purchaser complete and correct copies of (i) a list of all environmental Permits applicable to the Business, (ii) the material safety data sheets for the substances used by the Seller in the Business and (iii) all environmental, health and safety assessments, reports or other data or documents relating to the Purchased Assets, the Premises or the operation of the Business within the possession or control of Seller.

 

(f)                                        The consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is not subject to the provisions of the Connecticut Transfer Act, C.G.S §§ 22a-134 through 22a-134e, or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Section 4.10               Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Certain Intellectual Property Rights

 

(i)                                      Schedule 4.10(a)(i) sets forth all of the Seller’s Registered Intellectual Property utilized in or in connection with the Business, including existing patents and patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and domain names, including, where applicable, an identification of (A) the owner, (B) the countries in which such listed item is valid, patented or registered or in which an application for patent or registration is pending, (C) the application number, (D) the patent, trademark or copyright number, (E) the expiration date thereof, as applicable and (F) a summary of any correspondence with and/or filings with or rulings by the USPTO and the date thereof. In addition, Schedule 4.10(a)(i)  includes the name or some general identifier for all non-registered Intellectual Property, including all software, trade secrets or know-how, or any other Intellectual Property owned by Seller that is necessary to or used in or in connection with the Business.

 

(ii)                                   Schedule 4.10(a)(ii)  lists all agreements, whether oral or written, express or implied, including licenses, options, franchise, distribution, marketing and manufacturing agreements, supply agreements, sponsorships, royalty agreements, agreements not to enforce, consents, settlements, assignments, security interests, liens and

 

18



 

other encumbrances or mortgages (other than the Permitted Liens), and any amendments(s) renewal(s), novation(s) and termination(s) pertaining thereto, which relates to the Intellectual Property used in or in connection with the Business, including all Intellectual Property Licenses (other than “off-the-shelf” software licensed pursuant to “click-through” or “shrink wrap” license agreements with annual fees of less than $500). If the item is in-licensed (other than “off-the-shelf” software licensed pursuant to “click-through” or “shrink wrap” license agreements with annual fees of less than $500), the information shall include the date and parties of the applicable license agreement.

 

(b)                                  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.10(b) :

 

(i)                                      The Seller’s operation of the Business is not infringing the intellectual property rights of any third party and no third party is infringing any of the Seller’s Intellectual Property. Seller has no reason to believe that any of the Intellectual Property used in or in connection with the Business is invalid or unenforceable. Seller has not received or otherwise been the beneficiary of any written opinions of counsel with respect to infringement, non-infringement or invalidity of third party intellectual property with respect to any of the Intellectual Property. To the Knowledge of Seller, there are no pending published or unpublished United States, international or foreign national patent applications owned by any other Person, which, if issued, would limit or prohibit, in any material respect, the use of the Intellectual Property or any aspects of the Business.

 

(ii)                                   Seller possesses sole, exclusive, valid, and unencumbered title to the Intellectual Property used in or in connection with the Business. All of the co-developers and inventors of the Intellectual Property have assigned all their rights to Seller or their licensors. Seller has not transferred any rights in the Intellectual Property or any rights granted to Seller under Intellectual Property Licenses to any third party.

 

(iii)                                Seller has the full right, power and authority to (i) grant all of the rights and interests granted under, and to enter into and perform all of the obligations to be performed by it under, any Intellectual Property License, and (ii) consummate the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

(iv)                               There are no unpaid maintenance or renewal fees currently overdue for any of the Intellectual Property, and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.10(b)(iv) , no application or registration for any of the Intellectual Property has lapsed or been abandoned, cancelled or expired.

 

(v)                                  Seller and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each inventor of the patents included in the Intellectual Property or his or her employer, has complied in all material respects with all applicable patent office duties of candor and good faith in dealing with any patent office, including the duty to disclose to any patent office all information known to be material to the patentability of each of the patents and patent applications included in the Intellectual Property.

 

19



 

(vi)                               No inventor of any patent contained in the Intellectual Property was or is under any conflicting obligation with any academic institution or other third party that would affect Seller’s title or license to any such aspect of the Intellectual Property.

 

(vii)                            Subsequent to the issuance of the Intellectual Property, neither Seller, nor to the Knowledge of Seller, the parties to the Intellectual Property Licenses, has filed any disclaimer or made or permitted any other voluntary reduction in the scope of such Intellectual Property.

 

(viii)                         Neither Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to any Intellectual Property License, has undertaken or omitted to undertake any acts, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no circumstance or grounds exist, that would invalidate, reduce or eliminate, in whole or in part, the enforceability or scope of any of the Intellectual Property used in or in connection with the Business or Seller’s entitlement to exclusively exploit the Intellectual Property with respect to sales of the Company Products or other revenues from any of Seller’s Intellectual Property.

 

(ix)                               Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(b)(ix) , there is not, and has not been, any pending, decided or settled opposition, interference, reexamination, injunction, claim, lawsuit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, complaint, arbitration, mediation, demand, International Trade Commission investigation, decree, or any other dispute, disagreement, or claim (collectively referred to hereinafter as “ IP Disputes ”), and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such IP Dispute has been threatened, challenging the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of any of the Intellectual Property. To the Knowledge of Seller, no circumstances or grounds exist that would give rise to such an IP Dispute. There are no IP Disputes by any third party against Seller, Seller has not received any written notice or claim of any such IP Dispute, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there exists no circumstances or grounds upon which any such claim could be asserted. None of the Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling charge, settlement or other disposition of an IP Dispute, and Seller has fully complied with, paid and otherwise satisfied all such obligations.

 

(x)                                  There is no pending and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no threatened claim (including any notification of or offer to license third party intellectual property), action, suit, dispute or proceeding, or investigation or claim, to which Seller or, to the Knowledge of Seller, to which any party to any Intellectual Property License, is a party (A) that would be the subject of a claim for indemnification, if any, by or against Seller under the related Intellectual Property License, and/or (B) that the marketing, sale or distribution of any Company Products pursuant to the related Intellectual Property License, does or will infringe on any patent or other intellectual property rights of any other Person, and there is no basis for any such action, suit, proceeding, investigation or claim of the type described in clause (A)  or (B)  above.

 

(xi)                               Seller has taken all commercially reasonable measures and precautions necessary to protect and maintain (i) the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property (except

 

20



 

such Intellectual Property whose value would be unimpaired by public disclosure) and (ii) the value of all Intellectual Property.

 

Section 4.11               Consents Schedule 4.11  sets forth all consents of, approvals of or notices to third parties (including all Governmental Entities), the absence of which would affect Purchaser’s rights hereunder or to the utilization of the Purchased Assets or conduct of the Single Axis Tracker Business after Closing, including the Persons listed on the Accounts Payable list.

 

Section 4.12               Litigation .  Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , there are, and have been during the last three (3) years, no Actions (including bankruptcy actions), suits, proceedings or, to the knowledge of the Seller, investigations, either at law, in equity or by any Governmental Entity, or before any commission or other administrative authority in any jurisdiction, of any kind pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened involving the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no event has occurred or condition exists which could reasonably be expected to give rise to an Action, suit, or proceeding against the Seller, and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no, and during the last three (3) years has not been any, arbitration proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened under any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement or otherwise involving the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities. During the last three (3) years, neither the Business nor any of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities has been or is subject to any Order or unsatisfied judgment, penalty or award against, relating to or affecting it.

 

Section 4.13               Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.13 lists each of the following “ Contracts ” (x) by which the Single Axis Tracker Business or any of the Purchased Assets are bound or affected or (y) to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound in connection with the Single Axis Tracker Business or the Purchased Assets (such Contracts, together with all Contracts relating to Intellectual Property set forth in Schedule 4.10 and all Contracts with related Persons as set forth on Schedule 4.19 ), including:

 

(i)                                      the Purchased Contracts;

 

(ii)                                   all agreements that relate to the acquisition, disposition or change in control of any business, a material amount of stock or assets of any other Person or any real property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

 

(iii)                                all broker, distributor, dealer, sales representative, manufacturer’s representative, franchise, agency, sales promotion, market research, marketing consulting and advertising agreements, sales representative agreements, and commission agreements;

 

(iv)                               all agreements relating to the development of software used in the Business;

 

21



 

(v)                                     all agreements that limit or purport to limit the ability of Seller to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

 

(vi)                                  all joint venture, partnership or similar agreements, including any Installer/EPC agreements;

 

(vii)                               all agreements for the sale of any of the Purchased Assets or for the grant to any Person of any option, right of first refusal or preferential or similar right to purchase any of the Purchased Assets; and

 

(viii)                            all other agreements that are material to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business and not previously disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.13.

 

(b)                                  Each Contract is valid and binding on Seller in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect. Seller is not and, to Seller’s Knowledge, no other party thereto is in breach of or default under (or is alleged to be in breach of or default under), or has provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate, any Contract. No event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under any Contract or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other changes of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder. Complete and correct copies of each Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder) have been delivered to Purchaser. There are no material disputes pending or threatened under any Contract included in the Purchased Assets.

 

Section 4.14               Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Seller has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed and all Taxes owed (whether or not shown or required to be shown on such Tax Returns) have been paid or remitted, in each case, to the extent such Taxes and Tax Returns related to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business. All such Tax Returns were true, complete and correct in all respects. No portion of any Tax Return that relates to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business has been the subject of any audit, action, suit, proceeding, claim or examination by any Governmental Entity, and no such audit, action, suit, proceeding, claim, deficiency or assessment is pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, and Seller has not waived any statute of limitation with respect to any Tax or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment, or deficiency. No claim has ever been made by a Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where Seller does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no Liens for Taxes upon the Purchased Assets other than for Taxes not yet due and payable. Seller does not have any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Seller) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign Tax law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  Seller has timely withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, stockholder, independent

 

22



 

contractor, creditor, or other third party. The Purchased Assets do not include any stock or other ownership interests in any foreign or domestic corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, business trusts, or other entities.

 

(c)                                   No state of facts exists or has existed that would constitute grounds for the assessment against Purchaser, whether by reason of transferee liability or otherwise, of any Liability for any Tax of anyone other than Purchaser.

 

(d)                                  Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b).

 

(e)                                   Since December 31, 2011, there has not been any change in any method of Tax accounting or any making of a Tax election or change of an existing election by Seller with respect to the Business.

 

Section 4.15               Insurance .

 

(a)                                  The Purchased Assets and the Business are insured under policies of general liability and other forms of insurance, all of which are listed in Schedule 4.15(a) . The Seller has filed no insurance claims since December 31, 2011. All policies listed in Schedule 4.15(a)  are current policies, in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(a) , no written notice of cancellation has been received, no policy has lapsed or been cancelled for non-payment, and there is, to the knowledge of the Seller, no existing default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

 

(b)                                      Schedule 4.15(b ) lists open and pending insurance claims relating to the Purchased Assets and/or the Business.

 

Section 4.16               Employment Arrangements; Organized Labor . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16 , the Seller, with respect to the Business, has complied and is currently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, equal employment opportunity, immigration, occupational safety, workers’ compensation, wages, hours, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and any comparable local or state Laws and Regulations, collective bargaining, nondiscrimination, and the payment and withholding of social security and similar Taxes.

 

Section 4.17               Product Warranties; Maintenance .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.17 attached hereto sets forth the product warranties made by the Seller with respect to the Business’s products, including the name of each warrantee and the site and products covered under each warranty and the expiration date of each. All products manufactured and sold by the Seller with respect to the Business comply in all material respects with such warranties made by the Seller with respect to such products, and (ii) the Seller has no liability for the replacement and/or repair of any such products or any damages in connection

 

23



 

therewith that exceed, in any material respect, such liability historically incurred by the Seller with respect to the Business in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)                                  Seller has fully performed and is in current compliance with all maintenance, monitoring and other services required pursuant to the Contracts.

 

Section 4.18               Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller.

 

Section 4.19               Transactions with Affiliates .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.19 , no shareholder, officer, director or other Affiliate of Seller, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any Person with whom any such shareholder, officer, director or other Affiliate has any direct relation by blood, marriage or adoption, or any entity in which any such Person owns any beneficial interest (other than a publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and less than 1% of the stock of which is beneficially owned by all of such Persons), has any interest in (a) any Contract with Seller relating to the Single Axis Tracker Business or otherwise, (b) any property (real, personal or mixed), tangible or intangible, used or currently intended to be used in, the Single Axis Tracker Business, or (c) any business or entity that competes with the Business.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Representations and Warranties by Seller Parent

 

In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Seller Parent hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Purchaser as specifically qualified by the Disclosure Schedules attached hereto, each of which is true and correct on the date hereof and will be true as of the Closing Date:

 

Section 5.1                      Existence and Qualification .  The Seller Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the applicable state or province of its formation, has all requisite power and authority to perform this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party.

 

Section 5.2                      Authorization of Agreement .  The Seller Parent has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller Parent and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Seller Parent. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller Parent and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Seller Parent, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that their enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

24



 

reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

Section 5.3                      No Violation .   The Seller Parent’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party does not and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not:

 

(a)                                  (a)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of its governing corporate documents or any resolution approved by the Seller Parent’s board or stockholders; or

 

(b)                                  (b)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any term or provision of any Laws and Regulations applicable to the Seller Parent; or

 

(c)                                   (c)                                   conflict with or result in a violation of any rights of third parties.

 

Section 5.4                      Solvency .  Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Seller Parent will be Solvent.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Representations and Warranties by Purchaser

 

In order to induce the Seller and the Seller Parent to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder, Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Seller and the Seller Parent, each of which is true and correct on the date hereof:

 

Section 6.1                      Existence and Qualification .  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite power and authority to acquire and own the respective Purchased Assets, to assume the Assumed Liabilities, to perform this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party.

 

Section 6.2                      Authorization of Agreement .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Purchaser and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser, in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that their enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

25



 

Section 6.3                      No Violation .   The Purchaser’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Related Agreement to which it is a party does not and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not:

 

(a)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of its governing corporate documents or any resolution approved by the Purchaser’s board or stockholders;

 

(b)                                  conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any term or provision of any Laws and Regulations applicable to Purchaser; or

 

(c)                                   conflict with or result in a violation of any rights of third parties.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Post-Closing Covenants

 

Section 7.1                      Execution of Further Documents; Transition .  From and after the Closing, upon the reasonable request of Purchaser, at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, the Seller shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all such further acts, bills of sale, assignments, transfer, conveyances, powers of attorney, assumptions, agreements, and assurance as may be required to convey and transfer to and vest in Purchaser its right, title and interest in all of the Purchased Assets, or to otherwise carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller shall take such actions as Purchaser shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect any transfer of the Intellectual Property to Purchaser.

 

Section 7.2                      Public Announcements Other than as required by applicable Laws and Regulations, including the applicable rules and regulations of the Toronto Stock Exchange and the SEDAR filing system (based upon the reasonable advice of counsel), neither Purchaser, on one hand, nor Seller nor Seller Parent, on the other hand, shall make any public announcements with respect to the consummation of this Agreement or that discloses the terms and conditions of this Agreement, without the consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed) provided at least three (3) days prior to such public announcement.

 

Section 7.3                      Non-competition; Non-solicitation; Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  For a period of three (3) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “ Restricted Period ”), Seller and Seller Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly: (i) engage in or assist others in engaging in the Restricted Business in the Territory; (ii) have an equity ownership interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; (iii) solicit or accept the business of any actual or prospective client or customer of the Business (including any existing or former client or customer of a Seller and any Person that becomes a client or customer of the Business after the Closing), or any other Person who has a material business relationship with the Business, to purchase products or services similar to, or competitive with, the Business; or (iv) cause, induce

 

26



 

or encourage any material actual or prospective client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Business or Purchaser (including any existing or former client or customer of Seller and any Person that becomes a client or customer of the Business after the Closing), or any other Person who has a material business relationship with the Business or the Purchaser to terminate or modify any such actual or prospective relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller and Seller Parent may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Person traded on any national securities exchange if Seller or Seller Parent is not a controlling Person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person and does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

 

(b)                                  During the Restricted Period, Seller and the Seller Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any Person, other than Persons that are employees of the Seller as of the date hereof, who is or was employed in the Business at any time during the Restricted Period, or encourage any such employee to leave or limit such employment or hire any such employee who has left such employment, except pursuant to a general solicitation which is not directed specifically to any such employees; provided that nothing in this Section 7.3(b) shall prevent Seller and the Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates from hiring (i) any employee whose employment has been terminated by Purchaser or (ii) after 180 days from the date of termination of employment, any employee whose employment has been terminated by the employee.

 

(c)                                   As of the Closing, Seller and Seller Parent shall remove all solar tracker product offerings from their websites.

 

(d)                                  Seller and Seller Parent each acknowledge that included in the Single Axis Tracker Business are certain Intellectual Property rights (including trade secrets, know-how, customer and prospect lists, vendors lists, pricing arrangements, financial statements, personnel files, and any and all other records pertaining to the operation of the Business) that Seller has used in the Single Axis Tracker Business and that have commercial value in the Single Axis Tracker Business and accordingly have been treated by the Seller as confidential. All such information (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”) shall be kept confidential by Seller and the Seller Parent as provided below; provided, however, that the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that is generally available to or known by the public through no fault of the Seller or any of its Affiliates. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Related Agreements and all other agreements entered into in connection with the foregoing agreements shall also be deemed Confidential Information. Seller and the Seller Parent each agree that on and after the date hereof, it and its Affiliates will keep in strictest confidence and trust all Confidential Information and neither such Seller or Seller Parent nor any of its Affiliates will, without Purchaser’s prior written consent, use or disclose any Confidential Information, except to the extent (i) necessary to comply with any legal requirements in connection with the Seller’s ownership or operation of the Business on or prior to the Closing Date, such as the filing of income tax returns or reports, (ii) Seller or Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates becomes legally compelled to disclose any of the Confidential Information, in which case, Seller or Seller Parent or its Affiliates, as the case may be, will provide Purchaser with prompt written notice so that Purchaser may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 7.3(d) and (iii) such Confidential Information set forth on

 

27



 

Schedule 7.3(d) , hereto. If such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or Purchaser waives compliance with the provisions of this Section 7.3(d), the Seller or Seller Parent or its Affiliates, as the case may be, will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required.

 

(e)                                   If Seller or the Seller Parent breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of this Section 7.3, Purchaser shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the others and severally enforceable, and each of which is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to Purchaser under law or in equity:

 

(i)                                      the right and remedy to have such provision specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction, including the right to injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security), it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach may cause irreparable injury to Purchaser and that money damages may not provide an adequate remedy to Purchaser; and

 

(ii)                                   the right and remedy to recover from Seller all monetary damages suffered by Purchaser as the result of any acts or omissions constituting a breach of this Section 7.3.

 

(f)                                    Seller and Seller Parent each acknowledge that the restrictions contained in this Section 7.3 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Purchaser and constitute a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that the covenants set forth in this Section 7.3 shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and Regulations. In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 7.3 should ever be deemed by a court to exceed the time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Laws and Regulations in the governing jurisdiction, then such court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Laws and Regulations. The covenants contained in this Section 7.3 and each provision hereof are severable and distinct covenants and provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.4                      Creditors; Liens .  The Seller shall pay and be responsible for the timely satisfaction of any and all Non-Assumed Liabilities.

 

Section 7.5                      Tax Cooperation; Allocation of Taxes .

 

(a)                                  All personal property Taxes and similar ad   valorem obligations levied with respect to the Purchased Assets for a taxable period which includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Apportioned Obligations ”) shall be apportioned between the

 

28



 

Seller and the Purchaser as of the Closing Date based on the number of days of such taxable period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such taxable period included in the Post-Closing Tax Period. The Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Purchaser shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. To the extent that the Seller or the Purchaser has paid for the other party’s portion of the Apportioned Obligations, the Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after a written request by the Purchaser is delivered to the Seller for the Seller’s portion of the Apportioned Obligations and the Purchaser shall reimburse the Seller within thirty (30) days after a written request by the Seller has been delivered to the Purchaser for the Purchaser’s portion of the Apportioned Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Any transfer, documentary, sales, use or other Taxes assessed upon or with respect to the transfer of the Purchased Assets to Purchaser and any recording or filing fees with respect thereto shall be paid by Seller, and Seller shall promptly reimburse Purchaser for any such amounts paid by Purchaser.

 

(c)                                   Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Purchaser with a clearance certificate or similar document(s) which may be required by any Governmental Entity in order to relieve Purchaser of (i) any obligation to withhold any portion of the Purchase Price and (ii) any liability for Taxes (determined without regard to the provisions of this Agreement assigning responsibility therefor) for which relief is available by reason of the filing of an appropriate certificate.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser and Seller shall file all Tax Returns consistent with the Allocation Statement and shall not make any inconsistent written statements or take any inconsistent position on any Tax Return, in any refund claim, during the course of any U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) audit or other Tax audit, for any financial or regulatory purpose, in any litigation or investigation or otherwise. Each party shall notify the other party if it receives notice that the IRS or other Governmental Entity proposes any allocation different than that set forth in the Allocation Statement. No later than ten (10) days prior to the filing of their respective Form 8594s relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each party shall deliver to the other party a copy of its Form 8594.

 

Section 7.6                      Warranty Claims; Maintenance .

 

(a)                                  Seller acknowledges and agrees that, after the Closing Date it will comply, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice by the Seller, with the terms and conditions of all product warranties relating to the Business and sold by the Seller prior to the Closing, including, but not limited to, warranties for replacement and/or repair of any such products and will fully perform and comply with all maintenance, monitoring and other service requirements of Excluded Contracts.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser hereby acknowledges and consents to Seller’s direct and indirect (through subcontracting or otherwise) performance of replacement and/or repair work pursuant to product warranties relating to the Business entered into by Seller prior to the Closing Date.

 

29



 

Provided that Purchaser has the applicable inventory in stock, Purchaser shall, at a price based on Purchaser’s costs, fill Seller’s reasonable orders to purchase products and/or parts of the Business that are necessary to Seller’s performance of its pre-Closing product warranty obligations related to the Business. Purchaser shall, at a price based on Purchaser’s costs and subject to availability of personnel, provide consulting services relating to the Single Axis Tracker Business to Seller (or Seller’s designated third party warranty support provider) in response to Seller’s reasonable requests that are necessary to Seller’s performance of its pre-Closing product warranty obligations related to the Single Axis Tracker Business, provided however, that (1) Purchaser may, in its reasonable discretion, provide such services pursuant to terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser set forth on a separate side letter or purchase order and (2) Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser for any claims or liability relating to the provision of such consulting services, except for claims or liability resulting from Purchaser’s intentional misconduct or bad faith.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Seller’s acknowledgement that it is responsible for all warranty and maintenance requirements pursuant to this Section 7.6, if at any time Purchaser incurs any costs in connection with Seller’s obligations hereunder, then, Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser for its reasonable out of pocket costs incurred to satisfy any such product warranty claims that are the responsibility of Seller in accordance with this Section 7.6. The Purchaser shall provide the Seller, on a monthly basis, if applicable, with a schedule and reasonable supporting documentation specifying the costs incurred by the Purchaser to satisfy any such product warranty claims. The Seller shall pay such costs within ten (10) business days following delivery of such schedule and the required documentation.

 

(d)                                      Immediately following the Closing, Seller shall deliver the letters contemplated by Section 3.5(r) to all Persons to which Seller owes maintenance or warranty obligations.

 

Section 7.7                      Transition Matters .  

 

After the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  The Seller shall promptly transfer and deliver to the Purchaser without set-off any cash or other property, if any, that the Seller may receive related to the Purchased Assets.

 

(b)                                  The Purchaser shall promptly transfer and deliver to the Seller without set-off any cash or other property, if any, that the Purchaser may receive related to the Excluded Assets.

 

Section 7.8                      Additional Inventory .  Purchaser shall acquire the Inventory located at Atkore International and/or its subsidiaries and P4Q (collectively, the “ Opel Vendors ”) referenced in the applicable purchase orders attached hereto at Exhibit 7.8 without additional Purchase Price provided that Purchaser is able to negotiate agreements with the Opel Vendors on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Purchaser and the Opel Vendors, in Purchaser’s sole discretion.

 

Section 7.9                      Know-How Transfer and Access .  After the Closing, Seller and Seller Parent shall make reasonable efforts to make its employees available to Purchaser to transfer

 

30



 

know-how relating to the Intellectual Property to Purchaser for a period of one (1) year following the Closing.

 

Section 7.10               Insurance .  Until such time as all of Seller’s maintenance and warranty obligations expire with respect to the Single Axis Tracker Business, the Seller shall maintain insurance covering (a) each Person currently covered by the Seller’s “directors and officers” and executive shield insurance policies, and (b) general liability and personal injury, with respect to matters or circumstances occurring at or prior to the Closing Date. Seller shall maintain the coverage levels of such policies at reasonable and customary levels. Seller shall, within thirty (30) days of Closing, add Purchaser as an additional insured for each such policy, entitled to receive thirty (30) days prior notice of all material changes to or cancellations of such policies. Until such time as Seller’s insurer agrees to notify Purchaser of all material changes to such policies, Seller shall provide Purchaser with thirty (30) days advance written notice of all material changes to such policies. The cost of such insurance policies shall be borne by the Seller. In the event a direct or indirect change of control of Seller or any consolidation, merger, dissolution or other similar sale event involving Seller occurs, Seller shall purchase tail insurance, on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, covering each of the aforementioned policies through the end of all maintenance and warranty obligation periods.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Indemnification

 

Section 8.1                      Indemnification by the Purchaser Indemnitors .  The Purchaser Indemnitors shall jointly and severally indemnify Purchaser (including its officers, employees, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys and representatives) against and hold them harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, diminutions in value deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, judgments, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation (“ Losses ”) which such persons may suffer or incur by reason of:

 

(a)                                  any Non-Assumed Liability or any Excluded Asset, including the Plainville Agreement and the Aquarion Agreement;

 

(b)                                  breaches of or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made by the Seller or the Seller Parent in this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   breaches by the Seller or Seller Parent of any obligation, agreement or covenant made herein, in the Side Letter or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby for the benefit of Purchaser;

 

(d)                                  warranty, product liability, general liability or maintenance claims with respect to any products of the Business manufactured or sold by the Seller prior to the Closing Date, regardless of whether such claims were made before or are made after the Closing Date;

 

(e)                                   any claims by creditors for goods or services provided prior to the Closing Date;

 

31



 

(f)                                    any Liabilities incurred by Purchaser arising out of or based upon any releases of Hazardous Substances in, on, under or emanating from or onto the Premises prior to the Closing Date, or otherwise existing at the Premises prior to the Closing Date;

 

(g)                                   any Liabilities associated with the Seller’s failure to (y) comply with any applicable bulk sales laws or regulations or (z) obtain any Tax lien waivers from any applicable jurisdiction;

 

(h)                                  any and all obligations for Taxes attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Taxes that arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement);

 

(i)                                      any Liabilities based upon, resulting from or arising out of the business, operations, properties, assets or obligations of Seller or any of its Affiliates conducted, existing or arising on or prior to the Closing Date (including, but not limited to, Liabilities for any failure of Seller to comply with any of the requirements of the WARN Act or similar Laws and Regulations); or

 

(j)                                     any Liabilities associated with items 2 and 3 of Schedule 4.6 (Undisclosed Liabilities), items 2, 3 and 4 listed on Schedule 4.12 (Litigation), Schedule 4.16 (Employment Arrangements; Organized Labor) and Schedule 4.17 (Product Warranties; Maintenance).

 

Section 8.2                      Indemnification by Purchaser .   Purchaser shall indemnify the Seller (including the Seller’s officers, employees, directors, shareholders, agents, attorneys and representatives) against and hold the Seller harmless from any and all Losses which the Seller may suffer or incur by reason of (i) breaches of or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement; or (ii) breaches by Purchaser of any obligation, agreement or covenant made herein by Purchaser or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby for the benefit of the Seller.

 

Section 8.3                      Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations in this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedules, the supplements to the Disclosure Schedules, and any certificate, document, or other writing delivered pursuant to this Agreement will survive the Closing and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No indemnification claim shall be made based on any breach of a representation or warranty in this Agreement more than eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date (the “ Survival Period ”), except with respect to: (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.9(b)—(f) (Environmental Laws) and 4.14 (Taxes) and any covenants contained in this Agreement with respect to Taxes, which shall survive until thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation (including any extension thereof); and (ii) Sections 4.2 and 6.2 (Authorization of Agreement), 4.3, first sentence (Title to Certain Purchased Assets), 4.4 and 6.3 (No Conflicts), 4.5 (Capitalization), 4.6 (Undisclosed Liabilities), 4.7 (Solvency) and 4.18 (Brokers), which shall survive indefinitely. The Purchaser Indemnitors’ indemnification obligations with respect to fraud, intentional misrepresentations, and Sections 8.1(a) and (c) through (i) shall survive indefinitely (collectively and together with the matters set forth in the first sentence of this Section, the “ Special Matters ”).

 

32



 

Section 8.4                      Notice of Claims .  A party seeking indemnity hereunder (the “ Indemnitee ”) will give, prior to the expiration of the Survival Period, the party from whom indemnity is sought hereunder (the “ Indemnitor ”) prompt written notice (hereinafter, the “ Indemnification Notice ”) of any demands, claims, actions or causes of action (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted against the Indemnitee. An Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor any such Indemnification Notice promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the circumstances giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Agreement. An Indemnitee’s failure to give such timely notice or to furnish the Indemnitor with any relevant data and documents in connection with any Claim shall not constitute a defence (in whole or in part) for any Claim for indemnification by such party, except and only to the extent that such failure shall result in a material prejudice to the Indemnitor.

 

Section 8.5                      Conditions of Indemnification of Third Party Claims The obligations and liabilities of an Indemnitor under Section 8.1 or 8.2, as applicable, with respect to Losses resulting from Claims by persons not a party to this Agreement shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Promptly after delivery of an Indemnification Notice in respect of a Claim and subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.5, the Indemnitor may elect, by written notice to the Indemnitee within ten (10) days of an Indemnification Notice, to undertake the investigation and defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor. If the Indemnitor chooses to defend any Claim, the Indemnitee shall cooperate with all reasonable requests of the Indemnitor and shall make reasonably available to the Indemnitor any books, records or other non-confidential documents within its control that are required for such defense.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Indemnitor, within ten (10) days after receipt of an Indemnification Notice, does not so elect to defend such Claim, the Indemnitee will have the right to undertake the investigation and defense, of such Claim at the expense of the Indemnitor. The Indemnitee shall not settle or compromise any Claim, or consent to the entry of a judgment, whether or not the Indemnitor shall elect to defend such Claim, without the written consent of the Indemnitor.

 

Section 8.6                      Limitation on Indemnity .  No Indemnitor shall have any liability for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1(b) of this Article VIII, unless or until the aggregate amount of Losses hereunder exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (the “ Basket ”) and the maximum liability of the Purchaser Indemnitors for claims pursuant to Sections 8.1(b) shall not exceed $500,000. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Basket shall not apply and indemnification obligations under this Article VIII shall be unlimited in the event that Purchaser suffers Losses relating to or arising out of Special Matters and Losses relating to Taxes.

 

Section 8.7                      Payment and Settlement of Amounts Due .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 8.6, the amount of any Loss due from the Purchaser Indemnitors pursuant to any of the provisions of this Article VIII, together with any costs to which Purchaser may be entitled under the provisions hereof, if any, shall be paid in cash to

 

33



 

Purchaser by the Purchaser Indemnitors within thirty (30) days after the parties hereto have reached a mutual agreement, a court has rendered a final judgment or an arbitration panel has issued a final award.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 8.6, the amount of any Loss due from Purchaser, pursuant to any of the provisions of this Article VIII, together with the costs to which the Seller may be entitled under the provisions hereof, if any, shall be paid in cash to the Seller by Purchaser within thirty (30) days after the parties hereto have reached a mutual agreement, a court has rendered a final judgment or an arbitration panel has issued a final award.

 

(c)                                   The parties hereto agree that should an party not make full payment of any such obligations within such thirty (30) day period, any amount payable shall accrue interest from and including the date of agreement of the indemnifying party or final, non-appealable adjudication to and including the date such payment has been made at a rate per annum equal to 10% or the highest interest rate permitted by applicable Laws and Regulations, if lower. Such interest shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed, without compounding..

 

Section 8.8                      Assignment of Claims .  Indemnitee shall assign to Indemnitor, for its use and benefit, any and all defenses, claims, causes of action and demands of whatever kind and nature which Indemnitee may have against any person, firm, corporation or entity which relate to the matter giving rise to a Loss for which indemnity is sought. Indemnitee agrees to reasonably cooperate in any efforts by Indemnitor to recover such Loss from any person, firm, corporation or entity.

 

Section 8.9                      Method of Calculating Losses .  In determining the amount of any Losses with respect to a breach of a representation or warranty, “materiality” and “Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers contained in any representation or warranty shall be disregarded. The right to indemnification, payment of Losses, or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement on the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation warranty, or other performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of Losses, or other remedy based upon a breach of such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

 

Section 8.10               Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments Purchaser and Seller agree to treat any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Agreement as an adjustment to Purchase Price for all Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by applicable Law

 

34



 

ARTICLE 9

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.1                      Expenses .  Each party hereto will pay its own expenses, including the expenses of any broker and their respective legal and accounting representatives, in connection with the negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement (the “ Transaction Expenses ”).

 

Section 9.2                      Amendment to Agreement .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if such amendment is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 9.3                      Assignability .  The Seller shall not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or benefits hereunder. Purchaser may assign any and all of its rights hereunder without restriction, including assignment of any of the Purchased Assets to an Affiliate of Purchaser, a person or entity which acquires the Purchased Assets from the Purchaser, a successor in interest, or an acquirer of substantially all of the assets of the Purchaser; provided that the Purchaser shall remain liable for all of its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.4                      Entire Agreement .  This instrument and the schedules referred to herein and the Side Letter contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the purchase of the Purchased Assets and the other transactions contemplated herein, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings with regard to the subject matter hereof, and any reference herein to this Agreement shall be deemed to include the schedules hereto.

 

Section 9.5                      Headings .  The table of contents and descriptive headings in this Agreement and on the Schedules are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.6                      Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered, delivered by facsimile telephone transmission (upon electronic confirmation of transmission), electronic mail, delivered by express delivery service (such as Federal Express), or mailed first class U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Purchaser:

 

c/o Northern States Metals

Tracker Acquisition, Inc.

3207 Innovation Place

Youngstown, Ohio 44509

Attn: Paul Cusson, President

Email: pcus@extrusions.com

Fax: (330) 799-2074

 

35



 

with a copy to each of (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Northern States Metals

3207 Innovation Place

Youngstown, Ohio 44509

Attn: Tom Meola, President

Email: tmeo@extrusions.com

Fax: (330) 799-2074

 

and

 

Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP

20 Church Street

Hartford, CT 06103

Attention: James Lotstein

Email: jlotstein@edwardswildman.com

Facsimile No.: (888) 325-9032

 

If to Seller:

 

Opel Solar, Inc.

P.O. Box #555

22 Quail Run Road

Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268

 

Attention:

Email:

Facsimile:

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Pierce Atwood LLP

100 Summer Street

Suite 2250

Boston, MA 02110

Attn: Timothy C. Maguire, Esq.

Email: tmaguire@pierceatwood.com

Facsimile: (617) 824-2020

 

(or to such other address as any party shall specify by written notice so given), and shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so delivered or three (3) days after mailing.

 

36



 

Section 9.7                      Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 9.8                      Governing Law .  This Agreement (including any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

S ection 9.9                      Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver .  Each Party irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect hereof brought by another Party hereto or its successors or assigns shall be brought and determined in the courts of the State of Connecticut or the United States Federal Courts located in Connecticut, and each Party hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any action or proceeding for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to lawfully serve process, (b) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that (i) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (iii) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

 

Section 9.10               Waiver Of Jury Trial .  EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10.

 

Section 9.11               Specific Performance .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

37



 

Section 9.12               Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. Transmission of a copy of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or copy of an executed signature page by facsimile, e-mail or other authenticated means of electronic or digital transmission shall be deemed to be delivery of the originally executed counterpart for all purposes, and shall have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement is effective upon delivery of one executed counterpart from each party to the other parties. In proving this Agreement, a party must produce or account only for an executed counterpart (or facsimile, digital or electronic copy thereof) of the party to be charged.

 

Section 9.13               Disclosure Schedules Notwithstanding Purchaser’s assistance in the preparation of the Disclosure Schedules of Seller attached hereto, Seller hereby acknowledges that the truth, accuracy and completeness of the Disclosure Schedules of Seller attached hereto are the sole, complete and final responsibility of Seller.

 

Section 9.14               No Third-party Beneficiaries .   This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.15               Interpretation .   For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

 

Section 9.16               Termination of Agreement .  This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of the Side Letter.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be bound hereby, have executed this Asset Purchase Agreement as an instrument under seal as of the date first written above.

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

TRACKER ACQUISITION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul R. Cusson

 

Name:

Paul R. Cusson

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELLER PARENT:

 

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

Title:

President and CEO

 



 

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedule 1.1

 

Knowledge Persons

Schedule 1.2

 

Accounts Payable List

Schedule 2.1(a)

 

Purchased Inventory

Schedule 2.1(b)

 

Purchased Contracts

Schedule 2.1(d)

 

Purchased Intellectual Property

Schedule 2.1(g)

 

Purchased Equipment

Schedule 2.2(g)

 

Other Excluded Assets

Schedule 2.3

 

Assumed Liabilities

Schedule 4.6

 

Undisclosed Liabilities

Schedule 4.10(a)(i)

 

Registered and Certain Non-Registered IP

Schedule 4.10(a)(ii)

 

IP Agreements

Schedule 4.10(b)

 

Intellectual Property Rights Exceptions

Schedule 4.10(b)(iv)

 

Unpaid Maintenance or Renewal Fees

Schedule 4.10(b)(ix)

 

IP Disputes

Schedule 4.11

 

Consents

Schedule 4.12

 

Litigation

Schedule 4.13

 

Contracts

Schedule 4.13(b)

 

Breach or Event of Default of Contract

Schedule 4.15(a)

 

Insurance Policies

Schedule 4.15(b)

 

Open and Pending Insurance Claims

Schedule 4.16

 

Employment Arrangements; Organized Labor

Schedule 4.17

 

Product Warranties; Maintenance

Schedule 4.19

 

Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 7.3 (d)

 

Confidential Information with Retained Use and Disclosure Rights

 

 

 

Exhibit 7.8

 

Vendor Inventory

 


Exhibit 4.2

 

AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of the 21st day of May, 2008 (“Effective Date”), by and between ODIS Inc., a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at Suite 204, 3 Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484 (hereinafter referred to as “ODIS”),  and BAE Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 65 Spit Brook Road, Nashua, New Hampshire (hereinafter referred to as “BAE SYSTEMS”).

 

WHEREAS, ODIS has been assigned rights in certain Intellectual Property, and continues to develop a proprietary technology relating to integrated electronics and photonics devices (optoelectronic) on substrates (hereinafter referred to as “POET Technology”), and has rights under intellectual property rights, including patents, patent applications and know-how relative thereto.

 

WHEREAS, BAE SYSTEMS is interested in helping ODIS further develop the POET Technology.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and obligations outlines herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.  DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1                                “BAE Systems JDP Participants” shall mean all BAE SYSTEMS employees, who, as a result of and in connection with their authorized participation in the Joint Development Program (as defined below) have had access to ODIS Background Technology, as of the effective date of this Agreement or which during the term of this Agreement, gain access to ODIS Background Technology, ODIS Development Technology, BAE Systems Development Technology or

 

License Agreement ODIS

 

1



 

Joint Intellectual Property (as identified in Attachment E hereto with respect to BAE SYSTEMS employees).   Attachment E shall be amended from time to time as may be required in order to facilitate the participation of additional BAE SYSTEMS participants in the Joint Development Program.

 

1.2                                “ODIS JDP Participants” shall mean all ODIS employees, who, as a result of and in connection with their authorized participation in the Joint Development Program (as defined below) have had access to BAE SYSTEMS Background Technology, as of the effective date of this Agreement or which, during the term of this Agreement, gain access to BAE Systems Background Technology, BAE SYSTEMS Development Technology, ODIS Development Technology or Joint Intellectual Property (as identified in Attachment E hereto with respect to ODIS employees).   Attachment E shall be amended from time to time as may be required in order to facilitate the participation of additional ODIS participants in the Joint Development Program.

 

1.3                                “ODIS Background Technology” shall mean all Intellectual Property and Patent Rights in the Field which are owned, controlled or licensable to others by ODIS as of the date hereof or which is first conceived, created, developed or reduced to practice by ODIS prior to the commencement of the Joint Development Program.  ODIS Background Technology shall be limited to the Patent Rights and other Intellectual Property listed in attachment A.

 

1.4                                “BAE SYSTEMS Background Technology” shall mean all Intellectual Property in the Field which is owned, controlled or licensable to others by BAE SYSTEMS as of the date hereof or which is first conceived, created, developed or reduced to

 

2



 

practice by BAE SYSTEMS prior to the commencement of the Joint Development Program.  BAE Systems Background Technology shall be limited to the Intellectual Property listed on attachment B.

 

1.5                                “ODIS Development Technology” shall mean all Intellectual Property and Patent Rights, except Joint IP, which is first acquired, controlled, conceived, created, developed, reduced to practice or otherwise becomes licensable to others (“Obtained”) by ODIS without significant participation or assistance from BAE SYSTEMS during the Joint Development program.  All Intellectual Property and Patent Rights obtained by ODIS other than at BAE Systems’ facilities during the joint development program shall be ODIS Development Technology, unless BAE Systems shall demonstrate that BAE Systems JDP Participants shall have been physically present and shall have actively assisted or participated in obtaining the Intellectual Property or Patent Rights, in which event, such Intellectual Property or Patent Rights shall be Joint Intellectual Property or Joint Patent Rights, as the case may be.

 

1.6                                “BAE SYSTEMS Development Technology” shall mean all Intellectual Property, except Joint IP, which is Obtained by BAE SYSTEMS JDP Participants without significant participation or assistance from ODIS during the Joint Development Program.  All Intellectual Property and Patent Rights Obtained by the BAE Systems JDP Participants at its facilities during the Joint Development Program shall be Joint Intellectual Property or Joint Patent Rights, as the case may be, unless BAE Systems shall demonstrate that ODIS personnel were not physically present at the time such Intellectual Property or Patent Rights were Obtained, and

 

3



 

shall not have actively assisted or participated in Obtaining the Intellectual Property or Patent Rights, in which event, such Intellectual Property or Patent Rights shall be BAE Systems Development Technology.

 

1.7                                “Joint Intellectual Property”, (“Joint IP”) and Joint Patent Rights shall mean all Intellectual Property and Patent Rights, respectively, Obtained during the Joint Development Program by: (1) ODIS which is not ODIS Development Technology, (2) by the BAE SYSTEMS JDP Participants which is not BAE Systems Development Technology, or (3) by ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS JDP participants jointly.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Joint IP shall exclude any Intellectual Property independently conceived or created prior to the Joint Development Program, including without limitation ODIS Background Technology and BAE Systems Background Technology.  It is understood and agreed that any BAE Systems contribution to Joint Intellectual Property will be strictly limited to Intellectual Property Obtained by BAE Systems JDP participants solely or jointly with ODIS JDP Participants.  All inventions, copyrights, confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, know-how, developments, improvements, results, software, data and any other information irrespective of form made by any other BAE Systems employee, either solely or jointly, other than the BAE Systems JDP Participants will be outside the scope of Joint Intellectual Property, provided that such development shall not have been derived from Section 2.13.

 

4



 

1.8                                “Field” shall mean information, processes, methods, devices and apparatus involved in the technology of making, designing or using integrated electronics and optoelectronic semiconductor devices on Gallium Arsenide substrates.

 

1.9                                “Licensed Products” shall mean any product or part thereof that:

 

1.9.1                      absent the licenses granted hereunder, would infringe the Intellectual Property or one or more claims of the Patent Rights; or

 

1.9.2                      is manufactured by using a Licensed Process or that, when used, practices a Licensed Process.

 

1.10                         “Licensed Process” shall mean any process that absent the license granted hereunder, would infringe the Intellectual Property or one or more claims of the Patent Rights or which uses a Licensed Product.

 

1.11                         “Net Selling Price” shall have the following meanings:

 

a.                                       With respect to all Licensed Products or Licensed Processes which are sold, leased or Otherwise Disposed of, Net Selling Price shall mean the gross amount collected less the deductions in Article 1.8c.  With respect to a Licensed Product or Licensed Process that is Otherwise Disposed of, Net Selling Price shall be calculated based upon the nondiscounted amount of the Licensed Product or Licensed Process charged to an independent third party during the reporting period, or, in the absence of such sales, on the established list price of the Licensed Product or Licensed Process.

 

b.                                       With respect to all Licensed Products and Licensed Processes which are sold, leased or Otherwise Disposed of in the course of a transaction that included other products or services with no separate bona fide price

 

5



 

charged for the Licensed Product or Licensed Process, the applicable Net Selling Price shall have the same meaning as set forth in the last sentence of subparagraph a. above.

 

c.                                        Deductions shall include:

 

i.                                           Trade or quantity discounts;

 

ii.                                        Transportation, freight, delivery, commissions, packing costs and insurance charges on the shipments to customers;

 

iii.                                     Sales and use taxes or any other duties paid directly on such sale by licensee to any governmental agency, and

 

iv.                                    Any refunds for Licensed Products or Licensed Processes returned without satisfactory use or not accepted by customer for bona fide reasons in good faith.

 

1.12                         “Otherwise Disposed of” shall mean to put into use, to lease or sell or otherwise transfer title to another entity in other than arm’s length transaction in the ordinary course of business or at a discounted price that is substantially less than the price customarily charged by the seller or for other than cash consideration.  Notwithstanding any term herein, “Otherwise Disposed Of” shall not mean, with respect to all licenses and corresponding royalty rates herein, (1) to consume, use or transfer title for the purposes of testing or experimentation, (2) to dispose of as scrap, (3) to use, lease, sell or transfer of title from BAE SYSTEMS to ODIS or its affiliates or from ODIS to BAE SYSTEMS or its affiliates, and (4) to store as unsold inventory.

 

6



 

1.13                         “Affiliate” of a party shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, directly or indirectly, such party through the ownership by such party of at voting stock, other controlling interest of such entity, or by contract or other arrangement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Opel International, Inc. and Opel Inc., and the respective Affiliates of each of them shall be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to be Affiliates of ODIS.

 

1.14                         “Intellectual Property” or “IP” shall mean all nonpatented inventions, copyrights, confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, know-how, developments, improvements, results, software, data and other information irrespective of form related to the Field.

 

1.15                         “Joint Development Program” shall mean that body of work which BAE SYSTEMS and ODIS jointly carry out as further described on attachment C attached hereto.

 

1.16                         “Patent Rights” shall mean:

 

a.                                       the United States and international patents listed on attachment A or attachment B, respectively;

 

b.                                       the United States and international patent applications and/or provisional applications listed on attachment A or attachment B, respectively;

 

c.                                        any patent applications resulting from the provisional applications listed on attachment A or attachment B respectively, and any divisionals, continuations, continuation-in-part applications, and continued prosecution applications (and their relevant international equivalents) of

 

7



 

the patent applications listed on attachment A or attachment B respectively, and of such patent applications that result from the provisional applications listed on attachment A or attachment B respectively, to the extent the claims are directed to subject matter specifically described in the patent applications listed on attachment A or attachment B respectively, and the resulting patents;

 

d.                                       any patents resulting from reissues, reexaminations, or extensions (and their relevant international equivalents) of the patents described in a., b. and c. above;

 

e.                                        international (non-United States) patent applications which claim priority from patent applications referred to in a., b., c. and d. above, and any international patents resulting therefrom;

 

f.                                         patents, applications and provisional applications resulting from future inventions made by either ODIS and/or BAE Systems which would constitute ODIS Development Technology or BAE Systems Development Technology, as the case may be; and

 

g.                                        patents, applications and provisional applications resulting from future inventions made pursuant to the Joint Development Program.

 

1.17                         “Military Field of Use” shall mean the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the U.S. Department of Defense, the branches of the U.S. Armed Forces, U.S. agencies and instrumentalities engaged in activities related to defense, security, space exploration and/or intelligence, as well as comparable organizations of other nations or multinational treaty organizations.

 

8



 

ARTICLE II.  THE JOINT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.

 

2.1                                Joint Development Program.  The scope of the activities will be described in a Joint Development Program, said Joint Development Program being subject to periodic review and adjustment by mutual written consent of both ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS depending upon results of ongoing development and fundraising efforts.  The parties will work cooperatively to identify and exploit additional opportunities to secure third party financing of development and shall not unreasonably refuse to participate in such future opportunities.  ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS will each designate a Project Manager for initial and primary points of contact to the Joint Development Program.  The Joint Development Program will be managed so as to optimize performance on existing contracts and to maximize the obtaining of Government and other development funding in the future.  The Joint Development Program will include and be directed to deliver the product specifications and development milestones as defined by government funded work, at least as initially outlined in attachment C. As the first item of business under this Agreement both BAE SYSTEMS and ODIS will each name a person as Project Manager appointed and replaced upon notice to the other to represent them who will then act together to further define and manage the Joint Development Program.

 

2.2                                ODIS Support .  ODIS hereby agrees to support the Joint Development Program as well as any related follow-on projects as mutually agreed to be incorporated into the Joint Development Program, promoting the development and sale of

 

9



 

Licensed Products, for a minimum of two (2) years from the Effective Date hereof or as it may agree to be contractually bound, which ever period is longer. ODIS support shall include but not be limited to on-site presence and development participation of qualified ODIS technical representatives (to the extent practicable based upon sufficient available funding).  ODIS shall ensure that its representatives at BAE SYSTEMS facilities adhere to the instructions provided to ODIS by BAE SYSTEMS governing movement within and access to BAE SYSTEMS facilities for the duration of the Joint Development Program, which includes but is not limited to applicable BAE Systems workplace rules, policies, and procedures that are provided to ODIS not less than ten business days prior to ODIS personnel commencing work at BAE’s facilities.

 

2.3                                Location of Joint Development Activities.  During the Joint Development Program, technical representatives of ODIS will from time to time and at BAE SYSTEMS reasonable discretion in light of cost burdens on ODIS, assist BAE SYSTEMS employees and agents in the Joint Development Program at BAE Systems’ compound semiconductor fabrication facility.

 

2.4                                Technical Personnel.   ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS will each contribute key personnel to the Joint Development Program for the purpose of forming a core team to spearhead the technology commercialization effort.  ODIS personnel, acting as independent contractors with respect to BAE SYSTEMS, shall include technical personnel sufficiently skilled in the activities required under the Joint Development Program.  The BAE Systems JDP Participants, acting as independent contractors with respect to ODIS, shall include technical personnel

 

10



 

sufficiently skilled in the activities required under the Joint Development Program.

 

2.5                                BAE SYSTEMS Support.  BAE SYSTEMS hereby agrees to support the Joint Development Program as well as any related follow-on projects incorporated into the Joint Development Program by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

2.6                                Integrated Activities .  Not inconsistent with its independent contractor status, ODIS shall be, to the reasonable extent possible in appearance and fact, a fully integrated part of the BAE SYSTEMS team.  If problems develop in other areas where one party is reasonably able to temporarily divert resources in order to reasonably assist the other while moving the Joint Development Program forward, such party shall do so.  .

 

2.8                                Cash Payments by ODIS to BAE SYSTEMS .  In partial consideration for its participation in the Joint Development Program, ODIS will make cash payments to BAE SYSTEMS in accordance with the schedule described in attachment C; provided however, that it is understood and agreed that both ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS contemplate that ODIS’s obligations to make such payments will be satisfied predominately by the generation of funding by the parties from U.S. Government SBIR awards and other U.S. Government funding opportunities (“Government Awards”) or projects sponsored by BAE SYSTEMS.  Each of ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS agree to utilize reasonable best efforts to identify and secure such funding in order to reduce or eliminate any obligation on the part of ODIS to utilize any funds other than Government Awards funds or payments from BAE SYSTEMS projects to satisfy its obligations hereunder.

 

11



 

2.9                                Joint Intellectual Property .  BAE SYSTEMS and ODIS will each own an undivided 50% joint interest in Joint Intellectual Property, subject to any obligations ODIS may have to the University of Connecticut, which obligations shall only affect ODIS’ share of ownership therein.  Each party hereunder shall ensure that its employees and agents shall promptly disclose to the other party in writing and cooperate in appropriately assigning to the other any Intellectual Property in the Field that they conceive, create, or develop during the term of the Joint Development Program which would constitute Joint Intellectual Property and/or Joint Patent Rights.  Each party shall ensure that its employees and agents shall execute and be bound by confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements having confidentiality and intellectual property assignment terms necessary to permit each party to comply with the confidentiality and intellectual property assignment terms herein.

 

To the extent as described herein and during the term of the Joint Development Program, unless prohibited by law, full two-way disclosure of Intellectual Property in the Field will be freely and regularly provided between the parties hereto.  If any legal prohibition prevents the disclosure of information by a party, such party shall, to the extent feasible, identify to the other the nature of such prohibition, and, if applicable, identify what steps the other party may take to legally terminate such prohibition.  A joint BAE SYSTEMS- ODIS Patent Review Committee (PRC) will be formed within the first 30 days following the Effective Date of this Agreement, and shall be composed of two representatives each from BAE SYSTEMS and ODIS appointed and replaced upon notice to the

 

12



 

other.  The PRC will be disbanded at the end of the Joint Development Program unless there is mutual agreement to continue PRC operation.  The PRC will prioritize patent filing, prosecution, and maintenance decisions for Joint Intellectual Property and Joint Patent Rights.  Both parties shall equally share in the cost, if unanimously agreed by the PRC, of protecting Joint IP and Joint Patent Rights, including paying filing, prosecution, and maintenance costs, provided, however, BAE Systems may pay all of any such protection costs (e.g. filing, prosecution, and maintenance activities).

 

If the PRC decides not to file a patent application to protect Joint IP, and one of the parties has expressly notified in writing the other party after such PRC decision that it wishes to file a patent application alone, absent a change of decision by the notified party to participate in the filing within 30 days, the notifying party shall be the sole owner of the patent application, any foreign counter party, substitute, continuation, and divisional patent applications thereof, and any patents issuing therefrom and shall pay all costs in connection therewith.  In this event, the notified party shall be licensed under such patent applications and issuing patents pursuant to the terms herein respectively related to ODIS or BAE SYSTEMS Development Technology.

 

Notwithstanding any terms of any section of this Agreement, each of ODIS and BAE Systems, respectively, shall solely hold title to any Intellectual Property which is Obtained by it during the Joint Development program and is not Joint Intellectual Property or Joint Patent Rights.  This paragraph shall survive termination or expiration of this agreement.

 

13



 

2.10                         Samples and Data.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary specified herein or in the separately executed Proprietary Information Exchange Agreement (PIEA), each party has the right to disclose to potential third party licensees technical information owned by the other or owned jointly which is related to the process of the Joint Development Program and samples and device structures and integrated circuits to such third parties upon the written approval of the Party owning or sharing ownership of such technical information (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that such third parties accept the information, data and samples under the terms of confidentiality substantially the same as those provided in the PIEA between ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS and that all other applicable restrictions on the use and disclosure of such items are observed.

 

2.11                         Government Contracts.  Both parties shall agree to jointly explore potential Phase I and II SBIR awards and to use reasonable best efforts to identify Government awards as specified in Section 2.8 hereof. BAE Systems shall plan to serve as the Prime for ODIS in respect of Air Force Phase III (A Novel LWIR/UV Sensor) award process. Both parties shall agree on the application of proceeds in order to offset development efforts hereunder, with a view toward minimizing or eliminating ODIS’s payment obligations under Section 2.8. Upon completion of Phase I, BAE Systems shall use reasonable efforts to seek out initiatives for deployment of POET within BAE Systems.

 

2.12                         Post Process Manufacturing and Follow-on Services. BAE Systems shall be the exclusive foundry supplier for POET products for Military Field of Use

 

14



 

applications for 6 years from Phase III (“Foundry Term”). After the expiration of the Foundry Term, BAE Systems shall have the right of first refusal to extend foundry supply exclusivity for POET products for Military Field of Use applications for a successive 3 year period. In the event BAE Systems fails to provide wafers at competitive pricing available from equivalent products in the open market, ODIS may terminate the exclusivity condition mentioned above and provide licenses to alternative sources.  BAE Systems will facilitate ODIS interaction with BAE Systems packaging and reliability test groups on customary terms.  ODIS shall discuss with BAE Systems the terms of a foundry supply relationship for POET products for other than Military Field of Use, but shall be under no obligation hereunder to establish or maintain such a relationship.

 

2.13                         JDP Participants.

 

a..                                    During the term of this Agreement, the BAE Systems JDP Participants shall ensure that all Joint Development Program Intellectual Property (except for BAE Systems Background Technology), ODIS Background Technology, and ODIS Development Technology are kept separate and apart from the BAE Systems employees who are not BAE Systems JDP Participants, and shall further ensure that no communication occurs between any BAE Systems JDP Participants and BAE Systems employees who are not BAE Systems JDP Participants with respect to any Joint Development Program Intellectual Property (except for BAE Systems Background Technology), ODIS Background Technology, and ODIS

 

15



 

Development Technology or design, development, or other aspects of  the Joint Development Program or this Agreement.

 

b.                                       All BAE Systems and ODIS JDP Participants shall be briefed by the Compliance Officer (identified on Attachment E), or his designee, on their respective obligations to observe these restrictions and shall be made aware of the terms and obligations of this Agreement.

 

c.                                        Material containing Joint Development Program Intellectual Property (except for BAE Systems Background Technology) shall not be left unattended by any BAE Systems JDP Participants where it is accessible by persons without authorized access to it.  A shared output device (e.g. printer) shall not be used. BAE Systems JDP Participants shall not store Joint Development Program Intellectual Property (except for BAE Systems Background Technology) in public shared folders.  Such Intellectual Property shall be held in restricted Joint Development Program folders with access limited to the individuals as identified in Attachment E.

 

d.                                       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 2.13 is intended to limit or restrict in any manner the ability of BAE Systems JDP Participants to brief, present  and/or communicate status, without disclosing Joint Intellectual Property, ODIS Background Technology, or ODIS Development Technology, of the Joint Development Program and any subsequently related pursuits and/or contracts to its

 

16



 

management, provided that such briefs and/or communications shall be done in the ordinary course of business, and shall be done in a manner which limits the extent to which such  briefs and/or communications include detailed discussions of Joint Development Program Intellectual Property. BAE Systems shall provide advance disclosure of any such briefs or communication and shall seek ODIS’ confirmation that it agrees that any such briefs and/or communication are free of Joint Intellectual Property, ODIS Background Technology or ODIS Development Technology.  On receiving such disclosure, ODIS will promptly provide BAE Systems with its response.  Copies of invention disclosures on inventions made by any BAE Systems JDP Participant either solely or jointly with either another BAE Systems JDP Participant or a ODIS JDP Participant may be sent to the BAE Systems Legal Department; provided, however, that the BAE SYSTEMS legal department shall have no right or authority to disclose any such information other than to authorized BAE SYSTEMS JDP participants or ODIS personnel or to outside legal counsel for preparation of a patent application in accordance with the instructions by the Patent Review Committee (PRC), without the prior written consent of ODIS.  If any such invention is made under a United States Government contract such invention disclosures may also be sent to the cognizant BAE Systems contract administrator and to the United States Government Contracting Officer; provided however that such personnel shall have no authority or right to disclose any such information other than

 

17



 

to authorized BAE SYSTEMS JDP participants or ODIS personnel without the prior written consent of ODIS.

 

e.                        Each of the BAE Systems JDP Participants and each of the ODIS JDP Participants shall maintain a personal bound laboratory notebook in which such participant will maintain detailed entries recording activities performed by such participant relative to the Joint Development Program.  Such entries shall be signed and dated by the participant  and will be witnessed by a another person who is either a BAE Systems JDP Participant or an ODIS JDP Participant.  In the event it should be necessary for either party to prove the circumstances  under which any invention was conceived or reduced to practice, such laboratory notebooks will be the primary evidence of such circumstances.

 

ARTICLE III. LICENSES; NON-ASSERTIONS.

 

3.1            Non-Exclusive Licensed Production Grant to BAE SYSTEMS.

 

a.                                       ODIS hereby grants to BAE SYSTEMS and its affiliates a royalty—bearing, paid up, non-exclusive, worldwide license under ODIS Background Technology and ODIS Development Technology to make, have made, use, sell, lease, offer for sale, offer for lease, import, and Otherwise Dispose of Licensed Products and Licensed Processes in the Field, limited to the Military Field of Use.  ODIS also grants to BAE SYSTEMS the right to grant sublicenses, of the same scope (and for no longer than the term of) as the license for Licensed Products and Licensed Processes granted herein to BAE SYSTEMS, to third parties, with the

 

18



 

prior written consent of ODIS, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  BAE Systems shall promptly furnish ODIS with a fully executed photocopy of any such sublicense agreement.

 

b.                                       ODIS agrees that it shall not grant to any third party rights equivalent to those granted to BAE Systems under section 3.1 specifically covering the Military Field of Use.  ODIS shall include a clause in all third party license agreements relating to ODIS Background Technology or ODIS Development Technology which states that no rights are granted thereunder to make, use or sell products for sale in the Military Field of Use.

 

3.2            Non-Exclusive Licensed Production Grant to ODIS Under BAE SYSTEMS Background Technology and BAE SYSTEMS Development Technology . BAE SYSTEMS hereby grants to ODIS and its affiliates a royalty—bearing, paid up, non-exclusive, perpetual worldwide license under BAE SYSTEMS Background Technology and BAE SYSTEMS Development Technology to make, have made, use, sell, lease, offer for sale, offer for lease, import, and Otherwise Dispose of Licensed Products and Licensed Processes in the Field. BAE SYSTEMS also grants to ODIS the right to grant sublicenses, of the same scope as the licenses for Licensed Products and Licensed Processes granted herein to ODIS to third parties, with the prior written consent of BAE SYSTEMS, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  ODIS will promptly furnish BAE Systems with a fully executed photocopy of any such license agreement.

 

19



 

3.3            Reproduction Rights .  ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS hereby grants to the other and its Affiliates a worldwide, transferable, royalty-free, fully paid-up non-exclusive license (with the right to sublicense to its agents including sub-contractors) under all technology licensed and transferred hereunder to the other, to copy, reproduce, distribute, display, make derivative works, and perform, in whole or in part, the information, documents and the like provided pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right to have a third party practice the foregoing rights, solely to the extent necessary to exercise the license rights as set forth herein.  Notwithstanding any terms herein, but solely to permit exercise of licensed rights set forth herein, a party shall only have the right to disclose the other’s Confidential or proprietary information to third parties that have executed a proprietary information exchange agreement (PIEA) substantially similar to the Confidentiality section herein.

 

The parties hereunder understand and agree that no license or other right is granted herein to either party, directly or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, with respect to any intellectual property or proprietary information, except as specifically provided herein, and that no additional licenses or other rights shall arise from the consummation of this Agreement or from any acts, statements or dealings leading to such consummation.

 

3.4            No Additional Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon one party by implication, estoppel or otherwise as to any technology or patent rights of the other or any other entity other than as specifically granted herein,

 

20



 

regardless of whether such technology or patent rights shall be dominant or subordinate to any Intellectual Property or Patent Rights of a party.

 

ARTICLE IV.  RUNNING ROYALTIES AND OTHER CONSIDERATION.

 

4.1.                             Running Royalty Rates to ODIS.  In consideration of the rights granted to BAE SYSTEMS hereinabove in Section 3.1, BAE SYSTEMS, its Affiliates and its sublicensees, if any, shall pay to ODIS running royalties on the Net Selling Price of Licensed Products or Licensed Processes sold, transferred, or Otherwise Disposed of by BAE SYSTEMS, its affiliates, agents or sublicensees in any country of the world that Licensed Products or Licensed Processes embody, employ or are manufactured by use of any invention that forms part of ODIS Background Technology or ODIS Development Technology during the period commencing on the date of first sale, transfer or Other Disposition and ending 15 years thereafter at the royalty rate of 5.0% commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement.  No royalties shall be required to be paid hereunder with respect to sales or transfers by BAE Systems or its Affiliates to ODIS or its Affiliates, or for any subsequent resales by ODIS or its Affiliates of Licensed Products or Licensed Processes sold or transferred to any of them by BAE Systems or its Affiliates. It is understood and agreed by the parties that after such 15-year period from the effective date has expired, all further sales or other transfers of Licensed Products and Licensed Processes will be on a royalty-free basis.

 

4.2                    Running Royalty Rates to BAE SYSTEMS .  In consideration of the rights granted to ODIS hereinabove in Section 3.2, ODIS, its Affiliates or its sublicensees, if any, shall pay to BAE SYSTEMS running royalties on the Net Selling Price of

 

21



 

Licensed Products or Licensed Processes sold, transferred or Otherwise Disposed of by ODIS, its affiliates, agents or sublicensees in any country of the world that Licensed Products or Licensed Processes embody, employ or are manufactured by use of any invention that forms part of BAE SYSTEMS Background Technology or BAE Systems Development Technology during the period commencing on the date of first sale, transfer or Other Disposition and ending 15 years thereafter at the royalty rate of 5.0% commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement.  No royalties shall be required to be paid hereunder with respect to sales or transfers by ODIS or its Affiliates to BAE Systems or its Affiliates, or for any subsequent resales by BAE Systems or its Affiliates of Licensed Products or Licensed Processes sold or transferred to them by ODIS or its Affiliates.  It is understood and agreed by the parties that after such 15 year period from the effective date has expired, all further sales or other transfers of the licensed products will be on a royalty-free basis for both parties.

 

4.3                    Sublicense Fees .  BAE Systems shall pay ODIS an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of all payments received (“Sublicense Income”) by BAE Systems or any Affiliate receives from any Sublicensee in consideration of the Sublicense of rights granted BAE Systems and its Affiliates pursuant to Section 3.1, including without limitation license fees, milestone payments, license maintenance fees and other payments, but excluding running royalties on sales or other transfers.  ODIS shall pay BAE Systems an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of Sublicense Income received by ODIS or any Affiliate in consideration of the sublicense of rights granted to ODIS and its Affiliates pursuant to Section 3.2.  All payments to be made by one party to

 

22



 

the other in respect of Sublicense Income received by either party shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of such Sublicense Income.

 

4.4                    No Multiple Royalties .  If the manufacture, use, lease or sale of any Licensed Product or the performance of any Licensed Process is covered by more than one of the Patent Rights, multiple royalties shall not be due.

 

ARTICLE V.     PAYMENTS, REPORTS AND RECORDS.

 

5.1                                Royalty Statement.   Within 60 days after the end of each calendar semi-annual period ending on the 30 th  of June and the 31 st  of December, respectively, during the term hereof and until the expiration date of the royalty periods specified herein, each party shall provide and cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to provide to the other party a written statement setting forth the amount of the royalty income which shall become due and payable to the other party under the licenses granted herein, including information regarding the royalties from sublicensees.  Each statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis on which the amount of such royalties shall have been determined, and shall be accompanied by payment of royalties due.

 

5.2                                Accounts and Records.   Each party hereunder shall maintain, and cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to maintain, full and accurate accounts and records of all data necessary for the preparation of the statements submitted and the calculation of the royalty incomes paid hereunder and shall retain such accounts and records relating to each royalty payment made hereunder for a period of three years after the date of each such payment.  Each party hereunder shall permit the audit of their accounts records, and shall cause their Affiliates and sublicensees to

 

23



 

permit audits of their accounts and records, from time to time during normal business hours at the reasonable convenience of the parties, but no more often than once during each calendar year, and no more detailed in scope and depth than is reasonably necessary for the purposes of this agreement, by an independent certified public accountant (“CPA”).  Said CPA shall be appointed by and at the sole expense of the party requesting the audit, subject to approval by the party to be audited whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Prior to commencing the audit, the party seeking the audit shall cause the independent auditor retained by that party to execute a non-disclosure agreement with the party to be audited by which the independent auditor shall be obligated to keep such account and record information in confidence, other than to provide the party requesting the audit only such information as may be necessary to enable the requesting party to determine whether royalties have been fully paid by the audited party as provided in this Agreement.  Each party hereunder shall hold and cause its affiliates and sublicensees to hold in strict confidence the statements provided pursuant to Article 5.1 and all information relating to any audit provided pursuant to Article 5.2.  Each party hereunder shall use and cause its affiliates and sublicensees to use the statements provided pursuant to Article 5.1 and all information relating to any audit provided pursuant to Article 5.2 solely for purposes of administering and enforcing this Agreement, and not for any other purpose including, without limitation, marketing and sales.  In the event an audit of a party hereunder or their Affiliates or sublicensees reveals a deficit greater than 5% for the period covered by the audit, the audited party shall pay or cause

 

24



 

its Affiliates or sublicensees to pay the cost of the audit.  In the event a payment is overdue and owed to one party by the other, or its Affiliates or sublicensees, the owing party shall pay or cause to be paid to the owed party annual simple interest at the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal on the date a payment becomes overdue) plus four percent (4%) or the highest amount permitted by law, which ever is less, on the overdue and owed payment plus reasonable collection and attorney fees.

 

5.3                                Payments in U.S. Dollars.  All payments due under this Agreement shall be drawn on a United States bank and shall be payable in United States dollars.  Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars shall be made at the conversion rate existing in the United States (as reported in the Wall Street Journal) on the last working day of the calendar quarter of the applicable reporting period.  Such payments shall be without deduction of exchange, collection or other charges, and, specifically, without deduction of withholding or similar taxes or other government imposed fees or taxes, except as permitted by the definition of Net Selling Price.

 

ARTICLE VI. TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

6.1            Term.   The Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall remain in effect until its expiration fifteen (15) years after the Effective Date.  Six months prior to the expiration of the fifteen (15) year term of this Agreement, the parties may enter into good faith negotiations concerning the terms and conditions for extending said term.

 

25



 

6.2            Material Default .  If either party shall be in material default of this Agreement and such material default is not cured, or an agreement to resolve such material default is not made to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching party, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the earlier to occur of (i) receipt of written notice of such material default from the other party and the completion of the two successive ten-day negotiation, discussion and settlement periods described in Section 16.1, or (ii) immediately upon finding of such material breach by an arbitration panel pursuant to Article XVI hereof, then the non-breaching party shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement, have the right to terminate the breaching party’s rights and licenses under this Agreement forthwith upon written notice to that effect. Further, in the event of termination under this Section 6.2, all licenses granted herein to the non-breaching party shall remain in full force and effect and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

6.3            Voluntary Termination by Either Party.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6.1 and 6.2 above, either BAE SYSTEMS or ODIS may terminate the Joint Development Program for any reason at any time after the completion of Phase I of the  Joint Development Program by providing six (6) months prior written notice to the other party; provided, however, that in the event that BAE SYSTEMS exercises such right of termination, BAE Systems shall (i) return to ODIS, at BAE Systems’ expense, all equipment purchased by ODIS for the Joint Development Program; and (ii) reimburse ODIS all monies provided to BAE Systems pursuant to the Joint Development Program incurred to date of

 

26



 

termination under $3.3M; reimburse ODIS for all costs reasonably incurred by ODIS and its personnel as a result of such termination under $50K.  In addition, the licenses granted by BAE SYSTEMS to ODIS hereunder shall, upon such termination, be perpetual, irrevocable and non-royalty bearing.  Any equipment purchased by BAE SYSTEMS for use in the JDP that is deemed surplus by BAE SYSTEMS after termination of the program, shall be made available for purchase by ODIS on terms to be agreed between both parties.  In the event that ODIS shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.3,  (i) ODIS shall have no obligation to make any payments otherwise required hereunder from and after the date on which ODIS gives notice of such termination, (ii) all licenses granted under Article III shall terminate at the time of giving notice of termination, and neither party shall have or assert rights to the Intellectual Property of the other party; (iii) each of BAE SYSTEMS and ODIS shall return or destroy all confidential information of the other and if destroyed, shall certify to such destruction, and (iv)  all obligations of confidentiality assumed by the parties hereunder and pursuant to the Proprietary Information Exchange Agreement shall survive and continue for the duration of the applicable protections periods.

 

ARTICLE VII.  CONFIDENTIALITY.

 

7.1        Obligations of Confidentiality .  Confidential or proprietary information shall be exchanged pursuant to the Proprietary Information Exchange Agreement. Nondisclosure obligations previously entered into are continued and confirmed in this Agreement. Distribution of confidential or proprietary information (inclusive of Background, Development, and Joint Intellectual Property and

 

27



 

Patent Rights) will be restricted by both parties to the BAE Systems JDP Participants and ODIS JDP Participants, or specifically authorized by the other party and applicable advisors and consultants on a need-to-know basis.

 

7.2        Press Release.   The parties shall agree to a mutually satisfactory press release to announce this Agreement, which press release is attached hereto as attachment D.  Any future press release or public announcement relating to this Agreement or relating to activities covered under this Agreement shall be expressly agreed to in writing by both parties prior to its release to the general public, other than as notices required by law such as to comply with applicable securities law.

 

ARTICLE VIII.  NOTICES.

 

8.1        Notices.  All notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing from an authorized officer or attorney and shall be given at the address below by express or overnight courier,  Certified Mail return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, effective in each case upon  receipt:

 

If to ODIS

 

Three Corporate Drive, Suite 204

Shelton, CT 96484

ATTN:  Leon M. Pierhal, President

Email:  Leepierhal@aol.com

 

Copy to:

 

18 Linden Court

North Kingstown, RI  02852

ATTN:  Leon M. Pierhal, President

 

28



 

If to BAE SYSTEMS

 

Attention:  Stephen C. Liamos

Mail stop:  MER 241206

BAE SYSTEMS

144 DW Highway

Merrimack, NH 03054-4898

Email:  Stephen.c.liamos@baesystems.com

 

Or to such other address or fax as the party to receive such notice shall have designated by written notice to the other party hereto.

 

ARTICLE IX.  APPLICABLE LAW.

 

9.1.     Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed and construed and the relations between the parties determined in all respects by the laws of the United States and the State of New York, without regard to its choice of law principles.

 

ARTICLE X.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENTS.

 

10.1.                                  Modifications in Writing.   This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS relating to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes all other agreements or understandings relating to such subject matter.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon a party unless made in writing and signed on behalf of the party by its respective fully authorized representative.

 

ARTICLE XI.  ASSIGNMENT.

 

11.1.      Assignment with Business.  Except as set forth below, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights granted hereunder may be assigned, extended or otherwise transferred in whole or in part by a party hereto, whether voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, nor shall this Agreement or any right granted

 

29



 

hereunder inure to the benefit of any successor of either party hereto, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and not withstanding any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any assignment, extension or transfer without such consent shall be null and void.  The parties acknowledge that the benefits accorded to each party under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the license, are personal to such party (and, to the extent expressly set forth herein, its affiliates, customers and suppliers,) and shall in no event extend to any other person.  Not withstanding any term herein, however, a party may, without the consent of the other party, transfer assign this Agreement and rights and obligations hereunder (a) to an Affiliate in connection with an internal reorganization of such Party’s business or (b) to a third party successor-in-interest of all or a substantial part of a party, or a business unit of a party, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of stock or assets or other comparable transaction.

 

11.2.      Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

ARTICLE XII.  GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

 

12.1.      Enforceability.   Should any provision of this Agreement be declared unenforceable for any reason or found contrary to any Government statute, said provision will automatically cease with respect to obligations and rights in that country to be a part of this Agreement without affecting any other provision or obligation thereof unless such provision is a material part of this Agreement.

 

30



 

12.2.      Waiver of Breach.   A party hereunder shall not be deemed to have waived a right to remedy provided in or relating to this Agreement unless the waiver is expressly stated in writing and duly executed by the party.  Further, no waiver of any right or remedy in respect of any occurrence or event on one occasion shall be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy on any other occasion.

 

12.3.      Headings.  The headings and titles to the Articles of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

12.4.      Export Control.   Both parties agree to abide by the export laws and regulations of the U.S. government. The party responsible for selling or otherwise providing products or technology to third parties shall be responsible for obtaining all appropriate export licenses as may be required by law. Each party shall provide reasonable cooperation to the other party in these matters.

 

12.5.      Independent Contractors.   Each party hereto is an independent contractor to the other party.  Neither party, nor its employees or agents, are, by virtue of this Agreement, franchisees, brokers, agents, employees, partners or joint venturers of the other party, nor does either party, nor its employees or agents, have any authority to bind the other party, or its employees agents, by contract or otherwise to any obligation.  Each party will not represent to the contrary, either expressly, implicitly, by appearance or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE XIII.  FORCE MAJEURE.

 

13.1.      Force Majeure.   The parties hereto shall not be liable in any manner for failure or delay in fulfillment of all or any part of this Agreement by reason, directly or

 

31



 

indirectly, of any causes or circumstances beyond their control, including Acts of God, Governmental orders or restrictions, war, war-like conditions, hostilities, sanctions, mobilization, embargo, detention, revolution, riot, looting, strike, lockout, plague, or other epidemics, fire or flood.

 

ARTICLE XIV.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

14.1.      ODIS Representations.   ODIS represents and warrants that it owns and/or has the right to grant the licenses herein granted under ODIS Background Technology, that is has the right to enter into this Agreement, that there are no outstanding assignments, grants, licenses, encumbrances, obligations or agreements, either written or oral or implied, inconsistent with this Agreement, and that ODIS shall not enter into any arrangements or agreements inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

14.2.      BAE SYSTEMS .  BAE SYSTEMS represents and warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement, that there are no outstanding assignments, grants, licenses, encumbrances, obligations or agreement, either written or oral or implied, inconsistent with this Agreement, and that BAE SYSTEMS shall not enter into any arrangements or agreements inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

14.3.      Representations .  No representations or warranties are made by any party here regarding the infringement or non-infringement by the Licensed Products or of the Intellectual Property or Patent Rights of others not a party to this agreement.

 

14.4.      Limitation of Liability .  Under no circumstances shall either party be liable to the other for consequential or punitive damages arising from this Agreement.

 

32



 

ARTICLE XV.  DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

 

15.1                         Arbitration .  Both ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS shall thoroughly explore all possibilities to resolve amicably all disputes, controversies, or difference which may arise between the parties under this Agreement.  If despite the exercise of due diligence by both parties, including successive ten-day periods of negotiation and discussion, first between the respective Project Managers of the Joint Development Program, and thereafter between the respective immediate superiors of each of the respective Project Managers, an amicable settlement cannot be reached, any controversy or claim between or among the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort related to this Agreement, shall at the request of either party be determined by arbitration.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the United States Arbitration Action 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Agreement, and under the auspices and commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect.  The arbitration will be held in Boston, Massachusetts or a city selected by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

The matter will be resolved by three arbitrators.  Each side will select one arbitrator and the third arbitrator will be selected by the American Intellectual Property Law Association (“AIPLA”) from the list of qualified neutrals maintained by the Alternate Dispute Resolution committee of the AIPLA and will have relevant technical qualifications.

 

33



 

The arbitrators are empowered to award all damages otherwise available under the terms of this Agreement.  The arbitrators shall have the discretion to order a pre-hearing exchange of information by the parties, including production of requested documents, exchange of summaries of testimony and proposed witnesses, and examination by deposition of parties, and to enter appropriate confidentiality orders.  If disputes arise concerning these requests, the arbitrators shall have some and complete discretion to resolve the disputes.

 

In resolving the dispute and determining awards, the arbitrators shall give effect to the applicable law.  The arbitrators shall deliver a written opinion setting forth findings of act and the rationale for the decision.  Article VII of this Agreement shall apply to the arbitration proceeding, all evidence taken and the opinion.

 

The parties recognize that pursuant to this Agreement, that misuse of proprietary information or intellectual property may cause great or irreparable injury to the owner of the proprietary information or intellectual property.  Notwithstanding any terms herein and without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights available to a party in the matter whether at law or equity, injunctive relief by a court shall be available in equity to prevent such abuses.

 

Article XVI.  COOPERATION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

16.1                                                 Future Cooperation .  If not inconsistent with the business interest of either, ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS agree that even after the end of the Joint Development Program, they will make reasonable efforts to work together in good faith to promote and develop Licensed Products, and that they will meet periodically to review the current status of the Field and to discuss possible

 

34



 

extension of the terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary to accommodate their mutual interest.  ODIS and BAE SYSTEMS agree to use reasonable best efforts in pursuing additional government programs to mitigate the out-of-pocket expense of ODIS in connection with this Agreement and to further assist the development and commercialization of Licensed Products and Licensed Processes; provided, however that such programs are reasonably adapted to promote the development of the Technology in the Field.  This paragraph shall create no obligation on either party to enter into any agreements extending, expanding or modifying the terms of this Agreement or enlarging or changing the business relationship of the parties hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XVII.  DOCUMENTS FORMING PART OF THE AGREEMENT.

 

17.1                                     This Agreement consists of the following elements, all of which are hereby incorporated herein by this reference and shall apply in the performance of this Agreement:

 

(a)            This document, entitled “AGREEMENT”;

 

(b)            attachment A, entitled “LIST OF ODIS PATENTS AND APPLICATIONS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY”;

 

(c)             attachment B, entitled “LIST OF BAE SYSTEMS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY”;

 

(d)            attachment C, entitled “JOINT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM”; and

 

(e)             attachment D, entitled “PRESS RELEASE”.

 

(f)              attachment E, entitled “BAE SYSTEMS AND ODIS JOINT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS”

 

35



 

ARTICLE XVIII.  ORDER OF PRECEDENCE.

 

18.1.                      In the event of any conflict between the provisions of clauses in this document entitled “Agreement,” any exhibits, and other documents which are specifically incorporated into this Agreement, the order of precedence shall be as follows:

 

(a)           provisions of clauses in this document entitled “Agreement”;

 

(b)           any exhibits; and

 

(c)            other documents, including any proprietary information exchange agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed by their duty authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

ODIS INC.

BAE SYSTEMS INFORMATION AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS INTEGRATION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

By

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

Stephen C. Liamos

 

 

 

Date: May 21, 2008

Date

18 June, 2008

 

 

 

Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

Title

Director of Contracts

 

36


Exhibit 4.3

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This License Agreement (the Agreement) is made effective as of the April 28,2003 (the “Effective Date”), between the UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT (“UCONN”) c/o the Center for Science and Technology Commercialization, 263 Farmington Avenue, Farmington, CT 06030-6207 and OPEL, INC. (“OPEL”) having a principal place of business at 22 Quail Run, Mansfield, CT 06268.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, UCONN, in the laboratory under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor, has been engaged in basic research in the field of gallium arsenide-based technology for development of integrated optoelectronic components, and devices for communication;

 

WHEREAS, that research led to the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A, which are owned or jointly owned by UCONN and which are included in the Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 1.4, below); and

 

WHEREAS, OPEL is desirous of obtaining, and UCONN wishes to grant to OPEL, an exclusive license (as defined below) to the Intellectual Property in order that the Intellectual Property be commercially developed.

 

NOW, Therefore, OPEL and UCONN agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 “Expiration Date” means the date upon which the last patent included in the Patent Rights expires or otherwise becomes no longer valid.

 

Section 1.2 “Field” means all optical, electronic, and optoelectronic integrated circuit applications, including but not limited to components and devices for communications, computing, and imaging.

 

Section 1.3 “Improvements” means any modification, correction, addition, extension, upgrade, variation, enhancement, use, indication, or method of fabrication or production as may be generated by or under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor at UCONN during the term of this Agreement, that falls within the claims of the Patent Rights, whether owned solely or jointly by UCONN.

 

Section 1.4 “Intellectual property” means all Patent Rights, Related Technology and Improvements.

 

Section 1.5 “Patent Rights” means all United States and foreign patents and/or patent applications referred to on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, joint inventions that exist as of the date of this

 



 

Agreement for which US and/or foreign patent applications are in the future filed, issued patents, patent applications in preparation, provisional patent applications, patent extensions, reissues, re-examinations, renewals, substitutions and supplementary protection certificates or additions thereof, and all other United States and foreign patents and/or patent applications which UCONN owns in whole or in part, including but not limited to its joint ownership of certain patents with Opel, or has a right to license, including, but not limited to, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, issued patents, patent applications in preparation, provisional patent applications, patent extensions, reissues, re-examinations, renewals, substitutions and supplementary protection certificates or additions claiming: (i) any invention in the Field; (ii) any Improvement; and/or (iii) any use, indication, or method for fabrication or production of same, conceived, discovered, characterized, synthesized, reduced to practice and/or conducted by or under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor at UCONN prior to the Effective Date or during the term of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.6 “Product” means any optoelectronic component or device for any product or any process in the Field, whose manufacture, use, sale or import would, absent the license granted to OPEL hereunder, infringe one or more claims of the Patent Rights. Product, as that term is defined herein shall not include products used in customer and strategic association or partner alpha or beta tests, samples and prototypes.

 

Section 1.7 “Related Company’’ means any subsidiary of OPEL and/or any entity the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly at least’ fifty percent (50%) owned or controlled by OPEL; an entity which directly or indirectly controls at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of OPEL; or an entity at least fifty percent (50%) of which is owned by another entity and wherein the other entity owns at least fifty percent (50%) of OPEL.

 

Section 1.8 “Related Technology” means proprietary information, samples of optoelectronic components or devices, know-how, and data that UCONN owns that is generated by or under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor at UCONN, prior to the Effective Date or during the term of this Agreement, which is in the Field.

 

Section 1.9 “Sublicensee” means any sublicensee other than a Related Company of all or any portion of the rights granted to OPEL by UCONN under this Agreement.

 

Section 1.10 “Sublicense Revenues” means any payments and/or the fair market value at the time of receipt by Opel of other consideration that OPEL receives from a Sublicensee in consideration for a sublicense of Intellectual Property rights granted OPEL under this Agreement, including without limitation license fees, royalties, milestone royalty payments that are not made in consideration for engineering services performed by or on behalf of OPEL, and license maintenance fees, but excluding (i) the payments specifically committed to research relating to a Product and (ii) investments by any Sublicensee(s) in equity or debt or similar investments convertible into equity of Opel.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; LICENSE GRANTS

 

Section 2.1 License Grant. UCONN hereby grants to OPEL an exclusive as to all parties, including UCONN, world-wide, transferable license in the Field, with the unrestricted right to sublicense at any tier to any person or party: (i) under the Patent Rights, to discover, develop, make, have made, import, have imported, use, have used, sell, have sold, offer for sale, have offered for sale, and otherwise exploit Products and to practice all other applications; and (ii) to copy, use, display, prepare derivative works of, and distribute all of any portion of Related Technology.

 

Section 2.2 Retained. UCONN retains the rights to make, have made and use the Intellectual Property (unmodified by or for OPEL) for noncommercial educational and research purposes at UCONN or at other educational institutions, including the right of UCONN to send gallium arsenide-based optoelectronic components or devices to its academic collaborators (other than components or devices fabricated by or for OPEL), provided that the academic collaborators receiving any Intellectual Property or Products shall be obligated in a writing to not disclose or transfer such Intellectual Property or Products to, or otherwise share Related Technology with, third parties and to not use such Intellectual Property or Products in research sponsored by or in collaboration with third party commercial entities without prior written approval of both UCONN and OPEL. In no event shall UCONN (i) transfer Intellectual Property or Products for sale or other distribution to third parties other than to educational institutions for the above-stated purposes and under the above-stated conditions, or (ii) provide to any party practical information or instructions regarding the actual fabrication of Products consisting of gallium arsenide-based optoelectronic components or devices or related Products. Any such academic collaborators of UCONN must, in advance, enter a non-disclosure and non-use agreement that contains the above prohibitions, that covers such components and devices and is satisfactory to UCONN and OPEL and is executed before delivery of such components or devices to the academic collaborator.

 

Section 2.3 Ownership . OPEL shall own without restriction and without charge or royalty all intellectual property and technology that it had rights to prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or that it develops or which is developed for it or on its behalf by a third party during the term of this Agreement, including intellectual property developed by Opel at UCONN facilities without the collaboration of UCONN employees. Intellectual Property in the Field made jointly by OPEL and UCONN either prior to the date of this Agreement or subsequently shall be jointly owned by OPEL and UCONN. Nothing in this Agreement will impair OPEL’s right to independently acquire, license, develop for itself, or have others develop for it, intellectual property and technology performing similar functions as the Intellectual Property or to market and distribute products other than Products based on such other intellectual property and technology. All Intellectual Property developed by UCONN, without any collaboration or funding of OPEL and without using any intellectual property developed by, for or with OPEL shall be owned by UCONN and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall automatically become Intellectual Property that is exclusively licensed to OPEL subject to the terms of this Agreement. From time to time at the request of Opel, UCONN shall provide an updated Exhibit A listing the then current Patent Rights. For the purpose of this Agreement and only to the extent that it does not conflict with his role, responsibility and obligations as a full

 

3



 

time member of the faculty of UCONN, all work done by Dr. Geoff Taylor in his capacity as an executive of OPEL shall not be attributable to UCONN.

 

Section 2.4 Government Funding. To the extent that UCONN’s Intellectual Property was or in the future is developed with the support of federal and/or state funding, the licenses granted hereunder are subject to certain rights the respective government funding sources may have to the Intellectual Property under the terms of the funding contracts.

 

Section 2.5 Information; Cooperation . UCONN shall supply to OPEL all Related Technology and all information in the Field that is or was generated by or under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor at UCONN regarding the Intellectual Property including originals or copies of all available drawings, technical information, software, prototypes and manuals and other information or demonstration materials of every nature now in existence or developed during the term of this License.

 

Section 2.6 Invention Disclosures. UCONN shall provide Opel with prompt notice of invention disclosures falling within the scope of the Field. Should the invention disclosure not be an Improvement subject to this License, UCONN will give Opel an opportunity to negotiate a license therefore on reasonable and fair terms. Such negotiations shall begin no later than 120 days after receipt by OPEL of any such invention disclosure.

 

ARTICLE III

CONSIDERATION

 

Section 3.1 Annual Maintenance Fees . OPEL shall pay to UCONN an annual maintenance fee of Fifty-Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) (the “Annual Maintenance Fee”), The first such payment shall be due on March 31 st  following the first year in which OPEL ships One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of Product based on the revenue received for such Product by OPEL and thereafter payable on each subsequent March 31 st . The amount of the Annual Maintenance Fee shall be increased by 25% every two years, up to a maximum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) per year. The first such increased payment shall be due March 31 st following the third year after the first Annual Maintenance Fee is due.

 

Section 3.2 Sublicense Revenue . OPEL shall pay to UCONN an amount equal to Thirty percent (30%) of the Sublicense Revenue it receives, for commercial, royalty bearing sublicenses of the Intellectual Property to third parties. Such payments shall be made annually. Notwithstanding the above, within a period of four (4) years from the Effective Date in order to aid OPEL in its financing requirements, OPEL will not be required to share Sublicensing revenue with UCONN that is not based on product sales by sublicensees and is below an aggregate of five million US dollars (US$5,000,000.)

 

Section 3.3 Payments in U.S. Dollars . All payments due under this Agreement shall be payable in United States dollars. Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars shall be made at the rate of exchange at which U.S. dollars are listed in The Wall Street Journal (or its equivalent if The Wall Street Journal is no longer being published at the time) on the last business day of the royalty period in which such sales were made.

 

4



 

ARTICLE IV

COMMERCIALIZATION BY OPEL

 

Section 4.1 OPEL shall have complete discretion over the commercialization of Products. However, OPEL agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to introduce commercial Product(s) in the United States, directly or through Sublicensees, as soon as is commercially reasonable, consistent with available funds, its progress in developing the Products and sound and reasonable business practices and judgments. OPEL shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 4.1 if OPEL has an ongoing and active development or marketing program, as appropriate, directed toward production and use of one or more Product(s) within four (4) years following the Effective Date. To this end, OPEL shall provide UCONN written copies of its development and marketing programs no less than annually on March 31 st  of each year for the first four years of this Agreement, and, prior to the end of the term specified above, shall have secured a non-residential business location, shall have employed on a permanent basis at least two full-time employees, and shall have either (A) any combination of debt and equity financing unrelated to research support of twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), or (B) achieved gross revenues of at least $100,000 per year from the commercial sale of Product or in Sublicense Revenue, exclusive of research support payments.

 

Section 4.2 However, any delay or failure that is attributable in whole or in part to the UCONN laboratory facility used by OPEL to develop the Products, shall be deemed to be an event of Force Majeure and the above four (4) year deadline shall be extended by the period of time that such failure or delay occurred, but in no case shall be extended beyond a total of six (6) years; Other events of Force Majeure may also be applied to extend the four (4) year deadline.

 

ARTICLE V

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT

 

Section 5.1 Protection of UCONN Intellectual Property and Defense Against Infringement Claims . OPEL shall have the right but not the obligation, at its own expense, to protect the Intellectual Property from infringement and prosecute infringers when, in its judgment, such action may be reasonably necessary, proper and justified, in the name of UCONN, OPEL or both as may be required by law. In addition, to the extent that the UCONN Intellectual Property or Products infringe any third party’s patent or other intellectual property right, OPEL shall have the right but not the obligation, at its own expense, to defend itself against the infringement claim, and UCONN will exercise its best efforts to aid OPEL in such defense. To the extent that OPEL pays for any of the costs of prosecution or defense, where the subject matter is (a) infringement of the Intellectual Property or jointly owned intellectual property, including OPEL’s defenses in the case the allegedly infringing party brings a counter-claim against OPEL alleging that OPEL Products infringe the defendant’s intellectual property, or (b) an alleged infringement of the Intellectual Property or jointly owned Intellectual Property, such costs shall be credited by UCONN against future Sublicense Revenue and/or Annual Maintenance Fees owed by OPEL to UCONN hereunder, only to the extent such costs are not recoverable as a result of a payment out of an award described in Article 5.2 (iv), below, and further provided that payments otherwise due to UCONN hereunder shall not be decreased in any one year by more than fifty percent (50%). To the extent that there is a claim by or against jointly owned Intellectual Property, it is agreed that the amount of such costs that can be used as

 

5



 

Setoff, as described below, against sublicense Revenue and/or Annual maintenance Fees hereunder shall be limited to one-half of the costs of such prosecution or defense. It is agreed that such payments that exceed the foregoing annual limit on setoff against Sublicense Revenue and/or Annual Maintenance Fees due UCONN may be carried forward by OPEL without restriction and used as setoff against up to fifty percent (50%) of any future year’s or years payments due to UCONN hereunder. The amount of the credit will be one hundred percent (100%) of OPEL’s litigation and/or settlement costs in prosecution or defense of non-jointly owned Intellectual Property including attorney’s fees and any award against OPEL therein that requires OPEL to pay any damages to the defendant, excluding any sums paid by UCONN toward the prosecution of such an action, unless the claim is against jointly owned Intellectual Property, in which case the amount of credit will be fifty percent (50%) of the above costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, OPEL shall have the right in connection with a settlement of an infringement claim made by OPEL to sublicense an alleged infringing party pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Section 5.2 If an action for a declaratory judgment that alleges the invalidity, unenforceability or noninfringement of any of the Intellectual Property is brought against OPEL and/or UCONN, OPEL may elect to have sole control of the action, and if OPEL so elects, it shall bear all the costs of the action, subject to the credits set forth in Section 5.1.

 

(i)                                      Notice of Infringement . If UCONN supplies OPEL with evidence of a third party’s infringement of the Intellectual Property, UCONN may, by notice, request OPEL to take steps to enforce UCONN’s Intellectual Property rights. If UCONN provides such notice, and OPEL does not, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the receipt of such notice, either (i) cause the infringement to terminate, or (ii) initiate settlement negotiations or a legal action against the infringer, UCONN may, upon notice to OPEL, take the actions it deems necessary, proper and justified to protect the Intellectual Property, including initiating an action against the infringing party at UCONN’s expense, in the name of UCONN, OPEL or both as may be required by law. If UCONN takes such action, UCONN shall have sole control of any such action and it shall bear all the costs of the action.

 

(ii)                                   Cooperation . In the event one party institutes or carries on a legal action, whether it be prosecution or defense pursuant to this Article 5, the other party shall fully cooperate with and supply all assistance reasonably requested by the party instituting or carrying on such action, including by using commercially reasonable efforts to have its employees testify when requested and to make available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like. A party controlling an action pursuant to this Article 5 shall bear the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by said other party in providing such assistance and cooperation as is requested pursuant to this section 5.2. A party instituting or carrying on such an action shall keep the other party informed of the progress of such action, and said other party shall be entitled to be represented by counsel in connection with such action at its own expense.

 

(iii)                                Settling or Abandoning Actions . The party controlling any action referred to in this Article 6 shall have the right to settle any claims, but only upon terms and conditions that are reasonably acceptable and agreed to in writing by the other party. Should either party elect to abandon such an action other than pursuant to a settlement with the alleged infringing party that

 

6



 

is reasonably acceptable to the other party the party, controlling the action shall give timely notice to the other party who, if it so desires, may continue the action; provided, however, that the sharing of expenses and any recovery in such suit shall be as agreed upon between the parties.

 

(iv)                               Allocation of Payments . Any amounts paid to a party by third parties as the result of any action contemplated in this Section 5 shall first be applied to reimbursement of the documented unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expert fees) incurred by each party. Any remainder shall be divided between the parties as follows:

 

(1)          To the extent the amount recovered reflects lost Sublicense Revenue and/or Annual Maintenance Fees to UCONN, withheld under Section 5.1, OPEL shall pay UCONN the lost percentage of Sublicense Revenue and/or Annual Maintenance Fees that would have been due UCONN, and OPEL shall retain the remainder.

 

(2)          To the extent Sublicense Revenues and/or Annual Maintenance Fees were not withheld Under Section 5.1, such recovery shall be retained by the party who brought or defended the action, and who also paid the costs of such action.

 

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

 

Section 6.1 Sublicensing Activity . Although OPEL has the unilateral right without soliciting the approval of UCONN to sublicense third parties with the right to use the Intellectual Property including or consisting entirely of intellectual property that is jointly owned by the parties hereunder, OPEL shall inform UCONN about its ongoing sublicensing activities on a regular basis, but no less frequently than annually, and shall provide UCONN with a complete copy of each sublicense agreement it executes within thirty (30) days of such execution. However, OPEL may redact proprietary information that is not pertinent to accounting for Sublicense Revenue or to OPEL’s due diligence obligation under Article IV.

 

Section 6.2 Records; inspections . OPEL shall keep records and books of account in respect of all product shipped prior to the payment first Annual Maintenance Fee and Sublicense Revenues OPEL receives directly from Sublicensees. UCONN shall have the right, during business hours, but no more often than annually, to examine, or to have its designated auditors examine, such records and books, subject to the agreement of OPEL as to when and where such audit may be conducted. OPEL shall preserve such records for at least three (3) years after it pays UCONN the amounts due from Sublicensees. UCONN shall enter and be subject to a mutually agreeable non-disclosure agreement that commits UCONN not to disclose to any third party OPEL confidential information learned through an examination of such records and books, except as required by law, nor shall UCONN use any such information for any purpose other than determining and enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.3 Reporting; Royalty Payments . On March 31 st of every year in which this Agreement is in effect, OPEL shall render to UCONN a report in writing, setting forth (1) the Sublicense Revenues OPEL received during the past year, and (2) prior to the time that one-

 

7



 

Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) of product has been shipped, the revenue received for any Product shipped during the past year and a projection of the value of Product to be shipped in the subsequent calendar year. Each such report shall also set forth an explanation of the calculation of the percentage of Sublicense Revenues payable hereunder and shall be accompanied by payment of the percentage of Sublicense Revenues shown by said report-to be due UCONN. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) UCONN materially breaches this Agreement, (ii) OPEL gives UCONN written notice of the breach at least forty-five (45) days prior to the date that such report and payment of percentage of Sublicense Revenues are due to UCONN, and (iii) UCONN has not cured the breach by the time a payment is due under this Section, then OPEL shall not be required to make the required payment into an interest bearing escrow account to be released when the breach is cured. Should the UCONN breach be cured on a timely basis, OPEL agrees to set aside an amount of funds necessary to pay UCONN its portion, as described above, of Sublicense Revenues.

 

ARTICLE VII

PUBLICATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 7.1 Publications . UCONN shall provide to OPEL copies of any proposed presentation or publication or abstract including Intellectual Property prior to the submission of such documents for presentation or publication. Such proposed presentations or publications shall be supplied to OPEL at least thirty (30) days in advance of presentation or submission to a journal, editor, or third party; abstracts shall be supplied at least seven (7) days in advance of such submission. OPEL may request changes and/or deletions to be made in any proposed publication in order to prevent public disclosure of OPEL confidential information. UCONN agrees that it will honor OPEL’s requests to remove any confidential information of OPEL included in any such proposed public disclosure. If OPEL believes that the subject matter to be disclosed or published warrants patent protection, OPEL will identify the subject matter requiring protection and notify UCONN within the thirty (30) day or seven (7) day review period and, UCONN shall delay the proposed public disclosure for no more than an additional sixty (60) day period in order to file US patent applications thereon. OPEL may file a patent application describing the Intellectual Property disclosed in the proposed publication or presentation at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and/or foreign equivalent. UCONN agrees to cooperate in the filling of patent applications prior to any date that such material may be publicly disclosed including the electronic transmission or Internet release of the material or presentation of the subject matter, UCONN and OPEL acknowledge that no restrictions are acceptable that limit the use and distribution of any student’s research and/or thesis conducted in conjunction with his/her academic program or that delay any student’s progress toward completion of his/her academic degree.

 

Section7.2 Confidentiality .

 

(1)                                  Except as expressly provided herein, each party agrees not to disclose any terms of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that disclosures may be made as required by law, or, in confidence, to actual or prospective investors or corporate partners, or to a party’s accountants, attorneys, and other professional advisors.

 

8



 

(2)                                  OPEL agrees not to disclose to any third party intellectual property received from UCONN, and UCONN agrees not to disclose to any third party intellectual property or financial or other reports received from OPEL, unless already covered by a pending U.S. patent application or issued U.S. patent, without the prior written consent of UCONN or OPEL, respectively; provided, however, that disclosures may be made as required by law, or by OPEL, in confidence, to OPEL’s actual or prospective sublicensees, investors, corporate partners or customers, or to accountants, attorneys, and other professional advisors.

 

(3)                                  Obligations under this Article shall not extend to any part of the information (i) that can be demonstrated to have been in the public domain or publicly known and readily available to the trade or the public prior to the date of the disclosure; (ii) that can be demonstrated, from written records to have been made available to recipient by another source not under obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (iii) that can be demonstrated from written records to have been independently developed by the recipient without reference to such confidential information; or (iv) that becomes part of the public domain or publicly known by publication or otherwise, not due to any unauthorized act by the recipient.

 

ARTICLE VIII

PATENT PROSECUTION

 

Section 8 Patents . OPEL, at its own expense, shall be responsible for the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of any patent application, patent, copyright, or other intellectual property rights falling within the Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, reissue and re-examination of issued patents. UCONN shall provide OPEL with all information necessary or useful for OPEL to make such filings. If OPEL decides to not file a patent application(s), UCONN shall have the right to pursue the same at UCONN’s expense and then UCONN shall have the right to use or license to third parties the Patent Rights that are the subject of such patent application(s); provided, however, that such use or license does not otherwise conflict with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, UCONN shall provide OPEL with timely disclosures regarding any invention or potential invention in the Patent Rights conceived, discovered, characterized, synthesized, reduced to practice, manufactured and/or conducted by or under the direction of Dr. Geoff Taylor at UCONN during the term of this Agreement. If OPEL notifies UCONN within sixty (60) days of such disclosure that it wishes to file a patent application claiming such invention, then such invention shall automatically become Intellectual Property licensed to OPEL under this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If OPEL does not so notify UCONN, UCONN shall have the right to pursue the same at UCONN’s expense and UCONN shall have the sole right to use or license such patent rights to third parties provided, however that such use or license does not otherwise conflict with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1 Term and Termination . The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and expire upon the Expiration Date, after which time OPEL shall have no further obligation to UCONN hereunder, except as described in this Article IX. All license

 

9



 

rights granted to OPEL hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement at the end of its term. UCONN shall have the right to terminate this Agreement prior to the date it would otherwise expire pursuant to this Section 9.1 if: (i) OPEL fails to make any uncontested payment due hereunder or to provide the equity interest required hereunder and OPEL continues to fail to make the payment or provide equity interest to UCONN directly for a period of ninety (90) days after receiving notice from UCONN specifying OPEL’s failure to make payment; or (ii) at any time after the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, OPEL shall cease to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue commercial exploitation of the Intellectual Property in the Field for a period in excess of one year, otherwise than due to an event of Force Majeure, or (iii) if OPEL shall initiate or conduct actions in order to declare a state of bankruptcy which actions are not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or (iv) OPEL fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize the Products as described in Section IV, above, and such failure has not been excused by UCONN, is not due to an event of Force Majeure, or is hot cured for a period of ninety (90) days after receiving notice from UCONN specifying OPEL’s failure.

 

9.1.1 Notwithstanding any statement in this Agreement to the contrary, OPEL may convert this License Agreement to an irrevocable license that UCONN under no circumstances may terminate for any reason, including for an uncured breach of this Agreement by OPEL, by the payment to UCONN of a sum of one hundred thousand US dollars (US$100,000). This offer shall remain open for the life of this Agreement and may be exercised by delivery to UCONN of the above stated sum. The foregoing shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver of any and all rights under law or equity that UCONN may have as a result of a breach of this agreement by OPEL, however, upon payment of the above sum to UCONN, the foregoing shall constitute a permanent and irrevocable waiver of UCONN’s right to terminate this License Agreement.

 

Section 9.2 Breach . If either party materially breaches this Agreement, the other party may elect to give the breaching party written notice describing the alleged breach. If the breaching party has not cured such breach within ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice, the notifying party will be entitled, in addition to any other rights it may have under this Agreement, to terminate this Agreement effective immediately; provided, however, that if either party receives notification from the other of a material breach and if the party alleged to be in default notifies the other party in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of such default notice that it disputes the asserted default, the matter will be submitted to dispute resolution as provided in Article 12 of this Agreement, Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude the seeking of other remedies or relief by either party.

 

Section 9.3 OPEL Termination . OPEL shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety upon ninety (90) days written notice. If OPEL does so, it shall submit all required reports and make all required payments in accordance with Article VI Pursuant to this Article IX, all right, title and interest in and to the licensed intellectual Property shall revert to UCONN.

 

Section 9.4 UCONN Termination . Subject to the Section 9.1.1, upon termination by UCONN for cause under section 9.1 or 9.2, UCONN, to the extent it is capable and legally able to do so, shall accept an assignment by OPEL of any sublicenses granted by OPEL to entities other than Related Companies, and any sublicense so assigned shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10



 

Section 9.5 No Release . Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release any party hereto from any liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination, nor preclude either party from pursuing any rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity which accrued or are based upon any event occurring prior to such termination.

 

Section 9.6 Survival . Articles IV, V, VI, section 7.2, Article 8, section 9.1.1 and Articles X, XI, XII and XIII of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason. Article II, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND LICENSE GRANTS, shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason other than termination for convenience without cause by Opel or termination by UCONN before the end of the above stated term for a cause stated in Section 9.1 that is not cured by OPEL or for an uncured material breach of this Agreement by OPEL under Section 9.2, above.

 

ARTICLE X

REPRESENTATIONS AND LIMITATION OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES,

IMPLIED LICENSES AND AGENCY

 

Section 10.1 UCONN Representations . UCONN represents that (i) to the best of its knowledge it owns all right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property subject to this license; (ii) to the best of its knowledge it has disclosed to OPEL any third party right or interest granted in any of the Intellectual Property; (iii) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of UCONN; (iv) it has the right to grant the rights and licenses granted herein, and, to the best of its knowledge, the Intellectual Property is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, or restriction; and (v) to the best of its knowledge, there are no threatened or pending actions, suits, investigations, claims, or proceedings in any way relating to the Intellectual Property.

 

Section 10.2 Limitation of Representations . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

(a)                                  a representation or warranty of UCONN as to the validity or scope of Patent Rights in the Intellectual Property or any claim thereof; or

 

(b)                                  a representation or warranty that any Product is or will be free from infringement of rights of third parties; or

 

(c)                                   conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or rights under any patents of UCONN other than the rights granted herein to the Intellectual Property.

 

Section 11.3 No Implied Agency . UCONN and OPEL are independent parties in this Agreement. Accordingly, there is no agency relationship between UCONN and OPEL under this Agreement with respect to any Products made or sold, or any methods used, by OPEL under this Agreement.

 

11



 

Section 10.4 Disclaimer. UCONN MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITIES WHATEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE USE, SALE, OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY OPEL OF PRODUCT(S).

 

ARTICLE XI

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 11.1 Dispute . In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any subsequent amendments to this Agreement including, without limitation, the breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, or any non-contractual issues relating to this Agreement (each, a “Dispute’), each of the parties will appoint a designated officer to meet for the purpose of endeavoring to resolve such Dispute or to negotiate for an adjustment to such provision. No formal proceedings for the judicial resolution of such Dispute, except for the seeking of temporary restraining orders or injunctions, may begin until this dispute resolution procedure has been elevated to the President, in the case of OPEL, and the Vice Provost for Research, in the case of UCONN, and either of such officers of UCONN or OPEL in good faith conclude, after a good faith attempt to resolve the Dispute, that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the matter at issue does not appear likely. Such attempt to resolve the dispute may be accomplished by conference between such officers of OPEL and UCONN, either face-to-face or by telephone, or by the exchange of correspondence.

 

Section 11.2 Mediation . If the parties are unable to reach a solution by negotiation within a period of sixty (60) days, the parties agree to try in good faith to settle the Dispute by mediation administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Mediation Rules (the “Rules”). Neither party may submit such a dispute to litigation in a court of law without first completing mediation, except for the seeking of temporary restraining orders or injunctions. In the event that any dispute shall remain unresolved thirty (30) days after completion of mediation, then either party shall be free to commence legal proceedings of any nature in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 11.3 Statute of Limitations . Any statute of limitations will be tolled upon initiation of Dispute mediation under this Article and will remain tolled until the Dispute is resolved in accordance herewith; provided, however, that tolling will cease if the party against which the statute of limitations would be applied fails to observe the procedures set forth in this Article XI.

 

ARTICLE XII

PRODUCT LIABILITY

 

Section 12.1 Indemnification . OPEL agrees that UCONN shall have no liability to OPEL, Sublicensees, or Related Companies or to any purchasers or users of Products made or sold by OPEL, Sublicensees, or Related Companies for any claims, demands, losses, costs, or damages suffered by OPEL, Sublicensees, or Related Companies or purchasers or users of such Products, or any other party, which may result from personal injury, death, or property damage related to the manufacture, use, or sale of such Products (“Claims”). OPEL agrees to defend,

 

12



 

indemnify, and hold harmless UCONN, its trustees, officers, agents, and employees from any such Claims, provided that (i) OPEL is notified promptly of any Claims, (ii) OPEL has the sole right to control and defend or settle any litigation within the scope of this indemnity, (iii) all indemnified parties cooperate to the extent necessary in the defense of any Claims, and (iv) Claims are not solely the result of UCONN’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 12.2 Insurance . At such time as OPEL begins to sell or distribute Products, OPEL shall at its sole expense, procure and maintain policies of comprehensive general liability insurance in commercially reasonable amounts not less than $1 million per incident and $2 million in annual aggregate and naming those indemnified under Section 12.1 as additional insureds and shall require Sublicensees and Related Companies to do the same. Such comprehensive general liability insurance shall provide (i) product liability coverage and (ii) broad form contractual liability coverage for OPEL’s indemnification under Section 12.1. In the event the aforesaid product liability coverage does not provide for occurrence liability, OPEL shall maintain such comprehensive general liability insurance for a reasonable period of not less than five (5) years after it has ceased commercial distribution or use of any Product. OPEL shall provide UCONN with written evidence of such insurance upon request of UCONN. OPEL shall provide UCONN with notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance, to the extent OPEL receives advance notice of such matters from its insurer.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1 No Publicity . OPEL agrees that it shall not use the name of UCONN or its employees, with the exception of Geoff Taylor, in any advertising or publicity material regarding a Product or for any other purpose, or make any form of representation or statement which would constitute an express or implied endorsement by UCONN or its employees of any Product, and that it shall not authorize others to do so, without first having obtained written approval from UCONN, except to accurately describe this Agreement in connection with fundraising or as may be required by governmental law, rule or regulation.

 

Section 13.2 Marking Products . OPEL agrees to mark the appropriate U.S. patent number or numbers in conjunction with all Products made or sold in the United States and, to the extent commercially feasible, in conjunction with all Products made or sold outside of the US in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations.

 

Section 13.3 Complete Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the complete agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter hereof. No claimed oral agreement in respect thereto shall be considered as any part hereof. No waiver of or change in any of the terms hereof subsequent to the execution hereof claimed to have been made by any representative of either party shall have any force or effect unless in writing, signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties.

 

Section 13.4 Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assignee of each of the parties hereto. This Agreement is not assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that

 

13



 

OPEL may assign this Agreement to a Related Company or any successor of, or purchaser of substantially all of the assets of the business to which this Agreement pertains or a party that acquires the majority of the outstanding capital stock of OPEL. Any such permitted assignee shall automatically and without further document succeed to all of the rights and obligations of OPEL under this Agreement. This Agreement is not assignable by UCONN without the prior written consent of OPEL, except that UCONN reserves the right to assign the Agreement and any equitable or financial interest therein or related thereto to any related entity, including but not limited to the University of Connecticut Foundation and/or its R & D Corporation. Any such permitted assignee shall succeed automatically and without further document to all of the rights and obligations of UCONN under this Agreement.

 

Section 13.5 Applicable Laws . This Agreement is subject in all respects to the laws and regulations of the United States of America, including the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and any regulations thereunder.

 

Section 13.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into in Connecticut and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with Connecticut law without regard for any choice or conflict of laws or principle that would result in the application of the domestic substantive law of any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 13.7 Notices . Any notice, payment or communication required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:

 

UCONN:                                                Executive Director

Center for Science and Technology Commercialization

University of Connecticut Health Center

263 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06030-6207

Phone (860) 679-8800

Fax (860) 679-7512

Email newborg@adp.uchc.edu

 

OPEL:                                                             Daniel C. Upp

Chief Executive Officer

OPEL Corporation

15 Pepper Tree Hill Road

Southbury, CT 06488

Phone (203) 267-6247

Fax (203) 267-6247

Email danupp@earthlink.net

 

With a copy to:

 

George C. McKinnis

Chief Legal Officer

Opel Corporation

 

14



 

C/o McKinnis & Lapera, LLC

Two Corporate Drive, Suite 745

Shelton, CT 06484

Email mckinnis@mlawtek.com

 

Either party may notify the other in writing of a change of address, in which event any subsequent communication relative to this Agreement shall be sent to the last said notified address, provided, however, that the parties shall deliver all material notices under this Agreement by registered mail or overnight delivery service. All notices and communications relating to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

Section 13.8 No Consequential Damages . NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY.

 

Section 13.9 Force Majeure . Neither party shall lose any rights hereunder or be liable to the other party for damages or losses (except for payment obligations) on account of failure of performance by the defaulting party if the failure is occasioned by war, strike, fire, Act of God, earthquake, flood, lockout, embargo, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, failure of suppliers, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control and not caused by the negligence or intentional conduct or misconduct of the nonperforming party, and such party has exerted all reasonable efforts to avoid or remedy such force majeure; provided, however, that in no event shall a party be required to settle any labor dispute or disturbance.

 

Section 13.10 Severability . In the event that any provisions of this Agreement are determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without said provision. The parties shall in good faith negotiate a substitute clause for any provision declared invalid or unenforceable, which shall most nearly approximate the intent of the parties entering this Agreement.

 

Section 13.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 13.12 Headings . The headings of the several Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.13 Consent . Whenever provision is made in this Agreement for either party to secure the consent or approval of the other, that consent or approval shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and whenever in this Agreement provisions are made for one party to object to or disapprove a matter, such objection or disapproval shall not unreasonably be exercised.

 

THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATRUE PAGE

 

15



 

In Witness Whereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date first written above.

 

 

UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT

OPEL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dr. Michael F. Newborg

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Upp

 

Name: Dr. Michael F. Newborg

 

 

Name: Daniel C. Upp

 

Title: Executive Director, Center for

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Science and Technology

 

 

 

 

Commercialization

 

 

 

 

16



 

AMENDMENT

TO

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment Agreement dated as of March 26, 2014 (the “Amendment”) hereby amends that certain License Agreement dated as of April 28, 2003 (the “License Agreement”) by and between the University of Connecticut (“UCONN”), c/o The Office of the Vice President for Research having a principal place of business at 438 Whitney Road Ext., U-1006, Storrs, CT 06269 and OPEL Solar Inc. (formerly OPEL Inc.) (“OPEL”), having a principal place of business at P.O. Box 555, Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268.

 

WHEREAS, OPEL has licensed certain patents and other intellectual property from UCONN pursuant to the License Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, by payment by OPEL of $100,000 pursuant to Section 9.1.1 of the License Agreement, the License Agreement became irrevocable on and as of April 23, 2007;

 

WHEREAS, with the consent of UCONN, dated as of May 20, 2008, OPEL granted a sublicense to ODIS, Inc. (“ODIS”), OPEL’s subsidiary; and

 

WHEREAS, UCONN, OPEL, and OPEL’S parent POET Technology Inc. (“POET”) desire to restructure the relationship between UCONN and OPEL and to provide for revisions to royalties payable by OPEL to UCONN under the License Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants of the parties contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of UCONN, OPEL and POET (collectively, the “Parties”), intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendment to License Agreement.

 

1.1.                             Section 1.10 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Section 1.10 “ Revenues ” means any payments and/or the fair market value at the time of receipt by Opel of other consideration that OPEL receives from a third party not a Related Company in consideration for the exploitation of Intellectual Property rights granted OPEL under this Agreement, including without limitation, product sales, license or sublicense fees, royalties, milestone royalty payments that are not made in consideration for engineering services performed by or on behalf of OPEL, and license maintenance fees, but excluding (i) the payments

 



 

specifically committed to research relating to a Product and (ii) investments by any person(s) in equity or debt or similar investments convertible into equity of Opel.

 

1.2.                             Section 3.2 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Section 3.2 Revenue . OPEL shall pay to UCONN an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Revenue it receives.

 

1.3.                             Section 4.1 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second and third sentence of such section in its entirety.

 

1.4.                             The License Agreement is further amended by deleting Section 4.2 in its entirety.

 

1.5.                             Section 6.1 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of such section in its entirety.

 

1.6.                             Sections 6.2 and 6.3 of the License Agreement are hereby amended by deleting such sections in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

 

Section 6.2 Records; Inspections . UCONN shall have the right, during business hours, but no more often than annually, to examine, or to have its designated auditors examine, such records and books, subject to the agreement of OPEL as to when and where such audit may be conducted. OPEL shall preserve such records for at least three (3) years after it pays UCONN the amounts due. UCONN shall enter and be subject to a mutually agreeable non-disclosure agreement that commits UCONN not to disclose to any third party OPEL confidential information learned through an examination of such records and books, except as required by law, nor shall UCONN use any such information for any purpose other than determining and enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.3 Reporting; Royalty Payments . On March 31 st  of every year in which this Agreement is in effect commencing March 31, 2015, OPEL shall render to UCONN a report in writing, setting forth the Revenues OPEL received during the past year. Each such report shall also set forth an explanation of the calculation of the percentage of Revenues payable hereunder and shall be accompanied by payment of the percentage of Revenues shown by said report to be due UCONN. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) UCONN materially breaches this Agreement, (ii) OPEL gives UCONN written notice of the breach at least forty- five (45) days prior to the date that such report and payment of percentage of Revenues are due to UCONN, and (iii) UCONN has not cured the breach by the time a payment is due under this Section, then OPEL shall not be required to make the required payment to UCONN but shall instead deposit such amounts

 



 

into an interest bearing escrow account to be released when the breach is cured. Should the UCONN breach be cured on a timely basis, OPEL agrees to cause the release from escrow an amount of funds necessary to pay UCONN its portion, as described above, of Revenues.

 

1.7.                             Section 9.1 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the third sentence of such section in its entirety.

 

1.8.                             Section 9.1.1 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

9.1.1 Under no circumstances may UCONN terminate for any reason, including for an uncured breach of this Agreement by OPEL. The foregoing shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver of any and all rights under law or equity that UCONN may have as a result of a breach of this agreement by OPEL, however, the foregoing shall constitute a permanent and irrevocable waiver of UCONN’s right to terminate this License Agreement.

 

1.9.                             Section 9.2 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

Section 9.2 Breach . If either party materially breaches this Agreement, the other party may elect to give the breaching party written notice describing the alleged breach. If UCONN has been notified of its breach pursuant hereto and has not cured such breach within ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice, OPEL will be entitled, in addition to any other rights it may have under this Agreement, to terminate this Agreement effective immediately; provided, however, that if either party receives notification from the other of a material breach and if the party alleged to be in default notifies the other party in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of such default notice that it disputes the asserted default, the matter will be submitted to dispute resolution as provided in Article 12 of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude the seeking of other remedies or relief by UCONN or OPEL.

 

1.10.                      The License Agreement is further amended by deleting Section 9.4 in its entirety.

 

1.11.                      Section 9.6 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a period (.) after the words “without cause by Opel,” and deleting the remainder of that section.

 

2.                                       Notices . The Notice section of the License Agreement is modified by inserting the following as the notice party and copy for Opel:

 

Peter Copetti

Chief Executive Officer

Opel Solar Inc. and

POET Technologies Inc.

P.O. Box 55

 



 

Storrs-Mansfield, CT

 

With a copy to:

 

Timothy C. Maguire

Pierce Atwood LLP

100 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02110

 

and for UCONN:

 

Dr. Jeffrey A. Seemann

University of Connecticut

Office of the Vice President for Research

438 Whitney Road Ext., U-1006

Storrs, CT 06269

 

With a copy to:

 

University of Connecticut

Technology Partnerships and Licensing

400 Farmington Avenue

Farmington, CT 06030-6400

Attention: Licensing Director

 

3.                                       Exhibit A . Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is an updated Exhibit A to the License Agreement, listing the current Patent Rights.

 

4.                                       Consents to License Transfers and Name Changes . UCONN hereby consents to the following:

 

(i)                                                         the merger, at OPEL’s option, of ODIS Inc. in and to OPEL; and

 

(ii)                                                      the change of OPEL’s name, at the discretion of, and to such name as may be agreed to by, OPEL’s Board of Directors and shareholder, provided, however, that such name shall not reference UCONN in any fashion.

 



 

5.                                  Issuance of Stock . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, UCONN and POET shall execute and deliver a Subscription Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 2. Upon execution and delivery by the parties of this Amendment and such Subscription Agreement, POET shall cause the issuance of 2,000,000 of its Common Shares promptly to UCONN, in accordance with the Subscription Agreement, and in no event later than May 31, 2014.

 

6.                                  Confirmation of Agreement . Except as amended to date and as provided for in this Amendment, the License Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto as being in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto intending to be bound by the terms hereof, hereby execute and deliver this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Copetti

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Copetti

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dr. Jeffey A. Seemann

 

Title:

Vice President for Research

 

 


Exhibit 4.4

 

University of Connecticut

 

 

First Amendment to the
Lease Agreement Between
The University of Connecticut
and

ODIS Inc.

 

University of Connecticut                                                                                                                                                 and

Office of Real Estate and Risk Management

31 LeDoyt Road, Unit 3094

Storrs, CT  06269-3094

hereinafter “ University

ODIS, Inc.

3 Corporate Drive, Suite 304

Shelton, CT  06484

 

hereinafter “ Company

 

 

Robert Sitkowski, Real Estate Officer

University Contact/860-486-3396

Leon M. Pierhal, President

Company Contact

 

The original lease ( attached hereto ) between the University of Connecticut and the Company, last executed on February 10, 2011 ( Current Lease ”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

Reason(s) for Amendment: To extend the lease for two additional years from the current end date of March 31, 2013, and to incorporate special provisions.

 

1.1        Term:   The term of the Current Lease is extended for an additional two years and the end date is changed from March 31, 2013 to March 31, 2015.

 

1.2  Maximum Amount Payable/Payment Terms:  The total maximum amount payable under the Current Agreement is increased by $252,436.98, from $296,967.00 (former maximum total) to $549,403.98 (new maximum total).  The payment schedule is updated to the following:

 

Lease Term

 

Monthly Rent

 

Annual Rent (or portion)

 

4/1/10 to 6/30/11

 

$

6,130.00

 

$

 18,390.00

 

7/1/11 to 9/30/11

 

$

7,130.00

 

$

21,390.00

 

10/1/12 to 3/31/11

 

$

8,077.83

 

$

48,466.98

 

4/1/11 to 3/31/12

 

$

8,249.08

 

$

98,989.00

 

4/1/12 to 3/31/13

 

$

9,144.25

 

$

109,731.00

 

4/1/13 to 3/31/14

 

$

10,070.63

 

$

120,847.50

 

4/1/14 to 3/31/15

 

$

10,965.79

 

$

131,589.50

 

 

Maximum  Total Amount of Contract .....................$549,403.98

 

2.               Lessee’s  Obligations . The following provisions are not present in the Current Lease and are added to Section 6.3 as follows:

 

6.3(c)                  COMPANY’s team will meet with the Director of TIP monthly to provide an overall detailed status update on the company’s progress to include current funding levels and its capital raise status.

 

6.3(d)                 COMPANY’s team will meet with the TIP Committee for a review meeting every 6 months to provide an overall detailed status update on the company’s progress.

 

1



 

3.                                Required State Contract Terms :

 

Deleted Terms:  Section 21 and 23 of the Current Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and the following language is substituted in these sections:

 

21.                                           Non-Discrimination

 

(a)  For purposes of this Section, the following terms are defined as follows: (i) “Commission” means the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities;  (ii) “Contract” and “contract” include any extension or modification of the Contract or contract; (iii) “Contractor” and “contractor” include any successors or assigns of the Contractor or contractor; (iv) “Gender identity or expression” means a person’s gender-related identity, appearance or behavior, whether or not that gender-related identity, appearance or behavior is different from that traditionally associated with the person’s physiology or assigned sex at birth, which gender-related identity can be shown by providing evidence including, but not limited to, medical history, care or treatment of the gender-related identity, consistent and uniform assertion of the gender-related identity or any other evidence that the gender-related identity is sincerely held, part of a person’s core identity or not being asserted for an improper purpose; (v) “good faith” means that degree of diligence which a reasonable person would exercise in the performance of legal duties and obligations; (vi) “good faith efforts” shall include, but not be limited to, those reasonable initial efforts necessary to comply with statutory or regulatory requirements and additional or substituted efforts when it is determined that such initial efforts will not be sufficient to comply with such requirements; (vii) “marital status” means being single, married as recognized by the State of Connecticut, widowed, separated or divorced; (viii) “mental disability” means one or more mental disorders, as defined in the most recent edition of the American Psychiatric Association’s “Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders”, or a record of or regarding a person as having one or more such disorders; (ix) “minority business enterprise” means any small contractor or supplier of materials fifty-one percent or more of the capital stock, if any, or assets of which is owned by a person or persons: (1) who are active in the daily affairs of the enterprise, (2) who have the power to direct the management and policies of the enterprise, and (3) who are members of a minority, as such term is defined in subsection (a) of Connecticut General Statutes § 32-9n; and (x) “public works contract” means any agreement between any individual, firm or corporation and the State or an y political subdivision of the State other than a municipality for construction, rehabilitation, conversion, extension, demolition or repair of a public building, highway or other changes or improvements in real property, or which is financed in whole or in part by the State, including, but not limited to, matching expenditures, grants, loans, insurance or guarantees.

 

For purposes of this Section, the terms “Contract” and “contract” do not include a contract where each contractor is (1) a political subdivision of the state, including, but not limited to, a municipality, (2) a quasi-public agency, as defined in Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 1-1 20, (3) any other state, including but not limited to any federally recognized Indian tribal governments, as defined in Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 1-267, (4) the federal government, (5) a foreign government, or (6) an agency of a subdivision , agency, state or government described in the immediately preceding enumerated items (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5).

 

(b) (I) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of race, color, religious creed, age, marital status, national origin, ancestry, sex, gender identity or expression, mental retardation, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by such Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or of the State of Connecticut; and the Contractor further agrees to take affirmative action to insure that applicants with job-related qualifications are employed and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their race, color, religious creed, age, marital status, national origin, ancestry, sex, gender identity or expression, mental retardation, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by the Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved ; (2) the Contractor agrees, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, to state that it is an “affirmative action-equal opportunity employer”  in accordance  with regulations adopted by the Commission ; (3) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which the Contractor  has a collective bargaining Agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which the Contractor  has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Commission, advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this section and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment; (4) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes §§ 46a-68e and 46a-68f and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said Commission pursuant to Connecticut General Statutes §§ 46a-56, 46a-68e and 46a-68f; and (5) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the Commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor as relate to the provisions of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56. If the contract is a public works contract, the Contractor agrees and warrants that he will make good faith efforts to employ minority business enterprises as subcontractors and suppliers of materials on such public works projects.

 

(c)         Determination of the Contractor’s good faith efforts shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following factors: The Contractor’s employment and subcontracting policies, patterns and practices; affirmative advertising, recruitment and training; technical assistance activities and such other reasonable activities or efforts as the Commission may prescribe that are designed to ensure the participation of minority business enterprises in public works projects.

 

2



 

(d)    The Contractor shall develop and maintain adequate documentation, in a manner prescribed by the Commission, of its good faith efforts.

 

(e)    The Contractor shall include the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the State and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the Commission.  The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the Commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with Connecticut General Statutes §46a-56; provided if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Commission, the Contractor may request the State of Connecticut to enter into any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the State and the State may so enter.

 

(f)  The Contractor agrees to comply with the regulations referred to in this Section as they exist on the date of this Contract and as they may be adopted or amended from time to time during the term of this Contract and any amendments thereto.

 

(g)    (1) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of sexual orientation, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or the State of Connecticut, and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their sexual orientation; (2) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which such Contractor has a collective bargaining Agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which such Contractor has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this section , and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment; (3) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision of this section and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said Commission pursuant to Connecticut General Statutes§ 46a-56; and (4) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the Commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor which relate to the provisions of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56.

 

(h)                                 The Contractor shall include the provisions of the foregoing paragraph in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the State and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the Commission.  The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the Commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56; provided, if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with , litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Commission, the Contractor may request the State of Connecticut to enter into any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the State and the State may so enter.

 

23.                                        STATE ELECTION ENFORCEMENT COMMISSION (SEEC) CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION BAN This Lease is subject to the provisions of the State Election Enforcement Commission (SEEC) Campaign Contribution Ban.  For all State Contracts as defined in P.A. 10-1 having a value in a calendar year of $50,000 or more or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of $100,000 or more, the authorized signatory to this Agreement expressly acknowledges receipt of the State Elections Enforcement Commission’s notice advising state contractors of state campaign contribution and solicitation prohibitions, and will inform its principals of the contents of the notice.  See SEEC Form (below):

 

CONNECTICUT STATE ELECTIONS ENFORCEMENT COMMISSION

Rev. 1/11

 

NOTICE TO EXECUTIVE BRANCH STATE CONTRACTORS AND PROSPECTIVE STATE CONTRACTORS OF CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION AND SOLICITATION LIMITATIONS

 

This notice is provided under the authority of Connecticut General Statutes §9-612(g)(2), as amended by P.A. 10-1, and is for the purpose of informing state contractors and prospective state contractors of the following law (italicized words are defined on the reverse side of this page).

 

3



 

CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION AND SOLICITATION LIMITATIONS

 

No state contractor, prospective state contractor, principal of a state contractor or principal of a prospective state contractor, with regard to a state contract or state contract solicitation with or from a state agency in the executive branch or a quasi-public agency or a holder, or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, State Comptroller, Secretary of the State or State Treasurer, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee (which includes town committees).

 

In addition, no holder or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of State senator or State representative, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee.

 

On and after January 1, 2011 , no state contractor, prospective state contractor, principal of a state contractor or principal of a prospective state contractor, with regard to a state contract or state contract solicitation with or from a state agency in the executive branch or a quasi-public agency or a holder, or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall knowingly solicit contributions from the state contractor’s or prospective state contractor’s employees or from a subcontractor or principals of the subcontractor on behalf of (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, State Comptroller, Secretary of the State or State Treasurer, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee.

 

DUTY TO INFORM

 

State contractors and prospective state contractors are required to inform their principals of the above prohibitions, as applicable, and the possible penalties and other consequences of any violation thereof.

 

PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS

 

Contributions or solicitations of contributions made in violation of the above prohibitions may result in the following civil and criminal penalties:

 

Civil penalties CUp to $2,000 or twice the amount of the prohibited contribution, whichever is greater, against a principal or a contractor. Any state contractor or prospective state contractor which fails to make reasonable efforts to comply with the provisions requiring notice to its principals of these prohibitions and the possible consequences of their violations may also be subject to civil penalties of up to $2,000 or twice the amount of the prohibited contributions made by their principals.

 

Criminal penalties CAny knowing and willful violation of the prohibition is a Class D felony, which may subject the violator to imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or not more than $5,000 in fines, or both.

 

CONTRACT CONSEQUENCES

 

In the case of a state contractor, contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions may resulting the contract being voided.

 

In the case of a prospective state contractor, contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions shall result in the contract described in the state contract solicitation not being awarded to the prospective state contractor, unless the State Elections Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation.

 

The State shall not award any other state contract to anyone found in violation of the above prohibitions for a period of one year after the election for which such contribution is made or solicited, unless the State Elections Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation.

 

Additional information may be found on the website of the State Elections Enforcement Commission, www.ct.gov/seec. Click on the link to “Lobbyist/Contractor Limitations.”

 

DEFINITIONS

 

“State contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that enters into a state contract. Such person, business entity or nonprofit organization shall be deemed to be a state contractor until December thirty-first of the year in which such contract terminates. “State contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or

 

4



 

an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person’s capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.

 

“Prospective state contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that (i) submits a response to a state contract solicitation by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, or a proposal in response to a request for proposals by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, until the contract has been entered into, or (ii) holds a valid prequalification certificate issued by the Commissioner of Administrative Services under section 4a-l 00. “Prospective state contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person’s capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.

 

“Principal of a state contractor or prospective state contractor” means (i) any individual w ho is a member of the board of directors of, or has an ownership interest of five per cent or more in, a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, except for an individual who is a member of the board of directors of a nonprofit organization, (ii) an individual who is employed by a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, as president, treasurer or executive vice president, (iii) an individual who is the chief executive officer of a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is not a business entity, or if a state contractor or prospective state contractor has no such officer, then the officer who duly possesses comparable powers and duties, (iv) an officer or an employee of any state contractor or prospective state contractor who has managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract, (v) the spouse or a dependent child who is eighteen years of age or older of an individual described in this subparagraph, or (vi) a political committee established or controlled by an individual described in this subparagraph or the business entity or nonprofit organization that is the state contractor or prospective state contractor.

 

“State contract” means an agreement or contract with the state or any state agency or any quasi-public agency, let through a procurement process or otherwise, h avi ng a value of fifty thou sand dollars or more, or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of one hundred thousand dollars or more in a calendar year, for (i) the rendition of services, (ii) the furnishing of any goods, material, supplies, equipment or any items of any kind , (iii) the construction, alteration or repair of any public building or public work, (iv) the acquisition, sale or lease of any land or building, (v) a licensing arrangement, or (vi) a grant, loan or loan guarantee. “State contract” does not include any agreement or contract with the state, any state agency or any quasi-public agency that i s exclusively federally funded, an education loan, a loan to an individual for other than commercial purposes or any agreement or contract between the state or any state agency and the United States Department of the Navy or the United States Department of Defense.

 

“State contract solicitation” means a request by a state agency or quasi-public agency, in whatever form issued, including, but not limited to, an invitation to bid , request for proposals, request for information or request for quotes, inviting bids, quotes or other types of submittals, through a competitive procurement process or another process authorized by law waiving competitive procurement.

 

“Managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract” means having direct, extensive and substantive responsibilities with respect to the negotiation of the state contract and not peripheral, clerical or ministerial responsibilities.

 

“Dependent child” means a child residing in an individual’s household who may legally be claimed as a dependent on the federal income tax of such individual.

 

“Solicit” means (A) requesting that a contribution be made, (B) participating in any fund-raising activities for a candidate committee, exploratory committee, political committee or party committee, including, but not limited to, forwarding tickets to potential contributors, receiving contribution s for transmission to any such committee or bundling contributions, (C) serving as chairperson, treasurer or deputy treasurer of any such committee, or (D) establishing a political committee for the sole purpose of soliciting or receiving contributions for any committee. Solicit does not include: (i) making a contribution that is otherwise permitted by Chapter 155 of the Connecticut General Statutes; (ii) informing any person of a position taken by a candidate for public office or a public official, (iii) notifying the person of any activities of, or contact information for, any candidate for public office; or (iv) serving as a member in any party committee or as an officer of such committee that is not otherwise prohibited in this section.

 

“Subcontractor” means any person, business entity or nonprofit organization that contracts to perform par1or all of the obligations of a state contractor’s state contract. Such person, business entity or nonprofit organization shall be deemed to be a subcontractor until December thirty first of the year in which the subcontract terminates. “Subcontractor” does not include (i) a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charier, or (ii) an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person’s capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.

 

“Principal of a subcontractor” means (i) any individual who is a member of the board of directors of, or has an ownership interest of five per cent or more in, a subcontractor, which is a business entity, except for an individual who is a member of the board of directors of a nonprofit organization, (i i) an individual who is employed by a subcontractor, which is a business entity, as president, treasurer or executive vice president, (iii) an individual who is the chief executive officer of a subcontractor, which is not a business entity, or if a subcontractor has no such officer, then the officer who duly possesses comparable powers and duties, (iv) an officer or an employee of any subcontractor who has managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a subcontract with a state contractor, (v) the spouse or a dependent child who is eighteen years of age or older of an individual described in this subparagraph, or (vi) a political committee established or controlled by an individual described in this subparagraph or the business entity or nonprofit organization that is the subcontractor.

 

5



 

All provisions of the Current Lease, except those which are explicitly changed herein, shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT:

COMPANY: ODIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alexandria Roe

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name::

Alexandria Roe

 

Print Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director of University Planning

 

Title:

President

 

(Authorized Signatory)

 

 

(Authorized Signatory)

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 27, 2013

 

Date:

3/20/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED pursuant to C.G.S. 4b-38(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

April 9, 2013

Denise Nappier, State Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Or Designee,

Christine Shaw

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title of Designee:

Deputy State Treasurer

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

4/15/13

Associate Attorney General

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

Joseph Rubin

 

Title:

Assoc. Attorney General

 

6



 

Rev.l/07110

 

 

LEASE

 

This Lease is made and entered into by and between the UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT (hereinafter “LESSOR” or “UNIVERSITY”), acting herein by its Associate Vice President for Operations and Administration pursuant to the provisions of Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 4b-38, as revised, AND ODIS Inc., a Connecticut company (hereinafter “LESSEE”), having its principal address at 3 Corporate Drive, Suite 304, Town of Shelton, State of Connecticut, acting herein by Leon Pierhal, its President and CEO, duly authorized.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

The parties hereto for the consideration mentioned covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       LEASE OF PREMISES :     The LESSOR hereby leases unto the LESSEE space comprising a total of approximately 5371 square feet, consisting of Room(s) 100, 100A, 100B, 107 and 112 of the building known as the Merritt Building, located on the grounds of the University of Connecticut- Depot Campus at Storrs, Connecticut (hereinafter the “Premises”), as these rooms are identified in Exhibit A, which is attached to and made a part of this Lease as if fully set forth, together with the right of ingress into and egress out of the Premises.

 

2.                                       TERM OF LEASE :    The term of the Lease shall extend for three (3) years, commencing on April 1, 2010 and ending on March 31, 2013 (hereinafter “Lease Term”).

 

3.                                       RENT :

 

3.1                                The LESSEE shall pay the LESSOR annual fixed rent according to the following schedule:

 

a.               Year One (April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2011):  Eighty-Eight Thousand, Two Hundred Forty-Seven and 00/100 Dollars ($88,247), which shall be payable on the 1st day of each calendar month in installments according to the following sub-schedule, prorated for any partial month, in advance, during the term of this Lease:

 

a.               April 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 :  Six Thousand, One Hundred Thirty and 00/100 Dollars ($6,130) per month;

 

b.               July 1, 2010 to September 30, 2010 :  Seven Thousand, One Hundred Thirty and 00/100 Dollars ($7,130) per month; and

 

7



 

c.                October 1, 2010 to March 31, 2011 :  Eight Thousand, Seventy Seven and 83/100 Dollars (8,077.83) per month.

 

b.                                       Year Two (April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2012):  Ninety-Eight Thousand, Nine Hundred Eighty-Nine and 00/100 Dollars ($98,989) , which shall be payable on the 1st day of each calendar month in equal installments of Eight Thousand, Two Hundred Forty-Nine and 08/100 Dollars ($8,249.08) and prorated for any partial month, in advance, during the term of this Lease.

 

c.                                        Year Three (April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013):  One Hundred Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred Thirty-One and 00/100 Dollars ($109,731) , which shall be payable on the 1st day of each calendar month in equal installments of Nine Thousand, One Hundred Forty-Four and 25/100 Dollars ($9,144.25) and prorated for any partial month, in advance, during the term of this Lease.

 

Rent will increase at a rate of $2.00 per square foot annually for each subsequent year of occupancy.

 

Maximum Total Amount of Lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $296,967.00

 

3.2                                The LESSEE shall pay rent by check, payable to the University of Connecticut, and mailed to:

 

University of Connecticut

Cash Operations

343 Mansfield Road, U-2331

Storrs, Connecticut 06269-2331

 

3.3                                If the LESSEE fails to pay the rent within ten (10) days of first of each month, as stated in Paragraph 3.1 herein, the LESSEE shall pay the LESSOR a late payment charge of $50.00 per occurrence.

 

4.                                       USE OF PREMISES :    The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of a laboratory research facility of LESSEE and no other purpose.  LESSEE agrees that all activities conducted within the Premises shall be in full compliance with all federal and/or State rules and regulations, as well as any existing University of Connecticut written policies.  Subsequent University policies (and amendments to existing policies) shall not be binding upon LESSEE unless LESSEE so agrees in writing.

 

5.                                       LESSOR’S OBLIGATIONS :

 

5.1                                 LESSOR will provide and pay for:  electricity; one telephone connection and one datajack in each room (additional jacks will be provided at a cost of $200.00 each to the LESSEE); heat; hot and cold running water and sewer systems; snow and ice removal; sanding; groundskeeping; janitorial service; parking in common with the other tenants of the Merritt Building under the prevailing terms and conditions for LESSOR’S employees; security; rubbish removal; any renovations necessary to comply with any applicable fire, health, handicap accessibility and safety codes, including without limitation the American with Disabilities Act (ADA); replacement of

 

8



 

burnt-out bulbs, tubes and ballasts; toilet supplies; and structural maintenance and repairs.

 

5.2                                The LESSOR, through its Technology Incubation Program (“TIP”), agrees to provide to the LESSEE access to the LESSOR’S library and computer network; hazardous waste removal, in common with the quantities of other labs in the building; business support services; conference rooms; cold room and fax/copier. TIP may offer, under special arrangement: (1) access to specialized equipment and instrumentation, (2) connections to researchers and scientists, (3) animal facilities, as space allows and with appropriate faculty collaboration, and (4) access to the Bioservices Center at Storrs and Core Facilities at the University of Connecticut Health Center.

 

5.3                                The LESSOR agrees that parking will be available to the LESSEE under the same prevailing terms and conditions that parking is available to University of Connecticut employees.

 

5.4                                The LESSOR agrees to provide at no cost to LESSEE a bottled water dispenser to ensure that potable water is available on the Premises.

 

5.5                                The LESSOR agrees to promptly notify University Facilities Operations concerning reasonable issues related to heat on the Premises upon reasonable notice by the LESSEE of the existence of such issues.

 

6.                                       LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS :

 

6.1                                Except as otherwise provided for in Section 5, LESSEE shall be responsible for the following expenses, services and financial obligations related to use of the Premises:

 

a.                                       payment of real and personal property taxes limited to LESSEE’S personal property and, in the case of real property taxes, a percentage of such taxes equal to the percentage of square footage of the property taxed which is occupied by LESSEE (prorated for partial years of occupancy), assessments, special assessments or special permits, or similar charges, if any, related to the Premises, of any nature whatsoever, utilities separately metered; refuse removal from the demised Premises; leasehold improvements; renovations to the building which must comply with local fire, health, handicap and safety codes; plate glass replacement; signs, subject to reasonable consent of the LESSOR; repair and/or replacement for any damage caused to the property by the LESSEE’s or its invitees; and commercial extermination service.

 

b.                                       telephone installation and call charges; any repair and/or replacement to the Premises by the LESSEE or its invitees; any modifications or renovations made at the request or under the direction of the LESSEE, subject to the prior written approval of the LESSOR.

 

6.2                                LESSEE agrees it will conform to all Federal, State and University Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) requirements relating to hazardous waste removal, radiation safety and animal health and welfare.  The LESSEE agrees that the University will provide monitoring and training in these areas. Prior to execution of the Lease, the LESSEE will complete an EHS questionnaire.  The LESSEE agrees to allow site inspections of the Premises upon occupancy and at any time thereafter that may be determined necessary by EHS personnel.

 

6.3                                LESSEE agrees to provide to the LESSOR’S TIP management:

 

a.               brief quarterly updates on the LESSEE’S scientific progress; new and existing grants; and any company business issues.  In addition, LESSEE will provide LESSEE’S

 

9



 

financial statements upon request from TIP management: and

 

b.               comprehensive updates utilizing non-confidential data, on scientific progress, new and existing grants and business issues of LESSEE to the TIP committee within six months of the start date for the Lease Term and annually thereafter.

 

6.4                                LESSEE will provide, before the Lease is fully executed, a current Certificate of insurance, in accordance with Section 15 of the Lease.  This shall be supplied annually each year thereafter.

 

6.5                                LESSEE agrees that the Premises will be fully staffed during the term of this Lease.

 

6.6                                LESSEE agrees to provide annual data regarding jobs, revenue and taxes generated by the business with the understanding that the LESSOR agrees that this data will only be used in aggregate for determining TIP impact.

 

6.7                                LESSEE agrees that it will supply copies, as they are executed, of all consulting arrangements and/or use and occupancy agreements, supporting the TIP Lab, with other entities at the University.

 

6.8                                LESSEE agrees to supply to the LESSOR, upon execution of this Lease, a copy of its incorporation papers including documents indicating current officer names and ownership.

 

6.9                                The LESSEE will develop a full business plan utilizing non-confidential and non-proprietary data relative to the TIP operation.  In addition, LESSEE agrees to provide its financial statements if requested by TIP management.

 

6.10                         During Year Two identified in Paragraph 3.1 above, the LESSEE shall develop a plan for transition from the Premises to a non-TIP location by the end of Year Three.  The LESSOR shall assist and provide support services to the LESSEE in developing this transition plan.

 

6.11                          LESSEE agrees that all improvements to the Premises are the responsibility of the LESSEE, upon written permission of the LESSOR and in accordance with Article 13 of this Lease.

 

6.12                          LESSEE agrees that all costs associated with removing furniture and cabinets, including storage, will be the responsibility of LESSEE.

 

6.13                          LESSEE agrees that rent in Article 3.1 will be paid from the start date of the Lease regardless of occupancy of the Premises, unless such postponement of occupancy is a result of delay by the LESSOR.

 

6.14                          LESSEE agrees to immediately notify LESSOR’S Department of Public Safety regarding any injuries or accidents occurring on the Premises.

 

6.15                          LESSEE further agrees to promptly notify LESSOR of any new employees who will be working at the Premises to ensure that they receive timely orientation relative to applicable University policies.

 

6.16                          The LESSEE agrees to the terms set forth in the Memorandum of Understanding

 

10



 

dated May 26, 2010, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit Band made a part  of this Lease as if fully set forth.

 

7.                                       CONDITIONS OF PREMISES :    The Premises are leased to and taken by the LESSEE “as is,” and in its present condition; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall modify LESSOR’S obligations under Section 5 hereof, and this provision shall not apply to latent defects or conditions or to non-obvious structural matters.  LESSEE covenants that it will maintain the Premises in a clean, orderly and safe condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, free from waste, and shall not permit any nuisance therein or the accumulation of trash or debris thereon or appurtenant thereto.

 

8.                                       ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING :    LESSEE shall not sublet the Premises, in whole or in part, or assign this Lease, or permit the Premises to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, by others without the prior written consent of the LESSOR which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  In the event such consent is given, the LESSEE shall not be relieved from any obligation under this Lease by reason of any such assignment or subletting.

 

9.                                       LESSOR’S RIGHT OF ENTRY :    The LESSEE agrees that the LESSOR shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at any time or from time to time for whatever purpose the LESSOR deems necessary to enforce its rights or perform its obligations under this Lease, provided that LESSOR will use its best efforts to avoid interfering with LESSEE’S business on the Premises.

 

10.                                COMPLIANCE WITH LAW :    The LESSEE agrees that it will use the Premises so as to conform with and not violate any laws, regulations and/or requirements of the United States and/or the State of Connecticut and/or any ordinance, rule or regulation of the Town of Mansfield, now or hereafter made, relating to the use of the Premises to the extent applicable, and the LESSEE shall indemnify and save the LESSOR harmless from any fines, penalties or costs for violation of or noncompliance with the same, relating to the operation of LESSEE’S business on the Premises.

 

11.                                LIENS :    LESSEE will not permit any lien for money claimed against or owing by LESSEE to be placed against the Premises during the term hereof and should any such lien be recorded, LESSEE shall, within fifteen (15) days after such lien is recorded, bond over or pay and discharge same.  Should any such lien be recorded and not be bonded over, released or discharged, LESSOR may, at LESSOR’S option (but without obligation so to pay or discharge such lien), pay and discharge any such lien, at the cost and expense of LESSEE.

 

12.                                DEFAULT BY LESSEE; RIGHT TO TERMINATE

 

12.1             In the event LESSEE shall:  (a) fail to pay any rent payable pursuant to this Lease within ten (10) days following written notice that same is due or if; for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof has been given to LESSEE; or (b) LESSEE shall fail to perform or comply with any term hereof or any duty or obligation imposed upon it by this Lease or by any other rule or regulation of LESSOR (provided, however, that if such cure cannot be accomplished within such thirty (30) days, and if LESSEE promptly commences and diligently pursues such cure, LESSEE may have up to thirty (30) additional days to effect such a cure); or (c) if LESSEE shall abandon the Premises; or (d) there shall be filed by or against LESSEE, or any guarantor of LESSEE’S obligations hereunder, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of LESSEE’S or such guarantor’s property and in the case of an involuntary bankruptcy, the same is not discharged within

 

11



 

sixty (60) days thereafter; or (e) if LESSEE or such guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or enters into an arrangement or admits its inability to pay its debts as they become due, then and in any such event LESSOR shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies LESSOR may have at LESSOR’S option, to enter upon the Premises, repossess, and enjoy the same in accordance with applicable law, as if this Lease had not been made, and thereupon this Lease shall terminate without prejudice.  Upon demand by LESSOR, LESSEE shall surrender to LESSOR complete and peaceable possession of the Premises.

 

12.2             Without such re-entry as provided in Section 12.1, LESSOR may recover possession thereof in any manner permitted by law, including summary process, it being understood that no demand for rent or re entry for condition broken, as at common law, shall be necessary to enable LESSOR to recover such possession.

 

12.3             Upon the breach by the LESSEE of any terms and conditions of this Lease, the parties hereto agree that this Lease may be terminated immediately at the option of the LESSOR, without any obligations being thrust upon the LESSOR of any nature whatsoever.

 

12.4             Either party may terminate this Lease without cause or penalty upon sixty (60) days prior written notice.

 

13.                                ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS :    LESSEE shall not make any alterations or improvements in or to the Premises without the written consent of LESSOR, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any approved alteration or improvement shall be done by contractors consented to by LESSOR, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Such approved alteration or improvement shall be made in a good and workmanlike manner and in a manner so that the structural integrity of the Building shall not be impaired.  LESSEE shall obtain all necessary permits and, at LESSOR’S option, shall submit to LESSOR architectural renderings, insurance certificates and lien waivers as reasonably required by LESSOR.  Upon the making of such alterations or improvements the same shall become the property of LESSOR, provided, however, that should LESSOR require removal of such improvements, LESSOR shall notify LESSEE in writing at the time consent is given that LESSOR will require that LESSEE remove the same at no expense to LESSOR and repair-any damage caused by such removal and that the Premises shall be left by LESSEE in the condition that the Premises were in at the commencement to the term of this Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

14.                                PERSONAL PROPERTY :    All personal property of every kind and description, which may at any time be on the Premises, shall be at the LESSEE’s sole risk and the LESSOR shall have no liability therefore.

 

15.                                INSURANCE :

 

15.1                         The LESSEE shall maintain its own insurance policy covering such personal property.

 

15.2                         LESSEE shall obtain and keep in force at its sole expense during the Lease Term, the following insurance coverage:

 

(a)                                  Commercial General Liability

 

1.

 

Each Occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

 

 

12



 

2.

 

Personal and Advertising Injury

 

$

 

1,000,000

 

3.

 

General Aggregate

 

$

 

2,000,000

 

4.

 

Fire Legal Liability

 

$

 

100,000

 

 

The insurance shall provide for a retroactive date of placement prior to or coinciding with the effective date of this Lease.

(b)                                  Business Automobile Liability:  Minimum Limits for Owned, Scheduled, Non Owned, or Hired Automobiles with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.

(c)                                   Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability:  As required under state law.

(d)                                  Such other insurance in such amounts which from time to time may reasonably be required by the mutual consent of the LESSOR and LESSEE against other insurable hazards relating to performance.

 

15.3                         All policies of insurance provided for in this Section shall be issued by insurance companies with general policyholder’s rating of not less than A- and a financial rating of not less than Class VITI as rated in the most current available A.M. Best Insurance Reports and be licensed to do business in the State of Connecticut. All such policies shall be issued in the name of LESSEE, and shall name, as Additional Insured, The State of Connecticut, University of Connecticut with respects to liability arising out of operations, maintenance or use of that party the Premises leased to the LESSEE.  Certificates thereof shall be delivered to LESSOR within thirty (30) days after substantial completion of the Premises, and thereafter certificates thereof shall be delivered to LESSOR within ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the term of each such policy, all at no cost to LESSOR. All certificates delivered to LESSOR shall contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give to LESSOR at least twenty (20) days notice in writing in advance of any material change, cancellation, termination or lapse of the Effective Date of any reduction in the amounts of insurance below the requirements of the Lease. Policies shall waive the right of recovery against the LESSOR and shall be primary.

 

16.                                INDEMNIFICATION :    The LESSEE shall at all times protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless the LESSOR and its officers, agents, and employees on account of any and all claims, damages, losses, reasonable litigation costs, expenses, reasonable counsel fees and compensation arising out of injuries (including death) sustained by or alleged to have been sustained by the officers, agents, and employees of the LESSEE or the LESSOR and from injuries (including death) sustained by or alleged to have been sustained by the public or by any other person or property, real or personal (including property of the LESSEE or the LESSOR), to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the LESSEE or the employees, agents, clients, contractors or invitees of the LESSEE.

 

17.                               SURRENDER OF PREMISES :    At the expiration or other termination of this Lease, the LESSEE will surrender the Premises in as good condition as that existing at the beginning of the Lease Term (excluding reasonable use and wear thereof), and except for: damage caused by unavoidable circumstances; and any alterations or additions which may have been made by the LESSEE at the LESSEE’S expense with the written consent of the LESSOR, or otherwise permitted hereunder.  Any such alterations or additions shall become, at no cost to the LESSOR, the property of the LESSOR, at the end of the Lease Term, unless as otherwise provided in Section 12 hereof. The LESSOR reserves the right; however, at the termination or expiration of the Lease, to demand, upon reasonable notice to the LESSEE, that the LESSEE removes such alterations and additions at the LESSEE’s expense, leaving the Premises in substantially the same condition as it was at the beginning of the Lease Term.

 

13



 

18.                                HOLDING OVER :    If at the expiration or termination of the Lease (including any applicable extension option periods contained therein) the LESSEE shall hold over for any reason without the consent of the LESSOR, the LESSEE thereafter shall be a tenant at sufferance, and the base rent shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rent specified in the final year of the Lease.  Any holding over by LESSEE shall not operate to extend or renew this Lease.

 

19.                                NOTICES :

 

19.1                         All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing.  All notices demands and requests shall be deemed to have been properly served if sent by Federal Express or other reputable express carrier for next business day delivery, charges billed to or prepaid by shipper; or if deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified with return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If directed to LESSOR, written notice shall be addressed to:

 

Real Estate Officer

Real Estate and Property Risk Management

31 LeDoyt Road, U-3047

Storrs, CT 06269-3047

 

If directed to LESSEE, written notice shall be directed to:

 

President and CEO

ODIS, Inc.

Merritt Building

270 Middle Turnpike

Mansfield, CT  06269

 

20.                                COMPLETE AGREEMENT :    No prior stipulations, agreements or understandings, verbal or otherwise, of the parties hereto or their agents, shall be valid or enforceable unless embodied in the provisions of this Lease.

 

21.                                NON-DISCRIMINATION :    References in this section to “Contract” shall mean this Lease and references to “Contractor” shall mean the LESSEE.

 

(a)               The following subsections are set forth here as required by section 4a-60 of the Connecticut General Statutes:

 

(1) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of race, color, religious creed, age, marital status, national origin, ancestry, sex, mental retardation, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by such Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or of the state of Connecticut. The Contractor further agrees to take affirmative action to insure that applicants with job-related qualifications are employed and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their race, color, religious creed, age, marital status,

 

14



 

national origin, ancestry, sex, mental retardation, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by such Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved;  (2) the Contractor agrees, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, to state that it is an “affirmative action-equal opportunity employer” in accordance with regulations adopted by the commission;  (3) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which such Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which such Contractor has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the commission advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this section, and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment;  (4) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision  of this section and sections 46a-68e and 46a-68f and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said commission pursuant to sections 46a-56, 46a-68e and 46a-68f;  (5) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor as relate to the provisions of this section and section 46a-56.

 

(b)                If the Contract is a public works contract, the Contractor agrees and warrants that he will make good faith efforts to employ minority business enterprises as subcontractors and suppliers of materials on such public works project.

 

(c)                 “Minority business enterprise” means any small contractor or supplier of materials fifty-one per cent or more of the capital stock, if any, or assets of which is owned by a person or persons:  (1) Who are active in the daily affairs of the enterprise, (2) who have the power to direct the management and policies of the enterprise and (3) who are members of a minority, as such term is defined in subsection (a) of section 32-9n; and “good faith” means that degree of diligence which a reasonable person would exercise in the performance of legal duties and obligations.  “Good faith efforts” shall include, but not be limited to, those reasonable initial efforts necessary to comply with statutory or regulatory requirements and additional or substituted efforts when it is determined that such initial efforts will not be sufficient to comply with such requirements.

 

(d)                Determination of the Contractor’s good faith efforts shall include but shall not be limited to the following factors:  The Contractor’s employment and subcontracting policies, patterns and practices; affirmative advertising, recruitment and training; technical assistance activities and such other reasonable activities or efforts as the commission may prescribe that are designed to ensure the participation of minority business enterprises in public works projects.

 

(e)                 The Contractor shall develop and maintain adequate documentation, in a manner prescribed by the commission, of its good faith efforts.

 

(f)                  The Contractor shall include the provisions of sections (a) and (b) above in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the state and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the commission.  The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with section 46a-56; provided, if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a

 

15



 

subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the commission, the Contractor may request the state of Connecticut to enter into· any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the state and the state may so enter.

 

(g)                 The following subsections are set forth here as required by section 4a-60a of the Connecticut General Statutes:

 

(1) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of sexual orientation, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or of the state of Connecticut, and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their sexual orientation;  (2) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which such Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which such Contractor has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this section, and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment;  (3) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision of this section and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said commission pursuant to section 46a-56; and (4) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor which relate to the provisions of this section and section 46a-56.

 

(h)                The Contractor shall include the provisions of section (g) above in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the state and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the commission.  The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with section 46a-56; provided, if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the commission, the Contractor may request the state of Connecticut to enter into any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the state and the state may so enter.

 

(i)                    For the purposes of this entire Non-Discrimination section, “Contract” or “contract” includes any extension or modification of the Contract or contract, “Contractor” or “contractor” includes any successors or assigns of the Contractor or contractor, “marital status” means being single, married as recognized by the state of Connecticut, widowed, separated or divorced, and “mental disability” means one or more mental disorders, as defined in the most recent edition of the American Psychiatric Association’s “Diagnostic and Statistical Manual Mental Disorders”, or a record of or regarding a person as having one or more such disorders.  For the purposes of this section, “Contract” does not include a contract where each contractor is (1) a political subdivision of the state, including, but not limited to, a municipality, (2) a quasi-public agency, as defined in Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 1-120, (3) any other state, including but not limited to any federally recognized Indian tribal governments, as defined in Conn. Gen. Stat. Section 1-267, (4) the federal government, (5) a foreign government, or (6) an agency of a subdivision, agency, state or government described in the immediately preceding enumerated items (1), (2), (3), (4)

 

16



 

or (5).

 

22.                                EXECUTIVE ORDERS :    The Contract is subject to the provisions of Executive Order No. Three of Governor Thomas J. Meskill, promulgated June 16, 1971, concerning labor employment practices, Executive Order No. Seventeen of Governor Thomas J. Meskill, promulgated February 15, 1973, concerning the listing of employment openings and Executive Order No. Sixteen of Governor John G. Rowland promulgated August 4, 1999, concerning violence in the workplace, all of which are incorporated into and are made a parto the Contract as if they had been fully set forth in it.  At the Contractor’s request, the Client Agency shall provide a copy of these orders to the Contractor.  The Contract may also be subject to Executive Order No. 7C of Governor M. Jodi Rell, promulgated July 13, 2006, concerning contracting reforms and Executive Order No. 14 of Governor M. Jodi Rell, promulgated April 17, 2006, concerning procurement of cleaning products and services, in accordance with their respective terms and conditions.

 

23.                                STATE ELECTION ENFORCEMENT COMMISSION (SEEC) CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION BAN :    This Lease is subject to the provisions of the State Election Enforcement Commission (SEEC) Campaign Contribution Ban.  For all State Contracts as defined in P.A. 07-1 having a value in a calendar year of $50,000 or more or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of $100,000 or more, the authorized signatory to this Agreement expressly acknowledges receipt to the State Elections Enforcement Commission’s notice advising state contractors of state campaign contribution and solicitation prohibitions, and will inform its principals of the contents of the notice.  See SEEC Form (below):

 

17



 

SEEC FORM 11

 

NOTICE TO EXECUTIVE BRANCH STATE CONTRACTORS AND PROSPECTIVE STATE

CONTRACTORS OF CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION AND SOLICITATION BAN

 

This notice is provided under the authority of Connecticut General Statutes 9-612(g)(2), as amended by P.A. 07-1, and is for the purpose of informing state contractors and prospective state contractors of the following law (italicized words are defined below):

 

Campaign Contribution and Solicitation Ban

 

No state contractor, prospective state contractor, principal of a state contractor or principal of a prospective state contractor, with regard to a state contract or state contract solicitation with or from a state agency in the executive branch or a quasi-public agency holder, or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to, or solicit contributions on behalf of (I) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, State Comptroller, Secretary of the State or State Treasurer, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee;

 

In addition, no holder or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to, or solicit contributions on behalf of (I) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of State senator or State representative, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee.

 

Duty to Inform

 

State contractors and prospective state contractors are required to inform their principal of the above prohibitions, as applicable, and the possible penalties and other consequences of any violation thereof

 

Penalties for Violations

 

Contributions or solicitations of contributions made in violation of the above prohibitions may result in the following civil and criminal penalties:

 

Civil Penalties—$2000 or twice the amounto the prohibited contribution, whichever is greater, against a principal or a contractor.  Any state contractor or prospective state contractor which fails to make reasonable efforts to comply with the provisions requiring notice to its principals of these prohibitions and the possible consequences of their violations may also be subject to civil penalties of $2000 or twice the amounto the prohibited contributions made by their principals.

 

Criminal penalties-Any knowing and willful violation of the prohibition is a Class D felony, which may subject the violator to imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or $5000 in fines, or both.

 

Contract Consequences

 

Contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions may result, in the case of a state contractor, in the contract being voided.

 

Contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions, in the case of a prospective state contractor, shall result in the contract described in the state contract solicitation not being awarded to the prospective state contractor, unless the State Election Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation.

 

The State will not award any other state contract to anyone found in violation of the above prohibitions for a period of one year after the election for which such contribution is made or solicited, unless the State Election Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation.

 

Additional information and the entire text of P.A. 07-1 may be found on the website of the State Elections Enforcement Commission, www.ct.gov/seec. Click on the link to “State Contractor Contribution Ban”

 

Definitions :

 

“State contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that enters into a state contract. Such person, business entity or nonprofit organization shall be deemed to be a state contractor until December thirty-firsto the year in which such contract terminates. “State contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person’s capacity as a state or q\lasi-public agency employee.

 

“Prospective state contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that (i) submits a response to a state contract solicitation by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, or a proposal in response to a request for proposals by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, until the contract has been entered into, or (ii) holds a valid prequalification certificate issued by the Commissioner of Administrative Services under section 4a-l 00. “Prospective state contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person’s capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.

 

“Principal of a state contractor or prospective state contractor” means (i) any individual who is a member of the board of directors of, or has an

 

18



 

ownership interest of five per cent or more in, a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, except for an individual who is a member of the board of directors of a nonprofit organization, (ii) an individual who is employed by a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, as president, treasurer or executive vice president, (iii) an individual who is the chief executive officer of a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is not a business entity, or if a state contractor or prospective state contractor has no such officer, then the officer who duly possesses comparable powers and duties, (iv) an officer or an employee of any state contractor or prospective state contractor who has managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract, (v) the spouse or a dependent child who is eighteen years of age or older of an individual described in this subparagraph, or (vi) a political committee established or controlled by an individual described in this subparagraph or the business entity or nonprofit organization that is the state contractor or prospective state contractor.

 

“State contract” means an agreement or contract with the state or any state agency or any quasi-public agency, let through a procurement process or otherwise, having a value of fifty thousand dollars or more, or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of one hundred thousand dollars or more in a calendar year, for (i) the rendition of services, (ii) the furnishing of any goods, material, supplies, equipment or any items of any kind, (iii) the construction, alteration or repair of any public building or public work, (iv) the acquisition, sale or lease of any land or building, (v) a licensing arrangement, or (vi) a grant, loan or loan guarantee. “State contract” does not include any agreement or contract with the state, any state agency or any quasi-public agency that is exclusively federally funded, an education loan or a loan to an individual for other than commercial purposes.

 

“State contract solicitation” means a request by a state agency or quasi-public agency, in whatever form issued, including, but not limited to, an invitation to bid, request for proposals, request for information or request for quotes, inviting bids, quotes or other types of submittals, through a competitive procurement process or another process authorized by law waiving competitive procurement.

 

“Managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract” means having direct, extensive and substantive responsibilities with respect to the negotiation of the state contract and not peripheral, clerical or ministerial responsibilities.

 

“Dependent child” means a child residing in an individual’s household who may legally be claimed as a dependent on the federal income tax of such individual.

 

“Solicit” means (A) requesting that a contribution be made, (B) participating in any fund-raising activities for a candidate committee, exploratory committee, political committee or party committee, including, but not limited to, forwarding tickets to potential contributors, receiving contributions for transmission to any such committee or bundling contributions, (C) serving as chairperson, treasurer or deputy treasurer of any such committee, or (D) establishing a political committee for the sole purpose of soliciting or receiving contributions for any committee. Solicit does not include: (i) making a contribution that is otherwise permitted by Chapter 155 of the Connecticut General Statutes;(ii) informing any person of a position taken by a candidate for public office or a public official, (iii) notifying the person of any activities of, or contact information for, any candidate for public office; or (iv) serving as a member in any party committee or as an officer of such committee that is not otherwise prohibited in this section.

 

24.                                POWER TO EXECUTE .   The individual signing this Lease on behalf of the LESSEE certifies that s/he has full authority to execute the same on behalf of the LESSEE and that this Lease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the LESSEE and is binding upon the LESSEE in accordance with its terms.  The LESSEE shall provide a Corporate Resolution or other signature authority documentation certifying that the individual executing this Lease has been authorized by the governing body of the LESSEE to sign on behalf of the LESSEE, signed on or after the date of the Lease execution by LESSEE.

 

25.                                ETHICS AFFIDAVITS AND NONDISCRIMINATION CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

 

25.1                         The LESSOR, as an agency of the State of Connecticut, requires that notarized Gift and Campaign Contribution Certificates (Office of Policy and Management “OPM” Form  1) and Consulting Agreement Affidavits (OPM Form 5) accompany all State contracts/agreements with a value of $50,000 or more in a calendar or fiscal year. (Form 1 is also used with a multi-year contract to update the initial certification on an annual basis.)

 

25.2                         An executed Nondiscrimination Certification must also be provided by the LESSEE at the time of Lease execution for all Leases with individuals, corporations and other entities, regardless of type, term, cost or value.  The Certification requires the signer to disclose his/her title and certify that the LESSEE has in place a properly-adopted policy, which supports the nondiscrimination requirements of Connecticut law. This Certification is required for all original

 

19



 

Leases as well as Lease Amendments, signed on or after the date of the Lease execution by the LESSEE.

 

26.                                GOVERNING LAW :   This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

27.                               CLAIMS AGAINST THE STATE :   The LESSEE agrees that the sole and exclusive means for the presentation of any claim against the State arising from this Lease shall be in accordance with Chapter 53 of the Connecticut General Statutes (Claims Against the State) and the LESSEE further agrees not to initiate any legal proceedings in any state or federal court in addition to, or in lieu of, said Chapter 53 proceedings.

 

28.                                MODIFICATION :   The terms of this Lease may be modified or altered only by written Amendment to Lease between the LESSOR and LESSEE, and no act or omissions of any employee or agent of LESSOR or LESSEE shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

 

29.                                APPROVAL OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES, ATTORNEY GENERAL AND TREASURER :   This Lease shall not be binding on the LESSOR or LESSEE unless and until approved by the LESSOR’S Board of Trustees, approved and signed by both the Attorney General and the Treasurer of the State of Connecticut and delivered to the LESSEE.

 

30.                                FORCE MAJEURE .   LESSOR and LESSEE shall be excused for the period of delay in the performance of any of their respective obligations, excepting monetary obligations hereunder, and shall not be considered in default when prevented from so performing due to a labor strike, riot, war, fire, flood or other casualty, or Acts of God so extensive as to prevent LESSEE from conducting business or preventing LESSEE or LESSOR from complying with their obligations under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands.

 

Signed in the presence of:

 

LESSEE: ODIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

{Signed}

{Signed by Michael McCoy}

 

By:

 

 

)

 

Leon Pierhal, its President and CEO

 

 

 

Duly Authorized

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

 

)

 

Date signed: 10-21-10

 

 

State of Connecticut

ss:

County of Fairfield

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21 day of October, 2010 by

 

20



 

Leon Pierhal of ODIS a DE. company, on behalf of the company.

 

 

 

{Signed}

 

 

 

Notary Public:

 

My commission expires:

 

ALYSON J DOWNS

Notary Public

Connecticut

My Commission Expires Feb 28, 2013

 

 

Signed in the presence of:

 

LESSOR:

 

 

University of Connecticut

 

 

 

{Signed}

 

{Signed}

 

)

By:

 

 Melanie J.F. Sanko

 

 

Barry M. Feldman

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

{Signed}

 

 

 And Chief Operating Officer,

)

 

 

 

 

)

 

Duly Authorized

 Angelo Marsh

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date signed:

3 Dec. 2010

 

State of Connecticut

ss:  Mansfield

County of Tolland

 

On this the 3rd day of December, 2010, before me, Melanie Sanko, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Barry M. Feldman, Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut, known to me to be the person described in the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same in the capacity therein stated and for the purposes therein contained.

 

 

{Signed}

 

 

 

Notary Public:

 

21



 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

MELANIE J. F. SAVINO

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES DEC. 31, 2012

 

Approved pursuant to C.G. S. § 4b-38(g):

 

 

{ Signed}

 

Date:

1/28/11

 Denise L. Nappier, State Treasurer

 

 

(or designee,

Lawrence A. Wilson

 

 

(Title of designee :

Deputy Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPROVED AS TO FORM:

 

 

 

 

 

 

{Signed}

 

Date:

2-10-11

Assistant Associate Attorney General

 

 

 

22



 

EXHIBIT A

 

{MAP}

 

University of Connecticut Merritt Hall - First Floor

 

23



 

EXHIBIT B

 

May  26, 2010

 

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

Between

OPEL International and UCONN School of Engineering

 

This memorandum between the University Of Connecticut School Of Engineering [SOE] and OPEL international, Inc., for itself and its related companies, OPEL Inc., and ODIS Inc. [OPEL] is associated with the lease OPEL has signed with the University of Connecticut Technology Incubator Program, running from August 1, 2007 through July 31, 2010.

 

OPEL has had a lease for space and for access to equipment in the Merritt Building on the University of Connecticut Depot Campus since November, 2001. In conjunction with the research that is ongoing, OPEL has purchased and donated the following equipment to SOE:

 

PECVD System

 

$

50,000

 

RIE System

 

157,000

 

Implant Chiller

 

2,730

 

Overhead Shelf

 

1,240

 

Optical Table

 

6,120

 

Egun Controller

 

8,350

 

Neslab Chiller

 

9,350

 

 

In addition, OPEL has purchased the following equipment that has not as yet been donated to SOE:

 

Spectrophotometer

 

$

50,000

 

Optical Spectrum Analyzer

 

20,000

 

Parameter Analyzer

 

45,000

 

High Speed Scope

 

24,000

 

Monochromatic system

 

30,000

 

Optical Table+Shelves

 

16,000

 

RTA System

 

30,000

 

Furnace

 

3,500

 

Spinner

 

10,000

 

 

24



 

OPEL has also provided funds to supplement SOE equipment purchases:

 

 

 

UCONN SOE

 

 

OPEL

 

MBE

 

$

350,000

 

 

$

200,000

 

Ion Implanter

 

30,000

 

 

150,000

 

Sputter Tool

 

10,000

 

 

50,000

 

Egun

 

83,000

(OPEL grant)

 

12,000

 

 

Finally, OPEL provides annual upgrade/maintenance funds that total about $150,000 per year and will continue to provide these funds during the new lease period.

 

In terms of personnel, efforts made with respect to the research associated with OPEL products, about 30% of those efforts are made by OPEL employees and thus about 70% are made by UCONN faculty, employees, graduate students, and post-docs. There are currently two OPEL employees working here on the Depot Campus- with an additional two employees anticipated to be added during the new lease period.  There are currently four graduate students supported by OPEL funds with an additional four anticipated to be added during the new lease period. And finally, there is one post doc currently supported by OPEL funds with an additional two anticipated to be added during the new lease period.

 

Based upon these financial and personnel data, the University of Connecticut School of Engineering agrees to provide access to SOE equipment and laboratory space to OPEL employees at no additional cost to OPEL International Inc. during the new lease period.

 

 

{Signed}

 

{Signed}

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Mun Y. Choi

 

Leon M. Pierhal

Dean

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

School of Engineering

 

OPEL International, Inc

University of Connecticut

 

 

 

25


Exhibit 4.5

 

February 14, 2013

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.
121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501
Toronto, Ontario
M5H 2K1

 

Attention:                                          Leon M. Pierhal
President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Re:                              Private Placement of Units consisting of Common Shares and Warrants

 

IBK Capital Corp. (the “Agent” ) understands that OPEL Technologies Inc. (being the “Corporation” as hereinafter defined) proposes to issue, by way of private placement, up to 15,000,000 units (the “Units” ) in the capital of the Corporation at a subscription price of CDN$0.50 per Unit, each such Unit consisting of one Common Share (as defined herein) (each a “Unit Share” ) and one Common Share purchase warrant (each Common Share purchase warrant being hereinafter referred to as a “Warrant” ) where each Warrant is exercisable into one Common Share of the Corporation (a “Warrant Share” ) to the extent exercised at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the date that is 24 months from the Closing Date (as defined herein) (the “Warrant Exercise Period” ) upon payment to the Corporation of CDN$0.75 (the “Offering” )

 

The Units, Unit Shares, Warrants, and Warrant Shares offered pursuant to the Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Securities” .  The Securities may be offered by the Agent to purchasers in the Offering Jurisdictions (as defined herein).

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Agent hereby agrees to act, and the Corporation hereby appoints the Agent as the sole and exclusive agent of the Corporation to offer the Securities for sale on a private placement basis in the Offering Jurisdictions and to use its commercially reasonable efforts and without underwriter liability to secure subscriptions therefor, provided that the Agent shall not be under any obligation to purchase any of the Securities.  The Agent shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to form a selling group (the “Selling Group” ) and engage therefor any other registered dealer to act as a sub-agent, and offer such sub-agent as compensation any part of the sales commission or the Agent’s Compensation Options (as defined herein).  For greater clarity, the Corporation shall not be liable for the compensation of any such Selling Group member over and above the sales commission or the Agent’s Compensation Options.  The Agent shall, however, be under no obligation to engage any sub-agent.  In the event the conditions to be satisfied by the Closing Time (as defined herein) are not met or waived as herein contemplated, all Subscription Funds (as defined herein) shall be returned to the Subscribers (as defined herein) thereof without interest or deduction and the Corporation shall pay the Agent’s Expenses (as defined herein) provided for in section 8.2 herein.

 

In consideration for its services hereunder, including but not limited to acting as financial advisor to the Corporation and advising on the terms, conditions and structuring of the Offering, the Agent shall be entitled to receive the consideration provided for in section 8.1 herein.

 



 

The following are the further terms and conditions of this Agreement:

 

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                As used in this Agreement, including the paragraphs prior to this definitional section and any amendments hereto, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  “Agent” means IBK Capital Corp.;

 

(b)                                  “Agent’s Compensation Options” means the non-transferable compensation options issued to the Agent or a Selling Group member at any Closing pursuant to section 8.1(b) herein.  The Agent’s Compensation Options may also be referred to as “Broker Warrants” in the Transaction Agreements and the terms may be used interchangeably;

 

(c)                                   “Agent’s Counsel” means BLP Law Professional Corporation or such other legal counsel as the Agent may appoint;

 

(d)                                  “Agent’s Expenses” shall have the meaning as set out in section 8.2 herein;

 

(e)                                   “Agent’s Common Share” shall have the meaning as set out in section 8.1(b) herein;

 

(f)                                    “Agreement” means this agreement between the Agent and the Corporation and not any particular Article or section or other portion except as may be specified, and words such as “hereto” , “herein” , “hereunder” , “hereof” and “hereby” refer to this Agreement as the context requires;

 

(g)                                   “Applicable Business Laws” means all applicable federal, provincial or state legislation and regulations thereto: (i) pursuant to which the Corporation is incorporated, continued or amalgamated and (ii) of each jurisdiction in which the nature of the Corporation’s assets and business make registration, licensing and/or qualification necessary;

 

(h)                                  “Applicable Securities Laws” means all applicable securities laws, rules, regulations, instruments, notices, blanket orders, statements, circulars, procedures and policies in the Designated Provinces, together with all published policies, rules and regulations of the Exchange;

 

(i)                                      “Business Day” means a day, other than Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays, when the banks conducting business in the City of Toronto, Ontario are generally open for the transaction of banking business;

 

(j)                                     “Closing” means, on any Closing Date, the acceptance of the Subscription Agreements and the Subscription Funds by the Corporation and the execution and delivery of certificates for the Securities sold by the Corporation;

 

2



 

(k)                                  “Closing Date” means February 14, 2013 or such other date or dates as the Agent and the Corporation may agree and in the event of two or more Closings means the date on which the applicable Closing occurs;

 

(l)                                      “Closing Time” means 2:00 p.m. (Toronto time) or such other time of Closing, on the Closing Date, upon which the Agent and the Corporation may agree;

 

(m)                              “Common Share” as used herein means a common share in the capital of the Corporation, as constituted on the date hereof;

 

(n)                                  “Corporation” means OPEL Technologies Inc.;

 

(o)                                  “Corporation’s Counsel” means Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP or such other legal counsel as the Corporation may appoint;

 

(p)                                  “Designated Provinces” means each of the provinces and territories of Canada to the extent that any Subscribers are resident therein;

 

(q)                                  “Environmental Laws” shall have the meaning as set out in clause 4.1(dd)(i) herein;

 

(r)                                     “Exchange” means the TSX Venture Exchange, a division of TMX Group Inc. or any other such recognized stock exchange the securities of the Corporation are listed on;

 

(s)                                    “Financial Statements” means, collectively, the audited consolidated comparative financial statements of the Corporation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and the unaudited financial statements of the Corporation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012;

 

(t)                                     “Government Authority” shall have the meaning as set out in clause 4.1(dd)(iii) herein;

 

(u)                                  “Indemnified Parties” and “Indemnified Person” shall have the meanings as set out in section 11.1 herein;

 

(v)                                  “Liabilities” shall have the meaning as set out in section 11.1 herein;

 

(w)                                “Material Contract” means any contract to which the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is a party which is material to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;

 

(x)                                  “Maximum Subscription” means CDN$7,500,000 with respect to the Offering;

 

(y)                                  “NI 45-106” means National Instrument 45-106 — Prospectus and Registration Exemptions as adopted by the Canadian Securities Administrators;

 

(z)                                   “Offering” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

3



 

(aa)                           “Offering Jurisdictions” means the Designated Provinces and such other jurisdictions, other than the United States of America, as the Agent and the Corporation may agree prior to the Closing Date;

 

(bb)                           “PDF” means an electronic file format that has captured all the elements of a printed document as an electronic image;

 

(cc)                             “person” includes an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, body corporate, and a natural person in his or her capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative;

 

(dd)                           “Public Record” means all information filed by and on behalf of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries with any Securities Commission, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or any other competent authority on or during the 12 months preceding the date hereof;

 

(ee)                             “Securities” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

(ff)                               “Securities Commissions” means the securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities in the Designated Provinces;

 

(gg)                             “Selling Group” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

(hh)                           “Subscriber” means a person who subscribes for, and upon Closing, purchases the Units described herein;

 

(ii)                                   “Subscription Agreements” means the subscription agreements to be entered into at Closing between the Corporation and each of the Subscribers setting out the contractual relationship between the Corporation and the Subscribers, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation and the Agent;

 

(jj)                                 “Subscription Funds” means all funds received with respect to all subscriptions for the Units in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement;

 

(kk)                           “Subsidiary” has the meaning attributed thereto in NI 45-106 and includes any Subsidiary of the Corporation as listed in Schedule “A” attached hereto;

 

(ll)                                   “Transaction Agreements” means this Agreement, the Subscription Agreements, the certificates representing the Warrants and the certificates representing the Agent’s Compensation Options;

 

(mm)                   “Transfer Agent” means Equity Financial Trust Company in its capacity as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Shares;

 

(nn)                           “Units” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

(oo)                           “Unit Share” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

4



 

(pp)                           “U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933 , as amended;

 

(qq)                           “Warrant” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof;

 

(rr)                                 “Warrant Exercise Period” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof; and

 

(ss)                               “Warrant Share” shall have the meaning as set out on page 1 hereof.

 

1.2                                In addition, the terms “misrepresentation” , “material change” and “material fact” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto under the Securities Act (Ontario) and “distribution” or “distribution to the public” , as the case may be, shall also have the meaning as defined under the Securities Act (Ontario) and “distribute” has a corresponding meaning.

 

ARTICLE 2
OFFERING OF THE SECURITIES

 

2.1                                The Corporation has prepared or will prepare the Subscription Agreements in compliance with Applicable Securities Laws and the Agent shall take all other reasonable steps and proceedings in compliance with Applicable Securities Laws that may be necessary to utilize the Subscription Agreements in connection with the Offering.

 

2.2                                The Corporation represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that its representations and warranties set forth in the Subscription Agreements are true and correct and that the Corporation will fully comply with the covenants and agreements of the Corporation set forth therein.

 

2.3                                The Agent will only sell the Securities to persons in the Offering Jurisdictions who represent themselves as being;

 

(a)                                  persons purchasing as principal or deemed to be purchasing as principal under applicable securities laws or purchasing as authorized agent on behalf of a disclosed person that is purchasing as principal or deemed to be purchasing as principal under applicable securities laws; and

 

(b)                                  qualified to purchase Securities under the applicable exemptions under the applicable securities laws in the Offering Jurisdictions.

 

ARTICLE 3
DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

 

3.1                                Prior to the Closing Time the Corporation shall allow the Agent the opportunity to conduct due diligence and to obtain, acting reasonably, satisfactory results therefrom.  In particular, the Corporation shall allow the Agent and the Agent’s Counsel to conduct all due diligence which the Agent may reasonably require or consider necessary or appropriate in order to confirm that the Public Record is accurate, complete and current in all material respects and to fulfill the Agent’s obligations as a registrant under

 

5



 

Applicable Securities Laws and will provide to the Agent, Agent’s Counsel and any consultants of the Agent reasonable access to the properties, senior management personnel and corporate, financial and other records of the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries for the purposes of conducting such due diligence reviews.

 

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
OF THE CORPORATION

 

4.1                                The Corporation represents and warrants to the Agent and the Subscribers, and acknowledges that the Agent and Subscribers are relying upon such representations and warranties, that:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation has full corporate power and authority to undertake the Offering contemplated hereby and with respect to the securities underlying the Units and:

 

(i)                                      at the Closing Time, the Unit Shares and the Warrants will be duly and validly authorized and at Closing the Unit Shares and the Warrants will be issued as fully paid and non-assessable securities of the Corporation, and

 

(ii)                                   the Warrant Shares will have been duly allotted and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants and, upon due exercise of the Warrants and payment to the Corporation of the exercise price therefor, each Warrant Share will be issued as a fully paid and non-assessable Common Share;

 

(b)                                  the Corporation has full corporate power and authority to create and issue the Agent’s Compensation Options contemplated hereby and with respect to the securities underlying the Agent’s Compensation Options, and:

 

(i)                                      at the Closing Time the Agent’s Common Shares will be duly and validly authorized, allotted and reserved for issuance to the holder of the Agent’s Compensation Options and when the Agent’s Compensation Options are duly exercised in accordance with their terms and payment to the Corporation of the exercise price therefor, the Agent’s Common Shares underlying the Agent’s Compensation Options will be issued as fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares;

 

(c)                                   the Corporation has no Subsidiaries with material assets other than those identified on Schedule “A” hereto;

 

(d)                                  the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated, amalgamated or continued and is validly subsisting under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, amalgamation or continuance, and each has the corporate capacity to carry on its business as it is presently and proposed to be carried on and is duly registered to carry on business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties or the nature of its business makes such registration necessary, and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is currently and is proposed to be carried and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets;

 

6



 

(e)                                   the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries has conducted and is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and is duly licensed, registered or qualified to carry on its business as currently conducted, except to the extent that the failure to so comply or to be so licensed, registered or qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation, and all such licenses, registrations or qualifications which are material are valid and existing in good standing, and neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any legislation, regulation, rule or lawful requirements presently in force or proposed to be brought into force under which the Corporation anticipates the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries will be unable to comply with without materially adversely affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(f)                                    there has not been any material change in the capital, assets, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of the Corporation from the position set forth in the Financial Statements that have not otherwise been disclosed in the Public Record and there has not been any material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or results of the operations of the Corporation since September 30. 2012 that has not otherwise been disclosed in the Public Record, and there are no material facts, transactions, events or occurrences which could have a materially adverse impact on such capital, assets, liabilities, obligations, business, operations, condition or prospects of the Corporation of which the Corporation is aware which have not been generally disclosed in the Public Record;

 

(g)                                   there has not been any material change in the capital, assets, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of any of the Subsidiaries of the Corporation from the position set forth in their respective financial statements that have not otherwise been disclosed in the Public Record and there has not been any material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or results of the operations of any of the Subsidiaries of the Corporation since September 30. 2012 that has not otherwise been disclosed in the Public Record and there are no material facts, transactions, events or occurrences which could have a materially adverse impact on such capital, assets, liabilities, obligations, business, operations, condition or prospects of any of the Subsidiaries of the Corporation of which the Corporation is aware which have not been generally disclosed in the Public Record;

 

(h)                                  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and together with the certification of the Corporation’s annual filings for December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 fairly represent the financial position and condition of the Corporation (taken as a whole) as at the dates thereof and reflect all material liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of the Corporation as at the dates thereof and the Corporation has no additional material liabilities which are not set forth in the Financial Statements and the assets of the Corporation are as set forth in the Public Record;

 

7



 

(i)                                      the auditors of the Corporation who audited the Financial Statements of the Corporation are independent public accountants as required by Applicable Securities Laws;

 

(j)                                     there has not been a “reportable event” (within the meaning of National Instrument 51-102 — Continuous Disclosure Obligations ) with respect to the present or any former auditor of the Corporation;

 

(k)                                  there are no actions, suits, proceedings or inquiries pending or, to the knowledge of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against or affecting the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, at law or in equity or before or by any federal, provincial, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau or agency which may in any way materially adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), which may affect the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein or which would impair the ability of the Corporation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or to duly observe and perform any of its covenants or obligations contained herein or in the Subscription Agreements and neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any existing ground on which such action, suit, proceeding or inquiry might be commenced with any reasonable likelihood of success;

 

(l)                                      neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach or violation of or default under (and no event has occurred and is continuing which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default under) any of their respective Material Contracts;

 

(m)                              neither the execution and delivery by the Corporation of any of the Transaction Agreements, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor the due observance and performance by the Corporation of any of its covenants or obligations contained therein conflicts or will conflict with, results or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default (or any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default) under any of the terms or provisions of the constating documents or by-laws of the Corporation or of any resolutions of the directors or shareholders of the Corporation, or of any of the terms or provisions of any material mortgage, note, indenture, contract, agreement (written or oral), instrument, lease or other document to which the Corporation is a party or by which the Corporation is bound or to which any of its respective properties or assets are subject or of any judgment, decree, order, law, rule or regulation by which the Corporation is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, the effect of any of which breaches, violates, conflicts or defaults, singularly or in the aggregate, might materially adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Corporation or would impair the ability of the Corporation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or to duly observe and perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in the Transaction Agreements;

 

8



 

(n)                                  the information and statements set forth in the Public Record were true, correct and complete in all material respects and did not contain any misrepresentation, as of the date of such information or statement, and were prepared in accordance with and complied with Applicable Business Laws and Applicable Securities Laws and neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries has filed any confidential material change reports still maintained on a confidential basis;

 

(o)                                  except as disclosed in the Public Record, neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries owe any amount to, nor has the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries any present loans to, or borrowed any amount from or is otherwise indebted to, any officer, director, employee or securityholder of either of them or any person not dealing at “arm’s length” (as such term is defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada) with any of them except for usual employee reimbursements and compensation paid in the ordinary and normal course of the business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(p)                                  except usual employee or consulting arrangements made in the ordinary and normal course of business, neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any officer, director, employee or securityholder thereof or any other person not dealing at arm’s length with the Corporation;

 

(q)                                  no officer, director or employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and no person which is an affiliate or associate of any of the foregoing persons, owns, directly or indirectly, any interest (except for shares representing less the 5% of the outstanding shares of any class or series of any publicly traded company) in, or is an officer, director, employee or consultant of, any person which is, or is engaged in, a business competitive with the business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries which could materially adversely impact on the ability to properly perform the services to be performed by such person for the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(r)                                     no officer, director, employee or securityholder of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever against, or owes any amount to, the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries except for claims in the ordinary and normal course of the business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries such as for accrued vacation pay or other amounts or matters which would not be material to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(s)                                    the Corporation is not aware of any licensing or legislation, regulation, by-law or other lawful requirement of any governmental body having lawful jurisdiction over the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries that the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with, which would reasonably be likely to have a material adverse affect on the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or their business;

 

(t)                                     the authorized capital of the Corporation consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, of which as of the date of this Agreement, 117,803,615

 

9



 

Common Shares were issued and outstanding as fully paid and, except as detailed on Schedule “B” hereto, as at the date of this Agreement no person has any right, agreement or option, present or future, contingent or absolute, or any right capable of becoming a right, agreement or option, for the issue or allotment of any unissued shares in the capital of the Corporation or any other security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or to require the Corporation to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the issued and outstanding Common Shares;

 

(u)                                  the Corporation has full corporate power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements and to perform its obligations set out therein, and the Transaction Agreements will on the Closing Date be duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation, and the Transaction Agreements will be, at the Closing Time and thereafter, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Corporation and enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the general qualifications that:

 

(i)                                      enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally,

 

(ii)                                   equitable remedies, including the remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief, are available only in the discretion of the applicable court and the courts have statutory and inherent powers to stay proceedings before them,

 

(iii)                                rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited under applicable law or court order, and

 

(iv)                               laws regarding limitations of actions apply;

 

(v)                                  no Securities Commission, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or any similar regulatory authority has issued any order which is currently outstanding preventing or suspending trading in any securities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; no such proceeding is, to the knowledge of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; pending, contemplated or threatened; and neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default of any requirement of Applicable Business Laws or Applicable Securities Laws which would have a material effect on the Offering or the Corporation;

 

(w)                                the Corporation has taken or will take prior to the Closing Date all such steps as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Applicable Securities Laws such that the Securities may, in accordance with Applicable Securities Laws, be offered for sale and sold on a private placement basis to the public in the Offering Jurisdictions through the Agent or any member of the Selling Group registered in any of the Offering Jurisdictions and complying with applicable securities laws by way of the exemptions from the prospectus requirements in the Offering Jurisdictions;

 

10



 

(x)                                  the Transfer Agent at its principal office in Toronto, Ontario is the duly appointed registrar and transfer agent for the Common Shares;

 

(y)                                  the issued and outstanding Common Shares are quoted for trading on the Exchange and the Corporation is in material compliance with the by-laws, rules and regulations of the Exchange;

 

(z)                                   the Corporation has taken or will take prior to the Closing Date all such steps as may be necessary to obtain the conditional approval of the Exchange to issue the Common Shares comprised within the Securities and the Agent’s Compensation Options, subject only to the filing of certain documents and the payment of additional listing fees;

 

(aa)                           the Corporation is a “reporting issuer” in each of British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario and Quebec within the meaning of the Applicable Securities Laws in such provinces and is not in default of any requirement in relation thereto, and is an “electronic filer” under National Instrument 13-101 (SEDAR);

 

(bb)                           the definitive form of certificate for the Common Shares has been duly approved by the directors of the Corporation, is in due and proper form under the laws governing the Corporation and complies with the requirements of the Exchange;

 

(cc)                             the books of account and other records of the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries, whether of a financial or accounting nature or otherwise, have been maintained in accordance with prudent business practices;

 

(dd)                           except to the extent that any violation or other matter referred to in this subparagraph does not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, assets, properties, liabilities or operations of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries:

 

(i)                                      neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of, and has operated its business at all times in compliance with, all applicable federal, provincial, state, municipal or local laws, regulations, orders, government decrees or ordinances having force of law on the relevant date with respect to environmental, health or safety matters in those jurisdictions wherein the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries conducts business (collectively, “Environmental Laws” ),

 

(ii)                                   no orders, directions or notices have been issued, and none remain outstanding pursuant to any Environmental Laws relating to the business or assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

(iii)                                neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries have failed to report to the proper federal, provincial, municipal or other political subdivision, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign ( “Government Authority” ) the occurrence of any event which is required to be so reported by any Environmental Law,

 

11



 

(iv)                               the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries holds all licenses, permits and approvals required under any Environmental Laws in connection with the operation of its business and the ownership and use of its assets and all such licenses, permits and approvals are in full force and effect except for:

 

(a)                                  notifications and conditions of general application to assets of the type owned by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, and

 

(b)                                  notifications relating to reclamation obligations under applicable law, and

 

(v)                                  neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries have received any notification pursuant to any Environmental Laws that any work, repairs, constructions or capital expenditures are required to be made by any of them as a condition of continued compliance with any Environmental Laws or any licence, permit or approval issued pursuant thereto, or that any licence, permit or approval referred to above is about to be reviewed, made subject to limitation or conditions, revoked, withdrawn or terminated;

 

(ee)                             with such exceptions as are not material to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries has duly and on a timely basis filed all tax returns required to be filed by it, has paid all taxes due and payable by it and has paid all assessments and re-assessments and all other taxes, governmental charges, penalties, interest and other fines due and payable by it and which are claimed by any Government Authority to be due and owing and adequate provision has been made for taxes payable for any completed fiscal period for which tax returns are not yet required and there are no agreements, waivers, or other arrangements providing for an extension of time with respect to the filing of any tax return or payment of any tax, governmental charge or deficiency by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and there are no actions, suits, proceedings, investigations or claims threatened or pending against the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes, governmental charges or assessments or any matters under discussion with any government authority relating to taxes, governmental charges or assessments asserted by any such authority;

 

(ff)                               the Corporation has not granted any rights of first refusal with respect to any equity (or securities convertible into equity) financing, which rights of first refusal are existing and will be in effect as at the date of Closing of the Offering;

 

(gg)                             except for the Agent and any Selling Group member engaged by the Agent, there is no other person, firm or corporation acting or purporting to act at the request of the Corporation who is entitled to any compensation or any finder’s, underwriter’s or agency fee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(hh)                           other than the Exchange, no authorization, approval or consent of any court or government authority or agency is required to be obtained by the Corporation or

 

12



 

any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities or the Agent’s Compensation Options except as contemplated hereby;

 

(ii)                                   the minute books for the Corporation contain full, true and correct copies of the constating documents of the Corporation, and contain copies of all minutes of all meetings and all consent resolutions of the directors, committees of directors and shareholders of the Corporation, and all such meetings were duly called and properly held and all consent resolutions were properly adopted;

 

(jj)                                 the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with its continuous disclosure obligations under Applicable Securities Laws;

 

(kk)                           except as qualified by the Public Record, the Corporation represents, warrants and confirms that: (i) the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries is the beneficial owner of its patents, intellectual property, technology, business and assets or has the right to acquire interests in such patents, intellectual property, technology, business or assets, (ii) all agreements by which the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries holds an interest in any patents, intellectual property, technology, business or assets are in good standing in all material respects according to their terms and (iii) the patents of the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries are in good standing in all material respects under the applicable laws of the jurisdictions in which the Corporation conducts its business;

 

(ll)                                   there are no judgments against the Corporations or any of its Subsidiaries, which are unsatisfied, nor are there any consent decrees or injunctions to which the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries are subject;

 

(mm)                   the Corporation will not have taken any action which would be reasonably expected to result in the delisting or suspension of the Common Shares on or from the Exchange and the Corporation will have complied, in all material respects, with the applicable rules and regulations of such exchange;

 

(nn)                           the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries has established on its books and records reserves which are adequate for payment of all taxes not yet due and payable and there are no liens for taxes on the assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries except for taxes not yet due, and there are no audits of any of the tax returns of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries which are known by the Corporation’s management to be pending, and there are no claims which have been or may be asserted relating to any such tax returns which, if determined adversely, would result in the assertion by any governmental agency of any deficiency which would have a material adverse effect on the properties, business or assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(oo)                           the Corporation is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (United States), as amended;

 

13



 

(pp)                           the Corporation is a “foreign issuer” and there is no “substantial U.S. market interest” (as such terms are defined in Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act) in the Securities;

 

(qq)                           neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any person acting on its or their behalf: (i) has made or will make any “directed selling efforts” (as such term is defined in Regulation S of the U. S. Securities Act) in the United States, or (ii) has engaged in or will engage in any form of “general solicitation” or “general advertising” (as such terms are defined in Rule 502 (c) under Regulation D of the U.S. Securities Act) in the United States with respect to offers or sales of the Securities, it being understood that the Corporation’s representations hereunder do not extend to any activities of the Agent;

 

(rr)                                 the Corporation is not required to file reports under subsection 13(a) or subsection 15(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended;

 

(ss)                               neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries have, for a period of six (6) months prior to the date hereof, sold, offered for sale or solicited any offer to buy any of its securities in a manner that would be integrated with the offer and sale of the Securities and would cause the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 506 of Regulation D or Rule 903 of Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act to become unavailable with respect to the offer and sale of the Securities;

 

(tt)                                 the Corporation represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that its representations and warranties set forth in the Subscription Agreements are true and correct and that the Corporation will fully comply with the covenants and agreements of the Corporation set forth therein;  and

 

(uu)                           the Corporation, following acceptance of a Subscription Agreement, confirms that such acceptance constitutes a legal and binding obligation of the Corporation, enforceable against it subject to subsection 4.1(u).

 

4.2                                The Agent represents and warrants to the Corporation, and acknowledges that the Corporation is relying upon such representations and warranties, that:

 

(a)                                  the Agent is a valid and subsisting corporation under the law of the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated, being Ontario, and has good and sufficient power and authority to enter into this Agreement and complete the transactions under this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(b)                                  neither the Agent, nor any member of the Selling Group has made any representation or warranty on behalf of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   the Agent has not solicited offers to purchase or sell the Securities so as to require the registration of, or filing of a prospectus, offering memorandum or similar disclosure document with respect to the Securities under Applicable Securities Laws;

 

14



 

(d)                                  the Agent has only offered or sold the Securities in the Offering Jurisdictions and only to those persons that are qualified to purchase the Securities under exemptions as set out in applicable securities laws;

 

(e)                                   the Agent has refrained from providing to prospective purchasers an offering memorandum within the meaning of Applicable Securities Laws, or any other document purported to describe the business and affairs of the Corporation, and from advertising the Offering in: (i) printed media of general and regular circulation, (ii) radio, (iii) television, (iv) telecommunication (including electronic display), or (v) on any green sheet or other internal marketing document without the consent of the Corporation; and

 

(f)                                    the Agent and any member of the Selling Group will be acquiring the non-transferable Agent’s Compensation Options as principal for their own account and are qualified to acquire the Agent’s Compensation Options under the exemptions set out in NI 45-106.

 

ARTICLE 5
CORPORATION’S COVENANTS

 

5.1                                The Corporation hereby covenants to and with the Agent and the Subscribers and acknowledges that the Agent and the Subscribers are relying upon such covenants, as follows:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation will use its best efforts to fulfill or cause to be fulfilled, at or prior to the Closing Time, each of the conditions set out in Article 7;

 

(b)                                  the Corporation will ensure that at all times a sufficient number of Common Shares are allotted and reserved:

 

(i)                                      for the issuance of the Unit Shares comprised within the Securities,

 

(ii)                                   for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the due exercise of the Warrants comprised within the Securities,

 

(iii)                                for the issuance of the Agent’s Common Shares upon the due exercise of the Agent’s Compensation Options,

 

and the Corporation will make all necessary arrangements for the provisions of this clause to be effected;

 

(c)                                   during the period commencing with the date hereof and ending on the conclusion of the distribution of the Unit Shares, Warrants and Warrant Shares comprised within the Securities and the Agent’s Common Shares comprised within the Agent’s Compensation Options the Corporation will promptly inform the Agent of:

 

(i)                                      any request of any Securities Commission for any amendment to the Public Record or for any additional information which may be material to

 

15



 

the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein,

 

(ii)                                   the issuance by any Securities Commission, stock exchange or by any other competent authority of any order to cease or suspend trading of any securities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or of the institution or threat of institution of any proceedings for that purpose, or

 

(iii)                                the receipt by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries of any communication from any Securities Commission, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or any other competent authority relating to the Public Record or the offering of the Securities or the Agent’s Compensation Options,

 

and except as otherwise agreed by the Agent, the Corporation will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such cease trading order or suspension order and, if issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof as soon as possible;

 

(d)                                  during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date which is six (6) months following the Closing Date, the Corporation will use its best efforts to promptly provide to the Agent, upon the filing or issuance thereof:

 

(i)                                      any proposed document, including without limitation, any annual information form, material change report, information circular or other continuous disclosure document which is prescribed by the Applicable Securities Laws, which is or may be deemed to be part of the Public Record, or

 

(ii)                                   any press release (subject to the Corporation’s obligations under Applicable Securities Laws to make timely disclosure of material information);

 

(e)                                   the Corporation shall not take any action that would prevent the Corporation and the Agent from relying on the exemptions from the prospectus requirements of Applicable Securities Laws as contemplated by the Subscription Agreements;

 

(f)                                    the Corporation will comply with all covenants of the Corporation set forth in the Subscription Agreements and will perform all the obligations to be performed by it under this Agreement and the Subscription Agreements;

 

(g)                                   the Corporation will allow the Agent and the Agent’s Counsel to participate fully in the preparation of the Subscription Agreement, Warrants and Agent’s Compensation Options;

 

(h)                                  the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries will make available its senior management persons to meet with potential investors if so requested by the Agent;

 

16



 

(i)                                      other than pursuant to the Offering or Material Contracts which are in force on the date hereof, the Corporation will not, from the date hereof until that date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date, directly or indirectly, sell, or offer to sell, or announce the offering of, or enter into or make any agreement or understanding, or announce the making or entry into any agreement or understanding, to issue, sell or exchange any Common Shares of the Corporation or securities exchangeable or convertible into Common Shares of the Corporation without the prior written consent of the Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing the Corporation may:

 

(i)                                      grant stock options under the Corporation’s existing stock option plan,

 

(ii)                                   issue Common Shares of the Corporation to the holders of stock options, Common Share purchase warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares of the Corporation that are outstanding on the date hereof or were granted as described under (i) herein, and are convertible or exchangeable by their terms within such period,

 

(iii)                                issue Common Shares of the Corporation in connection with the acquisition of any patent, intellectual property, technology, or other properties or assets in the ordinary course of business, and

 

(iv)                               issue Common Shares of the Corporation in connection with the entering into by the Corporation of any joint venture agreements in respect of the Corporation’s business operations;

 

(j)                                     the Corporation will make all necessary arrangements for the issue (at the cost of the Corporation, other than any applicable transfer taxes) of the definitive certificates representing the Warrants comprised within the Securities;

 

(k)                                  the Corporation will take all such steps as are necessary to obtain final approval of the Exchange to issue the Common Shares comprised within the Securities and the Agent’s Compensation Option’s, subject only to the filing of certain documents and the payment of additional listing fees;

 

(l)                                      the Corporation will promptly notify the Agent in writing if, prior to termination of the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein, there shall occur any material change or change in a material fact (in either case, whether actual, anticipated, contemplated or threatened and other than a material change or change in a material fact relating solely to the Agent) or any event or development involving a prospective material change or a change in a material fact in any or all of the business, affairs, operations, assets (including information or data relating to the estimated value or book value of assets), liabilities (contingent or otherwise), financial position, capital, ownership, control or management of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or any other change which is of such a nature as to result in, or could result in, a misrepresentation in the Public Record or could render any of the foregoing not in compliance with any of the Applicable Business Laws or the

 

17



 

Applicable Securities Laws or the discovery by the Corporation of any misrepresentation in any part of the Public Record;

 

(m)                              in respect of any such actual, anticipated, contemplated, threatened or prospective change referred to in subsection 5.1(l), the Corporation will, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent, issue or file, as applicable, promptly and, in any event, within all applicable time limitation periods with the Securities Commissions, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or any other competent authority with jurisdiction, in the case of a material adverse change, a press release and material change report as may be required under the Applicable Securities Laws, and shall comply with all other applicable filing and other requirements under the Applicable Securities Laws; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to file a registration statement or either register or qualify the Securities or the Agent’s Compensation Options for distribution outside of the Designated Provinces;

 

(n)                                  the Corporation will in good faith discuss with the Agent as promptly as possible any circumstance or event which is of such nature that there is or ought to be consideration given as to whether there may be a material change or change in a material fact as described in subsection 5.1(l) or subsection 5.1(m);

 

(o)                                  during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending six (6) months following the Closing Date, the Corporation shall not, (and, for greater certainty, shall not publicly announce any intention to do any of the following) retain any other financial advisor, representative, agent or other institution or person (other than lawyers, accountants and consultants) in connection with a private placement equity financing without the prior written consent of the Agent, such consent not to be arbitrarily or unreasonably withheld;

 

(p)                                  the Corporation shall use the proceeds of the Offering and the Agent’s Compensation Options to pay the expenses of the Offering, to cover the ongoing business expenses of the Corporation and for general working capital; and

 

(q)                                  on Closing, the Corporation will issue the Agent’s Compensation Options to the Agent (or as otherwise directed by the Agent).

 

ARTICLE 6
CLOSING

 

6.1                                The sale of the Securities shall be completed at the Closing Time at the offices of IBK Capital Corp., the Agent, in Toronto, Ontario or at such other place as the Corporation and the Agent may agree.  Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 7, the Agent, on or before the Closing Date, as applicable, shall deliver to the Corporation:

 

(a)                                  all completed Subscription Agreements (including any applicable documents specifically referred to in the Subscription Agreements);

 

18



 

(b)                                  a summary of the names, addresses and number and type of Securities subscribed for by each Subscriber at such Closing, as set out in section 7.4; and

 

(c)                                   a certified cheque, bank draft or money order payable to the Corporation at par in an amount equal to the aggregate of all subscriptions for Securities delivered to and accepted by the Corporation, net of the Agent’s fees and expenses as set out in Article 8 herein,

 

against delivery by the Corporation of the certificates referred to in subsection 7.1(g) together with such other documents as may be required pursuant to section 7.1 herein.

 

The Corporation may not reject any properly completed Subscription Agreement which is in compliance with Applicable Securities Laws unless: (i) the Subscription Funds for the Securities subscribed for pursuant to all Subscription Agreements tendered by the Agent exceeds the Maximum Subscription, in which case Subscription Agreements representing the over-subscription may, after consultation with the Agent, be rejected, or (ii) if a Subscription Agreement or Subscription Agreements creates a new insider or control person as such terms are defined by Applicable Securities Laws.

 

ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

 

7.1                                The obligations of the Agent hereunder shall be conditional upon the Agent receiving, and the Agent shall have the right on the Closing Date on behalf of Subscribers to withdraw all subscriptions delivered and not previously withdrawn by Subscribers unless the Agent receives, on the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  a legal opinion of the Corporation’s Counsel addressed to the Agent and the Agent’s Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, with respect to such matters as the Agent may reasonably request relating to the Offering, including, without limitation:

 

(i)                                      the due organization and valid existence of the Corporation,

 

(ii)                                   the corporate power and capacity of the Corporation,

 

(iii)                                the authorized, issued and outstanding capital of the Corporation,

 

(iv)                               the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein having been duly authorized, allotted and reserved for issuance and the Unit Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares comprised within the Securities and Agent’s Common Shares comprised within the Agent’s Compensation Options, when issued and paid for in accordance with their respective terms, being fully paid and non-assessable,

 

(v)                                  the due and proper appointment of the Transfer Agent,

 

19



 

(vi)                               the due authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the Transaction Agreements and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof,

 

(vii)                            that the sale and delivery of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein do not and will not result in a breach of, and does not and will not create a set of facts which, after notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with any terms, conditions or provisions of the articles of the Corporation, the by-laws or any resolutions of the directors or shareholders of the Corporation,

 

(viii)                         the Corporation being a reporting issuer in the Provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario and Quebec not in default under Applicable Securities Laws of those provinces,

 

(ix)                               the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein being compliant with the requirements of Applicable Securities Laws,

 

(x)                                  the Corporation being in compliance with all Applicable Business Laws,

 

(xi)                               with respect to the first trades in the Unit Shares, Warrants and Warrant Shares comprised within the Securities and the Agent’s Common Shares comprised within the Agent’s Compensation Options, and

 

(xii)                            the Common Shares being quoted for trading on the Exchange and the Common Shares comprised within the Securities and Agent’s Compensation Options having been approved for trading on the Exchange;

 

It is understood that the Corporation’s Counsel may arrange for the opinions of local counsel acceptable to the Corporation’s Counsel as to matters governed by the laws of Canadian jurisdictions other than Ontario and on certificates of officers of the Corporation, Government Authorities, and the Transfer Agent as to relevant matters of fact.  It is further understood that certain of the opinions which are not matters of Canadian law may be opined upon directly by local counsel and that the Corporation’s Counsel shall be required to also tender such opinions.  It is further understood that the Agent’s Counsel may rely on the opinion of the Corporation’s Counsel as to matters which specifically relate to the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  a “bring down” certificate of the Corporation dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Agent and signed on the Corporation’s behalf by the President of the Corporation, or such other officer of the Corporation acceptable to the Agent, certifying that:

 

(i)                                      the Corporation has complied with and satisfied all covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement on its part to be complied with and satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, other than those which have been waived by the Agent,

 

20



 

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties of the Corporation set forth in this Agreement and, where applicable, in the Subscription Agreements are true and correct at the Closing Time, as if made at such time,

 

(iii)                                no event of the nature referred to in subsection 10.2(a) or subsection 10.2(b) has occurred or to the knowledge of such officer of the Corporation is pending, contemplated or threatened,

 

(iv)                               the Corporation has made and/or obtained, on or prior to the Closing Time, all necessary filing, approvals, consents and acceptances of applicable regulatory authorities and under any applicable agreement or document to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound in respect of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Offering and sale and distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby, and

 

(v)                                  such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Agent or Agent’s Counsel;

 

(c)                                   a certified extract of a resolution of the directors of the Corporation authorizing the acceptance of the subscriptions for the Securities and the issuance of the certificates evidencing the securities comprised therein;

 

(d)                                  evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Corporation has obtained all necessary approvals of the Exchange for the listing of the Unit Shares and the Warrant Shares subject only to the filing of any documents and payment of any fees which may be required by the Exchange;

 

(e)                                   copies of the Subscription Agreements executed by the Corporation;

 

(f)                                    the fees and expenses provided for in Article 8;

 

(g)                                   definitive certificates representing the Common Shares, the Warrants and the Agent’s Compensation Options in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

(h)                                  the Agent shall have received such other instruments and closing documents as it may reasonably require.

 

7.2                                The obligations of the Agent hereunder shall be conditional upon the Agent having completed its due diligence review of the Corporation and the results shall have been satisfactory to the Agent;

 

7.3                                The parties acknowledge that there is no minimum number of Securities that must be subscribed for under the Offering and that Closings may occur on one or more dates as mutually agreed to by the Agent and the Corporation and that the Corporation shall deliver to the Agent the documents referred to in this Article 7, updated as of each Closing Date, and that the Agent shall deliver the applicable Subscription Funds to the

 

21



 

Corporation on each Closing Date, net of fees and expenses retained by the Agent in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 herein.

 

7.4                                The Agent shall provide the Corporation with a summary of the names and addresses of, and number and type of Securities subscribed for by, each Subscriber at such Closing, and the Corporation shall prepare, in consultation with the Agent, and subsequently file in accordance with Applicable Securities Laws all required documents or reports and pay all prescribed filing fees in relation thereto, within the time limits prescribed for making such filings and undertake any other action as may be reasonable or necessary in the circumstances to qualify the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options and the securities comprised therein issued under available exemptions from the registration and prospectus requirements of Applicable Securities Laws in the Offering Jurisdictions where such Securities were sold and the Corporation shall provide the Agent with copies of all such filings.

 

ARTICLE 8
FEES AND EXPENSES

 

8.1                                In consideration for the Agent’s services hereunder the Corporation has agreed:

 

(a)                                  to pay to the Agent at the Closing Time a cash commission equal to 7.0% of the gross proceeds of the aggregate number of Units sold pursuant to the Offering including in respect of any Units purchased by the Agent or a Selling Group member as principal hereunder; and

 

(b)                                  to issue to the Agent, or as the Agent may direct, at the Closing Time, Agent’s Compensation Options equal to 10.0% of the aggregate number of Units sold pursuant to the Offering,  where each Agent’s Compensation Option entitles the Agent to purchase one Common Share of the Corporation (an “Agent’s Common Share” ) at CDN$0.50 per Agent’s Common Share for a period of 36 months from the Closing Date and the Agent’s Compensation Options shall be in such form and contain such terms as shall be mutually approved by the Corporation and the Agent.

 

8.2                                Each party will be responsible for its own legal expenses to complete and close the transaction.  The Corporation must approve in advance all expenses of the Agent (the “Agent’s Expenses” ) (to include but not limited to, out of pocket and travel related expenses) incurred in connection with the Agent’s activities hereunder which will be paid to the Agent five (5) days post Closing.

 

ARTICLE 9
LEGENDS

 

9.1                                For purposes of complying with Applicable Securities Laws and the rules of the Exchange and until such time as is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Applicable Securities Laws and the rules of the Exchange all certificates representing the Unit Shares, the Warrant Shares and the Agent’s Common Shares (to the extent that such securities are issued prior to the expiry of the applicable hold period) will bear, as of

 

22



 

the Closing Date, the following legends as required by National Instrument 45-102 — Resale of Securities and with the necessary information inserted and the Agent agrees to the comply with the terms of such legend:

 

“UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE [INSERT THE DATE THAT IS FOUR (4) MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE].”

 

“WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE INC. AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRADED ON OR THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE IN CANADA OR TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF A CANADIAN RESIDENT UNTIL [INSERT DATE THAT IS FOUR (4) MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.]”]

 

9.2                                For purposes of complying with Applicable Securities Laws and the rules of the Exchange and until such time as is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Applicable Securities Laws and the rules of the Exchange all certificates representing the Warrants and the Agent’s Compensation Options may also bear a legend substantially in the following form as required by the Exchange and the Agent agrees to comply with the terms of such legend:

 

“WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE INC. AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUED ON THE EXERCISE OF ANY SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRADED ON OR THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE IN CANADA OR TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF A CANADIAN RESIDENT UNTIL [INSERT DATE THAT IS FOUR (4) MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE].”

 

ARTICLE 10
EARLY TERMINATION

 

10.1                         All representations, warranties, covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be construed as conditions, and any material breach or failure to comply with any such representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition by the Corporation shall entitle the Agent to terminate its obligation to distribute the Securities by written notice to that effect given to the Corporation prior to the Closing Date.  The Agent may waive in whole or in part any breach of, default under or non-compliance by the Corporation with, any representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition hereof, or extend the time for compliance therewith, without prejudice to any of its rights in respect of any other representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition hereof, any other breach of, default

 

23



 

under or non-compliance with any other representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition hereof, provided that any such waiver or extension shall be binding on the Agent only if the same is in writing.

 

10.2                         In addition to any other remedies which may be available to the Agent, the Agent shall be entitled, at its option, to terminate and cancel, without any liability on the Agent’s part, the Agent’s obligations under this Agreement if, prior to the Closing Time any of the following occurs:

 

(a)                                  any order (other than an order based on the activities or alleged activities of the Agent or any member of the Selling Group) to cease or suspend trading in any securities of the Corporation, or prohibiting or restricting the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein is made, or any proceedings are announced, commenced or threatened for the making of any such order, by any Securities Commission, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or by any other competent authority, and the same has not been rescinded, revoked or withdrawn;

 

(b)                                  any inquiry, investigation or other proceeding (whether formal or informal) in relation to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or senior officers is announced, commenced or threatened by any Securities Commission, stock exchange, governmental agency, regulatory body or any other competent authority or any order is issued under or pursuant to any Canadian or American statute, or any other applicable law or regulatory authority (unless based on the activities or alleged activities of the Agent or any Selling Group member), or there is any change of law, regulation or policy or the interpretation or administration thereof, which, in the sole opinion of the Agent, operates to materially prevent or restrict trading in the Common Shares or the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein and which has not been rescinded, revoked or withdrawn;

 

(c)                                   there should occur any change, event, fact or circumstance (actual, contemplated or threatened) or any development that could result in such a change, event, fact or circumstance, or the Agent has become aware, as a result of its due diligence review or otherwise, of any adverse material information, fact or change (determined solely by the Agent) with respect to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries which had not been publicly disclosed or disclosed by the Corporation in writing to the Agent prior to the date hereof, any of which, in the opinion of the Agent, as determined by the Agent, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the market price or value or the marketability of the Securities;

 

(d)                                  there should develop, occur or come into effect or existence any event, action, state, condition or major financial occurrence of national or international consequence or any action by government, law or regulation, enquiry or other such occurrence which, in the sole opinion of the Agent, materially adversely affects or involves, or might reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect

 

24



 

or involve, the financial markets or the business, operations or affairs of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole);

 

(e)                                   the state of the financial markets or of the industry or markets in which the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries operates is or becomes such that the Securities cannot, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, be successfully or profitably marketed;

 

(f)                                    the Agent determines that the Corporation is in breach of, default under or non-compliance with any material representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition of this Agreement or the Subscription Agreements; or

 

(g)                                   the Agent is not reasonably satisfied with the results of any due diligence investigations and examinations with respect to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries conducted by or on behalf of the Agent.

 

10.3                         The Agent may exercise any or all of the rights provided for in sections 7.1, 10.1 or 10.2, notwithstanding any act or thing taken or done by the Agent or any action by the Agent, whether before or after the occurrence of any material change, including, without limitation, any act of the Agent related to the offering or continued offering of the Securities for sale and the Agent shall only be considered to have waived or be estopped from expressing or relying upon any of its rights under or pursuant to sections 7.1, 10.1 or 10.2 if such waiver or estoppel is in writing and specifically waives or estops such exercise or reliance.

 

10.4                         Any termination pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be effected by notice in writing delivered to the Corporation; provided that no termination shall discharge or otherwise affect any obligations of the Corporation under sections 8.1, 8.2, 11.1, 11.2, or 11.3.  The rights of the Agent to terminate its obligations hereunder are in addition to, and without prejudice to, any other remedies the Agent may have.

 

ARTICLE 11
INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

 

11.1                         The Corporation shall indemnify and save the Agent, and each and every one of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees, shareholders consultants, agents and the Selling Group members (collectively “Indemnified Parties” and singularly an “Indemnified Person” ) harmless against and from all liabilities (whether joint or several), claims, actions, demands, losses (other than losses of profit in connection with the distribution of the Securities), costs, damages and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) (collectively, the “Liabilities” ) to which such person or companies may be subject or which such person or companies may suffer or incur, whether under the provisions of any statute or otherwise, in any way caused by, or arising directly or indirectly from or in consequence of:

 

(a)                                  any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation contained in the Public Record (other than any information or statement relating solely to the Agent and furnished to the Corporation by the Indemnified Parties expressly for inclusion in

 

25



 

the Public Record) or contained in this Agreement or any certificate or other document delivered by or on behalf of the Corporation to the Indemnified Parties hereunder;

 

(b)                                  any prohibition or restriction of trading in the securities of the Corporation or any prohibition or restriction affecting the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein imposed by any Securities Commission, stock exchange or any other competent authority if such prohibition or restriction is based on any misrepresentation or alleged misrepresentation of a kind referred to in subsection 11.1(a) (except a misrepresentation relating solely to the Agent);

 

(c)                                   any order made or any inquiry, investigation (whether formal or informal) or other proceeding commenced or threatened by any Securities Commission, stock exchange or any other one or more competent authorities into the affairs of the Corporation or any of its directors, officers or principal shareholders or relating to or affecting the distribution of the Securities, the Agent’s Compensation Options or the securities comprised therein other than any such order, inquiry, investigation or other proceeding based solely upon the activities or alleged activities of the Indemnified Parties;

 

(d)                                  any breach of, default under or non-compliance by the Corporation with any representation, warranty, covenant, term or condition of this Agreement or any requirement of Applicable Business Laws or Applicable Securities Laws;

 

(e)                                   the exercise by any purchaser of Securities of any contractual or statutory right of rescission in connection with the purchase thereof; or

 

(f)                                    the performance of professional services rendered to the Corporation by the Indemnified Parties hereunder or in connection with the Offering, including, but not limited to any failure by the Agent to complete the Offering because any of the conditions set out in Article 7 have not been waived or fulfilled or this Agreement has been terminated pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 10.

 

The Corporation hereby waives its right to recover contribution from the Indemnified Parties with respect to any liability of the Corporation by reason of or arising out of any misrepresentation in the Public Record provided, however, that such waiver shall not apply in respect of liability caused or incurred by reason of or arising out of: (i) any misrepresentation which is based upon information relating solely to the Agent contained in such document and furnished to the Corporation by the Indemnified Parties expressly for inclusion in such document or (ii) any failure by the Indemnified Parties to provide to prospective purchasers of Securities any document which the Corporation is required to provide to such prospective purchasers and which the Corporation has provided to the Indemnified Parties to forward to such prospective purchasers.

 

With respect to any Selling Group member in respect of which indemnification is or might reasonably be considered to be provided for in this Article 11 and who is not a party to this

 

26



 

Agreement, the Agent shall obtain and hold the rights and benefits of this Article 11 in trust for and on behalf of such Selling Group member.

 

The Corporation agrees that in case any legal proceedings or investigation shall be brought against or initiated against the Corporation by any Securities Commission, regulatory authority, stock exchange, court, or other entity having regulatory authority, and an Indemnified Person or other representatives of the Agent shall be required to testify in connection therewith or shall be required to respond to procedures designed to discover information regarding, in connection with, or by reason of the performance of professional services rendered to the Corporation by the Agent, the Corporation shall pay the Indemnified Parties their respective reasonable costs arising from such a requirement (including an amount to reimburse the Agent for time spent by their personnel in connection therewith on a per diem basis and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by their personnel in connection therewith) as they occur unless such proceedings or investigations shall be brought or initiated as a result of any actions or inaction of the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, or any Selling Group members, if any.

 

The rights of indemnity contained in this Article 11 shall not apply to an Indemnified Person if the proceedings or liabilities in respect of which indemnification is being sought were solely and directly caused by the gross negligence or fraud of the Agent (including a Selling Group member) or other Indemnified Person.

 

11.2                         If any claim contemplated by section 11.1 shall be asserted against any Indemnified Person, such Indemnified Person shall notify the Corporation as soon as possible of the nature of such claim (provided that any failure to so notify shall not affect the Corporation’s liability hereunder) and the Corporation shall be entitled (but not required) to assume the defence of any suit brought to enforce such claim, provided however, that the defence shall be through legal counsel selected by the Corporation and acceptable to the Indemnified Person and that no settlement may be made by the Corporation or the Indemnified Person without the prior written consent of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel in any proceeding relating to a claim contemplated by Article 11 if:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation or the Indemnified Person has been advised by counsel that there are legal defences available to the Indemnified Person which are different from or additional to defences available to the Corporation (in which case the Corporation shall not have the right to assume the defence of such proceedings on the Indemnified Person’s behalf);

 

(b)                                  the Corporation shall not have taken the defence of such proceedings and employed counsel within 10 Business Days after receiving notice of commencement of such proceedings; or

 

(c)                                   the employment of such counsel has been authorized by the Corporation in connection with the defence of such proceedings;

 

and, in any such event, the reasonable fees and expenses of such Indemnified Person’s counsel (on a solicitor and his client basis) shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

27



 

11.3                         In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is due in accordance with its terms but is, in whole or in part, for any reason, held by a court to be unavailable for the Corporation on grounds of policy or otherwise, each of the Corporation and the party or parties seeking indemnification shall contribute to the aggregate liabilities, claims, demands, losses (other than losses of profit in connection with the distribution of the Securities), costs, damages and expenses (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation or defence of the same) to which they may be subject or which they may suffer or incur:

 

(a)                                  in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefit received by the Corporation on the one hand, and by the party or parties seeking indemnity on the other hand, from the Offering; or

 

(b)                                  if the allocation provided by paragraph (a) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in paragraph (a) above but also to reflect the relative fault of the party or parties seeking indemnity, on the one hand, and the parties from whom indemnity is sought, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions or other matters which resulted in such liabilities, claims, demands, losses, costs, damages or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Corporation, on the one hand, and the Agent on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total proceeds of the Offering and the Agent’s Compensation Options received by the Corporation (net of fees but before deducting expenses) bear to the fees received by the Agent.  In any event, the Corporation and the Agent agree that any contribution of the Indemnified Parties shall be limited to the fees paid to the Agent in connection with the distribution of the Securities.  The Corporation agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Agreement were determined by any other method of allocation than those referred to above.

 

The rights to indemnification and contribution provided in this Article 11 shall be in addition to, and without prejudice to, any other rights which the Agent may have by statute or otherwise by law.

 

ARTICLE 12
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES, COVENANTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

12.1                         It is understood that all representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, terms and conditions herein or contained in certificates or documents submitted pursuant to or in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall survive Closing and the termination of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Agent regardless of any investigation by or on behalf of the Agent with respect thereto.

 

28



 

ARTICLE 13
NOTICES

 

13.1                         Any notice or other communication to be given hereunder shall, in the case of notice to be given:

 

(a)                                  to the Corporation, be addressed to the Corporation at the above address, Fax No. (416) 861-0749 with a copy to Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP at 200 Front Street West, Suite 2300, Toronto, Ontario M5V 3K2, Attention:  John O’Donnell, Fax No. 416-365-1813; and

 

(b)                                  to the Agent, be addressed to: IBK Capital Corp. at 130 King Street West, Suite 640, Toronto, Ontario, M5X 1E4, Attention:  Michael F. White, Fax No. (416) 360-4505 with a copy to: BLP Law Professional Corporation at 1 Yonge Street, Suite 950, Toronto, Ontario, M5E 1E5, Attention:  Brian L. Prill, Fax No. (647) 352-8062.

 

Any such notice or other communication shall be in writing and may be given by telefax or delivery, and shall be deemed to have been given on the day on which it is telefaxed (provided, that it is telefaxed by 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on a Business Day, otherwise notice shall be deemed to have been so given on the next Business Day) or upon receipt by a responsible officer of the addressee if delivered.

 

ARTICLE 14
AGENT’S COVENANTS

 

14.1                         The Agent covenants and agrees with the Corporation that it shall:

 

(a)                                  conduct all activities in connection with the Offering in compliance with all applicable securities laws in force from time to time in the applicable Offering Jurisdictions and, without limitation, agrees that it will not take any actions or make available to prospective Subscribers any document or material which would constitute or require the Corporation to prepare an offering memorandum as defined under Applicable Securities Laws;

 

(b)                                  not solicit subscriptions for Securities, trade in Securities or otherwise do any act in furtherance of a trade of Securities outside of the applicable Offering Jurisdictions except in compliance with the applicable laws thereof and with the express written consent of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and to deliver to the Corporation at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Time a duly completed Subscription Agreement and such other documents specifically referred to in the Subscription Agreements or as are required under Applicable Securities Laws and supplied to the Agent by the Corporation for completion in connection with the Offering, all of which have been executed by each of the Subscribers;

 

29



 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that none of the funds the Subscriber is using to purchase the Securities are, to the knowledge of the Agent, proceeds obtained or derived, directly or indirectly, as a result of illegal activities;

 

(e)                                   not advertise the proposed offering or sale of the Securities in the printed public media, radio or television; and

 

(f)                                    not solicit subscriptions for Securities except in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 15
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

15.1                         The Agent will hold in confidence all information received by it from the Corporation which has not been generally disclosed to the public and will not knowingly disclose such information, except as required in its opinion, to discharge its obligations: (i) under this Agreement or (ii) by law.

 

ARTICLE 16
GENERAL

 

16.1                         If any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision or provisions had never been contained herein.

 

16.2                         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein and each of the parties hereto irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

 

16.3                         Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

16.4                         This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

16.5                         The Corporation and the Agent shall be entitled to rely on delivery of a facsimile or PDF copy of the executed Agreement, and acceptance by the Corporation or the Agent of such facsimile or PDF copy shall be legally effective to create a valid and binding agreement between the Corporation and the Agent in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

16.6                         This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and there are no representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements relating to the subject matter hereof except as stated or referred to herein and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon execution of this Agreement by both parties the term sheet between them dated January 18, 2013 shall be deemed to be terminated.

 

30



 

16.7                         It is understood that the terms and conditions of this Agreement supersede any previous verbal or written agreement between the Agent and the Corporation.  In the event that execution pages are delivered to the parties hereto without this entire agreement, the parties hereto are entitled to assume that the executing party has accepted all of the terms and conditions contained in the parts of this Agreement that are not returned, without amendment or modification.  This Agreement may be amended or modified in any respect by written instrument only.  In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

16.8                         Unless otherwise expressly provided all references herein to dollar amounts are to lawful money of Canada.

 

16.9                         The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.  Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente convention, ainsi que tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaires intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à ou suite à la présente convention.

 

31



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding and is agreed to by you, please confirm your acceptance by signing the enclosed copies of this letter at the place indicated and by returning the same to the Agent’s Counsel.

 

ACCEPTED, AGREED AND EFFECTIVE as of the 14th day of February, 2013.

 

 

 

IBK CAPITAL CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Name:

Michael F. White

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

I have authority to bind the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

I have authority to bind the Corporation

 

32



 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

Particulars of all Subsidiaries of the Corporation

 

 


Notes:

 

(1)          As at February 12, 2013, there were 117,803,615 Common Shares of OPEL issued and outstanding.

(2)          As at February 12, 2013, there were 28,374,066 Class A Common Shares of OPEL Solar issued and outstanding, all of which are held by OPEL Technologies Inc.

(3)          As at February 12, 2013, there were 5,500 Common Shares of ODIS Inc. issued and outstanding and representing 55% of the total Voting Securities, which are held by US citizens, who are Insiders of the Company and who are bound by a shareholders’ agreement which restricts their ability to transfer the shares.  As at February 12, 2013, there were also 4,500 Preferred Shares of ODIS Inc. issued and outstanding and representing 45% of the total Voting Securities, which are held by OPEL Solar, Inc.  The Preferred Shares carry virtually 100% of the economic interest.  There are no other outstanding securities of ODIS Inc. other than the Common Shares and the Preferred Shares.

 



 

SCHEDULE “B”

 

Particulars of all Common Shares of the Corporation Reserved for Issuance

 

The following incentive stock options are outstanding and exercisable:

 

Option Summary Report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Period End

 

Grant Date

 

Expiry Date

 

Grant Price

 

Exercisable

 

Outstanding

 

29-Jul-2008

 

29-Jul-2013

 

$

0.45 CAD

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

05-Dec-2008

 

05-Dec-2013

 

$

0.19 CAD

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

13-Feb-2009

 

13-Feb-2014

 

$

0.16 CAD

 

190,000

 

190,000

 

21-May-2009

 

21-May-2014

 

$

0.42 CAD

 

75,000

 

75,000

 

20-Aug-2009

 

20-Aug-2014

 

$

0.39 CAD

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

18-Mar-2010

 

17-Mar-2020

 

$

0.28 CAD

 

286,250

 

286,250

 

19-Aug-2010

 

19-Aug-2020

 

$

0.345 CAD

 

1,042,500

 

1,042,500

 

28-Feb-2011

 

28-Feb-2021

 

$

0.76 CAD

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

11-May-2011

 

11-May-2021

 

$

1.21 CAD

 

200,000

 

200,000

 

28-Sep-2011

 

28-Sep-2021

 

$

0.51 CAD

 

749,250

 

999,000

 

16-Feb-2012

 

16-Feb-2022

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

652,500

 

1,305,000

 

08-Jun-2012

 

08-Jun-2017

 

$

0.235 CAD

 

2,750,000

 

5,500,000

 

21-Aug-2012

 

21-Aug-2017

 

$

0.275 CAD

 

125,000

 

500,000

 

26-Oct-2012

 

25-Oct-2017

 

$

0.43 CAD

 

125,000

 

500,000

 

15-Nov-2012

 

15-Nov-2017

 

$

0.445 CAD

 

0

 

6,350,000

 

17-Jan-2013

 

17-Jan-2018

 

$

0.53 CAD

 

0

 

50,000

 

TOTAL 

 

 

 

 

 

6,665,500

 

17,467,750

 

 

The following incentive warrants are outstanding and exercisable:

 



 

Series

 

Quantity
Outstanding

 

Exercise Price

 

Expiry Date

 

Series R

 

1,295,558

 

$

0.30 CAD

 

21-Jul-2014

 

Series S

 

2,157,348

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

08-Jun-2015

 

Series U

 

2,810,044

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

22-Jun-2015

 

Series W

 

1,554,000

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

31-Jul-2015

 

Series Y

 

6,272,087

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

07-Sep-2015

 

Series AA

 

5,369,000

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

13-Sep-2015

 

Series AC

 

5,000,000

 

$

0.35 CAD

 

27-Sep-2015

 

Series T

 

220,734

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

08-Jun-2016

 

Series V

 

285,289

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

22-Jun-2016

 

Series X

 

155,400

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

31-Jul-2016

 

Series Z

 

522,208

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

07-Sep-2016

 

Series AB

 

536,900

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

13-Sep-2016

 

Series AD

 

500,000

 

$

0.23 CAD

 

27-Sep-2016

 

TOTAL

 

26,678,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

35


Exhibit 4.6

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

DATED EFFECTIVE AS OF MARCH 30, 2012

 

BY AND AMONG

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC., ODIS, INC., AND

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

COLLECTIVELY, AS BORROWERS,

 

AND

 

TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP,

 

AS LENDER

 



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 30, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), is executed by and among OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , an Ontario corporation (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Issuing Borrower ”), ODIS, INC. , a Delaware corporation, and OPEL SOLAR, INC. , a Delaware corporation (each of the foregoing hereinafter sometimes individually referred to as a “ Borrower ” and all such entities sometimes hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Borrowers ” or the “ Credit Parties ”), and TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP (“ Lender ”).

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Lender extend a revolving credit facility to Borrowers of up to Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for working capital financing for Borrowers and for any other purposes permitted hereunder; and for these purposes, Lender is willing to make certain loans and extensions of credit to Borrowers of up to such amount and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, Borrowers have agreed to secure all of their obligations under the Loan Documents by granting to Lender a first priority security interest in and lien upon all of their existing and after-acquired personal and real property, respectively and as applicable; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the loans and extensions of credit to be made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement, the officers and directors of the Borrowers are willing to execute validity guarantees in favor of Lender in connection with the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Documents;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1                                Defined Terms . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Account ” shall mean, individually, and “ Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, any and all accounts (as such term is defined in the UCC) of each of the Borrowers.

 

(b)                                  Account Debtor ” shall mean any Person who is obligated to any Borrower under an Account.

 

(c)                                   Affiliate ” (a) of Lender shall mean: (i) any entity which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with Lender; and (ii) any entity administered or managed by Lender, or an Affiliate or investment advisor thereof and which is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans; and (b) of a Borrower shall mean any entity which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with any Borrower. With respect to an Affiliate of Lender or an Affiliate of Borrowers, an entity shall be deemed to be “controlled by” another entity if such

 

1



 

other entity possesses, directly or indirectly, power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether by contract, ownership of voting securities, membership interests or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement by and among Borrowers and Lender.

 

(e)                                   Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” shall have the meaning given to such terms in the preamble hereof.

 

(f)                                    Borrowing Base Amount ” shall mean an amount, expressed in Dollars, equal to eighty percent (80%) of the amount of the Eligible Accounts, subject to adjustment by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion: (i) based on the applicable Account Debtor’s financial state or condition; and (ii) based on the result of any audits performed by Lender as set forth in Section 10.12 hereof.

 

(g)                                   Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall mean a certificate, in form substantially similar to that of Exhibit “A” attached hereto, duly executed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of each Borrower, appropriately completed, by which such officer shall certify to Lender the formula and calculation of the Borrowing Base Amount as of the date of such certificate.

 

(h)                                  Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required to be closed for the conduct of commercial banking business in the State of Florida.

 

(i)                                      Capital Expenditures ” shall mean expenditures (including Capital Lease obligations which should be capitalized under IFRS) for the acquisition of fixed assets which are required to be capitalized under IFRS.

 

(j)                                     Capital Lease ” shall mean, as to any Person, a lease of any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, by such Person as lessee that is, or should be, in accordance with IFRS, recorded as a “capital lease” on the balance sheets of any Borrower prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(k)                                  Change in Control ” shall occur when: (A) any one of the Borrowers shall: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person; or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets to another Person; or (iii) allow another Person to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than the 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the applicable Borrower; or (iv) consummate a stock purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person, in each case whereby such other Person or its shareholders acquires more than the 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the applicable Borrower and the holders of a majority of the voting shares of the applicable Borrower fail to hold a majority of the voting shares of the resulting or surviving Person, as applicable; or (B) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the

 

2



 

Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Common Stock of the applicable Borrower.

 

(l)                                      Closing Date ” shall mean the date upon which the Revolving Loan is initially funded.

 

(m)                              Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, and whether now existing or hereafter arising, all assets which secure the Loans, including, without limitation, all existing and after-acquired tangible and intangible assets of each of the Borrowers, including real property owned by Borrowers, with respect to which Borrowers grant to Lender a Lien under the terms of the Security Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents.

 

(n)                                  Common Stock ” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 7.3 hereof.

 

(o)                                  Compliance Certificate ” shall mean the covenant compliance certificate contemplated by Section 10.11 hereof, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “B” .

 

(p)                                  Contingent Liability ” and “ Contingent Liabilities ” shall mean, respectively, each obligation and liability of each of the Borrowers and all such obligations and liabilities of Borrowers incurred pursuant to any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which Borrowers, or any one of them, either: (i) guarantee, endorse or otherwise become or are contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the indebtedness, dividend, obligation or other liability of any other Person in any manner (other than by endorsement of instruments in the course of collection), including without limitation, any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation which may be issued or incurred at some future time; (ii) guarantee the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the shares or ownership interest of any other Person; (iii) undertake or agree (whether contingently or otherwise): (A) to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person or any property or assets constituting security therefor; (B) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, working capital or other financial condition of any other Person; or (C) to make payment to any other Person other than for value received; (iv) agree to lease property or to purchase securities, property or services from such other Person with the purpose or intent of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of such other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; (v) to induce the issuance of, or in connection with the issuance of, any letter of credit for the benefit of such other Person; or (vi) undertake or agree otherwise to assure a creditor against loss. The amount of any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth herein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount (or maximum permitted principal amount, if larger) of the indebtedness, obligation or other liability guaranteed or supported thereby.

 

(q)                                  Control ” or “ Controlling ” shall mean the possession of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of a Person by contract, voting of securities, or otherwise.

 

3



 

(r)                                     Credit Parties ” shall have the meaning given to it in the preamble hereof.

 

(s)                                    Default Rate ” shall mean a per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of: (i) Eighteen Percent (18%) per annum; or (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

(t)                                     Depreciation ” shall mean the total amounts added to depreciation, amortization, obsolescence, valuation and other proper reserves, as reflected on any Borrower’s financial statements and determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

(u)                                  Dollars ” or “ $ ” means lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

(v)                                  EBIDTA ” shall mean, for any period, the sum of the following: (i) Net Income (excluding extraordinary and unusual items and income or loss attributable to a minority equity position in any affiliated corporation or Subsidiary) for such period; plus (ii) interest expense; plus (iii) income and franchise taxes payable or accrued; plus (iv) Depreciation for such period; plus (v) all other non-cash charges; plus (vi) management fees; plus (vii) costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with, or otherwise associated with, the closing of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement; minus (viii) that portion of Net Income arising out of the sale of assets outside of the ordinary course of business (to the extent not previously excluded under clause (i) of this definition), in each case to the extent included in determining Net Income for such period.

 

(w)                                Effective Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in the preamble hereof.

 

(x)                                  Eligible Accounts ” shall mean those Accounts of each Borrower or any Subsidiary which:

 

(i)                                      are genuine in all respects and have arisen in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or performance of services by a Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, which delivery of goods has occurred or performance of services have been fully performed;

 

(ii)                                   are evidenced by an invoice delivered to the Account Debtor thereunder, are due and payable within thirty (30) days after the date of the invoice, and are not more than ninety (90) days outstanding past the invoice date;

 

(iii)                                do not arise from a “sale on approval”, “sale or return”, “consignment”, “guaranteed sale” or “bill and hold”, or are subject to any other repurchase or return agreement;

 

(iv)                               have not arisen in connection with a sale to an Account Debtor who is not a resident or citizen of, and is located within, the United States of America or the United Kingdom, except where backed by a letter of credit issued or confirmed by either (A) a bank which is organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof or the United Kingdom and which has capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500,000,000;

 

4



 

or (B) an office located in the United States of America or the United Kingdom of a foreign bank, which bank has been approved in advance by Lender in its sole discretion and which letter of credit has been delivered to Lender as Collateral;

 

(v)                                  are not due from an Account Debtor which is a Subsidiary or a director, officer, employee, agent, parent or Affiliate of any Borrower or of any Subsidiary;

 

(vi)                               do not arise out of contracts with the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, or any state, county, city or other governmental body, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Borrower (or applicable Subsidiary of a Borrower) has assigned its right to payment of such Account to Lender pursuant to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (or analogous statute), and evidence (satisfactory to Lender) of such assignment has been delivered to Lender;

 

(vii)                            do not arise in connection with a sale to an Account Debtor who is located within a state or jurisdiction which requires the applicable Borrower (or applicable Subsidiary), as a precondition to commencing or maintaining an action in the courts of that state or jurisdiction, either to: (A) receive a certificate of authority to do business and be in good standing in such state or jurisdiction; or (B) file a notice of business activities or similar report with such state’s or jurisdiction’s taxing authority, unless (I) the applicable Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) has taken one of the actions described in clauses (A) or (B); (II) the failure to take one of the actions described in either clause (A) or (B) may be cured retroactively by the applicable Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) at its election; or (III) the applicable Borrower (or applicable Subsidiary) has proven to the satisfaction of Lender that it is exempt from any such requirements under such state’s or jurisdiction’s laws;

 

(viii)                         do not arise out of a contract or order which, by its terms, forbids or makes void or unenforceable the assignment to Lender of the Account arising with respect thereto and are not assignable to Lender for any other reason;

 

(ix)                               are the valid, legally enforceable and unconditional obligation of the Account Debtor, are not the subject of any setoff, counterclaim, credit, allowance or adjustment by the Account Debtor, or of any claim by the Account Debtor denying liability thereunder in whole or in part, and the Account Debtor has not refused to accept and/or has not returned or offered to return any of the goods or services which are the subject of such Account;

 

(x)                                  are subject to a perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender and not subject to any Lien whatsoever, other than the Lien of Lender, except for Permitted Liens;

 

(xi)                               to each Borrower’s knowledge, no proceedings or actions are pending or threatened against the Account Debtor which might result in any material adverse change in its financial condition or in its ability to pay any Account in full;

 

(xii)                            if the Account is evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument, the originals of such chattel paper or instrument shall have been endorsed and/or assigned and delivered to Lender or, in the case of electronic chattel paper, shall be in the control of Lender, in each case in a manner satisfactory to Lender; and

 

5



 

(xiii)                         to each Borrower’s knowledge, there is no bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation proceeding pending by or against the Account Debtor with respect thereto, nor has the Account Debtor gone out of or suspended business, made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or failed to pay its debts generally as they come due, and/or no condition or event has occurred having a Material Adverse Effect on the Account Debtor which would require the Accounts of such Account Debtor to be deemed uncollectible in accordance with IFRS.

 

An Account which is an Eligible Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account whenever it ceases to meet any one of the foregoing requirements.

 

In the event the Revolving Note exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), if Accounts representing Fifty Percent (50%) or more of the unpaid net amount of all Accounts from any one Account Debtor fail to qualify as Eligible Accounts, including (without limitation) because such Accounts are unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the due date of such Accounts, then all Accounts relating to such Account Debtor shall cease to be Eligible Accounts. In the event the Revolving Note exceeds Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($250,000), if Accounts owed by a single Account Debtor exceed Fifty Percent (50%) of the Eligible Accounts, then all Accounts relating to such Account Debtor in excess of such amount shall cease to be Eligible Accounts.

 

(y)                                  Employee Plan ” includes any pension, stock bonus, employee stock ownership plan, retirement, disability, medical, dental or other health plan, life insurance or other death benefit plan, profit sharing, deferred compensation, stock option, bonus or other incentive plan, vacation benefit plan, severance plan or other employee benefit plan or arrangement, including, without limitation, those pension, profit-sharing and retirement plans of Borrowers described from time to time in the financial statements of each Borrower and any pension plan, welfare plan, Defined Benefit Pension Plans (as defined in ERISA) or any multi-employer plan, maintained or administered by any Borrower or to which any Borrower is a party or may have any liability or by which any Borrower is bound.

 

(z)                                   Environmental Laws ” shall mean all federal, state, district, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, and consent decrees relating to health, safety, hazardous substances, pollution and environmental matters, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, applicable to Borrowers’ business or facilities owned or operated by any Borrower, including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contamination, chemicals, or hazardous, toxic or dangerous substances, materials or wastes in the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, land surface or subsurface strata) or otherwise relating to the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.

 

(aa)                           ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

(bb)                           Event of Default ” shall mean any of the events or conditions set forth in Section 12 hereof.

 

6



 

(cc)                             Funded Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person (including principal, interest and, if not paid when due, fees and charges), whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (ii) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (iii) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the maximum face amount of all letters of credit (whether or not drawn), bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person (including the Letters of Credit), and all unpaid drawings in respect of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations; and (iv) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person ( provided , however , if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable in respect of such indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien at the time of determination). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Funded Indebtedness shall not include trade payables and accrued expenses incurred by such Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person.

 

(dd)                           Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, federal, state or local government, or any political subdivision thereof, or any court, agency or other body, organization, group, stock market or exchange exercising any executive, legislative, judicial, quasi-judicial, regulatory or administrative function of government.

 

(ee)                             Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any hazardous, toxic or dangerous substance, materials and wastes, including, without limitation, hydrocarbons (including naturally occurring or man-made petroleum and hydrocarbons), flammable explosives, asbestos, urea formaldehyde insulation, radioactive materials, biological substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, pesticides, herbicides and any other kind and/or type of pollutants or contaminants (including, without limitation, materials which include hazardous constituents), sewage, sludge, industrial slag, solvents and/or any other similar substances, materials or wastes that are or become regulated under any Environmental Law (including, without limitation, any that are or become classified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law).

 

(ff)                               IFRS ” shall mean the accounting principles and standards known as the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and any other opinions, statements and pronouncements thereof, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination; provided , however , that interim financial statements or reports shall be deemed in compliance with IFRS despite the absence of footnotes and fiscal year-end adjustments as required by IFRS.

 

(gg)                             Interest Rate ” shall mean a fixed rate of interest equal to Ten Percent (10%) per annum, calculated on the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year.

 

(hh)                           Lender ” shall have the meaning given to it in the preamble hereof.

 

(ii)                                   Liabilities ” shall mean, at all times, all liabilities of Borrowers that would be shown as such on the balance sheets of each Borrower prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

7



 

(jj)                                         Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, judgment lien or similar legal process, title retention lien, or other lien or security interest granted by such Person or arising by judicial process or otherwise, including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and the interest of a lessor under a lease of any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, by such Person as lessee that is, or should be, a Capital Lease on the balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(kk)                                   Loan ” or “ Loans ” shall mean the aggregate of all Revolving Loans made by Lender to Borrowers under and pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(ll)                                           Loan Documents ” shall mean those documents listed in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 hereof.

 

(mm)                           Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the assets, business, properties, financial condition or results of operations of Borrowers, or any one of them; (ii) a material impairment of the ability of Borrowers, or any one of them, to perform any of their respective Obligations under any of the Loan Documents; or (iii) a material adverse effect on: (A) any substantial portion of the Collateral; (B) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrowers, or any one of them, of any of the Loan Documents; (C) the perfection or priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of any Lien granted to Lender under any Loan Document; or (D) the rights or remedies of Lender under any Loan Document.

 

(nn)                                   Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any period, the amount shown opposite the caption “Net Income” or a similar caption on the financial statements of any Borrower, prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

(oo)                                   Obligations ” shall mean all loans, advances and other financial accommodations (whether primary, contingent or otherwise), all interest accrued thereon (including interest which would be payable as post-petition in connection with any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not permitted as a claim thereunder), and any fees due to Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, any expenses incurred by Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and any and all other liabilities and obligations of the Credit Parties to Lender.

 

(pp)                                   Organizational Identification Number ” means, with respect to each Borrower, the organizational identification number assigned to such Borrower by the applicable governmental unit or agency of the jurisdiction of organization of each Borrower, if any.

 

(qq)                                   Payment Date ” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 2.1(c)  hereof.

 

(rr)                                         Permitted Liens ” shall mean: (i) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not at the time delinquent or thereafter payable without penalty or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with IFRS and in respect of which no Lien has been filed; (ii) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen arising in the ordinary course of

 

8



 

business and other similar Liens imposed by law; (iii) Liens in the form of deposits or pledges incurred in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation and other types of social security (excluding Liens arising under ERISA or in connection with surety bonds, bids, performance bonds and similar obligations) for sums not overdue or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and not involving any advances or borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or assets of any Borrower taken as a whole or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of any Borrower’s business and, in each case, for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with IFRS and in respect of which no Lien has been filed; (iv) Liens described in the Financial Statements referred to in Section 7.9 hereof and the replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien upon or in the same property subject thereto arising out of the extension, renewal or replacement of the indebtedness secured thereby (without increase in the amount thereof); (v) attachments, appeal bonds, judgments and other similar Liens, for sums not exceeding Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000) arising in connection with court proceedings, provided the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and to the extent such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default; (vi) zoning and similar restrictions on the use of property and easements, rights of way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar Liens not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Borrower; (vii) Liens arising in connection with Capital Leases (and attaching only to the property being leased); (viii) Liens that constitute purchase money security interests on any property securing indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring such property, provided that any such Lien attaches to such property within sixty (60) days of the acquisition thereof and attaches solely to the property so acquired; (ix) Liens granted to Lender hereunder and under the Loan Documents; (x) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease or non-exclusive license permitted by this Agreement; (xi) Liens arising from precautionary uniform commercial code financing statements filed under any lease permitted by this Agreement; and (xii) banker’s Liens and rights of set-off of financial institutions arising in connection with items deposited in accounts maintained at such financial institutions and subsequently unpaid and unpaid fees and expenses that are charged to any Borrower by such financial institutions in the ordinary course of business of the maintenance and operation of such accounts.

 

(ss)                                       Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, joint stock company, association, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity.

 

(tt)                                         Receivable Collection Fee ” shall mean a surcharge on the Eligible Accounts of .875% for receivables outstanding and received within 30 days, 1.625% for receivables outstanding and received between 31-60 days, and 2.25% for receivables outstanding between 61-90 days.

 

(uu)                                   Regulatory Change ” shall mean the introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule, regulation or guideline or in the interpretation or administration

 

9



 

thereof by any Governmental Authority or any central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority having jurisdiction over Lender or its lending office.

 

(vv)                                   Revolving Loan ” and “ Revolving Loans ” shall mean, respectively, each direct advance, and the aggregate of all such direct advances, made by Lender to Borrowers under and pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

(ww)                               Revolving Loan Availability ” shall mean at any time the then applicable Revolving Loan Commitment.

 

(xx)                                   Revolving Loan Commitment ” shall mean, on the Closing Date, Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($850,000.00), and in the event Borrowers request and Lender agrees to increase the Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , thereafter, shall mean such amount to which the Revolving Loan Commitment is increased, all as applicable pursuant to Section 2.1 (b) .

 

(yy)                                   Revolving Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the earlier of: (i) twelve (12) months from the Closing Date; (ii) upon prepayment of the Revolving Note by Borrower (subject to Section 2.1(d)(ii) ); or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default and acceleration of the Revolving Note pursuant to this Agreement, unless the date in clause (i) shall be extended pursuant to Section 2.3 or by Lender pursuant to any modification, extension or renewal note executed by Borrower and accepted by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion in substitution for the Revolving Note; provided, however, in the event during the first one hundred eighty (180) days following the Closing Date, the Borrowers have not either: (A) closed on a capital raising event that funds the Borrowers sufficient capital to cover the Borrowers’ expected losses for the immediately following twelve (12) month period; or (B) reached consistent profitability, in each case, as determined by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion (if either of such events fails to occur during such one hundred eighty (180) day period following the Closing Date, then such failure is sometimes hereinafter referred to as a “ Termination Event ”), then beginning on the one hundred eighty-first (181 st ) day following the Closing Date and at any time thereafter, the Lender shall have the right to terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment entirely upon written notice to Borrower, in which event the Revolving Loan Maturity Date shall be a date that is ninety (90) days following such written notice of termination from Lender to Borrower. Once any such written notice of termination is given by Lender as hereby contemplated, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Revolving Loan Commitment shall immediately terminate, Lender shall have no obligation to make any Revolving Loans thereafter, and this Agreement shall remain in effect solely for the purpose of winding down this Agreement and allowing the Borrower the opportunity to pay down all outstanding Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof until the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

 

(zz)                                     Revolving Note ” shall mean that certain Revolving Note in the principal amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment of even date herewith made by each of the Borrowers in favor of Lender, in form substantially similar to that of Exhibit “C” attached hereto.

 

10



 

(aaa)                            SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(bbb)                            Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(ccc)                               Security Agreement ” shall mean a Security Agreement in favor of Lender, in form substantially similar to that of Exhibit “D” attached hereto.

 

(ddd)                            Subsidiary ” and “ Subsidiaries ” shall mean, respectively, each and all such corporations, partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships or other entities of which or in which a Person owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of: (i) the combined voting power of all classes of stock having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors of such entity if a corporation; (ii) the management authority and capital interest or profits interest of such entity, if a partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture or similar entity; or (iii) the beneficial interest of such entity, if a trust, association or other unincorporated organization.

 

(eee)                               UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in Florida from time to time.

 

(fff)                                  Validity Guaranties ” shall mean the validity guaranties executed by such officers and directors of each of the Borrowers as Lender shall require, in Lender’s sole discretion, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit “E” attached hereto.

 

1.2                                Accounting Terms .  Any accounting terms used in this Agreement which are not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings customarily given them in accordance with IFRS. Calculations and determinations of financial and accounting terms used and not otherwise specifically defined hereunder and the preparation of financial statements to be furnished to Lender pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared, both as to classification of items and as to amount, in accordance with IFRS as used in the preparation of the financial statements of any Borrower on the date of this Agreement. If any changes in accounting principles or practices from those used in the preparation of the financial statements are hereafter occasioned by the promulgation of rules, regulations, pronouncements and opinions by or required by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor thereto or agencies with similar functions), which results in a material change in the method of accounting in the financial statements required to be furnished to Lender hereunder or in the calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to enter into good faith negotiations to amend such provisions so as equitably to reflect such changes to the end that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition and performance of each Borrower will be the same after such changes as they were before such changes; and if the parties fail to agree on the amendment of such provisions, Borrowers will furnish financial statements in accordance with such changes but shall provide calculations for all financial covenants, perform all financial covenants and otherwise observe all financial standards and terms in accordance with applicable accounting principles and practices in effect immediately prior to such changes. Calculations with respect to financial covenants required to be stated in accordance with applicable

 

11



 

accounting principles and practices in effect immediately prior to such changes shall be reviewed and certified by Borrowers’ accountants.

 

1.3                                Other Terms Defined in UCC . All other words and phrases used herein and not otherwise specifically defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC, as amended from time to time, to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

1.4                                Other Definitional Provisions; Construction . Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and vice versa. The words “hereof, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and references to Article, Section, Subsection, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit and like references are references to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Wherever the word “include,” “includes” or “including” is used in this Agreement, it will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” An Event of Default shall “continue” or be “continuing” until such Event of Default has been waived in accordance with Section 14.3 hereof. References in this Agreement to any party shall include such party’s successors and permitted assigns. References to any “Section” shall be a reference to such Section of this Agreement unless otherwise stated. To the extent any of the provisions of the other Loan Documents are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

 

2.                                       REVOLVING LOAN FACILITY.

 

2.1                                Revolving Loan .

 

(a)                                  Revolving Loan Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, Lender agrees to make such Revolving Loans at such times as Borrowers may from time to time request, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, until, but not including, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, and in such amounts as Borrowers may from time to time request up to the Revolving Loan Availability; provided , however , that the aggregate principal balance of all Revolving Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Availability; and further provided, however , that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Revolving Loan requested by Borrowers under this Agreement shall be subject to Lender’s approval, which approval may be given or withheld in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. Revolving Loans made by Lender may be repaid and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, borrowed again up to, but not including, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, unless the Revolving Loans are otherwise terminated or extended as provided in this Agreement. The Revolving Loans shall be used by Borrowers for the purpose of ongoing working capital purposes.

 

(b)                                  Increase to Revolving Loan Commitment . Borrowers may request: (I) that on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Closing Date, Lender increase the Revolving Loan Commitment to One Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,350,000) (“ First Commitment Increase ”); and (II) that at any time after the First Commitment Increase but prior

 

12



 

to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, that the Revolving Loan Commitment be increased to up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); and Lender, in its sole discretion, may make available the foregoing Revolving Loan Commitment increases to Borrower in such amounts as Lender may determine provided the following conditions have been satisfied, in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion:

 

(i)                                              no Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or result from the applicable increase of the Revolving Loan Commitment;

 

(ii)                                           Borrowers shall have executed and delivered a new or revised Revolving Note;

 

(iii)                                        After giving effect to such increase, the amount of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Revolving Loans shall not be in excess of the Revolving Loan Availability; and

 

(iv)                                       Lender shall have reviewed and accepted the amount and type of Accounts that are to be Eligible Accounts.

 

(c)                   Revolving Loan Interest and Payments . Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans shall be repaid on or before the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. Principal amounts repaid on the Revolving Note may be re-borrowed. The principal amount of the Revolving Loans outstanding from time to time shall bear interest at the Interest Rate. The Receivables Collection Fee and accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of all Revolving Loans outstanding from time to time shall be payable on a weekly basis on the weekly anniversary date of the Closing Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof and on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date (each a “ Payment Date ”). Any amount of principal or interest on the Revolving Loans which is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, shall at Lender’s option bear interest payable on demand at the Default Rate.

 

(d)                  Revolving Loan Principal Repayments .

 

(i)                                              Mandatory Principal Prepayments; Overadvances . All Revolving Loans hereunder shall be repaid by Borrowers on or before the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, unless payable sooner pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. In the event the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Revolving Loans hereunder exceed the Revolving Loan Availability, Borrowers shall, upon notice or demand from Lender, immediately make such repayments of the Revolving Loans or take such other actions as shall be necessary to eliminate such excess. Lender shall apply funds (in excess of any recurring fees owed under Section 2.2 , fees owed to any custodian/back-up servicer, the Receivable Collections Fee, and interest owed under Sections 2.1(c) and 2.4 ) received from the Lock Box Account as payment against the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans on any Payment Date, at Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(ii)                                           Optional Prepayments . Borrower may, from time to time, prepay the Revolving Loan, in whole or in part, provided , however , that if prior to the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, Borrowers prepay the entire outstanding amount of the Revolving Loan in full

 

13



 

and then terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment, Borrowers shall pay to Lender as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available hereunder, an amount equal to Five Percent (5%) of the then applicable Revolving Loan Commitment (the “ Prepayment Penalty ”). The parties agree that the amount payable pursuant to this subsection (ii) is a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from an early termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Prepayment Penalty shall not apply during the first One-Hundred Eighty (180) days following the Closing Date.

 

(e)                   Collections; Lock Box .

 

(i)                                  Each Borrower shall direct all of its Account Debtors in the U.S. and the United Kingdom to make all payments on the Accounts directly to a post office box designated by, and under the exclusive control of, Lender (such post office box is referred to herein as the “ Lock Box ”). The Lender shall establish and maintain an account at a financial institution acceptable to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Lock Box Account ”), which Lock Box Account is (as of the date hereof) and shall be maintained in Lender’s name, into which all payments received in the Lock Box shall be deposited, and into which each Borrower will immediately deposit all payments received by each Borrower on Accounts in the identical form in which such payments were received, whether by cash or check. If any Borrower, any Affiliate or Subsidiary, any shareholder, officer, director, employee or agent of any Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary, or any other Person acting for or in concert with any Borrower, shall receive any monies, checks, notes, drafts or other payments relating to or as proceeds of Eligible Accounts, each Borrower and each such Person shall receive all such items in trust for, and as the sole and exclusive property of, Lender, and, immediately upon receipt thereof, shall remit the same (or cause the same to be remitted) in kind to the Lock Box Account. Each Borrower and Lender agree that all payments made to such Lock Box Account, whether in respect of the Eligible Accounts or as proceeds of other collateral or otherwise (except for proceeds of Collateral which are required to be delivered to the holder of a Permitted Lien which is prior in right of payment), will be swept from the Lock Box Account to Lender on each Payment Date to be applied according to the following priorities: (1) to unpaid fees and expenses due hereunder or under any other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any recurring fees due pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof; (2) to any custodian/back-up servicer (if applicable); (3) to accrued but unpaid interest owed under Sections 2.1(c) and 2.4 hereof; (4) to any accrued but unpaid Receivable Collection Fee; (5) to amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.1(d) ; and (6) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to Lender, to reduce the outstanding Revolving Loan balance to zero. Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable and customary fees, costs and expenses in connection with opening and maintaining of the Lock Box and Lock Box Account. All of such reasonable fees, costs and expenses, if not paid by Borrowers within five (5) business days of Lender’s written request, may be paid by Lender and in such event all amounts paid by Lender shall constitute Obligations hereunder, shall be payable to Lender by Borrowers upon demand, and, until paid, shall bear interest at the lowest rate then applicable to Loans hereunder. All checks, drafts, instruments and other items of payment or proceeds of Collateral shall be endorsed by Borrowers, as applicable, to Lender, and, if that endorsement of any such item shall not be made for any reason, Lender is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse the same on each Borrower’s behalf. For purpose of this Section, each Borrower irrevocably hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Lender (and all Persons designated by Lender for that purpose) as each

 

14



 

Borrower’s true and lawful attorney and agent-in-fact: (A) to endorse each Borrower’s name upon said items of payment and/or proceeds of collateral and upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice or similar document or agreement relating to any Accounts of any Borrower; (B) to take control in any manner of any item of payment or proceeds thereof; and (C) to have access to any lock box or postal box into which any of Borrowers’ mail is deposited, and open and process all mail addressed to each Borrower and deposited therein.

 

(ii)                                           Lender may, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whether before or after notification to any Account Debtor and whether before or after the maturity of any of the Obligations: (A) enforce collection of any of the Accounts of any Borrower or other amounts owed to any Borrower by suit or otherwise; (B) exercise all of the rights and remedies of each Borrower with respect to proceedings brought to collect any Accounts or other amounts owed to each Borrower; (C) surrender, release or exchange all or any part of any Accounts or other amounts owed to each Borrower, or compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any indebtedness thereunder; (D) sell or assign any Account of any Borrower or other amount owed to any Borrower upon such terms, for such amount and at such time or times as Lender deems advisable; (E) prepare, file and sign any Borrower’s name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or other similar document against any Account Debtor or other Person obligated to any Borrower; and (F) do all other acts and things which are necessary, in Lender’s sole discretion, to fulfill each Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to allow Lender to collect the Accounts or other amounts owed to each Borrower. In addition to any other provision hereof, Lender may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at Borrowers’ expense, notify any parties obligated on any of the Accounts to make payment directly to Lender of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

 

(iii)                                        On a monthly basis, Lender shall deliver to Borrowers an invoice and an account statement showing all Loans, charges and payments, which shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon Borrowers, unless Borrowers notify Lender in writing, specifying any error therein, within thirty (30) days of the date such account statement is sent to Borrowers and any such notice shall only constitute an objection to the items specifically identified.

 

2.2                                Fees .

 

(a)                                  Unused Commitment Fee . Borrowers agree to pay to Lender a non-utilization fee equal to one percent (1%) per month (“ Non-Utilization Fee ”) of the total of: (i) the then applicable Revolving Loan Commitment; less (ii) the sum of the daily average of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding, which non-utilization fee shall be: (A) calculated on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days; (B) paid for the actual number of days elapsed; and (C) payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month, commencing on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which the first Revolving Loan was funded, and ending on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. Borrowers shall not be subject to a Non-Utilization Fee so long as the receivables constituting Eligible Accounts equal to or exceed the then applicable Revolving Loan Commitment.

 

15



 

(b)                                  Asset Monitoring Fee . Borrowers agree to pay to Lender an asset monitoring fee (“ Asset Monitoring Fee ”) equal to One Thousand Five-Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($1,500.00), which shall be due and payable on the Closing Date, and thereafter on the first day of each calendar quarter during the term of the Revolving Loan Facility. The Asset Monitoring Fee shall be increased in increments of Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($500.00) each time the Revolving Loan Commitment amount is increased pursuant to Section 2.1(b ); provided that the Asset Monitoring Fee shall never exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00).

 

(c)                                   Transaction Advisory Fee . Borrowers agree to pay to Lender a transaction advisory fee equal to four percent (4.0%) of the Revolving Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date, and four percent (4.0%) on the amount of any increase thereof pursuant to Section 2.1 (b) , which shall be due and payable on the Closing Date and on the date of any increase to the Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 2.1(b ).

 

(d)                                  Due Diligence Fees . Borrowers agree to pay a due diligence fee equal to Twelve Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($12,500.00), which shall be due and payable in full on the Closing Date, or any remaining portion thereof shall be due and payable on the Closing Date if a portion of such fee was paid upon the execution of any term sheet related to this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Document Review and Legal Fees . Borrowers agree to pay a document review and legal fee equal to Twelve Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($12,500.00) which shall be due and payable in full on the Closing Date, or any remaining portion thereof shall be due and payable on the Closing Date if a portion of such fee was paid upon the execution of any term sheet related to this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Other Fees . Each of the Borrowers also agrees to pay to the Lender (or any designee of the Lender), upon demand, or to otherwise be responsible for the payment of, any and all other costs, fees and expenses, including the reasonable fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of counsel for the Lender and of any experts and agents, which the Lender may incur or which may otherwise be due and payable in connection with: (i) the recordation, administration, amendment, waiver or other modification or termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents; (ii) any documentary stamp taxes, intangibles taxes, recording fees, filing fees, or other similar taxes, fees or charges imposed by or due to any Governmental Authority in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents; (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Lender under this Agreement or the Loan Documents; or (iv) the failure by any Borrower to perform or observe any of the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents. Included in the foregoing shall be the amount of all expenses paid or incurred by Lender in consulting with counsel concerning any of its rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or under applicable law. All such costs and expenses, if not so immediately paid when due or upon demand thereof, shall bear interest from the date of outlay until paid, at the Default Rate. All of such costs and expenses shall be additional Obligations of the Borrowers to Lender secured under the Loan Documents. The provisions of this Subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

16



 

(g)                                   Investment Banking Fee .

 

(i)                                              Share Issuance . Issuing Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee for investment banking services provided by the Lender to the Borrowers prior to the Effective Date by having the Issuing Borrower issue to Lender that number of shares of the Issuing Borrower’s Common Stock that equal to a dollar amount equal to $150,000.00 (the “ Share Value ”). For purposes of determining the number of shares issuable to Lender under this Section 2.2(g) (the “ Fee Shares ”), the Issuing Borrower’s Common Stock shall be valued at the discounted market price as defined by the TSX Venture Exchange (the “ Discounted Price ”), such Discounted Price being the last closing price of the Issuing Borrower’s Common Stock before publicly announcing the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, less twenty-five percent (25%) discount to such price, which Discounted Price shall be determined as of the close of the business day immediately prior to the Effective Date (the “ Valuation Date ”). The Lender shall confirm to the Issuing Borrower in writing, the Discounted Price for the Common Stock as of the Valuation Date, and the corresponding number of Fee Shares issuable to the Lender based on such price. The Company shall instruct its transfer agent to issue certificates representing the Fee Shares issuable to the Lender immediately upon the Effective Date, and shall cause its transfer agent to deliver such certificates to Lender within three (3) Business Days from the Effective Date. In the event such certificates representing the Fee Shares issuable hereunder shall not be delivered to the Lender within said three (3) Business Day period, same shall be an immediate default under this Agreement and Lender shall have no obligation to make any Revolving Loans hereunder until such default is cured. The Fee Shares, when issued, shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable shares of the Issuing Borrower’s Common Stock. The Fee Shares shall be deemed fully earned as of the Effective Date, regardless of the amount or number of Revolving Loans made hereunder. The Fee Shares shall be included on any registration statement filed by the Issuing Borrower after the date hereof, unless such shares may be resold without any limitation of any kind pursuant to applicable law.

 

(ii)                                           Adjustments . It is the intention of the Borrowers and Lender that by a date that is nine (9) months after the Valuation Date (the “ Nine Month Valuation Date ”) the Lender shall have generated net proceeds from the sale of the Fee Shares equal to the Share Value. The Lender shall have the right to sell the Fee Shares in its then trading market or otherwise, at any time in accordance with applicable securities laws and subject to applicable holding periods, provided that Lender agrees to use its good faith efforts to sell Fee Shares after the applicable restrictive holding period applicable thereto has expired, in such amounts as reasonably practicable given then existing market conditions, in Lender’s discretion, with the intention of selling the Fee Shares as soon as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the restricted holding period. At any time the Lender may elect after the Nine Month Valuation Date (or prior to such Nine Month Valuation Date, if Lender has sold all Fee Shares prior to such Nine Month Valuation Date), the Lender shall deliver to the Issuing Borrower a reconciliation statement showing the net proceeds actually received by the Lender from the sale of the Fee Shares (the “ Sale Reconciliation ”). If, as of the date of the delivery by Lender of the Sale Reconciliation, the Lender has not realized net proceeds from the sale of such Fee Shares equal to at least the Share Value, as shown on the Sale Reconciliation, then any such deficiency (the “ Deficiency ”) shall immediately and automatically become an additional Obligation of the Borrowers under this Agreement. Lender shall elect by written notice to the Issuing Borrower delivered with the Sale Reconciliation (the “ Deficiency Election Notice ”), whether Lender elects to have the Deficiency paid in cash, or by issuance of additional Common Stock of the Issuing Borrower. If Lender elects to have such Deficiency paid in cash, then within ten (10)

 

17



 

days after the Deficiency Election Notice is delivered to the Issuing Borrower, the Issuing Borrower shall pay the Deficiency to the Lender in good and cleared US funds by wire transfer to an account designated by Lender. In the event Lender elects to have the Deficiency paid in additional Common Stock of the Issuing Borrower, then within ten (10) days after the date the Deficiency Election Notice is delivered to the Issuing Borrower, the Issuing Borrower shall make application to the TSX Venture Exchange to convert such Deficiency to additional Common Stock of the Issuing Borrower at the Discounted Price applicable as of the date the Deficiency Election Notice is delivered, and upon receipt of approval from the TSX Venture Exchange for such issuance, the Issuing Borrower shall immediately take all required action necessary or required in order to cause the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock to the Lender for such Deficiency as hereby contemplated. If Lender elects to have additional shares of Common Stock issued to pay any Deficiency, and after the sale of such additional issued shares of Common Stock, the Lender still has not received net proceeds equal to at least the Share Value, then such remaining deficiency shall be paid by the Issuing Borrower to Lender in cash by wire transfer of good and cleared US funds to an account designated by Lender within ten (10) days of written demand therefor. In the event the Lender receives net proceeds from the sale of Fee Shares equal to the Share Value, and the Lender still has Fee Shares remaining to be sold, the Lender shall return all such remaining Fee Shares to the Issuing Borrower. In the event additional Common Stock is required to be issued as outlined above, and such issuance is approved by the TSX Venture Exchange, the Issuing Borrower shall instruct its transfer agent to issue certificates representing such additional shares of Common Stock to the Lender immediately subsequent to the TSX approval obtained therefor, and the Issuing Borrower shall in any event cause its transfer agent to deliver such certificates to Lender within three (3) Business Days following the date the TSX approval is obtained. In the event such certificates representing such additional shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder shall not be delivered to the Lender within said three (3) Business Day period, same shall be an immediate default under this Agreement and the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.2(g) to the contrary, at any time on or prior to the Nine Month Valuation Date, but not thereafter (unless agreed to by the Lender), the Issuing Borrower shall have the right, at any time during such period, to redeem any Fee Shares then in the Lender’s possession for an amount payable by the Issuing Borrower to Lender in Dollars equal to the Share Value, less any net cash proceeds received by the Lender from any previous sales of Fee Shares. Upon Lender’s receipt of such cash payment in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the Lender shall return any then remaining Fee Shares in its possession back to the Issuing Borrower. Neither the Lender nor its Affiliates has an open short position in the Common Stock, and the Lender agrees that it shall not, and that it will cause its Affiliates not to, engage in any short sales of the Common Stock while this Agreement remains in effect.

 

2.3                                Renewal of Revolving Loans; Non-Renewal of Revolving Loans; Fees . Provided that Lender has not exercised its right to terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment under Section 1.1(zz), then, and only in that event, on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, so long as no Event of Default exists, and that no event has occurred that with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrowers shall have the option to request a renewal of the Revolving Loan Commitment and extension of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date for one (1) additional one (1) year period. To make such request, Borrowers shall give written notice to Lender of Borrowers’ request to renew the Revolving Loan Commitment and extend the Revolving Loan Maturity Date for an additional one (1) year period on or before

 

18



 

the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. Lender may elect to accept or reject Borrowers’ request for a renewal of the Revolving Loan Commitment and extension of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date in its sole and absolute discretion, based on Borrowers’ performance during the previous twelve (12) month period as well as other factors as Lender deems relevant in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event Lender accepts Borrowers’ request for renewal and extension, Borrowers shall, immediately upon demand from Lender and as a condition to the renewal and extension, deliver a renewal fee to Lender equal to two percent (2%) of the then outstanding Revolving Loan Commitment, together with any other documents, instruments and fees that be required by Lender to evidence the extension.

 

2.4                                Interest and Fee Computation; Collection of Funds . Interest accrued hereunder shall be payable as set forth in Section 2.1 hereof. Except as otherwise set forth herein, all interest and fees shall be calculated on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days and shall be paid for the actual number of days elapsed. Principal payments submitted in funds not immediately available shall continue to bear interest until collected. If any payment to be made by Borrowers hereunder or under the Revolving Note shall become due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing any interest in respect of such payment. Any Obligations which are not paid when due (subject to applicable grace periods) shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

2.5                                Automatic Debit . In order to effectuate the timely payment of any of the Obligations when due, each Borrower hereby authorizes and directs Lender, at Lender’s option, to: (i) debit, or cause or instruct the debit of, the amount of the Obligations to any ordinary deposit account of any Borrower; or (ii) make a Revolving Loan hereunder to pay the amount of the Obligations.

 

2.6                                Discretionary Disbursements . Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may immediately upon notice to Borrowers, disburse any or all proceeds of the Revolving Loans made or available to Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement to pay any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts required to be paid by Borrowers hereunder and not so paid. All monies so disbursed shall be a part of the Obligations, payable by Borrowers on demand from Lender.

 

2.7                                US Dollars; Currency Risk. All Eligible Accounts will be in Dollars. In the event Eligible Accounts are not in Dollars, Borrowers shall bear the risk of Lender’s currency losses, and if Lender suffers a currency loss and the result is to increase the cost to Lender or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender under this Agreement or under the Revolving Note with respect thereto, then after demand by Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a certificate setting forth reasonably detailed calculations of the basis of such demand), Borrowers shall pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or such reduction. Borrowers hereby authorize Lender to advance or cause an advance of Revolving Loans to pay for the increased costs or reductions associated with any such currency losses.

 

19



 

3.                                       CONDITIONS OF BORROWING.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of Lender to disburse or make all or any portion of any Loans is subject to satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent (unless a condition is waived in writing by Lender) contained in this Article 3.

 

3.1                                Intentionally Left Blank .

 

3.2                                Loan Documents to be Executed by Borrowers . As a condition precedent to Lender’s disbursal or making of the Loans pursuant to this Agreement, Borrowers shall have executed or cause to be executed and delivered to Lender all of the following documents, each of which must be satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel in form, substance and execution:

 

(a)                                  Credit Agreement . Two originals of this Agreement duly executed by Borrowers;

 

(b)                                  Revolving Note . An original Revolving Note duly executed by Borrowers;

 

(c)                                   Security Agreement . Two originals of the Security Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement, executed by Borrowers;

 

(d)                                  Intentionally Left Blank .

 

(e)                                   Validity Guaranties . Validity Guarantees duly executed by such officers and directors of Borrowers as Lender shall require;

 

(f)                                    Search Results . Copies of UCC search reports (or reports from any other foreign Governmental Authorities in other jurisdictions serving similar purposes) dated such a date as is reasonably acceptable to Lender, listing all effective financing statements which name any Borrower, under its present name and any previous names, as debtors, together with copies of such financing statements;

 

(g)                                   Organizational and Authorization Documents . A certificate of the corporate secretary of each Borrower certifying and attaching: (i) copies of its articles of incorporation and bylaws; (ii) resolutions of the board of directors of such Borrower, approving and authorizing such Borrower’s issuance of the Revolving Note, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is party and the transactions contemplated thereby; (iii) the signatures and incumbency of the officers of such Borrower executing any of the Loan Documents, each of which such Borrower hereby certifies to be true and complete, and in full force and effect without modification, it being understood that Lender may conclusively rely on each such document and certificate until formally advised by such Borrower of any changes therein; and (iv) good standing certificate in the state of incorporation of such Borrower and in each other state requested by Lender;

 

(h)                                  Insurance . Evidence satisfactory to Lender of the existence of insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 10.4 , together with evidence that Lender has been

 

20



 

named as additional insured and lender’s loss payee, as applicable, on all related insurance policies;

 

(i)                                        Opinion of Counsel . A customary opinion of Borrowers’ counsel, in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender; and

 

(j)                                       Additional Documents . Such other agreements, documents, instruments, certificates, financial statements, schedules, resolutions, opinions of counsel, notes and other items which Lender shall require in connection with this Agreement.

 

3.3                                Issuance of Stock . Issuing Borrower shall have delivered to Lender and its counsel an issuance instruction letter and board resolution, irrevocably authorizing and directing Issuing Borrower’s transfer agent to issue and deliver to Lender the Fee Shares required to be issued and delivered to Lender hereunder, together with evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that such issuance has been approved by the TSX Venture Exchange and any other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the issuance of the Fee Shares.

 

3.4                                Payment of Fees . Borrowers shall have paid to Lender all fees, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, due diligence expenses, attorney’s fees, search fees, title fees, documentation and filing fees (including documentary stamps and taxes payable on the face amount of the Revolving Note).

 

3.5                                Event of Default . No Event of Default, or event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

3.6                                Adverse Changes . There shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.7                                Litigation . No pending claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding before any Governmental Authority shall have been instituted against any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or shareholders.

 

3.8                                Representations and Warranties . No representation or warranty of Borrowers contained herein or in any Loan Documents shall be untrue or incorrect in any material respect as of the date of any Loans as though made on such date, except to the extent such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date.

 

3.9                                Due Diligence . The business, legal and collateral due diligence review performed by Lender, including, but not limited to, a review of Borrowers’ historical performance and financial information, must be acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion. Lender reserves the right to increase any and all aspects of its due diligence in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

3.10                         Key Personnel Investigations . Lender shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, with results from background investigations conducted on key members of Borrowers’ principals and management teams.

 

3.11                         Repayment of Outstanding Indebtedness . Borrowers shall have repaid in full all outstanding indebtedness secured by Collateral, other than indebtedness giving rise to Permitted Liens.

 

21



 

4.                                       NOTES EVIDENCING LOANS.

 

The Revolving Loans shall be evidenced by the Revolving Note (together with any and all renewal, extension, modification or replacement notes executed by Borrowers and delivered to Lender and given in substitution therefor) duly executed by Borrowers and payable to the order of Lender. At the time of the initial disbursement of a Revolving Loan and at each time an additional Revolving Loan shall be requested hereunder or a repayment made in whole or in part thereon, an appropriate notation thereof shall be made on the books and records of Lender. All amounts recorded shall be, absent demonstrable error, conclusive and binding evidence of: (i) the principal amount of the Revolving Loans advanced hereunder; (ii) any unpaid interest owing on the Revolving Loans; and (iii) all amounts repaid on the Revolving Loans. The failure to record any such amount or any error in recording such amounts shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrowers under the Revolving Note to repay the principal amount of the Revolving Loans, together with all interest accruing thereon, and all other fees and expenses due in connection therewith in accordance with this Agreement.

 

5.                                       MANNER OF BORROWING.

 

5.1                                Loan Requests . Subject to Section 2.1(a)  and Article 3 hereof, the Loans shall be made available to Borrowers upon Borrowers’ request, from any Person whose authority to so act has not been revoked by any Borrower in writing previously received by Lender. Borrowers may make requests for borrowing no more than one time every week up to the then applicable Revolving Loan Commitment; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Revolving Loan requested by Borrowers under this Agreement shall be subject to Lender’s approval, which approval may be given or withheld in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. A request for a Loan may only be made if no default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing and shall be subject to: (i) delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate, together with supporting documentation in form and content satisfactory to Lender; and (ii) additional receivables, Accounts and other Collateral being acceptable to Lender. In addition, a request for a Loan must be received by no later than 11:00 a.m. eastern time the day it is to be funded and be in a minimum amount equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars and No/100 ($50,000.00).

 

5.2                                Communications . Lender is authorized to rely on any written, verbal, electronic, telephonic or telecopy loan requests which Lender believes in its good faith judgment to emanate from Leon Pierhal, an authorized representative of Borrowers, or any other Person authorized by Leon Pierhal in a written instrument delivered to Lender. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably confirms, ratifies and approves all such advances by Lender and each of such Borrowers hereby indemnifies Lender against losses and expenses (including court costs, attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees) and shall hold Lender harmless with respect thereto.

 

6.                                       SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS.

 

To secure the payment and performance by Borrowers of the Obligations hereunder, each Borrower grants, under and pursuant to the Security Agreement executed by Borrowers dated as of the date hereof, to Lender, its successors and assigns, a continuing, first-priority security interest in, and does hereby assign, transfer, mortgage, convey, pledge, hypothecate and set over

 

22



 

to Lender, its successors and assigns, all of the right, title and interest of each Borrower in and to the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all proceeds (including, without limitation, all insurance proceeds) and products of any of the Collateral. At any time upon Lender’s request, Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Lender any other documents, instruments or certificates requested by Lender for the purpose of properly documenting and perfecting the security interests of Lender in and to the Collateral granted hereunder, including any additional security agreements, mortgages, control agreements, and financing statements.

 

7.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWERS.

 

To induce Lender to make the Loans, each Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Lender, each of which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the date of each Loan made hereunder, except to the extent such representation expressly relates to an earlier date, and which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

 

7.1                                Borrower Organization and Name . Each Borrower is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, as applicable, with full and adequate powers to carry on and conduct its business as presently conducted. Each Borrower is duly licensed or qualified in all foreign jurisdictions wherein the nature of its activities require such qualification or licensing or in which any Collateral is located. Each Borrower’s Organizational Identification Number is set forth and identified in Schedule 7.1 attached hereto. The exact legal name of each Borrower is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement, and except as set forth in Schedule 7. 1, no Borrower currently conducts, nor has any Borrower, during the last five (5) years conducted, business under any other name or trade name, except in connection with its wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

 

7.2                                Authorization; Validity . Each Borrower has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to make the borrowings and execute and deliver the Loan Documents as provided herein and to perform all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents will not, nor will the observance or performance of any of the matters and things herein or therein set forth, violate or contravene any provision of law or of any Borrower’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, operating agreements or other governing documents, as applicable. All necessary and appropriate corporate action has been taken on the part of each Borrower to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Revolving Note. This Agreement and the Loan Documents are valid and binding agreements and contracts of each Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws enacted for the relief of debtors generally and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles which may affect the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies. No Borrower knows of any reason why any Borrower cannot perform any of its respective obligations under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any related agreements.

 

7.3                                Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of each Borrower is as set forth in Schedule 7.3 attached hereto. Schedule 7.3 shall specify, for each Borrower, the total number of

 

23



 

authorized shares of capital stock, and of such authorized shares, the number which are designated as common stock (“ Common Stock ”) and the number designated as preferred stock. Schedule 7.3 shall also specify, for each Borrower, as of the date hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and the number of shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Borrower are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws and none of such outstanding shares were issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. As of the date of this Agreement, no shares of any Borrower’s capital stock are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens, claims or encumbrances suffered or permitted by any Borrower. Except as set forth in Schedule 7.3 attached hereto and except for the securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement: (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries; (ii) there are no outstanding debt securities; (iii) there are no agreements or arrangements under which any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the Securities Act or under any foreign law of any Governmental Authority; and (iv) there are no outstanding registration statements of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries and there are no outstanding comment letters from the SEC, the TSX Venture Exchange, or any other Governmental Authority with respect to any securities of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

7.4                                Issuance of Securities . The Fee Shares are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all liens, claims, charges, taxes, or other encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof (other than time-limited transfer restrictions), and, subject to the accuracy of Lender’s representations in Section 8 below, will be issued in compliance with all applicable United States federal and state securities laws and the laws of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to the issuance thereof. Subject to the accuracy of Lender’s representations in Section 8 below, the issuance of the Fee Shares is and will be exempt from: (i) the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; (ii) the registration and/or qualification provisions of all applicable state and provincial securities and “blue sky” laws; and (iii) any similar registration or qualification requirements of any foreign jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority.

 

7.5                                Compliance With Laws . The nature and transaction of each Borrower’s business and operations and the use of each of their properties and assets, including, but not limited to, the Collateral or any real estate owned or occupied by any Borrower, do not and during the term of the Loans shall not, violate or conflict with any applicable law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or order of any kind or nature, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any zoning, land use, building, noise abatement, occupational health and safety or other laws, any building permit or any condition, grant, easement, covenant, condition

 

24



 

or restriction, whether recorded or not, except to the extent such violation or conflict would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.6                                Environmental Laws and Hazardous Substances . Except to the extent that any of the following would not have a Material Adverse Effect (including financial reserves, insurance policies and cure periods relating to compliance with applicable laws and permits) and are used in such amounts as are customary in the ordinary course of each Borrower’s business, consistent with past practices, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, each Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that, to its knowledge: (i) no Borrower has generated, used, stored, treated, transported, manufactured, handled, produced or disposed of any Hazardous Materials, on or off any of the premises of each Borrower (whether or not owned by any Borrower) in any manner which at any time violates any Environmental Law or any license, permit, certificate, approval or similar authorization thereunder; (ii) the operations of each Borrower comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and all licenses, permits certificates, approvals and similar authorizations thereunder; (iii) there has been no investigation, proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claim, citation or notice by any governmental authority or any other Person, nor is any pending or, to any Borrower’s knowledge, threatened; and (iv) no Borrower has any liability, contingent or otherwise, in connection with a release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Hazardous Materials or the generation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, handling, production or disposal of any Hazardous Material.

 

7.7                                Absence of Breach . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Loan Documents and any other documents or instruments to be executed and delivered by Borrowers in connection with the Loans shall not: (i) violate any provisions of law or any applicable regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority; or (ii) conflict with, be inconsistent with, or result in any breach or default of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or provisions of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, instrument, document, agreement or contract of any kind to which any Borrower is a party or by which any Borrower or any of its property or assets may be bound.

 

7.8                                Collateral Representations . No Person other than Borrowers, owns or has other rights in the Collateral, and the Collateral is free from any Lien of any kind, other than the Lien of Lender and Permitted Liens.

 

7.9                                SEC/TSX Documents; Financial Statements . The Issuing Borrower is a “reporting issuer” under the laws of the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario and Quebec (the “ Securities Regulators ”). The Issuing Borrower has timely filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the Securities Regulators, TSX Venture Exchange or any other Governmental Authority, as applicable (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as a “ Filing Authority ”) that requires the filing of any such items under applicable law (all of the foregoing filed within the two (2) years preceding the date hereof or amended after the date hereof and all exhibits included therein and financial statements and schedules thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, being hereinafter referred to as the “ TSX Documents ”). The Issuing Borrower is current with its filing obligations under all applicable laws, rules and regulations and all TSX Documents have been filed on a timely basis or such Issuing Borrower has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any

 

25



 

such TSX Document prior to the expiration of any such extension. Such Issuing Borrower represents and warrants that true and complete copies of the TSX Documents have been provided, or made available, to Lender. Such Issuing Borrower shall also deliver to Lender true and complete copies of all draft filings, reports, schedules, statements and other documents required to be filed with any Filing Authority that have been prepared but not filed with any applicable Filing Authority as of the date hereof. As of their respective dates, the TSX Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of all laws, rules and regulations applicable thereto, and none of the TSX Documents, at the time they were filed with any Filing Authority, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. None of the statements made in any such TSX Documents is, or has been, required to be amended or updated under applicable law (except as set forth in Schedule 7.9 or such statements as have been amended or updated in subsequent filings prior the date hereof, which amendments or updates are also part of the TSX Documents). As of their respective dates, except as set forth in Schedule 7.9 , the consolidated financial statements of the Borrowers are included in the TSX Documents (the “ Financial Statements ”), and such Financial Statements complied in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of all Filing Authorities. All of the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied, during the periods involved (except: (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such Financial Statements or the notes thereto; or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may exclude footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrowers as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments). No other information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers to the Lender which is not included in the TSX Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstance under which they are or were made, not misleading.

 

7.10                         Absence of Certain Changes . Since the date the last of the TSX Documents was filed with any Filing Authority, none of the following have occurred:

 

(a)                                  There has been no event or circumstance of any nature whatsoever that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(b)                                  Any transaction, event, action, development, payment, or any other matter of any nature whatsoever entered into by any of the Borrowers other than in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, as currently conducted.

 

7.11                         Litigation and Taxes . There is no litigation, demand, charge, claim, petition or governmental investigation or proceeding pending, or to each Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, against any Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or their respective officers or shareholders, or against or affecting any of their respective assets. In addition, there is no outstanding judgments, orders, writs, decrees or other similar matters or items against or affecting any of the Borrowers, their respective businesses or assets. No Borrower has received any material complaint from any customer, supplier, vendor or employee. Each Borrower has duly filed all applicable income or

 

26



 

other tax returns and has paid all income or other taxes when due. There is no controversy or objection pending or threatened in respect of any tax returns of any Borrower.

 

7.12                         Event of Default . No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such an Event of Default under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and no Borrower is in default (without regard to grace or cure periods) under any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which any of their respective assets are bound.

 

7.13                         ERISA Obligations . To the knowledge of each Borrower, all Employee Plans of each Borrower meet the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA, where applicable, and each such Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is qualified. No withdrawal liability has been incurred under any such Employee Plans and no “Reportable Event” or “Prohibited Transaction” (as such terms are defined in ERISA), has occurred with respect to any such Employee Plans, unless approved by the appropriate governmental agencies. To the knowledge of each Borrower, each Borrower has promptly paid and discharged all obligations and liabilities arising under the ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed might result in the imposition of a Lien against any of its properties or assets.

 

7.14                         Adverse Circumstances . No condition, circumstance, event, agreement, document, instrument, restriction, litigation or proceeding (or threatened litigation or proceeding or basis therefor) exists which: (i) could adversely affect the validity or priority of the Liens granted to Lender under the Loan Documents; (ii) could materially adversely affect the collective ability of Borrowers to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents; (iii) would constitute a default under any of the Loan Documents; (iv) would constitute such a default with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both; or (v) would constitute or give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.15                         Liabilities and Indebtedness of the Borrowers . The Borrowers do not have any Funded Indebtedness or any liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever, except: (i) as disclosed in Schedule 7.15 ; (ii) as disclosed in the Financial Statements; or (iii) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of each Borrower since the date of the last Financial Statements filed by the Borrowers with any Filing Authority which do not or would not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.16                         Lending Relationship . Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the relationship hereby created with Lender is and has been conducted on an open and arm’s length basis in which no fiduciary relationship exists and that no Borrower has relied, nor is relying on, any such fiduciary relationship in executing this Agreement and in consummating the Loans. Lender represents that it will receive the Revolving Note payable to its order as evidence of the Loans.

 

7.17                         Compliance with Regulation U . No portion of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used by any Borrower, or any Affiliates of any Borrower, either directly or indirectly, for the

 

27



 

purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, within the meaning of Regulation U as adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

7.18                         Governmental Regulation . No Borrower is, or after giving effect to any Loan, will be, subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money.

 

7.19                         Bank Accounts . The account numbers and locations of all deposit accounts, credit card payment processing accounts, merchant accounts and other bank or depository accounts of each Borrower as of the Effective Date are listed and attached hereto as Schedule 7.17 .

 

7.20                         Places of Business . The principal place of business of Borrowers, collectively, is set forth on Schedule 7.18 and each Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of any change in such location. Borrowers will not remove or permit the Collateral to be removed from such locations without the prior written consent of Lender, except for: (i) certain heavy equipment kept at third party sites when conducting business or maintenance; (ii) vehicles, containers and rolling stock; (iii) Inventory sold or leased in the usual and ordinary course of each Borrower’s businesses; and (iv) temporary removal of Collateral to other locations for repair or maintenance as may be required from time to time in each instance in the ordinary course of business of each Borrower.

 

7.21                         No General Solicitation . Neither Borrowers, nor any of their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act) in connection with the offer or issuance of the Revolving Note, the Fee shares or the shares issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note.

 

7.22                         No Integrated Offering . Neither Borrowers, nor any of their Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the Revolving Note, the Fee shares or any securities issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note under the Securities Act or cause this offering of such securities to be integrated with prior offerings by any Borrower for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

7.23                         Private Placement . Assuming the accuracy of the Lender’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 below, no registration under the Securities Act or the laws, rules or regulation of any other Governmental Authority is required for the issuance of the Revolving Note, the Fee Shares or the shares issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note as contemplated hereby.

 

7.24                         Complete Information . This Agreement and all financial statements, schedules, certificates, confirmations, agreements, contracts, and other materials submitted to Lender in connection with or in furtherance of this Agreement by or on behalf of any Borrower fully and fairly states the matters with which they purport to deal, and do not misstate any material fact

 

28



 

nor, separately or in the aggregate, fail to state any material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading.

 

7.25                         Royal Bank of Canada Lien . The Borrowers hereby confirm that the security interest held by the Royal Bank of Canada in certain property of the Borrowers under registration number 20030610 1829 1531 1308, reference file no. 895278069 affects that certain Guaranteed Investment Certificate in the amount of $1,250 issued by the Royal Bank of Canada with Certificate No. 00100093286, and any renewals and replacements thereof, but no other property or assets of any of the Borrowers.

 

8.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LENDER.

 

Lender makes the following representations and warranties to the Credit Parties, each of which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the date of each Loan made hereunder, except to the extent such representation expressly relates to an earlier date, and which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Investment Purpose . Lender is acquiring the Revolving Note, the Fee Shares or the shares issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note, for its own account, for investment only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.

 

8.2                                Accredited Investor Status . Lender is an “Accredited Investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

8.3                                Reliance on Exemptions . Lender understands that the Revolving Note, the Fee Shares or the shares issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note, are each being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that Borrowers are relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and Lender’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of Lender set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of Lender to acquire such securities.

 

8.4                                Information . Lender has been furnished with all materials relating to the business, finances and operations of Borrowers and information deemed material by Lender to making an informed investment decision regarding the Revolving Note, which have been requested by Lender. Lender has been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of Borrowers and their management. Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigations conducted by Lender or its representatives shall modify, amend or affect Lender’s right to rely on Borrowers’ representations and warranties contained in Article 7 above or in any other Loan Documents. Lender understands that its investment in the Revolving Note involves a high degree of risk. Lender is in a position regarding Borrowers, which, based upon economic bargaining power, enabled and enables Lender to obtain information from Borrowers in order to evaluate the merits and risks of this investment. Lender has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice, as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Revolving Note.

 

29



 

8.5                                No Governmental Review . Lender understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Revolving Note, or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Revolving Note, nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Revolving Note.

 

8.6                                Transfer or Resale . Lender understands that: (i) the Revolving Note, the Fee Shares and the shares issuable upon conversion of the Revolving Note, have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act or any other foreign or state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless: (A) subsequently registered thereunder; or (B) Lender shall have delivered to Borrowers an opinion of counsel, in a generally acceptable form, to the effect that such securities to be sold, assigned or transferred may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration requirements; and (ii) neither Borrowers nor any other Person is under any obligation to register such securities under the Securities Act or any foreign or state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.7                                Intentionally Left Blank .

 

8.8                                Authorization, Enforcement . This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Lender and is a valid and binding agreement of Lender enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

8.9                                Intentionally Left Blank.

 

8.10                         Due Formation of Lender. Lender is an entity that has been formed and validly exists and has not been organized for the specific purpose of purchasing the Revolving Note and is not prohibited from doing so.

 

8.11                         No Legal Advice from Borrowers . Lender acknowledges that it had the opportunity to review this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or its own legal counsel and investment and tax advisors. Lender is relying solely on such counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of Borrowers or any of their representatives or agents for legal, tax or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction; provided, however, the foregoing shall not modify, amend or affect Lender’s right to rely on Borrowers’ representations and warranties contained in Article 7 above or in any other Loan Documents.

 

9.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

9.1                                Indebtedness . No Borrower shall, either directly or indirectly, create, assume, incur or have outstanding any Funded Indebtedness (including purchase money indebtedness), or become liable, whether as endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise, for any debt or obligation of any other Person, or otherwise consummate any transaction or series of transactions involving the issuance of debt securities of any of the Borrowers, except:

 

30



 

(a)                                    the Obligations;

 

(b)                                    endorsement for collection or deposit of any commercial paper secured in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                     obligations for taxes, assessments, municipal or other governmental charges; provided , the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are insured against or bonded over to the satisfaction of Lender;

 

(d)                                    obligations for accounts payable, other than for money borrowed, incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that, any management or similar fees payable by any Borrower shall be fully subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Loans made hereunder;

 

(e)                                     obligations existing on the date hereof which are disclosed on the financial statements referred to in Section 7.9 ;

 

(f)                                      unsecured intercompany Funded Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                     Funded Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 7.15 , including any extensions or refinancings of the foregoing, which do not increase the principal amount of such Funded Indebtedness as of the date of such extension or refinancing; provided such Funded Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations owed to Lender pursuant to a subordination agreement, in form and content acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion, which shall include an indefinite standstill on remedies and payment blockage rights during any default;

 

(h)                                    Funded Indebtedness consisting of Capital Lease obligations or secured by Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (g) of the definition thereof not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time;

 

(i)                                        Contingent Liabilities arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions permitted hereunder;

 

(j)                                       Contingent Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations; and

 

(k)                                    Contingent Liabilities arising under indemnity agreements to title insurers to cause such title insurers to issue to Lender title insurance policies.

 

9.2                                Encumbrances . No Borrower shall, either directly or indirectly, create, assume, incur or suffer or permit to exist any Lien or charge of any kind or character upon any asset of any Borrower or their Subsidiaries; whether owned at the date hereof or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens or as otherwise authorized by Lender in writing.

 

9.3                                Investments . No Borrower shall, either directly or indirectly, make or have outstanding any new investments (whether through purchase of stocks, obligations or otherwise)

 

31



 

in, or loans or advances to, any other Person, or acquire all or any substantial part of the assets, business, stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of any other Person except following:

 

(a)                                    The stock or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary existing as of the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                    investments in direct obligations of the United States or any state in the United States;

 

(c)                                     trade credit extended by any Borrower in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                    investments in securities of Account Debtors received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Account Debtors;

 

(e)                                     investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 9.3 ;

 

(f)                                      Contingent Liabilities permitted pursuant to Section 9.1 ; or

 

(g)                                     Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 9.5 .

 

9.4                                Transfer; Merger . No Borrower shall, either directly or indirectly, permit a Change in Control, merge, consolidate, sell, transfer, license, lease, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property or business or all or any substantial part of its assets, or sell or discount (with or without recourse) any of its Notes (as defined in the UCC), Chattel Paper, Payment Intangibles or Accounts; provided , however , that any Borrower may:

 

(a)                                       sell or lease Inventory and Equipment in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                       upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender, any Subsidiary of any Borrower may merge with (so long as the applicable Borrower remains the surviving entity), or dissolve or liquidate into, or transfer its property to any Borrower;

 

(c)                                     dispose of used, worn-out or surplus equipment in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                    discount or write-off overdue Accounts for collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                     sell or otherwise dispose (including cancellation of Funded Indebtedness) of any Investment permitted under Section 9.3 in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(f)                                      grant Permitted Liens.

 

9.5                                Capital Expenditures . Without Lender’s prior consent, no Borrower shall make or incur obligations for any Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year.

 

9.6                                Intentionally Left Blank .

 

32



 

9.7                                Distributions; Restricted Payments . No Borrower shall: (i) purchase or redeem any shares of its stock or declare or pay any dividends or distributions, whether in cash or otherwise, set aside any funds for any such purpose or make any distribution to its shareholders, make any distribution of its property or assets or make any loans, advances or extensions of credit to, or investments in, any Persons, including, without limitation, such Borrower’s Affiliates, officers, partners or employees without the prior written consent of Lender; (ii) make any payments of any Funded Indebtedness other than as permitted hereunder; or (iii) increase the annual salary paid to any officers of any Borrower as of the Closing Date.

 

9.8                                Use of Proceeds . No Borrower, nor any of their Affiliates, shall use any portion of the proceeds of the Loans, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing any securities underwritten by any Affiliate of Lender.

 

9.9                                Business Activities; Change of Legal Status and Organizational Documents . No Borrower shall: (i) engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged in on the date hereof and business reasonably related thereto; (ii) change its name, Organizational Identification Number, its type of organization, its jurisdictions of organization or other legal structure; or (iii) permit its Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents to be amended or modified in any way which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the interests of Lender.

 

9.10                         Transactions with Affiliates . Except as set forth on Schedule 9.10 , No Borrower shall enter into any transaction with any of its Affiliates, except in the ordinary course of business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of such Borrower.

 

9.11                         Bank Accounts . No Borrower shall maintain any bank, deposit or credit card payment processing accounts with any financial institution, or any other Person, for any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower, other than Borrowers’ respective accounts listed in the attached Schedule 7.17 , and other than the Lock Box Account established pursuant to this Agreement. Specifically, no Borrower may change, modify, close or otherwise affect the Lock Box Account or any of the other accounts listed in Schedule 7.17 , without Lender’s prior written approval, which approval may be withheld or conditioned in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

10.                                AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

10.1                         Compliance with Regulatory Requirements . Upon demand by Lender, Borrowers shall reimburse Lender for Lender’s additional costs and/or reductions in the amount of principal or interest received or receivable by Lender if at any time after the date of this Agreement any law, treaty or regulation or any change in any law, treaty or regulation or the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof or any other authority having jurisdiction over Lender or the Loans, whether or not having the force of law, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve and/or special deposit requirement against or in respect of assets held by or deposits in or for the account of the Loans by Lender or impose on Lender any other condition with respect to this Agreement or the Loans, the result of which is

 

33



 

to either increase the cost to Lender of making or maintaining the Loans or to reduce the amount of principal or interest received or receivable by Lender with respect to such Loans. Said additional costs and/or reductions will be those which directly result from the imposition of such requirement or condition on the making or maintaining of such Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such additional costs which could be avoided by Lender with the exercise of reasonable conduct and diligence.

 

10.2                         Corporate Existence . Each Borrower shall at all times preserve and maintain its: (i) existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its organization; and (ii) its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary (other than such jurisdictions in which the failure to be qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and shall at all times continue as a going concern in the business which such Borrower is presently conducting.

 

10.3                         Maintain Property . Each Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and keep its plants, properties and equipment, including, but not limited to, any Collateral, in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and shall from time to time, as each Borrower deems appropriate in its reasonable judgment, make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, and additions thereto so that at all times the efficiency thereof shall be fully preserved and maintained. Each Borrower shall permit Lender to examine and inspect such plant, properties and equipment, including, but not limited to, any Collateral, at all reasonable times upon reasonable notice during business hours. During the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender shall, at Borrowers’ expense, have the right to make additional inspections without providing advance notice.

 

10.4                         Maintain Insurance . Each Borrower shall at all times insure and keep insured with insurance companies acceptable to Lender, all insurable property owned by each Borrower which is of a character usually insured by companies similarly situated and operating like properties, against loss or damage from environmental, fire and such other hazards or risks as are customarily insured against by companies similarly situated and operating like properties; and shall similarly insure employers’, public and professional liability risks. Prior to the date of the funding of any Loans under this Agreement, each Borrower shall deliver to Lender a certificate setting forth in summary form the nature and extent of the insurance maintained pursuant to this Section. All such policies of insurance must be satisfactory to Lender in relation to the amount and term of the Obligations and type and value of the Collateral and assets of each Borrower, shall identify Lender as sole/lender’s loss payee and as an additional insured. In the event any Borrower fail to provide Lender with evidence of the insurance coverage required by this Section or at any time hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above, or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, then Lender, without waiving or releasing any obligation or default by any Borrower hereunder, may at any time (but shall be under no obligation to so act), obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other action with respect thereto, which Lender deems advisable. This insurance coverage: (i) may, but need not, protect any Borrower’s interest in such property, including, but not limited to, the Collateral; and (ii) may not pay any claim made by, or against, any Borrower in connection with such property, including, but not limited to, the Collateral. Any Borrower may later cancel any such insurance purchased by Lender, but only after

 

34



 

providing Lender with evidence that the insurance coverage required by this Section is in force. The costs of such insurance obtained by Lender, through and including the effective date such insurance coverage is canceled or expires, shall be payable on demand by Borrowers to Lender, together with interest at the Default Rate on such amounts until repaid and any other charges by Lender in connection with the placement of such insurance. The costs of such insurance, which may be greater than the cost of insurance which any Borrower may be able to obtain on its own, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate and any other charges by Lender in connection with the placement of such insurance may be added to the total Obligations due and owing to the extent not paid by any applicable Borrower.

 

10.5                         Tax Liabilities .

 

(a)                                    Each Borrower shall at all times pay and discharge all property, income and other taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon, and all claims (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) against such Borrower or any of its properties, Equipment or Inventory, before the same shall become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS are being maintained.

 

(b)                                    Each Borrower shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all documentary stamps and other taxes imposed by the State of Florida in connection with the execution of this Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Revolving Note.

 

10.6                         ERISA Liabilities; Employee Plans . Each Borrower shall: (i) keep in full force and effect any and all Employee Plans which are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence under ERISA, and not withdraw from any such Employee Plans, unless such withdrawal can be effected or such Employee Plans can be terminated without liability to such Borrower; (ii) make contributions to all of such Employee Plans in a timely manner and in a sufficient amount to comply with the standards of ERISA, including the minimum funding standards of ERISA; (iii) comply with all material requirements of ERISA which relate to such Employee Plans; (iv) notify Lender immediately upon receipt by such Borrower of any notice concerning the imposition of any withdrawal liability or of the institution of any proceeding or other action which may result in the termination of any such Employee Plans or the appointment of a trustee to administer such Employee Plans; (v) promptly advise Lender of the occurrence of any “Reportable Event” or “Prohibited Transaction” (as such terms are defined in ERISA), with respect to any such Employee Plans; and (vi) amend any Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to the extent necessary to keep the Employee Plan qualified, and to cause the Employee Plan to be administered and operated in a manner that does not cause the Employee Plan to lose its qualified status.

 

10.7                         Financial Statements . Each Borrower shall at all times maintain a system of accounting capable of producing its individual and consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS (provided that monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosure, are subject to normal year end adjustments and need not be consolidated), and shall furnish to Lender or its authorized representatives such information regarding the

 

35



 

business affairs, operations and financial condition of such Borrower as Lender may from time to time request or require, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)                                    If the Revolving Loan Maturity Date is extended beyond the original term, as soon as available, and in any event, within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year, a copy of the annual audited financial statements of each Borrower, including balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings, statement of cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, in reasonable detail, prepared and reviewed by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, containing an unqualified opinion of such accountant;

 

(b)                                    as soon as available, and in any event, within sixty (60) days after the close of each fiscal quarter, a copy of the quarterly audited financial statements of each Borrower, including balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings, statement of cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, in reasonable detail, prepared and reviewed by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, containing an unqualified opinion of such accountant;

 

(c)                                     as soon as available, and in any event, within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month, a copy of the financial statements of each Borrower regarding such month, including balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings, statement of cash flows for the month then ended, in reasonable detail, prepared and certified as accurate in all material respects by the President and Chief Financial Officer of each Borrower.

 

No change with respect to such accounting principles shall be made by any Borrower without giving prior notification to Lender. Each Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that the financial statements delivered to Lender at or prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to be delivered at all times thereafter accurately reflect and will accurately reflect the financial condition of each Borrower in all material respects. Lender shall have the right at all times (and on reasonable notice so long as there then does not exist any Event of Default) during business hours to inspect the books and records of each Borrower and make extracts therefrom. Each Borrower shall at all times comply with all reporting requirements of and Filing Authority applicable to it.

 

Each Borrower agrees to advise Lender immediately, in writing, of the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect, or the occurrence of any event, circumstance or other happening that could be reasonably expected to lead to or become a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.8                         Supplemental Financial Statements . Each Borrower shall promptly upon receipt thereof, provide to Lender copies of interim and supplemental reports if any, submitted to any Borrower by independent accountants in connection with any interim audit or review of the books of any Borrower.

 

10.9                         Aged Accounts/Payables Schedules . Each Borrower shall, within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar month, deliver to Lender an aged schedule of the Accounts of each Borrower, listing the name and amount due from each Account Debtor and showing the aggregate amounts due from: (i) 0-30 days; (ii) 31-60 days; (iii) 61-90 days; (iv) 91-120 days; and (v) more than 120 days, and certified as accurate by the Chief Financial Officer and the

 

36



 

President of each Borrower. Each Borrower shall, within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar month, deliver to Lender an aged schedule of the accounts payable of each Borrower, listing the name and amount due to each creditor and showing the aggregate amounts due from: (v) 0-30 days; (w) 31-60 days; (x) 61-90 days; (y) 91-120 days; and (z) more than 120 days, and certified as accurate by the Chief Financial Officer and the President of each Borrower.

 

10.10                  Borrowing Base Certificate . Borrowers shall, on the fifteenth (15 th ) and the thirtieth (30 th ) of each calendar month, deliver to Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate.

 

10.11                  Covenant Compliance . Borrowers shall, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, deliver to Lender a Compliance Certificate showing compliance by Borrowers with the covenants therein, and certified as accurate by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrowers.

 

10.12                  Field Audits . Each Borrower shall allow Lender, at Borrowers’ sole expense (no more than four times a year so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to conduct a field examination of the assets and records of each Borrower, the results of which must be satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. The foregoing notwithstanding, from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default or any event which with notice, lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, Lender may conduct field examinations at any time in its sole discretion and the costs thereof shall be at the sole expense of Borrowers.

 

10.13                  Notice and Other Reports . Borrowers shall provide prompt written notice to Lender if at any time Borrowers fail to comply with Section 11.1 herein. In addition, Borrowers shall, within such period of time as Lender may reasonably specify, deliver to Lender such other schedules and reports as Lender may reasonably require.

 

10.14                  Collateral Records . Each Borrower shall keep full and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral and shall mark such books and records to indicate Lender’s Lien in the Collateral including, without limitation, placing a legend, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Lender, on all Chattel Paper created by Borrowers indicating that Lender has a Lien in such Chattel Paper.

 

10.15                  Notice of Proceedings . Each Borrower shall, promptly, but not more than five (5) days after knowledge thereof shall have come to the attention of any officer of such Borrower, give written notice to Lender of all threatened or pending actions, suits, and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board or other administrative agency which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.16                  Notice of Default . Each Borrower shall, promptly, but not more than five (5) days after the commencement thereof, give notice to Lender in writing of the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any event which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

 

10.17                  Environmental Matters . If any release or threatened release or other disposal of Hazardous Substances shall occur or shall have occurred on any real property or any other assets of any Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Borrower, such Borrower shall cause the

 

37



 

prompt containment and/or removal of such Hazardous Substances and the remediation and/or operation of such real property or other assets as necessary to comply with all Environmental Laws and to preserve the value of such real property or other assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower shall comply with any Federal or state judicial or administrative order requiring the performance at any real property of any Borrower of activities in response to the release or threatened release of a Hazardous Substance. To the extent that the transportation of Hazardous Substances is permitted by this Agreement, Borrowers shall dispose of such Hazardous Substances, or of any other wastes, only at licensed disposal facilities operating in compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

10.18                  Reporting Status . So long as the Revolving Note remains outstanding or Lender owns, legally or beneficially, any of the Fee Shares, each Borrower shall: (i) file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed under the securities laws and regulations of any Governmental Authority or any Filing Authority applicable to any Borrower, and, to provide a copy thereof to the Lender promptly after such filing; (ii) take all reasonable action under its control to maintain the continued listing, quotation and trading of its Common Stock (including, without limitation, the Fee Shares) on the TSX Venture Exchange or any other recognized market acceptable to Lender, in its sole discretion, and each Borrower shall comply in all respects with its reporting, filing and other Obligations under the laws or rules of the TSX Venture Exchange, any such other principal trading market or exchange approved by Lender, and any other Governmental Authorities, as applicable; and (iii) otherwise undertake any required action of any nature or kind whatsoever required in order to allow Lender to sell any of the Fee Shares after the passing of any restrictive holding period applicable thereto (the Borrowers represent to Lender that such holding period under the rules of the TSX Venture Exchange is four (4) months) and without any other legal restrictions, limitations or impediments whatsoever imposed by any laws, rules or regulations of any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, providing any required opinion letters, confirmations, resolutions, or other requirements required by Lender to sell such shares or capital stock without limitation, restriction or other impediment. Each Borrower shall promptly provide to Lender copies of any notices it receives from any Filing Authority.

 

11.                                FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

 

11.1                         Compliance with Projections . While this Agreement remains in effect, Borrowers, on a consolidated basis, shall meet at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the EBITDA figures as projected in the consolidated projections provided by Borrowers to the Lender as part of Lender’s required due diligence.

 

12.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

Borrowers, without notice or demand of any kind, shall be in default under this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

12.1                         Nonpayment of Obligations . Any amount due and owing on the Revolving Note or any of the Obligations, whether by its terms or as otherwise provided herein, is not paid on the date such amount is due.

 

38



 

12.2                         Misrepresentation . Any written warranty, representation, certificate or statement of any Borrower in this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other agreement with Lender shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made.

 

12.3                         Nonperformance . Any failure to perform or default in the performance of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (not otherwise addressed in this Article 12 ), which failure to perform or default in performance continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Borrowers receive notice or knowledge from any source of such failure to perform or default in performance (provided that if the failure to perform or default in performance is not capable of being cured, in Lender’s sole discretion, then the cure period set forth herein shall not be applicable and the failure or default shall be an immediate Event of Default hereunder).

 

12.4                         Default under Loan Documents . Any failure to perform or default in the performance by a Credit Party that continues after applicable grace and cure periods under any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement with Lender, all of which covenants, conditions and agreements are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by express reference.

 

12.5                         Default under Other Obligations . Any default by any Borrower in the payment of principal, interest or any other sum for any other obligation beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto or in the performance of any, other term, condition or covenant contained in any agreement (including, but not limited to, any capital or operating lease or any agreement in connection with the deferred purchase price of property), the effect of which default is to cause or permit the holder of such obligation (or the other party to such other agreement) to cause such obligation or agreement to become due prior to its stated maturity, to terminate such other agreement, or to otherwise modify or adversely affect such obligation or agreement in a manner that could have a Material Adverse Effect on such Borrower.

 

12.6                         Assignment for Creditors . Any Credit Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature; or if a trustee, receiver or similar position for any substantial part of the assets of such Credit Party is applied for or appointed, and in the case of such trustee, receiver or other position being appointed in a proceeding brought against such Credit Party, such Credit Party, by any action or failure to act indicates its approval of, consent to, or acquiescence in such appointment and such appointment is not vacated, stayed on appeal or otherwise shall not have ceased to continue in effect within sixty (60) days after the date of such appointment, and any of the foregoing actions or events would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of such Credit Party to perform under this Agreement or under any other agreement between the such Credit Party and Lender.

 

12.7                         Bankruptcy . Any proceeding involving a Credit Party, is commenced by or against a Credit Party under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any foreign, federal or state government, and in the case of any such proceeding being instituted against a Credit Party: (i) the Credit Party, by any action or failure to act, indicates its approval of, consent to or acquiescence therein; or (ii) an order shall be entered approving the petition in such proceedings and such order is not vacated, stayed on appeal or otherwise shall not have ceased to continue in

 

39



 

effect within sixty (60) days after the entry thereof, and any of the foregoing proceedings, actions or events would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Credit Party to perform under this Agreement or under any other agreement between the Credit Party and Lender.

 

12.8                         Judgments . The entry of any judgment, decree, levy, attachment, garnishment or other process, or the filing of any Lien against the property of a Credit Party for an amount in excess of $50,000 and which is not fully covered by insurance and such judgment or other process would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Credit Party to perform under this Agreement or under any other agreement between the Credit Party and Lender, unless such judgment or other process shall have been, within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof: (i) bonded over to the satisfaction of Lender and appealed; (ii) vacated; or (iii) discharged.

 

12.9                         Material Adverse Effect . A Material Adverse Effect shall occur and be continuing for a period of ten (10) days after Borrowers receive notice or knowledge from any source of such occurrence (provided that if the Material Adverse Effect is not capable of being cured, in Lender’s sole discretion, then the cure period set forth herein shall not be applicable and the Material Adverse Effect shall be an immediate Event of Default hereunder).

 

12.10                  Change in Control . Except as permitted under this Agreement, any Change in Control shall occur.

 

12.11                  Collateral Impairment . The entry of any judgment, decree, levy, attachment, garnishment or other process, or the filing of any Lien against, any of the Collateral or any collateral under a separate security agreement securing any of the Obligations, and such judgment or other process shall not have been, within thirty (30) days from the entry thereof: (i) bonded over to the satisfaction of Lender and appealed; (ii) vacated; or (iii) discharged, or the loss, theft, destruction, seizure or forfeiture, or the occurrence of any material deterioration or impairment of any of the Collateral or any of the Collateral under any security agreement securing any of the Obligations, or any material decline or depreciation in the value or market price thereof (whether actual or reasonably anticipated), which causes the Collateral, in the sole opinion of Lender acting in good faith, to become unsatisfactory as to value or character, or which causes Lender to reasonably believe that it is insecure and that the likelihood for repayment of the Obligations is or will soon be impaired, time being of the essence. The cause of such deterioration, impairment, decline or depreciation shall include, but is not limited to, the failure by any Borrower to do any act deemed reasonably necessary by Lender to preserve and maintain the value and collectability of the Collateral.

 

13.                                REMEDIES.

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have all rights, powers and remedies set forth in the Loan Documents, in any written agreement or instrument (other than this Agreement or the Loan Documents) relating to any of the Obligations or any security therefor, or as otherwise provided at law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender may, at its option, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, declare its commitments to Borrowers to be terminated and all Obligations to be immediately due and payable; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under either Section 12.6 , “Assignment for Creditors”, or

 

40



 

Section 12.7 , “Bankruptcy”, all commitments of Lender to Borrowers shall immediately terminate and all Obligations shall be automatically due and payable, all without demand, notice or further action of any kind required on the part of Lender. The Credit Parties hereby waive any and all presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices and demands in connection with the enforcement of Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, and hereby consent to, and waive notice of release, with or without consideration, of the Credit Parties or of any Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Loan Documents to the contrary.

 

No Event of Default shall be waived by Lender, except and unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Lender. No failure or delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the exercise of the same or any other right at any other time; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. There shall be no obligation on the part of Lender to exercise any remedy available to Lender in any order. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity. Each Credit Party agrees that in the event that a Credit Party fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its Obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, the Revolving Note, and other Loan Documents, or any other agreements with Lender, no remedy of law will provide adequate relief to Lender, and further agrees that Lender shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

14.                                MISCELLANEOUS.

 

14.1                         Obligations Absolute . None of the following shall affect the Obligations of any Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or Lender’s rights with respect to the Collateral:

 

(a)                                  acceptance or retention by Lender of other property or any interest in property as security for the Obligations;

 

(b)                                  release by Lender of all or any part of the Collateral or of any party liable with respect to the Obligations (other than Borrowers);

 

(c)                                   release, extension, renewal, modification or substitution by Lender of the Revolving Note, or any note evidencing any of the Obligations; or

 

(d)                                  failure of Lender to resort to any other security or to pursue Borrowers or any other obligor liable for any of the Obligations before resorting to remedies against the Collateral.

 

14.2                         Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents: (i) are valid, binding and enforceable against the Credit Parties and Lender in accordance with its provisions and no conditions exist as to their legal effectiveness; (ii) constitute the entire agreement between the parties; and (iii) are the final expression of the intentions of the Credit Parties and Lender. No promises, either expressed or implied, exist between the Credit Parties and Lender, unless contained herein or in the Loan Documents. This Agreement and the Loan Documents

 

41



 

supersede all negotiations, representations, warranties, commitments, offers, contracts (of any kind or nature, whether oral or written) prior to or contemporaneous with the execution hereof.

 

14.3                         Amendments; Waivers . No amendment, modification, termination, discharge or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by Borrowers therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Lender, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only for the specific purpose for which given.

 

14.4                         WAIVER OF DEFENSES . THE CREDIT PARTIES WAIVE EVERY PRESENT AND FUTURE DEFENSE, CAUSE OF ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR SETOFF WHICH THE CREDIT PARTIES MAY HAVE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF TO ANY ACTION BY LENDER IN ENFORCING THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. THE CREDIT PARTIES WAIVE ANY IMPLIED COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND RATIFY AND CONFIRM WHATEVER LENDER MAY DO PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AS OF THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER GRANTING ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION TO BORROWER.

 

14.5                         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . LENDER AND EACH OF THE CREDIT PARTIES, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES, IRREVOCABLY, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, THE COLLATERAL, OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT OR COURSE OF DEALING IN WHICH LENDER AND BORROWER (OR EITHER GUARANTOR) ARE ADVERSE PARTIES. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER GRANTING ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION TO BORROWER.

 

14.6                         JURISDICTION . TO INDUCE LENDER TO MAKE THE LOANS, EACH BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS ARISING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, AS A RESULT OR CONSEQUENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING NOTE, ANY OTHER AGREEMENT WITH LENDER OR THE COLLATERAL, SHALL BE INSTITUTED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN COURTS HAVING THEIR SITUS IN THE COUNTY OF BROWARD, FLORIDA, PROVIDED THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE LENDER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT HAVING ITS SITUS IN SAID COUNTY, AND EACH WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS. EACH BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND CONSENT THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, DIRECTED TO

 

42



 

A BORROWER, AS APPLICABLE, AS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THE MANNER PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE STATUTE, LAW, RULE OF COURT OR OTHERWISE.

 

14.7                         Assignability . Lender may at any time assign Lender’s rights in this Agreement, the Revolving Note, any Loan Document, the Obligations, or any part thereof and transfer Lender’s rights in any or all of the Collateral, and Lender thereafter shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such Collateral. In addition, Lender may at any time sell one or more participations in the Loans. The Credit Parties may not sell or assign this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement with Lender, or any portion thereof, either voluntarily or by operation of law, nor delegate any of its duties of obligations hereunder or thereunder, without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent may be withheld in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion. This Agreement shall be binding upon Lender and the Credit Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. All references herein to a Borrower shall be deemed to include any successors, whether immediate or remote. In the case of a joint venture or partnership, the term “Borrower” shall be deemed to include all joint venturers or partners thereof, who shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.

 

14.8                         Confidentiality. Each of the parties hereto shall keep confidential any information obtained from the other party (except information publicly available or in such party’s domain prior to disclosure of such information from the other party hereto, and except as required by applicable laws) and shall promptly return to the other party all schedules, documents, instruments, work papers and other written information without retaining copies thereof, previously furnished by it as a result of this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

14.9                         Publicity . Borrowers and Lender shall have the right to approve, before issuance, any press release or any other public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby made by any party; provided, however, that Borrowers shall be entitled, without the prior approval of Lender, to issue any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions required under applicable securities or other laws or regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall use their best efforts to consult Lender in connection with any such press release or other public disclosure prior to its release and Lender shall be provided with a copy thereof upon release thereof.

 

14.10                  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by Borrowers and Lender.

 

14.11                  Governing Law . This Agreement, the Loan Documents and the Revolving Note shall be delivered and accepted in and shall be deemed to be contracts made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of Florida (but giving effect to federal laws applicable to national banks), and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of such State, without giving effect to the choice of law provisions of such State.

 

14.12                  Enforceability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by, unenforceable or invalid under any jurisdiction, such provision shall as to such jurisdiction, be severable and be ineffective to the extent of such

 

43



 

prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.13                  Survival of Borrower’s Representations . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Borrower herein shall, notwithstanding any investigation by Lender, be deemed material and relied upon by Lender and shall survive the making and execution of this Agreement and the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Revolving Note, and shall be deemed to be continuing representations and warranties until such time as each Borrower has fulfilled all of its Obligations to Lender, and Lender has been paid in full. Lender, in extending financial accommodations to Borrowers, is expressly acting and relying on the aforesaid representations and warranties.

 

14.14                  Extensions of Lender’s Commitment and the Revolving Note . This Agreement shall secure and govern the terms of any extensions or renewals of Lender’s commitment hereunder and the Revolving Note pursuant to the execution of any modification, extension or renewal note executed by Borrowers and accepted by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion in substitution for the Revolving Note.

 

14.15                  Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in making payments of all amounts due Lender under this Agreement and in the performance and observance by each Borrower of each covenant, agreement, provision and term of this Agreement.

 

14.16                  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.17                  Electronic Signatures . Lender is hereby authorized to rely upon and accept as an original any Loan Documents or other communication which is sent to Lender by facsimile, telegraphic or other electronic transmission (each, a “ Communication ”) which Lender in good faith believes has been signed by a Borrower and has been delivered to Lender by a properly authorized representative of a Borrower, whether or not that is in fact the case. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall not be obligated to accept any such Communication as an original and may in any instance require that an original document be submitted to Lender in lieu of, or in addition to, any such Communication.

 

14.18                  Notices . Any notices, consents, waivers, or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same in accordance with the information below, and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) if mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the address below, then three (3) business days after deposit of same in a regularly maintained U.S. Mail receptacle; or (ii) if mailed by Federal Express, UPS or other nationally recognized overnight courier service, next business morning delivery, then one (1) business day after deposit of same in a regularly maintained receptacle of such overnight courier; or (iii) if hand delivered, then upon hand delivery thereof to the address indicated on or prior to 5:00 p.m., EST, on a Business Day. Any notice hand delivered after 5:00 p.m., EST, shall be deemed delivered on the following Business Day.

 

44



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice, consents, waivers or other communications referred to in this Agreement may be sent by facsimile, e-mail, or other method of delivery, but shall be deemed to have been delivered only when the sending party has confirmed (by reply e-mail or some other form of written confirmation) that the notice has been received by the other party. The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be as set forth below, unless such address or information is changed by a notice conforming to the requirements hereof. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances:

 

If to any Borrower:

Opel Technologies, Inc.

 

121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501

 

Toronto, ON M5H 2K1, Canada

 

Attention: Mr. Leon Pierhal

 

Telephone: (203) 612-2366

 

Facsimile: (203) 944-0800

 

E-Mail: l.m.pierhal@.opelinc.com

 

 

With a copy to:

Timothy Maguire, Esq.

 

Pierce Atwood, LLP

 

100 Summer Street, Suite 2250

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

Telephone: (617) 488-8140

 

Fax: (617) 824-2020

 

E-Mail: tmaguire@pierceatwood.com

 

 

If to the Investor:

TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP

 

1404 Rodman Street

 

Hollywood, Florida 33020

 

Attention: Robert Press, Director

 

Telephone: (786) 323-1650

 

Facsimile: (786) 323-1651

 

E-Mail: bpress@trafcap.com

 

 

With a Copy to:

David Kahan, P.A.

 

6420 Congress Ave., Suite 1800

 

Boca Raton, Florida 33487

 

Telephone: (561) 672-8330

 

Facsimile: (561) 672-8301

 

E-Mail: david@dkpalaw.com

 

14.19      Indemnification . Each Borrower agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Lender and all of its officers, directors, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (each, a Lender Indemnitee and collectively, the Lender Indemnitees ) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and distributions of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, the

 

45



 

disbursements and the reasonable fees of counsel for each Lender Indemnitee thereto), which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, any Lender Indemnitee (whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or local laws or regulations, including, without limitation, securities, Environmental Laws and commercial laws and regulations, under common law or in equity, or based on contract or otherwise) in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or any act, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, the making or issuance and management of the Loans, the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loans, the enforcement of Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Revolving Note, any other instruments and documents delivered hereunder, or under any other agreement between Borrowers and Lender; provided, however, that Borrowers shall not have any obligations hereunder to any Lender Indemnitee with respect to matters caused by or resulting from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Lender Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrowers shall satisfy such undertaking to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, cost or expense covered by this indemnity shall be paid to each Lender Indemnitee on demand, and, failing prompt payment, shall, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date incurred by each Lender Indemnitee until paid by Borrowers, be added to the Obligations of Borrowers and be secured by the Collateral. The provisions of this Section shall survive the satisfaction and payment of the other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

14.20      Release . In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants made herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, each Borrower hereby agrees to fully, finally and forever release and forever discharge and covenant not to sue Lender, and/or and its parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, and their respective attorneys, officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, employees, predecessors, successors, assigns, personal representatives, partners, heirs and executors from any and all debts, fees, attorneys’ fees, liens, costs, expenses, damages, sums of money, accounts, bonds, bills, covenants, promises, judgments, charges, demands, claims, causes of action, suits, liabilities, expenses, obligations or contracts of any kind whatsoever, whether in law or in equity, whether asserted or unasserted, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, under statute or otherwise, from the beginning of time through the Closing Date, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any and all claims relating to or arising out of any financing transactions, credit facilities, debentures, security agreements, and other agreements including, without limitation, each of the Loan Documents, entered into by any Borrower with Lender and any and all claims that any Borrower does not know or suspect to exist, whether through ignorance, oversight, error, negligence, or otherwise, and which, if known, would materially affect their decision to enter into this Agreement or the related Loan Documents.

 

14.21      Interpretation . If any provision in this Agreement requires judicial or similar interpretation, the judicial or other such body interpreting or construing such provision shall not apply the assumption that the terms hereof shall be more strictly construed against one party because of the rule that an instrument must be construed more strictly against the party which

 

46



 

itself or through its agents prepared the same. The parties hereby agree that all parties and their agents have participated in the preparation hereof equally.

 

14.22      Compliance with Federal Law . The Credit Parties shall: (i) ensure that no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls a Credit Party is or shall be listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List or other similar lists maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control ( OFAC ), the Department of the Treasury, included in any Executive Orders or any other similar lists from any government, foreign or national; (ii) not use or permit the use of the proceeds of the Loans to violate any of the foreign asset control regulations of OFAC or any enabling statute or Executive Order relating thereto, or any other similar national or foreign governmental regulations; and (iii) comply, and cause each of such Credit Party’s Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable Lender Secrecy Act ( BSA ) laws and regulations, as amended. As required by federal law and Lender’s policies and practices, Lender may need to obtain, verify and record certain customer identification information and documentation in connection with opening or maintaining accounts or establishing or continuing to provide services.

 

14.23      Joint and Several Liability . The liability of all Borrowers hereunder for the Obligations, or for the performance of any other term, condition, covenant or agreement of any Borrower hereunder, shall be joint and several.

 

14.24      Non-U.S. Status . THE LENDER IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD THAT THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER MAY BE SOLD OR RESOLD ONLY TO NON-U.S. PERSONS. THE INTEREST PAYABLE HEREUNDER IS PAYABLE ONLY OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES. ANY U.S. PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAW.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK, SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

47



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrowers and Lender have executed this Credit Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWERS :

 

 

 

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

ODIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

Title:

President & CEO

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

Name:

Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER :

 

 

 

 

 

TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

TCA Global Credit Fund GP, Ltd.

 

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Press

 

 

Name:

Robert Press

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

48



 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit B

Form of Covenant Compliance Certificate

Exhibit C

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit D

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit E

Form of Validity Guaranty

 

INDEX OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 7.1

Organizational Id Numbers and Past Names

Schedule 7.3

Capitalization, Securities and Other Rights

Schedule 7.9

Financial Statements

Schedule 7.15

Liabilities and Funded Indebtedness

Schedule 7.17

Bank Accounts and Deposit Accounts

Schedule 7.18

Places of Business

Schedule 9.3

Existing Investments

Schedule 9.10

Transactions with Affiliates

 

49



 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 



 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Date:                    

 

To: TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of                  , 20   , by and among Opel Technologies, Inc., Odis, Inc., Opel Solar, Inc. and TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

                               , the                       of the Borrowers, hereby certifies and warrants that the following schedule and supporting information accurately state the Borrowing Base Amount of the Borrowers as of the date hereof:

 

A. Eligible Accounts

 

$

 

 

B. Lender adjustments, if applicable

 

$

 

 

C. Available Eligible Accounts (line A minus line B)

 

$

 

 

D. Advance Rate (Eligible Accounts)

 

[80]

%

E. Borrowing Base Amount (line C multiplied by line D)

 

$

 

 

F. Revolving Loan Commitment

 

$

 

 

G. Revolving Loan Availability (lesser of lines E and F)

 

$

 

 

H. Aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding

 

$

 

 

I. Borrowing Availability (line G minus line H)

 

$

 

 

 

Attached hereto is the schedule showing Eligible Accounts. The undersigned hereby certifies and warrants that the information provided therein is true, complete and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.

 

The undersigned further certifies and warrants that there has been no Material Adverse Effect, and that, to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, no default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement is existing on the date of this certification.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Borrowing Base Certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

ODIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[ATTACH ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES SCHEDULE]

 

Borrowing Base Certificate- Signature Page

 

2



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Covenant Compliance Certificate

 



 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP

1404 Rodman Street

Hollywood, Florida 33020

Attention: Bob Press

Facsimile: 786-323-1651

 

Re:                Opel Technologies, Inc., Odis, Inc. and Opel Solar, Inc. (collectively “ Borrowers ”) Covenant Compliance Certificate for the Period Ending on                   , 20    (the “ Reporting Date ”)

 

Dear Bob:

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Borrowers and TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP (“ Lender ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 10.11 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, the                    of each of the Borrowers, hereby certifies to Lender that: (a) all representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the Reporting Date; (b) the undersigned has no knowledge of any default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement that has not been cured or waived, except as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto; (c) Borrowers are in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement; (d) to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, Borrowers have, in all material respects, observed and performed all of its other covenants and other agreements, and has satisfied every condition contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it during the calendar month ending on the Reporting Date; and (e) attached hereto as Schedule 2 are the computations necessary to determine that Borrowers are in compliance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement as of the Reporting Date referenced above.

 

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned President, Manager or other chief executive of each Borrower hereby certifies to the above as of the Reporting Date.

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

ODIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Events of Default

 



 

Schedule 2 to Compliance Certificate

 

1.                                       Projections Compliance (Section 11.1)

 

As of the Reporting Date:

 

(a)                    While the Credit Agreement remains in effect, Borrowers, on a consolidated basis, shall meet at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the EBITDA figures as projected in the consolidated projections provided by Borrowers to the Lender as part of Lender’s required due diligence (the “ Projections ”).

 

(b)                    Attached hereto is a comparison of the Projections to the actual figures for the periods covered thereby. Borrowers certify that they [are/are not] in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 



 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Revolving Note

 



 

REVOLVING NOTE

 

$850,000.00

Date: as of March 30, 2012

 

Due Date: April 9, 2013

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an Ontario corporation, ODIS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and OPEL SOLAR, INC., a Delaware corporation, whose address is 121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501, Toronto, ON M5H 2K1, Canada (collectively, the Borrowers ), jointly, severally and collectively promise to pay to the order of TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP (hereinafter, together with any holder hereof, “ Lender ”), whose address is 1404 Rodman Street, Hollywood, Florida 33020, on or before April    , 2013 (the Revolving Loan Maturity Date ), the lesser of: (i) EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($850,000.00); or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding under and pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March 30, 2012, executed by and among Borrowers and Lender, as amended from time to time (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), and made available by Lender to Borrowers at the maturity or maturities and in the amount or amounts stated on the records of Lender, together with interest (computed on the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 360 day year) on the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding from time to time, as provided in the Credit Agreement. Capitalized words and phrases not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Revolving Note ( Note ) evidences the Revolving Loans incurred by Borrowers under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the Revolving Loan Maturity Date or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, of even date herewith, executed by and between each of the Borrowers and Lender. All Revolving Loans shall be repaid by Borrowers on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date, unless payable sooner pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

Principal and interest shall be paid to Lender as set forth in the Credit Agreement, or at such other place as the holder of this Note shall designate in writing to Borrowers. Each Revolving Loan made by Lender, and all payments on account of the principal and interest thereof shall be recorded on the books and records of Lender and the principal balance as shown on such books and records, or any copy thereof certified by an officer of Lender, shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing hereunder.

 

Except for such notices as may be required under the terms of the Credit Agreement, each Borrower waives presentment, demand, notice, protest, and all other demands, or notices, in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence.

 

Borrowers shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all documentary stamps and other taxes applicable to the full face amount of this Note.

 

1



 

The Revolving Loans evidenced hereby have been made and/or issued and this Note has been delivered at Lender’s main office set forth above. This Note shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, in which state it shall be performed, and shall be binding upon Borrowers and their legal representatives, successors, and assigns. Wherever possible, each provision of the Credit Agreement and this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of the Credit Agreement or this Note shall be prohibited by or be invalid under such law, such provision shall be severable, and be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Credit Agreement or this Note.

 

Nothing herein contained, nor in any instrument or transaction relating hereto, shall be construed or so operate as to require any Borrower, or any person liable for the payment of this Note, to pay interest in an amount or at a rate grater than the highest rate permissible under applicable law. By acceptance hereof, Lender hereby warrants and represents to Borrowers that Lender has no intention of charging a usurious rate of interest. Should any interest or other charges paid by Borrowers, or any parties liable for the payments made pursuant to this Note, result in the computation or earning of interest in excess of the highest rate permissible under applicable law, any and all such excess shall be and the same is hereby waived by the holder hereof. Lender shall make adjustments in the Note or Credit Agreement, as applicable, as necessary to ensure that Borrowers will not be required to pay further interest in excess of the amount permitted by Florida law. All such excess shall be automatically credited against and in reduction of the outstanding principal balance. Any portion of such excess which exceeds the outstanding principal balance shall be paid by the holder hereof to the Lender and any parties liable for the payment of this Note, it being the intent of the parties hereto that under no circumstances shall Borrowers, or any party liable for the payments hereunder, be required to pay interest in excess of the highest rate permissible under applicable law.

 

Borrowers’ obligations hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has executed this Note as of the date set forth above.

 

BORROWERS :

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

ODIS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OPEL SOLAR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Signature Page — Revolving Note

 

3



 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Security Agreement

 



 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “ Security Agreement ”) dated effective as of March 30, 2012, is executed by Opel Technologies, Inc., an Ontario corporation (as “ Debtor ”), with its chief executive offices located at 121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501, Toronto, ON M5H 2K1, Canada, and TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP (the “ Secured Party ”).

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

WHEREAS, Debtor desires to borrow funds and obtain financial accommodations from Secured Party pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith among Debtor and Secured Party (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the credit extended now and in the future by Secured Party to the Debtor and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

 

A G R E E M E N T S:

 

1              DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1                                Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Security Agreement (including the Recitals) shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. For the purposes of this Security Agreement, the following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Capital Securities ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now outstanding or issued or acquired after the date hereof, including common shares, preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited or general partnership interests in a partnership or any other equivalent of such ownership interest.

 

(b)                                  Collateral ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Obligor ” shall mean Debtor, or any other party liable with respect to the Obligations.

 

(d)                                  Organizational Identification Number ” means, with respect to Debtor, the organizational identification number assigned to Debtor by the applicable governmental unit or agency of the jurisdiction of organization of Debtor, if any.

 

(e)                                   Taxes ” shall mean any and all present and future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, charges or withholdings, and any and all liabilities (including interest and penalties and other additions to taxes) with respect to the foregoing.

 

1



 

(f)                                    Unmatured Event of Default ” shall mean any event which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

1.2                                Other Terms Defined in UCC . All other capitalized words and phrases used herein and not otherwise specifically defined herein or in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC, to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

1.3                                Other Interpretive Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and vice versa, and in particular the word “Debtor” shall be so construed.

 

(b)                                  Section and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement

 

(c)                                   The term “including” is not limiting, and means “including, without limitation”.

 

(d)                                  In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein: (i) references to agreements (including this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document; and (ii) references to any statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation.

 

(f)                                    To the extent any of the provisions of the other Loan Documents are inconsistent with the terms of this Security Agreement, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall govern.

 

(g)                                   This Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and each shall be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

2



 

2                                          SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS.

 

2.1                                Security for Obligations . As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, Debtor does hereby pledge, assign, transfer, deliver and grant to Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, a continuing and unconditional first priority security interest in and to any and all property of Debtor, of any kind or description, tangible or intangible, wheresoever located and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, including the following (all of which property for Debtor, along with the products and proceeds therefrom, are individually and collectively referred to as the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  all property of, or for the account of, Debtor now or hereafter coming into the possession, control or custody of, or in transit to, Secured Party or any agent or bailee for Secured Party or any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Secured Party or any participant with Secured Party in the Obligations (whether for safekeeping, deposit, collection, custody, pledge, transmission or otherwise), including all cash, earnings, dividends, interest, or other rights in connection therewith and the products and proceeds therefrom, including the proceeds of insurance thereon; and

 

(b)                                  the additional property of Debtor, whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, and wherever now or hereafter located, together with all additions and accessions thereto, substitutions, betterments and replacements therefor, products and Proceeds therefrom, and all of Debtor’s books and records and recorded data relating thereto (regardless of the medium of recording or storage), together with all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain and process any such records or data on electronic media, identified and set forth as follows:

 

(i)                                      All Accounts and all goods whose sale, lease or other disposition by Debtor has given rise to Accounts and have been returned to, or repossessed or stopped in transit by, Debtor, or rejected or refused by an Account Debtor;

 

(ii)                                   All Inventory, including raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods;

 

(iii)                                All goods (other than Inventory), including embedded software, Equipment, vehicles, furniture and Fixtures;

 

(iv)                               All Software and computer programs;

 

(v)                                  All Securities, Investment Property, Financial Assets and Deposit Accounts, specifically including the Lock Box Account, and all funds at any time deposited therewith;

 

(vi)                               All Chattel Paper, Electronic Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents, Letter of Credit Rights, all proceeds of letters of credit, Health-Care-Insurance Receivables, Supporting Obligations, notes secured by real estate, Commercial Tort Claims and General Intangibles, including Payment Intangibles; and

 

3



 

(vii)                            All real estate property owned by Debtor and the interest of Debtor in fixtures related to such real property;

 

(viii)                         All Proceeds (whether Cash Proceeds or Non-cash Proceeds) of the foregoing property, including all insurance policies and proceeds of insurance payable by reason of loss or damage to the foregoing property, including unearned premiums, and of eminent domain or condemnation awards.

 

2.2                                Possession and Transfer of Collateral . Until an Event of Default has occurred, but subject to Secured Party’s rights under the Credit Agreement (specifically with respect to Secured Party’s rights to use and apply money in the Lock Box Account), Debtor shall be entitled to possession and use of the Collateral (other than Instruments or Documents (including Tangible Chattel Paper and Investment Property consisting of certificated securities) and other Collateral required to be delivered to Secured Party pursuant to this Section 2 ). The cancellation or surrender of any promissory note evidencing an Obligation, upon payment or otherwise, shall not affect the right of Secured Party to retain the Collateral for any other of the Obligations, except upon payment in full of the Obligations. Debtor shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise), license, lease or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to any of the Collateral, except as permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

2.3                                Financing Statements . Debtor authorizes Secured Party to prepare and file such financing statements, amendments and other documents and do such acts as Secured Party deems necessary in order to establish and maintain valid, attached and perfected, first priority security interests in the Collateral in favor of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, free and clear of all Liens and claims and rights of third parties whatsoever, except Permitted Liens. Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes Secured Party at any time, and from time to time, to file in any U.S. or foreign jurisdiction, any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that: (a) indicate the Collateral: (i) is comprised of all assets of Debtor (or words of similar effect), regardless of whether any particular asset comprising a part of the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC or other similar laws of other jurisdictions, of the jurisdiction wherein such financing statement or amendment is filed; or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or within greater detail as the grant of the security interest set forth herein; and (b) contain any other information required by the UCC or any other similar law of the jurisdiction wherein such financing statement or amendment is filed regarding the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including: (A) whether Debtor is an organization, the type of organization and any Organizational Identification Number issued to Debtor; and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating Collateral as as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which the Collateral relates. Debtor agrees to furnish any such information to Secured Party promptly upon request. In addition, Debtor shall make appropriate entries on its books and records disclosing the security interests of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in the Collateral. Debtor hereby agrees that a photogenic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement is sufficient for filing as a financing statement and Debtor authorizes Secured Party to file this Security Agreement as a financing statement in any jurisdiction.

 

4



 

2.4                                Preservation of the Collateral . Secured Party may, but is not required to, take such actions from time to time as Secured Party deems appropriate to maintain or protect the Collateral. Secured Party shall have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Secured Party takes such action as Debtor shall reasonably request in writing which is not inconsistent with Secured Party’s status as a secured party, but the failure of Secured Party to comply with any such request shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care; provided , however , Secured Party’s responsibility for the safekeeping of the Collateral shall: (i) be deemed reasonable if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Secured Party accords its own property; and (ii) not extend to matters beyond the control of Secured Party, including acts of God, war, insurrection, riot or governmental actions. In addition, any failure of Secured Party to preserve or protect any rights with respect to the Collateral against prior or third parties, or to do any act with respect to preservation of the Collateral, not so requested by Debtor, shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care in the custody or preservation of the Collateral. Debtor shall have the sole responsibility for taking such action as may be necessary, from time to time, to preserve all rights of Debtor and Secured Party in the applicable Collateral against prior or third parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where Collateral consists, in whole or in part, of Capital Securities, Debtor represents to, and covenants with, Secured Party that Debtor has made arrangements for keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting the Capital Securities (including rights to convert or subscribe, payment of dividends, reorganization or other exchanges, tender offers and voting rights), and Debtor agrees that Secured Party shall have no responsibility or liability for informing Debtor of any such or other changes or potential changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect thereto.

 

2.5                                Other Actions as to any and all Collateral . Debtor further agrees to take any other action reasonably requested by Secured Party to ensure the attachment, perfection and first priority of, and the ability of Secured Party to enforce, the security interest of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in any and all of the Collateral, including: (i) causing Secured Party’s name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the bank to enforce, the security interest of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in such Collateral; (ii) complying with any provision of any statute, regulation or treaty of the United States as to any material portion of the Collateral as soon as possible but not more than forty-five (45) days after such request if compliance with such provision is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of Secured Party to enforce, the security interest of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in such Collateral; (iii) obtaining governmental and other third party consents and approvals, including, without limitation, any consent of any licensor, lessor or other Person with authority or control over or an interest in any material portion of the Collateral as soon as possible but not more than forty-five (45) days after such request; (iv) obtaining waivers from mortgagees and landlords in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party which affect any material portion of the Collateral as soon as possible but not more than forty-five (45) days after such request; and (v) taking all actions required by the UCC in effect from time to time or by other law, as applicable in any relevant UCC jurisdiction, or by other law as applicable in any foreign jurisdiction. Debtor further agrees to indemnify and hold Secured Party harmless against claims of any Persons not a party to this Security Agreement concerning disputes arising over the Collateral,

 

5



 

except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party or its Affiliates.

 

2.6                                Collateral in the Possession of a Warehouseman or Bailee . If any material portion of the Collateral at any time is in the possession of a warehouseman or bailee, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party thereof, and, as soon as possible, but not more than forty-five (45) days later, shall obtain a Collateral Access Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party from such warehouseman or bailee.

 

2.7                                Letter-of-Credit Rights . If Debtor at any time is a beneficiary under a letter of credit now or hereafter issued in favor of Debtor, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party thereof and, at the request and option of Secured Party, Debtor shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, either: (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, of the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit; or (ii) arrange for Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, to become the transferee beneficiary of the letter of credit, with Secured Party agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter to credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.8                                Commercial Tort Claims . If Debtor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party in writing signed by Debtor of the details thereof and grant to Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in such written notice or other written instrument, a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Security Agreement, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, and shall execute any amendments hereto deemed reasonably necessary by Secured Party to perfect the security interest of Secured Party, for its own benefit and as agent for its Affiliates, in such Commercial Tort Claim.

 

2.9                                Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . If Debtor at any time holds or acquires an interest in any electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party thereof and, at the request of Secured Party, shall take such action as Secured Party may reasonably request to vest in Secured Party control under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. Secured Party agrees with Debtor that Secured Party will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party and so long as such procedures will not result in Secured Party’s loss of control, for Debtor to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, for a party in control to make without loss of control.

 

6



 

2.10                         General Intangibles and Intellectual Property . The Debtor, at the Debtor’s expense, immediately upon request by Secured Party, shall promptly execute and file with the appropriate Governmental Authority, all notices of security interest for each relevant type of Software and other General Intangibles in forms suitable for filing with any United States or foreign office handling the registration or filing of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual properly and any successor office or agency thereto, and provide evidence of such notices and filing to Secured Party.

 

3                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Debtor makes the following representations and warranties to Secured Party:

 

3.1                                Debtor Organization and Name . Debtor is a corporation duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full and adequate power to carry on and conduct its business as presently conducted. Debtor is duly licensed or qualified in all foreign jurisdictions wherein the nature of its activities requires such qualification or licensing. Debtor’s Organizational Identification Number is set forth in the Credit Agreement. The exact legal name of Debtor is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Security Agreement, and Debtor currently does not conduct, nor has it during the last five (5) years conducted, business under any other name or trade name, except as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

3.2                                Authorization . Debtor has full right, power and authority to enter into this Security Agreement and to perform all of its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents will not, nor will the observance or performance of any of the matters and things herein or therein set forth, violate or contravene any provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of Debtor. All necessary and appropriate action has been taken on the part of Debtor to authorize the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement.

 

3.3                                Validity and Binding Nature . This Security Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Debtor, enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

3.4                                Consent; Absence of Breach . The execution, delivery and performance of this Security Agreement and any other documents or instruments to be executed and delivered by Debtor in connection herewith, do not and will not: (a) require any consent, approval, authorization, or filings with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any governmental authority or any other Person (other than filings or notices pursuant to federal or state securities laws or other than any consent or approval which has been obtained and is in full force and effect); (b) conflict with: (i) any provision of law or any applicable regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority; (ii) the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organic or governance document of Debtor; or (iii) any agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, which is binding upon Debtor or any of its properties or assets; or (c) require, or result in, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Debtor, other than Liens in favor of Secured Party created pursuant to this Security Agreement and Permitted Liens.

 

7



 

3.5                                Ownership of Collateral; Liens . Debtor is the sole owner of all the Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, charges and claims (including infringement claims with respect to patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights), other than Permitted Liens.

 

3.6                                Adverse Circumstances . No condition, circumstance, event, agreement, document, instrument, restriction, litigation or proceeding (or threatened litigation or proceeding or basis therefor) exists which: (i) would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Debtor; or (ii) would constitute an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default.

 

3.7                                Security Interest . This Security Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of Secured Party in the Collateral and, when properly perfected by filing in the appropriate jurisdictions, or by possession or Control of such Collateral by Secured Party or delivery of such Collateral to Secured Party, shall constitute a valid, perfected, first-priority security interest in such Collateral. The Debtor represents and warrants that filing of a financing statement with the Personal Property Security Registration System of the Province of Ontario is sufficient to perfect Secured Party’s security interest in all Collateral.

 

3.8                                Place of Business . The principal place of business and books and records of Debtor is set forth in the preamble to this Security Agreement, and the location of all Collateral, if other than at such principal place of business, is as set forth on Schedule 3.8 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party of any change in such locations. Debtor will not remove or permit the Collateral to be removed from such locations without the prior written consent of Secured Party, except as permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

3.9                                Complete Information . This Security Agreement and all financial statements, schedules, certificates, confirmations, agreements, contracts, and other materials and information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished in writing by Debtor to Secured Party for purposes of, or in connection with, this Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is, and all written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Debtor to Secured Party pursuant hereto or in connection herewith will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and none of such information is or will be incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading in light of the circumstances under which made (it being recognized by Secured Party that any projections and forecasts provided by Debtor are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Debtor to be reasonable as of the date of the applicable projections or assumptions and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from projected or forecasted results).

 

4                                          REMEDIES.

 

Upon the occurrence of any default in the payment or performance of any of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Security Agreement or any other Event of Default, Secured Party shall have all rights, powers and remedies set forth in this Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents or in any other written agreement or instrument relating to any of the Obligations or any security therefor, as a secured party under the UCC or as

 

8



 

otherwise provided at law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party may, at its option upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, declare its commitments to Debtor to be terminated and all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, or, if provided in the Loan Documents, all commitments of Secured Party to Debtor shall immediately terminate and all Obligations shall be automatically due and payable, all without demand, notice or further action of any kind required on the part of Secured Party. Debtor hereby waives any and all presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices and demands in connection with the enforcement of Secured Party’s rights under the Loan Documents, and hereby consents to, and waives notice of release, with or without consideration, of any Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Loan Documents to the contrary. In addition to the foregoing:

 

4.1                                Possession and Assembly of Collateral . Secured Party may, without notice, demand or the initiation of legal process of any kind, take possession of any or all of the Collateral (in addition to Collateral of which Secured Party already has possession), wherever it may be found, and for that purpose may pursue the same wherever it may be found, and may at any time enter into any of Debtor’s premises where any of the Collateral may be or is supposed to be, and search for, take possession of, remove, keep and store any of the Collateral until the same shall be sold or otherwise disposed of and Secured Party shall have the right to store and conduct a sale of the same in any of Debtor’s premises without cost to Secured Party. At Secured Party’s request, Debtor will, at Debtor’s sole expense, assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place or places to be designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to Secured Party and Debtor.

 

4.2                                Sale of Collateral . Secured Party may sell any or all of the Collateral at public or private sale, upon such terms and conditions as Secured Party may deem proper, and Secured Party may purchase any or all of the Collateral at any such sale. Debtor acknowledges that Secured Party may be unable to effect a public sale of all or any portion of the Collateral because of certain legal and/or practical restrictions and provisions which may be applicable to the Collateral and, therefore, may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of offerees and purchasers. Debtor consents to any such private sale so made even though at places and upon terms less favorable than if the Collateral were sold at public sale. Secured Party shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. Secured Party may apply the net proceeds, after deducting all costs, expenses, attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees incurred or paid at any time in the collection, protection and sale of the Collateral and the Obligations, to the payment of the Obligations, returning the excess proceeds, if any, to Debtor. Debtor shall remain liable for any amount remaining unpaid after such application, with interest at the Default Rate. Any notification of intended disposition of the Collateral required by law shall be conclusively deemed reasonably and properly given if given by Secured Party at least ten (10) calendar days before the date of such disposition. Debtor hereby confirms, approves and ratifies all acts and deeds of Secured Party relating to the foregoing, and each part thereof, and expressly waives any and all claims of any nature, kind or description which it has or may hereafter have against Secured Party or its representatives, by reason of taking, selling or collecting any portion of the Collateral. Debtor consents to releases of the Collateral at any time (including prior to default) and to sales of the Collateral in groups, parcels or portions, or as an entirety, as Secured Party shall deem appropriate. Debtor expressly absolves Secured Party from

 

9



 

any loss or decline in market value of any Collateral by reason of delay in the enforcement or assertion or non-enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Security Agreement.

 

4.3                                Standards for Exercising Remedies . To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on Secured Party to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, Debtor acknowledges and agrees that it is not commercially unreasonable for Secured Party: (i) to incur expenses deemed necessary by Secured Party to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work-in-process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition; (ii) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of; (iii) to fail to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove liens or encumbrances on or any adverse claims against Collateral; (iv) to exercise collection remedies against Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists; (v) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature; (vi) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as Debtor, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral; (vii) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature; (viii) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets; (ix) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets; (x) to disclaim disposition warranties, including any warranties of title; (xi) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure Secured Party against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to Secured Party a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral; or (xii) to the extent deemed appropriate by Secured Party, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist Secured Party in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Debtor acknowledges that the purpose of this section is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by Secured Party would not be commercially unreasonable in Secured Party’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by Secured Party shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to grant any rights to Debtor or to impose any duties on Secured Party that would not have been granted or imposed by this Security Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section.

 

4.4                                UCC and Offset Rights . Secured Party may exercise, from time to time, any and all rights and remedies available to it under the UCC or under any other applicable law in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights and remedies expressly granted in this Security Agreement or in any other agreements between any Obligor and Secured Party, and may, without demand or notice of any kind, appropriate and apply toward the payment of such of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, including costs of collection and attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees and costs, and in such order of application as Secured Party may, from time to time, elect, any indebtedness of Secured Party to any Obligor, however created or arising, including balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of such Obligor in the possession,

 

10



 

control or custody of, or in transit to Secured Party. Debtor, on behalf of itself and any Obligor, hereby waives the benefit of any law that would otherwise restrict or limit Secured Party in the exercise of its right, which is hereby acknowledged, to appropriate at any time hereafter any such indebtedness owing from Secured Party to any Obligor.

 

4.5                                Additional Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party shall have the right and power to:

 

(a)                                  instruct Debtor, at its own expense, to notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral, including any Account Debtors, to make payment directly to Secured Party of any amounts due or to become due thereunder, or Secured Party may directly notify such obligors of the security interest of Secured Party, and/or of the assignment to Secured Party of the Collateral and direct such obligors to make payment to Secured Party of any amounts due or to become due with respect thereto, and thereafter, collect any such amounts due on the Collateral directly from such Persons obligated thereon;

 

(b)                                  enforce collection of any of the Collateral, including any Accounts, by suit or otherwise, or make any compromise or settlement with respect to any of the Collateral, or surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise, extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any indebtedness thereunder;

 

(c)                                   take possession or control of any proceeds and products of any of the Collateral, including the proceeds of insurance thereon;

 

(d)                                  extend, renew or modify for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period) the Obligations or any obligation of any nature of any other obligor with respect to the Obligations;

 

(e)                                   grant releases, compromises or indulgences with respect to the Obligations, any extension or renewal of any of the Obligations, any security therefor, or to any other obligor with respect to the Obligations;

 

(f)                                    transfer the whole or any part of Capital Securities which may constitute Collateral into the name of Secured Party or Secured Party’s nominee without disclosing, if Secured Party so desires, that such Capital Securities so transferred are subject to the security interest of Secured Party, and any corporation, association, or any of the managers or trustees of any trust issuing any of such Capital Securities, or any transfer agent, shall not be bound to inquire, in the event that Secured Party or such nominee makes any further transfer of such Capital Securities, or any portion thereof, as to whether Secured Party or such nominee has the right to make such further transfer, and shall not be liable for transferring the same;

 

(g)                                   vote the Collateral;

 

(h)                                  make an election with respect to the Collateral under Section 1111 of the Bankruptcy Code or take action under Section 364 or any other section of Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that any such action of Secured Party as set forth herein shall not, in any manner whatsoever, impair or affect the liability of Debtor hereunder, nor prejudice, waive, nor

 

11



 

be construed to impair, affect, prejudice or waive Secured Party’s rights and remedies at law, in equity or by statute, nor release, discharge, nor be construed to release or discharge, Debtor, any guarantor or other Person liable to Secured Party for the Obligations; and

 

(i)                                      at any time, and from time to time, accept additions to, releases, reductions, exchanges or substitution of the Collateral, without in any way altering, impairing, diminishing or affecting the provisions of this Security Agreement, the Loan Documents, or any of the other Obligations, or Secured Party’s rights hereunder, under the Obligations.

 

Debtor hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Secured Party may do with respect to the Collateral and agrees that Secured Party shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistakes of fact or law with respect to actions taken in connection with the Collateral.

 

4.6                                Attorney-in-Fact . Debtor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Secured Party (and any officer of Secured Party or any Person designated by Secured Party for that purpose) as Debtor’s true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact (and agent-in-fact) in Debtor’s name, place and stead, with full power of substitution, to: (i) take such actions as are permitted in this Security Agreement; (ii) execute such financing statements and other documents and to do such other acts as Secured Party may require to perfect and preserve Secured Party’s security interest in, and to enforce such interests in the Collateral; and (iii) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, carry out any remedy provided for in this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or otherwise at law or in equity, including endorsing Debtor’s name to checks, drafts, instruments and other items of payment, and proceeds of the Collateral, executing change of address forms with the postmaster of the United States Post Office serving the address of Debtor, changing the address of Debtor to that of Secured Party, opening all envelopes addressed to Debtor and applying any payments contained therein to the Obligations, and changing any merchant accounts or instructions to Payment Processing Companies regarding any credit/debit card payments from Account Debtors. Debtor hereby acknowledges that the constitution and appointment of such proxy and attorney-in-fact are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable. Debtor hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue of any provision of this Security Agreement.

 

4.7                                No Marshaling . Secured Party shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including this Security Agreement and the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order. To the extent that it lawfully may, Debtor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Secured Party’s rights under this Security Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, Debtor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

 

4.8                                No Waiver . No Event of Default shall be waived by Secured Party except in writing. No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the exercise of the same or any other right at any other time; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude

 

12



 

any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. There shall be no obligation on the part of Secured Party to exercise any remedy available to Secured Party in any order. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity. Debtor agrees that in the event that Debtor fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its Obligations or liabilities under this Security Agreement or any other agreements with Secured Party, no remedy of law will provide adequate relief to Secured Party, and further agrees that Secured Party shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

4.9                                Application of Proceeds . Secured Party will, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of cash or solvent credits from collection of items of payment, proceeds of Collateral or any other source, apply the whole or any part thereof against the Obligations secured hereby. Secured Party shall further have the exclusive right to determine how, when and what application of such payments and such credits shall be made on the Obligations, and such determination shall be conclusive upon Debtor. Any proceeds of any disposition by Secured Party of all or any part of the Collateral may be first applied by Secured Party to the payment of expenses incurred by Secured Party in connection with the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses and costs as provided for in Section 5.13 hereof.

 

5                                          MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1                                Entire Agreement . This Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents: (i) are valid, binding and enforceable against Debtor and Secured Party in accordance with their respective provisions and no conditions exist as to their legal effectiveness; (ii) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; and (iii) are the final expression of the intentions of Debtor and Secured Party. No promises, either expressed or implied, exist between Debtor and Secured Party, unless contained herein or therein. This Security Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, supersedes all negotiations, representations, warranties, commitments, term sheets, discussions, negotiations, offers or contracts (of any kind or nature, whether oral or written) prior to or contemporaneous with the execution hereof with respect to any matter, directly or indirectly related to the terms of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations between Secured Party and Debtor and have been reviewed (or have had the opportunity to be reviewed) by counsel to all such parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be construed more strictly against Secured Party merely because of Secured Party’s involvement in their preparation.

 

5.2                                Amendments; Waivers . No delay on the part of Secured Party in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Secured Party of any right, power or remedy preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and acknowledged

 

13



 

by Secured Party, and then any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

5.3                                WAIVER OF DEFENSES . DEBTOR WAIVES EVERY PRESENT AND FUTURE DEFENSE, CAUSE OF ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR SETOFF WHICH DEBTOR MAY NOW HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO ANY ACTION BY SECURED PARTY IN ENFORCING THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT. PROVIDED SECURED PARTY ACTS IN GOOD FAITH, DEBTOR RATIFIES AND CONFIRMS WHATEVER SECURED PARTY MAY DO PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SECURED PARTY GRANTING ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION TO DEBTOR.

 

5.4                                FORUM SELECTION AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . TO INDUCE SECURED PARTY TO MAKE FINANCIAL ACCOMODATIONS TO DEBTOR, DEBTOR AGREES THAT ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, SHALL BE BROUGHT AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS OF BROWARD COUNTY, FLORIDA; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE SECURED PARTY FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKTNG OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. DEBTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF BROWARD COUNTY, FLORIDA, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS BY REGISTERED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, OR BY PERSONAL SERVICE WITHIN OR WITHOUT THE STATE OF FLORIDA. DEBTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

5.5                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, EACH KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE IRREVOCABLY, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER OBLIGATIONS, THE COLLATERAL, OR ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY FN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY LENDING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE FOREGOING, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT OR COURSE OF DEALING IN WHICH SECURED PARTY AND DEBTOR ARE ADVERSE PARTIES, AND EACH AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. THIS PROVISION IS A

 

14



 

MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SECURED PARTY GRANTING ANY FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION TO DEBTOR.

 

5.6                                Assignability . Secured Party, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and with the consent of Debtor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and after the occurrence of an Event of Default without consent from or notice to anyone, may at any time assign Secured Party’s rights in this Security Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations, or any part thereof and transfer Secured Party’s rights in any or all of the Collateral, and Secured Party thereafter shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such Collateral. This Security Agreement shall be binding upon Secured Party and Debtor and its respective legal representatives and successors. All references herein to Debtor shall be deemed to include any successors, whether immediate or remote. In the case of a joint venture or partnership, the term “Debtor” shall be deemed to include all joint venturers or partners thereof, who shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.

 

5.7                                Binding Effect . This Security Agreement shall become effective upon execution by Debtor and Secured Party.

 

5.8                                Governing Law . This Security Agreement shall be delivered and accepted in and shall be deemed to be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of Florida, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

5.9                                Enforceability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Security Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Security Agreement shall be prohibited by, unenforceable or invalid under any jurisdiction, such provision shall as to such jurisdiction, be severable and be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

5.10                         Time of Essence . Time is of the essence in making payments of all amounts due Secured Party under the Loan Documents and in the performance and observance by Debtor of each covenant, agreement, provision and term of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

5.11                         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Security Agreement. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Security Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of executed Loan Documents maintained by Secured Party shall be deemed to be originals thereof.

 

5.12                         Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, Debtor waives all notices and demands in connection with the enforcement of Secured Party’s rights hereunder. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

15



 

5.13                         Costs, Fees and Expenses . Debtor shall pay or reimburse Secured Party for all reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred by Secured Party or for which Secured Party becomes obligated in connection with the enforcement of this Security Agreement, including search fees, costs and expenses and attorneys’ fees, costs and time charges of counsel to Secured Party and all taxes payable in connection with this Security Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, Debtor shall pay any and all stamp and other taxes, UCC search fees, filing fees and other costs and expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save and hold Secured Party harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such costs and expenses. That portion of the Obligations consisting of costs, expenses or advances to be reimbursed by Debtor to Secured Party pursuant to this Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents which are not paid on or prior to the date hereof shall be payable by Debtor to Secured Party on demand. If at any time or times hereafter Secured Party: (a) employs counsel for advice or other representation: (i) with respect to this Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (ii) to represent Secured Party in any litigation, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding or to commence, defend, or intervene or to take any other action in or with respect to any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, or proceeding (whether instituted by Secured Party, Debtor, or any other Person) in any way or respect relating to this Security Agreement; or (iii) to enforce any rights of Secured Party against Debtor or any other Person under of this Security Agreement; (b) takes any action to protect, collect, sell, liquidate, or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral; and/or (c) attempts to or enforces any of Secured Party’s rights or remedies under this Security Agreement, the costs and expenses incurred by Secured Party in any manner or way with respect to the foregoing, shall be part of the Obligations, payable by Debtor to Secured Party on demand.

 

5.14                         Termination . This Security Agreement and the Liens and security interests granted hereunder shall not terminate until the termination of the Credit Agreement and the commitments to make Loans thereunder and the full and complete performance and satisfaction and payment in full of all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted). Upon termination of this Security Agreement, Secured Party shall also deliver to Debtor (at the sole expense of Debtor) such UCC termination statements, certificates for terminating the liens on the Motor Vehicles (if any) and such other documentation, without recourse, warranty or representation whatsoever, as shall be reasonably requested by Debtor to effect the termination and release of the Liens and security interests in favor of Secured Party affecting the Collateral.

 

5.15                         Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against Debtor for liquidation or reorganization, should Debtor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of Debtor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or

 

16



 

any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor and Secured Party have executed this Security Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Debtor :

 

 

 

OPEL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , an Ontario corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

 

 

Secured Party :

 

 

 

TCA GLOBAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

TCA Global Credit Fund GP, Ltd.

 

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

18



 

Schedule 3.8

 

Collateral Locations/Places of Business

 

121 Richmond Street West, Suite 501, Toronto, ON M5H 2K1, Canada

 



 

Exhibit E

 

Form of Validity Guaranties

 



 

VALIDITY GUARANTY

 

This Validity Guaranty, dated effective as of March 30, 2012 (the “ Validity Guaranty ”), is made by Leon Pierhal , an individual (the “ Undersigned ”), for the benefit of TCA Global Credit Master Fund, LP (the “ Lender ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Lender and Opel Technologies, Inc., an Ontario corporation, Odis, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Opel Solar, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, “ Borrowers ”) are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which Lender agreed to extend credit and make certain financial accommodations to Borrowers.

 

B.                                     The Undersigned is the President and CEO of each of the Borrowers.

 

C.                                     As a condition to entering into the Credit Agreement and extending such financial accommodations to Borrowers, Lender has required the execution and delivery of this Validity Guaranty by the Undersigned.

 

NOW THEREFORE , the Undersigned, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, hereby agrees as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Validity Guaranty shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2.                                       Guaranty . The Undersigned does hereby absolutely and unconditionally, represent, warrant and guarantee to Lender that:

 

(a)                                  All Accounts from time to time reported to Lender as Eligible Accounts or otherwise listed or included on any Borrowing Base Certificate shall be genuine Accounts owned by Borrower and in all respects what they purport to be and shall, in the case of Accounts, represent bona fide and existing obligations of Account Debtors to Borrowers.

 

(b)                                  All reports, schedules, certificates, and other information from time to time delivered or otherwise reported to Lender by Borrowers, including, without limitation, all financial statements, tax returns, and Borrowing Base Certificates and all supporting information or documentation delivered in connection therewith, shall be bona fide, complete, correct, and accurate in all material respects and shall accurately and completely report all matters purported to be covered or reported thereby.

 

(c)                                   Each Account from time to time identified to Lender in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account shall, as of the date of such Borrowing Base Certificate, constitute an Eligible Account in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Undersigned may from time to time, sign and deliver reports (including, without limitation, those specifically mentioned above) or otherwise deliver any such

 

1



 

information to Lender as Lender may request, and the Undersigned that he is duly authorized to deliver same to Lender on behalf of Borrowers.

 

(e)                                   All collections and proceeds of Eligible Accounts from time to time received by Borrowers, or any of its officers, employees, agents or other representatives, shall forthwith be delivered to Lender as required under the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)                                    All Collateral: (i) will be owned by Borrowers and will be possessed by Borrowers or their agents, respectively and as applicable; (ii) will not be subject to any lien or security interest except as permitted by Lender; and (iii) will be maintained only at the locations designated in the Credit Agreement or Security Agreement, unless Borrowers obtain Lender’s prior written consent.

 

3.                                       Consideration for Guaranty . The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees with Lender that, but for the execution and delivery of this Validity Guaranty by the Undersigned, Lender would not have entered into the Credit Agreement. The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the loans and other extensions of credit made to Borrowers by Lender under the Credit Agreement will result in significant benefits to the Undersigned.

 

4.                                       Indemnification . The Undersigned hereby agrees and undertakes to indemnify, defend, and save Lender free and harmless of and from any damage, loss, and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) which Lender may sustain or incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any breach, default or material inaccuracy of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained herein. The Undersigned’s liability hereunder is direct and unconditional.

 

5.                                       Cumulative Remedies . Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative of all other rights and remedies which Lender may now or hereafter have with respect to the Undersigned, Borrowers, or any other Person.

 

6.                                       Borrower’s Financial Condition . The Undersigned acknowledges that he has reviewed and is familiar with the Loan Documents and is familiar with the operations and financial condition of each Borrower, and agrees that Lender shall not have any duty or obligation to communicate to the Undersigned any information regarding Borrowers’ financial condition or affairs.

 

7.                                       Assignability . This Validity Guaranty shall be binding upon the Undersigned and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors or assigns. Lender may at any time assign Lender’s rights in this Validity Guaranty.

 

8.                                       Continuing Guaranty . This is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in full force and effect as to all of the Obligations until such date as all amounts owing by Borrowers to Lender shall have been paid in full in cash and all commitments of Lender to lend under the Credit Agreement have terminated or expired and all obligations of Lender with respect to any of the Obligations shall have terminated or expired.

 

9.                                       Further Assurances . The Undersigned agrees that he will cooperate with Lender at all times in connection with any actions taken by Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement to

 

2



 

monitor, administer, enforce, or collect the Collateral. In the event Borrowers should cease or discontinue operating as a going concern in the ordinary course of business, then for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, the Undersigned agrees that he shall assist Lender in connection with any such action, as Lender may request.

 

10.                                Choice Of Law and Venue Selection . All terms and provisions hereof and the rights and obligations of the Undersigned and Lender hereunder shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without reference to conflict of laws principles. The Undersigned hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Broward County, Florida, and agrees and consents that service of process may be made upon the Undersigned in any legal proceeding relating to this Validity Guaranty or any other relationship between Lender and the Undersigned. Any judicial proceeding by the Undersigned against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connection with this Validity Guaranty or any Loan Document shall be brought only in a state or federal court in Broward County, Florida, having jurisdiction. The Undersigned hereby waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, that any such proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue thereof is improper. Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against the Undersigned in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

11.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER HEREBY VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER OR AMONG BORROWER, THE UNDERSIGNED, AND LENDER AND/OR LENDER’S AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS VALIDITY GUARANTY, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY RELATIONSHIP AMONG LENDER, THE UNDERSIGNED, BORROWER, AND/OR ANY AFFILIATE OF LENDER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO LENDER TO PROVIDE THE FINANCING DESCRIBED IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

12.                                ADVICE OF COUNSEL . THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT EACH OF THEM HAS EITHER OBTAINED THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN SUCH ADVICE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS VALIDITY GUARANTY.

 

13.                                Electronic Signatures . Lender is hereby authorized to rely upon and accept as an original this Validity Guaranty which is sent to Lender via facsimile, .pdf, or other electronic transmission.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

3



 

The Undersigned has executed this Validity Guaranty as of the date first above written.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Leon Pierhal

 

Validity Guaranty Signature Page

 

4


Exhibit 4.7

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of February, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between POET Technologies Inc. formerly OPEL Technologies Inc., (the “Company”), and Leon M. Pierhal (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to continue the employment of the Executive and the Executive wishes to be so employed by the Company.

 

WHEREAS, the purpose of this Agreement is to amend and restate the Employment Agreement between the Executive and OPEL Technologies Inc., dated February 16, 2012.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties as follows:

 

(1)  Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby employs the Executive to perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company, subject in all instances to the general supervision and direction of the Board of the Company. The Executive hereby accepts such employment.

 

(2)  Duties .

 

(a)  Generally . The Executive shall serve as President of the Company and shall perform and discharge fully and faithfully such duties as are assigned to him pursuant to Section 1. The Executive’s initial duties and responsibilities hereunder shall include, but not be limited to, those customarily performed by the president of a similarly sized publicly held technology company at a similar stage of development and a similar state of financial condition. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Executive remains as a Director of the Company for the duration of his employment relationship with the Company subject to compliance with and in accordance with the Company’s policies and by-laws. The Executive will operate within the bylaws, guidelines, budgets, policies and procedures now or hereafter established by the Company, copies of which shall be provided to the Executive or of which the Executive is aware.

 

(b)  Other Activities . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of reasonable number of other corporations (subject to the last sentence of this Section 2(b)), trade associations and/or charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing his personal investments and affairs, provided that such activities do not materially interfere with the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. In the event Executive desires to serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded corporation, he shall request and obtain the prior approval of the Board of the Company.

 



 

(c)  Place of Employment . Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at POET Technologies, Inc., Storrs, Ct. 06268

 

(3)  Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive, during the Initial Term (as defined below) of this Agreement, a salary of $185,000 (as calculated on an annualized basis) (the “Salary”), before applicable local, state and federal withholding taxes, payable in accordance with normal Company pay policies.  The Executive’s salary may be adjusted upward by action of the Board for any Renewal Term.

 

(4)  Bonus . During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to receive a bonus as and when determined by the Board. The bonus may be based on Executive’s individual performance in accordance with a bonus plan to be determined in the sole discretion of the Board of the Company.

 

(5)  Stock Options . The Executive shall be eligible for grants of Stock Options (“Options”) when and as determined by the Board of Directors consistent with the eligibility for, and grants to, senior executive employees of the Company. The terms and conditions of any Options will be more fully described in a certain separate option agreements by and between the Company and the Executive (the “Option Agreement”).

 

(6)  Expenses . The Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable, ordinary, and necessary business expenses in accordance with Company policy. The Executive shall furnish the Company with the appropriate documentation relating to such expenses and shall comply with any additional requirements of the Company generally applicable to the Company’s Executives in connection therewith, such expenses to approved by the Executive Chairman of the Company.

 

(7)  Benefits . During the Term hereof, the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits generally made available to similarly situated senior executive employees of the Company as offered from time to time and as approved by the Board of the Company.

 

(8)  Vacation . For each year during the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks paid vacation (“Vacation”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Vacation is to be taken at such times as not to unduly disrupt the business of the Company in accordance with the Vacation policies of the Company in effect from time to time. Sick, religious and personal days as well as other leave of absences shall be governed by the policies of the Company in effect from time to time.

 

(9)  Air Travel . During the Term, the Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for the expenses of Executive’s business class air travel (over four hours) or first class (overseas trips) taken for purposes of Company business.

 

(10)  Full-Time Duties . The Executive shall devote his full working time, attention and best efforts to fulfill his duties hereunder and, to the business and interest of the Company and its affiliates during the Term of this Agreement.

 

2



 

(11)  Term and Termination .

 

(a)  Term . Unless terminated under Sections 11(b), 11(c), 11(d), or 11(e) of this Agreement, this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire eighteen (18) months from the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). The Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless either party provides notice of non-renewal to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date for the first renewal period and at least sixty (60) days prior to the anniversary of the Effective Date for each subsequent renewal period (each a “Renewal Term”). Any period calculated in this Section 11(a) is defined as the “Term.” The Company will fully vest all unvested or un-exercisable stock options and will extend the time to exercise all the options for twelve (12) months following the last day of the Term;

 

(b)  Death or Disability . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time after having established the Executive’s death or long-term disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “long-term disability” shall mean the incapacity, by accident, sickness or otherwise so as to render the Executive mentally or physically incapable of devoting to the business of the Company his full time, commercially reasonable efforts, skill and attention, and such condition continues for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred twenty (120) total days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event the Executive’s employment terminates as a result of death or long term disability, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

 

(i) The payment of Salary through the date of termination;

 

(ii) The payment of a pro-rata annual bonus based (i) on the target bonus set for the year of termination, if any, or (ii) the amount of bonus paid the previous year, if no target bonus has been set, payable within 60 days following termination;

 

(iii) All unvested or unexercisable stock options becomes fully vested at Executive’s death or disability termination and will remain exercisable by the Executive’s heir or heirs for twelve (12) months from remainder of the originally scheduled term;

 

(iv) In the event of a disability termination, continued participation in the Company’s health benefit plan for a period equal to the lesser of eighteen (18) months or his becoming eligible to participate in the health benefit plan of a new employer; and

 

(v) The payment of any benefits or other amounts earned, accrued or owing under the plans and programs of the Company.

 

(c)  With Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time and without further obligation for cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events on the part of the Executive during the Term hereof:

 

3



 

(i)              any material act of personal dishonesty or a material breach of trust in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company;

 

(ii)           the conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive with respect to any crime classified as a felony under any Federal, state or local law;

 

(iii)        material violations by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations under the ethics policy of the Company in effect from time to time;

 

(iv)       any breach by the Executive of the Assignment of Inventions (covenants against competition and solicitation) by and between the Company and the Executive (the “Invention Agreement”) currently in force; or

 

(v)          material violations by the Executive of the Executive’s material obligations under this Agreement or any continuing violation or refusal to obey the directives and/or instructions of the Board of the Company if Executive has received 30 days written notice of the alleged cause, specifying the breach by Executive and the actions required to cure it, and such identified breach remains uncured after such 30 day period; provided , however , that no such notice shall be required for any repetitive violation or refusal to obey the directives and/or instructions of the Board of the Company or if such violation is not susceptible to cure.

 

(d)  Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without cause.

 

(e)  Executive Termination . The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time by giving no less than 30 days’ written notice to the Company. Company reserves the right to accept Executive’s voluntary termination immediately, without notice and without any further unearned future payment obligation.

 

(12)  Severance .

 

(a)  Without Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason . If the Company terminates the Executive without cause pursuant to Section 11(d) of this Agreement, or if the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment for Good Reason (defined below) within sixty (60) days after learning of the event constituting Good Reason and (A) the Executive is not in breach of the Invention Agreement, and (B) the Executive executes, and does not revoke, the written Release (defined below) in accordance with Section 14 of this Agreement, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

 

(i) The payment of Salary through the date of termination;

 

(ii) The payment of a pro-rata bonus based on (i) the target bonus for the year of termination, if any, or (ii) the amount of bonus paid the previous year, if no target bonus has been set, payable within 60 days following termination;

 

4



 

(iii) A cash payment equal to twelve (12) months of Salary, paid to Executive in accordance with standard Company payroll practices;

 

(iv) The Company will fully vest all unvested or un-exercisable stock options and will extend the time to exercise all the options for twelve (12) months following the last day the Executive is employed by the Company or its successor or successors;

 

(v) Continued participation in the Company’s health benefit plan for a period equal to the lesser of eighteen (18) months or his becoming eligible to participate in the health benefit plan of a new employer, and

 

(vi) The payment of any benefits or other amounts earned, accrued or owing under the plans and programs of the Company.

 

(b)  Change of Control.

 

(i) In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), all unvested equity compensation, (stock options) shall immediately vest and remain exercisable twelve (12) months following the last day that Executive is employed by the Company or its successor or successors.

 

(13)  Good Reason, Change of Control.

 

(a)  Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one of the following events during the Term hereof:

 

(i) any material breach of the Agreement by the Company, including:

 

(1) a material diminution in the position, authority, responsibilities or benefits of the Executive;

 

(2) assignment of duties materially inconsistent with his positions and duties described in this Agreement;

 

(ii) change of the principal place of business as stated in Section 2 (c) of the Employee without his consent to a distance that is one hundred or more miles farther from either of the Executive’s current residences than as of the date hereof as noted in the notice section of this Agreement;

 

provided; however, that no act or omission described in this Section 13(a)(i) shall constitute Good Reason unless the Executive gives the Company 30 days’ prior written notice of such act or omission and the Company fails to cure such act or omission within the 30-day period.

 

(b)  Change of Control . For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means: (a) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the

 

5



 

meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”); provided, however, that any acquisition by the Company or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or its subsidiaries of 50% or more of Outstanding Company Common Stock shall not constitute a Change in Control; and provided, further, that any acquisition by an entity with respect to which, following such acquisition, more than 50% of the then outstanding equity interests of such entity, is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock immediately prior to such acquisition of the Outstanding Company Common Stock, shall not constitute a Change in Control; (b) the consummation of (i) a reorganization, merger or consolidation (any of the foregoing, a “ Merger ”), in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock immediately prior to such Merger do not, following such Merger, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from Merger, or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, excluding a sale or other disposition of assets to a subsidiary of the Company; or (c) individuals, who as of the effective date hereof, constitute the Company’s Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director after the date hereof whose election or nomination for election by the Company shareholders was approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors (other than in an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company, a tender offer or a proposed merger) shall be deemed to be Incumbent Directors..

 

(14)  Release as a Condition Precedent to Certain Payments . Executive agrees, as a condition to the receipt of the termination payments and benefits provided for in Section 12, that he will immediately upon termination of this Agreement execute a release agreement (the “Release”), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , releasing any and all claims arising out of Executive’s employment (other than enforcement of this Agreement, Executive’s rights under any Company incentive compensation and employee benefit plans and programs to which he is entitled under this Agreement, and any claim for any tort for personal injury not arising out of or related to his termination of employment) which Release shall include a non-disparagement agreement.

 

(15)  No Duty to Mitigate.   In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except as provided in Section 17, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.

 

6



 

(16)  Section 280G Change of Control

 

(a)  In the event that the Executive shall become entitled to payments and/or benefits provided by this Agreement or any other amounts in the “nature of compensation” (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change of ownership or effective control covered by Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) as a result of such change in ownership or effective control (collectively, the “Company Payments”), and such Company Payments will be subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed by any taxing authority) (the “Excise Tax”), the amounts of any Company Payments shall be automatically reduced to an amount one dollar less than the amount that would subject the Executive to the Excise Tax.  The dollar amount of the reduction, if any, to be made with respect to any Company Payments shall be determined by the Company’s Accountants on or before the date such Company Payments are due and payable to the Executive.  Company Payments shall be reduced as mutually agreed between the Company and the Executive or, in the event the parties cannot agree, in the following order (1) any lump sum severance based on a multiple of Annual Base Salary or Average Annual Bonus, (2) any other cash amounts payable to the Executive, (3) any benefits valued as parachute payments; and (4) acceleration of vesting of any equity.

 

(b) For purposes of determining whether any of the Company Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (x) the Company Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Code Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and except to the extent that, in the opinion of the Company’s Accountants such Company Payments (in whole or in part) either do not constitute “parachute payments,” represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of the “base amount” or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (y) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Company’s Accountants in accordance with the principles of Section 280G of the Code.  In the event that the Company’s Accountants are serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Executive may appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the “Company’s Accountants” hereunder).  All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Company’s Accountants which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive at such time as it is requested by the Company or the Executive.  If the Company’s Accountants determine that payments under this Agreement must be reduced pursuant to this paragraph, they shall furnish the Executive with a written opinion to such effect.  The determination of the Company’s Accountants shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

(c) In the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Executive shall permit the Company to control issues related to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Executive, but the Executive shall control any other issues.  In the event the issues are interrelated, the Executive and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue, but if the parties cannot agree the Executive shall make the final determination with regard to the issues.  In the event of any conference with any

 

7



 

taxing authority as to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Executive shall permit the representative of the Company to accompany the Executive, and the Executive and the Executive’s representative shall cooperate with the Company and its representative.  The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Company’s Accountant.  The Company and the Executive shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by this section.

 

(17)  Notices . Any notice or other communication in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to be delivered if in writing (addressed as provided below) and if either: (a) actually delivered (electronically or physically) at said address; or (b) in the case of a letter, three (3) business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid and registered or certified, return receipt requested or forty eight (48) hours shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier; or (c) by facsimile, when transmission acknowledged by telephonic receipt:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

 

 

 

 

POET Technologies Inc.

 

with a copy to:

121 Richmond St. W — Suite 501

 

Pierce Atwood LLP

Toronto, ON, Canada M5H 2K1

 

100 Summer Street, Suite 2250

Attention: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Boston, MA 02110

Tel:  (416) 368-9411

 

Attention: Timothy C. Maguire, Esq.

Fax: (416) 861-0749

 

Tel:  (617) 488-8140

 

 

Fax: (617) 824-2020

 

 

 

If to Executive to:

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

with a copy to:

P.O. Box 188

 

18 Linden Ct.

308 Cheever Road

 

North Kingstown,

Wentworth, NH 03282

 

Rhode Island, 02852

Cell:  (401) 338-1212

 

Tel:   (401) 295-4388

Tel:   (603) 786-2804

 

Fax:  (401) 295-4389

 

(18)  Disclosure . Executive shall disclose to the Company, on the effective date of this Agreement, any of Executive’s outside activities, interests or participation in the development or sale of any and all prior, current, or pending inventions which directly or indirectly, (i) conflict or may conflict with the best interests of the Company; (ii) relate to any of the Company’s product lines or services; or (iii) relate to any activity, project or the like that Executive may be or has been involved with on behalf of the Company.

 

(19)  Indemnification . Executive shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company as may be provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to officers and directors of the Company. In addition, the Executive will be covered under any directors and officers’ liability insurance policy for his acts (or non-acts) as an officer or director of the Company or

 

8



 

any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to the extent the Company provides such coverage for its senior executive officers. The Executive’s rights under this Section 19 will continue so long as the Executive may be subject to such liability, whether or not this Agreement may have terminated prior thereto, provided Executive would have been entitled to such indemnification during the Term.

 

(20)  Modification . No provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by both the Executive and the Company. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other party hereto, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior subsequent time.

 

(21)  Waiver . The Executive hereby represents and warrants that all information provided to the Company in connection with the execution of this Agreement is true and complete, and the Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company or its agents may check with all persons, schools, former employers and organizations to provide the Company with any relevant information with respect to Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

(22)  No Conflicting Agreement . The Executive represents that he is not subject to any agreement that restricts or limits employment with the Company.

 

(23)  Entire Agreement/Amendment . This Agreement (and the agreements referred to herein) constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all promises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof and inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by any party hereto have been expressed herein and in the: Invention Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by both parties hereto. With the exception of the agreement between the parties to this Agreement dated January 23, 2014 relating to the repayment of indebtedness by the Executive to the Company, this Agreement supersedes any and all other prior agreements and arrangements between the parties and the Executive releases and forever discharges the Corporation from any and all claims or demands of any kind that he had, has or may have in connection with his past employment or services for the Company in any capacity whatsoever, whether as an employee or consultant. Any schedules referred to herein are incorporated herein by reference and form part of the agreement.

 

(24)  Dispute Resolution . Any dispute between the parties arising out of this Agreement shall be resolved first by direct communication with the Chairman of the Board of the Company. Should the parties be unable to resolve their dispute by communication, either party may submit any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, to final and binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association nearest the place of the Executive’s employment and pursuant to Connecticut state law. The arbitrator shall fully implement the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Each party will bear its own costs, fees and expenses incurred by any arbitration proceedings.

 

9



 

The provisions for arbitration shall not preclude either party from seeking interim or provisional relief from a court in the form of a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other interim relief concerning the dispute, either prior to or during the arbitration, if such action is deemed necessary to protect the interests of such party. Each party will bear its own costs, fees and expenses incurred by seeking interim or provisional relief from a court in the form of a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other interim relief concerning the dispute.

 

(25)  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under the laws of the State of Connecticut (without regard to its conflict of law provisions) and, together with the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be construed under and governed by the laws of such state.

 

(26)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(27)  Effect of Headings . Any title of a section heading herein contained is for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the meaning of construction or any of the provisions hereof.

 

(28) Expenses .  Prior to or following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provisions of this Agreement or any guarantee or performance thereof if the Executive prevails in such contest.

 

(28)  Successors and Assigns .

 

(a) All covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the parties contained in this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

(b) This Agreement will be enforceable by or against, the Executive or the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, designees and legatees. None of the Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Executive other than the Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. If the Executive should die while any amounts or benefits have been accrued by the Executive but not yet paid as of the date of the Executive’s death and which would be payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all such amounts and benefits unless otherwise provided herein will be paid or provided in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons appointed in writing by the Executive to receive such amounts or, if no such person is so appointed, to the Executive’s estate.

 

10



 

(c) The provisions of Sections 11(b)(i)-(v), 12(a)(i)-(vi),  12(b)(i), 14, 15, 16, 17, 19,   24 and 28 and 29 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Moreover, nothing herein shall relieve any party of any obligations or liabilities under this Agreement arising out of the Executive’s employment or breaches of this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in multiple counterparts as of the date set forth above by their duly authorized representative.

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title: Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

This General Release (this “Release”) dated as of this      day of                    201   by and between POET Technologies Inc., an Ontario corporation (the “Company”), and Leon M. Pierhal (“Pierhal”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Pierhal has been employed by the Company as a president and chief executive officer;

 

WHEREAS, Pierhal’s employment with the Company ceased effective            , 201   ; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to provide severance payments and settle all claims and issues that have, or could have been raised, in relation to Pierhal’s employment with the Company or arising out of or in any way related to the acts, transactions or occurrences between Pierhal, on one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, to date, including but not limited to, Pierhal’s employment with the Company and the termination of that employment, in accordance with that certain employment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Employment Agreement”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the payments being made under the Employment Agreement, and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Pierhal agree as follows:

 

1.  Release by Pierhal. Except for Pierhal’s rights arising under the Employment Agreement, Pierhal, for himself and for his representatives, heirs, successors and assigns, specifically releases, remises and forever discharges the Company and its past or present parent corporations or entities, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, shareholders, directors, any affiliates of its shareholders or directors, legal representatives, successors and assigns and each of the respective former and present employees, officers, directors, members, managers, partners, consultants, experts, attorneys, agents, representatives, benefit plans, benefit plan sponsors, benefit plan administrators, subsidiaries, parent companies, successors, assigns, and affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims of any nature, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, accrued or unaccrued, whether common law claims or statutory claims, in law or in equity, arising from Pierhal’s relationship with the Company, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Claims under any state or federal discrimination, fair employment practices or other employment related statute, or regulation (as they may have been amended through the date of this Release) prohibiting discrimination or harassment based upon any protected status including, without limitation, race, color, religion, national origin, age, gender, marital status, disability, handicap, veteran status or sexual orientation; without limitation, specifically included in this paragraph are any claims arising under the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Equal Pay Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and any similar federal, state or local statute or ordinance;

 

12



 

(b) Claims under any other state or federal employment related statute, or regulation (as they may have been amended through the date of this Release) relating to wages, hours or any other terms and conditions of employment; without limitation, specifically included in this paragraph are any claims arising under the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the National Labor Relations Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA), any Connecticut Human Rights Law, Labor Law, Whistleblower Protection Law, Wage and Hour Laws, and any similar federal, state or local statute or ordinance;

 

(c) Claims under any state or federal common law theory including, without limitation, wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, promissory estoppel, unjust enrichment, breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, violation of public policy, defamation, interference with contractual relations, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, invasion of privacy, misrepresentation, deceit, fraud or negligence; and

 

(d) Any other claim arising under state or federal law, including but not limited to, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

2.   Release of Pierhal by the Company .  The Company hereby releases Pierhal from any claims arising out of Pierhal’s employment by and work for the Company, including claims under Canadian or US law, including but not limited to Connecticut law, and under the Employment Agreement or any other agreement or agreements with the Company or arising out of his Employment with the Company except for such claims resulting from actions by Pierhal that would entitle the Company to terminate his employment for cause.

 

3.  Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 . This paragraph is intended to comply with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”) with regard to Pierhal’s waiver of rights under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”):

 

(a) Pierhal is specifically waiving rights and claims under ADEA;

 

(b) The waiver of rights under ADEA does not extend to any rights or claims arising after the date this Release is signed by Pierhal;

 

(c) Pierhal acknowledges receiving consideration for this waiver;

 

(d) Pierhal acknowledges that he has been advised to consult with an attorney before signing this Release; and

 

(e) Pierhal acknowledges that after receiving a copy of this Release, Pierhal has the right to take up to 21 days to consider his decision to sign this Release; the parties agree that changes, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the 21 day period.

 

Pierhal may revoke his release of claims solely with respect to ADEA claims within a period of seven (7) days after execution of this Release. Pierhal agrees that any such revocation is not effective unless it is made in writing and delivered to POET Technologies Inc., 121 Richmond St. W — Suite 501, Toronto, ON, Canada M5H 2K1 Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors by the seventh (7 th ) calendar day after execution of this Release. In the event of any such valid revocation, (1) Pierhal’s

 

13



 

shall forfeit the right to receive $5,000 from the severance payments he otherwise would be entitled to receive under the Employment Agreement; and (2) in all other respects, the Release shall remain in full force and effect, including the release of all claims other than ADEA claims as set forth in Sections 1, 3 and 4 of this Release. This Release as it applies to ADEA claims becomes effective on the eight (8 th ) calendar day after it is executed, at which time Pierhal’s release of all ADEA claims will be final, binding, enforceable, and irrevocable. This Release as it applies to claims other than ADEA claims becomes effective upon execution of this Release at which time Pierhal’s release of all claims other than ADEA claims will be final, binding, enforceable, and irrevocable.

 

4.  Non-Disparagement . Each party agrees that he or it will not make any disparaging, derogatory, denigrating, ridiculing or otherwise critical statements or comments, orally or in writing, either directly or indirectly, to any person concerning the other party or any of the other Released Parties.

 

5.  Specific Intent . Each party specifically intends this Release to be the broadest possible release under the law. Neither party has instituted, and shall not hereafter institute, any lawsuit of any kind whatsoever, or file any complaint or charge, against any either party under any federal, state, or local statute, rule or principal of common law arising out of or related to the events released hereunder.

 

6.  Governing Law. This Release will be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut (without regard to its conflict of law’s provisions).

 

7.  Assignment. This Release shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

8.  Amendment. This Release may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

9.  Severability. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision of this Release is illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall solely affect such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not impair the remaining provisions of this Release.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Pierhal have caused this Release to be executed on the date shown above.

 

 

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

I, Leon M. Pierhal, represent and agree that I have carefully read this Release; that I have been given ample opportunity to consult with my legal counsel or any other party to the extent, if any, that I desire; and that I am voluntarily signing by my own free act. This Release constitutes a voluntary and knowing waiver of rights as set forth herein under the laws and statutes referenced above.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal

 

15


Exhibit 4.8

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 4th day of June, 2012

 

BETWEEN:

 

OPEL Technologies Inc., a body corporate continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

 

AND:

 

Mark Benadiba , an individual resident in the City of Toronto, Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Consultant”)

 

                                                                                                                OF THE SECOND PART

 

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       The Consultant agrees to provide management and corporate development consulting services during the term of this agreement.  The Consultant shall provide consulting services to the Company in the Capacity of Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and the Consultant shall serve the Company (and/or such subsidiary or subsidiaries of the company as the Company may from time to time require) in such consulting capacity or capacities as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, as an independent contractor. In providing the services as a consultant pursuant to this agreement, the Consultant shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.                                       The Consultant shall be appointed as a director of the Company to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and thereafter so long as he is elected by the shareholders of the Company.

 

3.                                       The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and continue on a month-to-month basis for a term of twelve months, subject to the termination provisions hereof. The base fee for the Consultant’s services hereunder shall be at the rate of CDN$8,400 per month plus applicable HST (currently 13%, for a total of CDN$9,492 ) (the “Base Fees”), together with any such increments thereto and bonuses (including additional grants of options) as the Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time determine, payable on the 14th day of each calendar month commencing June 14, 2012 or the next business day thereafter if the 14 th  day falls on a weekend or holiday. In addition, the Company shall grant the Consultant the option to purchase 2,500,000 common shares of the Company, with such options to vest in accordance with the stock option plan, subject to any regulatory required hold periods.  The grant of options shall be subject to the terms of the Stock Option Plan, to the receipt of the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, availability under the Plan and all required regulatory approvals, including without limitation, the approval of the TSX Venture Exchange.

 

4.                                       The Consultant shall be responsible for:

 

a.               the payment of income taxes and goods and services tax remittances as shall be required by any governmental entity with respect to fees paid by the Company to the Consultant;

b.               maintaining proper financial records of the Consultant, which records will detail,

 



 

amongst other things, expenses incurred on behalf of the Company; and

c.                obtaining all necessary licences and permits and for complying with all applicable federal, provincial and municipal laws, codes and regulations in connection with the provision of services hereunder and the Consultant shall, when requested, provide the Company with adequate evidence of compliance with this paragraph.

 

5.                                       The terms “subsidiary” and “subsidiaries” as used herein mean any corporation or company of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares carrying voting rights at all times (provided that the ownership of such shares confers the right at all times to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation or company) are for the time being owned by or held for the Company and/or any other corporation or company in like relation to the Company and include any corporation or company in like relation to a subsidiary.

 

6.                                       During the term of this Agreement, the Consultant shall provide the consulting services to the Company, and the Consultant shall be available to provide such services to the Company in a timely manner subject to availability at the time of the request.

 

7.                                       The Consultant shall be reimbursed for all traveling and other expenses actually and properly incurred as an agent of the Company in connection with the duties hereunder.  For all such expenses the Consultant shall furnish to the Company an itemized invoice, detailing the expenses incurred, including receipts for such expenses on a monthly basis, and the Company will reimburse the Consultant within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Consultant’s invoice for all appropriate invoiced expenses.

 

8.                                       The Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this contract or at any time thereafter, disclose the private affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries, or any secrets of the Company and/or subsidiary or subsidiaries, to any person other than the Directors of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries or for the Company’s purposes or except as may be necessary or desirable to further the business interests of the Company.  The Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this contract or at any time thereafter, use, for the Consultant’s own purposes or for any purpose other than those of the Company, any information the Consultant may acquire in relation to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries. This obligation shall survive the expiry or termination of this agreement.

 

9.                                       The Consultant shall well and faithfully serve the Company or any subsidiary as aforesaid during the continuance of this Agreement to the best of the Consultant’s ability in a competent and professional manner and use best efforts to promote the interests of the Company.

 

10.                                Upon expiry or termination of this agreement, the Consultant shall return to the Company any property, documentation or confidential information which is the property of the Company.

 

11.                                This Agreement may be terminated at any time:

 

a.               for any reason without cause upon payment of the remaining fees owing for the balance of the term of this Agreement; and

 

b.               for just cause without notice or payment in lieu of notice and without payment of any fees whatsoever either by way of anticipated earnings or damages of any kind by advising the Consultant in writing.  Just cause shall be defined to include, but is not limited to the following:

 



 

a.               Dishonesty or fraud;

b.               Theft;

c.                Breach of fiduciary duties;

d.               Being guilty of bribery or attempted bribery; or

e.                Gross mismanagement.

 

12.                                In the event this Agreement is terminated for just cause, then at the request of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Consultant shall forthwith resign any position or office that the Consultant then holds with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

13.                                The services to be performed by the Consultant pursuant hereto are personal in character, and neither this Agreement nor any rights or benefits arising thereunder are assignable by the Consultant without the previous written consent of the Company.

 

14.                                The parties shall indemnify and save each other harmless from and against all claims, actions, losses, expenses, costs or damages of every nature and kind whatsoever which either party, including their respective officers, employees or agents may suffer as a result of the negligence of the other party in the performance or non-performance of this Agreement.

 

15.                                It is expressly agreed, represented and understood that the parties hereto have entered into an arms length independent contract for the rendering of consulting services and that the Consultant is not the employee, agent or servant or the Company.  Further, this agreement shall not be deemed to constitute or create any partnership, joint venture, master-servant, employer-employee, principal-agent or any other relationship apart from an independent contractor and contractee relationship.  Payments made to the Consultant hereunder shall be made without deduction at source by the Company for the purpose of withholding income tax, unemployment insurance payments or Canada Pension Plan contributions or the like.

 

16.                                Any notice in writing or permitted to be given to the Consultant hereunder shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Consultant personally or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Consultant at the last residential address known to the Secretary of the Company.  Any such notice mailed as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been received by the Consultant on the third business day following the date of mailing.  Any notice in writing required or permitted to be given to the Company hereunder shall be given by registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at the registered or head office of the Company.  Any such notice mailed as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been received by the Company on the third business day following the date of the mailing.  Any such address for the giving of notices hereunder may be changed by notice in writing given hereunder.

 

17.                                The provisions of this Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and legal personal representatives of the Consultant and the successors and assigns of the Company.  For this purpose, the terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, firm or corporation or other entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase or otherwise, shall acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

 

18.                                The division of this Agreement into paragraphs is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplemental or ancillary hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to paragraphs are to paragraphs of this Agreement.

 



 

19.                                Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable.  If any term or provision hereof is determined to be illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

20.                                This Agreement is being delivered and is intended to be performed in the Province of Ontario and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of both parties shall be governed by, the laws of such Province and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  For the purpose of all legal proceedings this Agreement shall be deemed to have been performed in the Province of Ontario and the courts of the Province of Ontario shall have jurisdiction to entertain any action arising under this Agreement. The Company and the Consultant each hereby attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario provided that nothing herein contained shall prevent the Company from proceeding at its election against the Consultant in the courts of any other province or country.

 

21.                                No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

 

OPEL Technologies Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

{Signed}

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signing Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

{Signed}

 

{Signed}

 

 

 

WITNESS

 

Mark Benadiba

 

 

 

 



 

AMENDMENT TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 10th day of February, 2014

 

BETWEEN:

 

POET Technologies Inc., (formerly OPEL Technologies Inc.), a body corporate continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

 

AND:

 

Mark Benadiba , an individual resident in the City of Toronto, Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Consultant”)

 

Whereas the parties entered into a consulting agreement dated · , 2012 (the “Original Agreement”) whereby the Consultant agreed to provide management and corporate development consulting services to the Company in the Capacity of Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors;

 

And Whereas the Consultant wishes to change the terms of his engagement and the Original Agreement;

 

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       The Consultant agrees to continue to provide management and corporate development consulting services during the term of this agreement.  The Consultant shall provide consulting services to the Company in the Capacity of Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors rather than as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, and the Consultant shall serve the Company (and/or such subsidiary or subsidiaries of the company as the Company may from time to time require) in such consulting capacity or capacities as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, as an independent contractor. In providing the services as a consultant pursuant to this agreement, the Consultant shall continue to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.                                       The Consultant shall continue to be appointed as a director of the Company to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and thereafter so long as he is elected by the shareholders of the Company.

 

3.                                       The term of this Agreement shall be effective immediately and continue on a month-to-month basis for a term expiring on December 31, 2014. The base fee for the Consultant’s services hereunder shall be at the reduced rate of CDN$5,000 per month plus applicable HST (currently 13%, for a total of CDN$5,650 ) (the “Base Fees”), together with any such increments thereto and bonuses (including additional grants of options) as the Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time determine,

 



 

retroactive to January 1, 2014. The fees shall continue to be payable on the 14th day of each calendar month.

 

4.                                       All other terms of the Original Agreement shall continue in full force and effect except where modified by this Amendment to Consulting Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

 

POET Technologies Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

/s/ Michel Lafrance

 

 

 

Michel J. Lafrance, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dale Lafrance

 

/s/ Mark Benadiba

WITNESS

 

Mark Benadiba

 

2


Exhibit 4.9

 

MEMORANDUM OF OUTSTANDING — RE: EMPLOYMENT

 

M ade in the City of Toronto, in the Province of Ontario, Canada, this 10th day of February, 2014

 

BETWEEN:

 

POET Technologies Inc. (formerly “OPEL Technologies Inc.”) , a body corporate continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

AND:

 

Peter Copetti residing in the City of Toronto, Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Employee”)

 

OF THE SECOND PART

 

WHEREAS, by Consulting Agreement dated June 8th, 2012, the Company engaged the services of Employee to act as Executive Director of the Company for a period of 12 months starting on June 1st, 2012.

 

AND WHEREAS, in May 2013, the Directors have agreed to extend the term of the Agreement for an additional 6 months to November 30, 2013.

 

AND WHEREAS, the Company is effecting changes in management, whereby Employee would terminate his services of Executive Director and commence serving as Executive Chairman and Interim CEO commencing on February 10th, 2014.

 

AND WHEREAS, the Employee will be immediately placed on the Company’s payroll.

 

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.                           The Company and Employee agree to negotiate in good faith with a view to concluding and delivering a Definitive Employment Agreement to contain such warranties, representations, conditions and covenants as are satisfactory to each party including the following:

 

Position:

 

Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

Term:

 

Expiring December 31st, 2015.

 

 

 

Placement of Employment:

 

Office of the Company currently located at Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, ON M5H 2K1 and/or Copetti’s home office in Toronto, Ontario Canada.

 

 

 

Hours of Work:

 

40 hours per week from Monday to Friday, and such other times as may be required to meet the requirements of the position - not entitled to overtime regardless of how many hours worked in any month or year.

 

1



 

Base Salary:

 

$20,000 per month (or $240,000 per year) retroactive to January 1st, 2014. For greater certainty, this base salary shall be payable in lieu of any consulting fees payable under the the Employees prior Consulting Agreement for the same period.

 

 

 

Stock Options:

 

The Executive shall be eligible for grants of Stock Options (“Options”) when and as determined by the Board of Directors consistent with the eligibility for, and grants to, senior executive employees of the Company. The terms and conditions of any Options will be more fully described in a certain separate option agreements by and between the Company and the Executive (the “Option Agreement”). Upon termination for other than cause and death, all of the Employee’s unvested options will vest immediately and all of the Employee’s outstanding options will remain in force for a period of 12 months.

 

 

 

Annual Bonus:

 

Employee will be considered on annual basis for a bonus based on a performance matrix to be later determined by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board of Directors. The amount of the bonus will be set in February of the following year.

 

 

 

Paid Vacation:

 

4 weeks per year.

 

 

 

Sick Leave:

 

5 days per year.

 

 

 

Statutory Holidays:

 

New Year’s Day, Family Day, Good Friday, Victoria Day, Canada Day, Lord Simcoe Day, Labour Day, Thanksgiving, Christmas Day, Boxing Day and any other days which may legislated in the future.

 

 

 

Termination:

 

By Employee, at any time and for any reason, upon 4 weeks written notice. By the Company, without notice, at any time, i f there is cause to dismiss. By the Company, at any time and for any reason, upon written notice and the appropriate Severance Payment(s).

 

 

 

Severance Payment:

 

Payment of 12 months of wages.

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

Prompt reimbursement for all bonafide expenses incurred in connection with the duties hereunder subject to the approval of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

 

Staff compensation:

 

The Employee will be empowered with the authority, at his sole discretion, to hire and negotiate compensation packages for all non-executive personnel under his direct supervision, whose annual gross individual cash compensation is less than $100,000 and on aggregate basis for all such personnel does not exceed $450,000 annually. In addition, the Employee will be empowered with the authority to award annual bonuses for existing contractors and employees, but not to exceed 35% of base salary.

 

2



 

2.                           This agreement and the Definitive Employment Agreement must be submitted to the Compensation Committee of the Company for recommendation and must be submitted to the Board of Directors for approval and ratification.

 

3.                           For greater certainty, the Definitive Employment Agreement will, to the extent possible, be governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

4.                           All notices, documents, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder, or desired to be given with respect to this Agreement by any party to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered in person and left with a secretary or other employee at the relevant address set forth below; or sent by same-day or next-day courier; or sent by facsimile transmission with record of such transmission; or sent by an email which could include an attachment of a standard format electronic document provided a hard copy is sent by regular mail or the recipient acknowledges receipt of said email, to the attention of that party as set forth below:

 

·                   In the case of POET Technologies Inc. :

 

Sent to:

 

Michel Lafrance, Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

Email address:

 

mjl@poet-technologies.com

 

 

 

Postal address:

 

Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1

 

 

 

Fax:

 

(416) 861-0749

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

John O’Donnell, Solicitor

 

 

 

Email address:

 

johnodonnell@stikeman.to

 

 

 

Postal address:

 

Stikeman Keeley Spiegel Pasternack LLP

 

 

Suite 2300, 200 Front Street West

 

 

Toronto, Ontario M5V 3K2

 

 

 

Fax:

 

(416) 365-1813

 

·                   In the case of Peter Copetti sent to him as follows:

 

Email address:

 

copetti@rogers.com

 

 

 

Postal address:

 

104 Lord Seaton Road, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2P 1K5

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

/s/ Michel Lafrance

 

 

Michel Lafrance, Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

)

Peter Copetti

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

/s/ John F. O’Donnell

 

)

 

Witness

 

)

/s/ Peter Copetti

 

4


Exhibit 4.10

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of January, 2014.

 

BETWEEN:

 

POET Technologies Inc., a body corporate continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter called the “Company”)

 

AND:

 

IT Millwrights Corporation , a company incorporated under the laws of Canada

 

(hereinafter called the “Consultant”)

 

                                       OF THE SECOND PART

 

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       The Consultant agrees to provide management and corporate development consulting services during the term of this agreement.  The Consultant shall provide, as an independent contractor, consulting services to the Company, and the Consultant shall serve the Company (and/or such subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Company as the Company may from time to time require) in such consulting capacity or capacities as may from time to time be determined by the Company and shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as may from time to time be determined by the Company.

 

2.                                       The Consultant shall report directly to and take instructions from the CEO of the Company or such other member or members of the executive team of the Company as may be designated by the Company from time to time.

 

3.                                       The term of this Agreement shall commence on January 1, 2014 and terminate on December 31, 2014, subject to the termination provisions hereof. The fee for the Consultant’s services hereunder shall be at the rate of $200 CAD/hour plus HST, or $1,500 CAD/day plus HST, or $15,000 CAD/month plus HST, whichever results in the lowest total invoice amount for any monthly billing period (the “Fees”). Monthly consulting invoice terms are net 14 days. The Consultant will provide an itemized invoice to the Company on the last day of each month for consulting services provided since the last invoice of the previous month.

 

4.                                       For more certainty, the Consultant will not be an employee of the Company and shall be responsible for:

 

a.               the payment of income taxes and goods and services tax remittances as shall be required by any governmental entity with respect to fees paid by the Company to the Consultant;

 

b.               maintaining proper financial records of the Consultant, which records will detail, amongst other things, expenses incurred on behalf of the Company; and

 

c.                obtaining all necessary licences and permits and for complying with all applicable federal, provincial and municipal laws, codes and regulations in connection with the provision of services hereunder and the Consultant shall, when requested, provide the Company with adequate evidence of compliance with this paragraph.

 

1



 

5.                                       The terms “subsidiary” and “subsidiaries” as used herein mean any corporation or company of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares carrying voting rights at all times (provided that the ownership of such shares confers the right at all times to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation or company) are for the time being owned by or held for the Company and/or any other corporation or company in like relation to the Company and include any corporation or company in like relation to a subsidiary.

 

6.                                       During the term of this Agreement, the Consultant shall provide the consulting services to the Company, and the Consultant shall be available to provide such services to the Company in a timely manner subject to availability at the time of the request.

 

7.                                       The Consultant shall be reimbursed for all bonafide traveling and other business expenses actually and properly incurred as an agent of the Company in connection with the duties hereunder.  For all such expenses the Consultant shall furnish to the Company, on a monthly basis, an itemized invoice, detailing the expenses incurred, including receipts for such expenses, and the Company will reimburse the Consultant within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Consultant’s invoice for all appropriate invoiced expenses.  The Consultant should obtain pre-approval for all anticipated expenses in excess of $1,000.

 

8.                                       The Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this contract or at any time thereafter, disclose the private affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries, or any secrets of the Company and/or subsidiary or subsidiaries, to any person other than the Directors of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries or for the Company’s purposes or except as may be necessary or desirable to further the business interests of the Company.  The Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this contract or at any time thereafter, use, for the Consultant’s own purposes or for any purpose other than those of the Company, any information the Consultant may acquire in relation to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiary or subsidiaries. This obligation shall survive the expiry or termination of this agreement.

 

9.                                       The Consultant agrees to the restrictions, conditions and agreements herein contained and in addition the Consultant has executed and delivered to the Company contemporaneously herewith the Assignment of Inventions, Covenants Against Disclosure, Competition and Solicitation attached hereto as Appendix A (“Assignment”) and incorporated herein by reference. The Consultant further agrees to have the Assignment executed by any of its employees, officers, directors or agents who may work for the Consultant in providing its services to the Company.

 

10.                                The Consultant shall well and faithfully serve the Company or any subsidiary as aforesaid during the continuance of this Agreement to the best of the Consultant’s ability in a competent and professional manner and use best efforts to promote the interests of the Company.

 

11.                                All information, files and other data of whatever type (collectively “Data”) in the possession or control of the Consultant, whether created or collected by the Consultant in connection with Consultant’s work for the Company (other than scientific literature prepared by a third party) shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Consultant shall return or dispose of all such Data as directed by the Company. Nothing herein shall be construed as giving Consultant any right to reproduce, to prepare derivative works based upon, to manufacture, sell or distribute, at any time the Data or the work performed by  the Company hereunder or any products or designs that contain the Data or any such work, all of which shall be considered “works made for hire” with title vesting solely and exclusively in the Company, excepting however, and only excepting, any work product disclosed by the Consultant to the Company and described on  Appendix B.

 

2



 

12.                                This Agreement may be terminated without notice or payment in lieu of notice and without payment of any fees whatsoever either by way of anticipated earnings or damages of any kind by advising the Consultant in writing.

 

13.                                The services to be performed by the Consultant pursuant hereto are personal in character, and neither this Agreement nor any rights or benefits arising thereunder are assignable by the Consultant without the previous written consent of the Company.

 

14.                                The parties shall indemnify and save each other harmless from and against all claims, actions, losses, expenses, costs or damages of every nature and kind whatsoever which either party, including their respective officers, employees or agents may suffer as a result of the negligence of the other party in the performance or non-performance of this Agreement.

 

15.                                It is expressly agreed, represented and understood that the parties hereto have entered into an arm’s length independent contract for the rendering of consulting services and that the Consultant is not the employee, agent or servant or the Company.  Further, this agreement shall not be deemed to constitute or create any partnership, joint venture, master-servant, employer-employee, principal-agent or any other relationship apart from an independent contractor and contractee relationship.  Payments made to the Consultant hereunder shall be made without deduction at source by the Company for the purpose of withholding income tax, unemployment insurance payments or Canada Pension Plan contributions or the like.

 

16.                                Notwithstanding the determination by both parties in paragraph 4, that the Consultant is an independent contractor and not an employee, should a court or any governmental entity with the power to make rulings on this matter, rule or determine otherwise, then each party will be responsible for costs and payments that they would be required to be made on their own behalf or on behalf of the other party to rectify the situation accordingly. The Consultant will indemnify and save harmless and reimburse the Company, within a reasonable delay, all such costs and payments, incurred and or required to be made for the benefit of the Consultant. The Consultant represents and warrants that it has obtained independent legal and tax advice with respect to all matters related to this agreement.

 

17.                                All notices, documents, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder, or desired to be given with respect to this Agreement by any party to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly served if:

 

a)              delivered in person and left with a secretary or other employee at the relevant address set forth below; or

 

b)              sent by same-day or next-day courier; or

 

c)               sent by facsimile transmission with record of such transmission; or

 

d)              sent by an email which could include an attachment of a standard format electronic document provided a hard copy is sent by regular mail or the recipient acknowledges receipt of said email, to the attention of that party as set forth below:

 

(i)              if to the Company, addressed to it at:

 

POET Technologies Inc.

Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West

Toronto, Ontario, Canada  M5H 2K1

Attn: Peter Copetti, CEO

Tel:                            416-368-9411

Fax:                        416-861-0749

Email:             pcc@poet-technologies.com

 

3



 

with a copy to:

 

POET Technologies Inc.

Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West

Toronto, Ontario, Canada  M5H 2K1

Attn: Michel J. Lafrance, Secretary

Tel:                            416-368-9411

Fax:                        416-861-0749

Email:             mjl@poet-technologies.com

 

(ii)                       and if to the Consultant, addressed to him at:

 

IT Millwrights Corporation

336 Ridgeside Farm Drive,

Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2W 0A1

Tel:                            613-799-1722

Fax:                        613-470-0162

Email:             lee.shepherd @itmillwrights.com

 

And any notice or delivery so given or made shall be deemed to have been given or made and received on the day of delivery in person or by courier, on the day of faxing or telecopying, on the day of recipient acknowledgement if sent by email or on the fifth business day following the mailing of a hard copy, provided that the same is a business day and, if not, on the next business day, as the case may be.

 

If there is, between the time of mailing and the actual receipt of the notice, a mail strike, slow down or other labour dispute which might affect delivery of such notice by mail, then such notice will not be effective until actually received.

 

Any such address for the giving of notices hereunder may be changed by notice in writing given hereunder.

 

18.                                The provisions of this Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and legal personal representatives of the Consultant and the successors and assigns of the Company.  For this purpose, the terms “successors” and “assigns” shall include any person, firm or corporation or other entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase or otherwise, shall acquire all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

 

19.                                The division of this Agreement into paragraphs is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  The terms “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplemental or ancillary hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, references herein to paragraphs are to paragraphs of this Agreement.

 

20.                                Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable.  If any term or provision hereof is determined to be illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

21.                                This Agreement is being delivered and is intended to be performed in the Province of Ontario and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of both parties shall be governed by, the laws of such Province and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  For the purpose of all legal proceedings this Agreement shall be deemed to have been performed in the Province of Ontario and the courts of the Province of Ontario shall have jurisdiction to entertain any action arising under this

 

4



 

Agreement. The Company and the Consultant each hereby attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario provided that nothing herein contained shall prevent the Company from proceeding at its election against the Consultant in the courts of any other province or country.

 

22.                                No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

                            {Signed}

 

Per:

 

 

 

Peter Copetti, Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

IT MILLWRIGHTS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

                           {Signed}

 

Per:

 

 

 

Christopher Lee Shepherd, President

 

5



 

APPENDIX “A”

 

ASSIGNMENT OF INVENTIONS, COVENANTS AGAINST DISCLOSURE, COMPETITION AND SOLICITATION

 

This agreement (the “Assignment”) is effective as of                     , by and among:

 

POET Technologies Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Province of Ontario, Canada, having its principle place of business at Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1, and its affiliate, ODIS Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal place of business at 22 Quail Run Road, Storrs-Mansfield, CT 06268 (collectively “POET”); and

 

                  ,  having an address at                        ,                               (the “Consultant”).

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the term POET shall also include OPEL Solar, Inc. and all other subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliated or related entities, including any entity in which POET holds any ownership interest.

 

RECITALS

 

POET has retained Consultant to provide advisory and consulting services in accordance with the terms of an agreement of dated as of the date hereof (the “Consulting Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Consultant has agreed to execute this Assignment. Consultant agrees that the consideration and payments to be provided by POET to Consultant under the Consulting Agreement constitutes good and sufficient consideration for Consultant entering into this Assignment.

 

IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual promises and agreements contained in the Consulting Agreement and those contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Assignment.  All of Consultant’s right, title and interest to inventions and creations, whether copyrightable, patentable or unpatentable (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), including but not limited to software, computer programs, firmware, manuals, mask works, improvements, developments, trademarks, designs, formula, processes, machinery, service marks, trade names and designs which, during the period of Consultant’s engagement by POET, Consultant has made, developed or conceived or hereafter may make, develop or conceive, either solely or jointly with others (including its employees and subcontractors); (a) with the use of the POET’s time, materials or facilities; or (b) resulting from or suggested by Consultant’s work for POET; or (c) which at least in part arise from or relate to Consultant’s work assignments, or to information obtained from POET or its customers in the course of Consultant’s engagement; or (d) in any way appertaining to any subject matter related to the existing or contemplated business, products and services of: (i) a parent, division, affiliate, subsidiary, or related or associated entity of POET by which Consultant is engaged, (ii) any other parent, division, affiliate, subsidiary, or related or associated entity of POET in the same field of business,

 

6



 

products or services as POET and (iii) any other parent, division, affiliate, subsidiary, or associate company of POET, the technology of which Consultant may be exposed to in the course of the engagement, is hereby assigned to and is the property of, and shall be promptly disclosed to POET, its successors and assigns, or any other party as designated by POET, other than the Consultant’s work product, if any, set forth on Appendix 1 of the Consulting Agreement.

 

In support of Consultant’s covenants hereunder, and in consideration of the engagement by POET, Consultant represents and warrants that to the best of Consultant’s knowledge, no present or former consulting client of Consultant or any third person: (a) has any right to prevent Consultant from being engaged by POET in any capacity, except as described in a written disclosure statement delivered in advance of the engagement by POET, or (b) has any claim or right to any previous or future inventions, improvements or developments of Consultant, or (c) has any contract or applicable institutional policy which will apply to Consultant while engaged by POET.

 

2.                                       Disclosure.  Consultant shall make and maintain adequate and current written records of all such Intellectual Property in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, or reports relating thereto; which records shall be and remain the property of and available to POET at all times and Consultant shall promptly disclose to the POET all such Intellectual Property.

 

3.                                       Execution of Documents.  At any time requested by POET, either during Consultant’s engagement or after termination thereof, and without charge to POET, Consultant hereby authorizes and empowers POET to take any action necessary worldwide to perfect and protect POET’s legal rights to the Intellectual Property, provided that Opel shall pay any amounts required to perfect and protect Opel’s legal rights to the Intellectual Property.  Consultant shall, on Opel’s request execute, acknowledge, and deliver all documents, including applications for copyrights and patents, and perform such other lawful acts as, in the opinion of POET or its attorneys, may be necessary to obtain or maintain copyrights or patents for such inventions and other Intellectual Property rights, in any and all countries and to vest title thereto in the POET, its designees, successors, assigns, or nominees.

 

4.                                       Covenant Against Disclosure.  Consultant acknowledges that in the course of the engagement POET will necessarily reveal to Consultant confidential, proprietary or trade secret information (hereinafter referred to as “Proprietary Information”), and, in addition to all other obligations, Consultant shall:

 

4.1                                Keep in strictest confidence during and subsequent to the engagement all Proprietary Information identified as such or which, from the circumstances, in good faith and good conscience ought to be treated as such, including but not limited to products, methods of manufacture, formulas, machinery, compositions, discoveries, processes, price lists, logical flow diagrams, software, computer programs, firmware, manuals, source and object codes, customer lists, business plans, or any other information of the business of the POET which Consultant may acquire or develop in connection with or as a result of its engagement by POET.

 

4.2                                Not use any such Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of POET. Consultant shall not directly or indirectly publish, communicate, divulge, or describe to any

 

7



 

unauthorized person or apply for a patent incorporating any such Proprietary Information during the period of the engagement or any time subsequent thereto except for patent applications authorized by POET.

 

4.3                                Articles 4.1 and 4.2, above shall also apply to Proprietary Information of third parties to which Consultant may have access or been exposed to as a result of the engagement by POET.

 

4.4                                This Article 4 shall not apply to information already in the public domain (by reason other than Consultant’s disclosure) or information that has been dedicated or released to the public by the POET.

 

5.                                       Covenant Against Solicitation. For a period of one (1) year following the Termination Date of the Consulting Agreement, Consultant shall not directly or indirectly induce or attempt to induce any other consultant or independent subcontractor of POET or its affiliates or subsidiaries to leave POET’s employment or terminate any engagement as an independent contractor with POET or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

 

6.                                       Covenant Against Solicitation of Customers.  For a period of one (1) year after the Termination Date of the Consulting Agreement, Consultant shall not contact or deal or solicit or do business with any customer of the POET with respect to a product that may compete in any way with products that were in development or sample or offered for sale by POET during the Consultant’s period of engagement by POET or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

 

7.                                       Covenant Against Competition.  For a period of one (1) year after the Termination Date of the Consulting Agreement, the Consultant shall not engage in any business, employment, consultancy assignment in which Consultant is required to aid in the design or development or marketing or specification or sale or commercialization of any product or process or technology similar to any product, process or technology of POET that was in design or prototype or was offered for sale during Consultant’s period of engagement with the  POET or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

 

8.                                       Compliance With US Economic Espionage Act.  Consultant understands that POET has a firm policy that all Consultants must comply with the US Economic Espionage Act and applicable related state laws.  In keeping with this policy, Consultant agrees that as a condition of the engagement, Consultant will comply with all the requirements of the US Economic Espionage Act and applicable related state laws, and Consultant understands that POET does not allow and will not tolerate Consultant’s use or misuse of any third party’s intellectual property in connection with the business or operations of POET’s business or arising in any way out of Consultant’s duties to POET.

 

9.                                       Covenant Against Misuse Of Third Party Intellectual Property.  Consultant (a) agrees not to disclose or use any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of any prior person or entity in connection with the engagement by POET, (b) confirms that Consultant is not being engaged in a capacity or position that will be likely to cause Consultant to inadvertently or inevitably use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of third parties, (c) is not subject to any agreement or covenant or restriction which would restrict or prohibit consulting with POET or participation in the tasks that Consultant is being hired to

 

8



 

perform, and (d) has not unlawfully solicited, nor has POET requested that Consultant unlawfully solicit, any person employed by a former employer to join POET.

 

10.                                No Conflicts of Interest.  Consultant agrees not to engage in any activity likely to result in the unauthorized use of or loss of rights in Proprietary Information or confidential information of POET or of others who have disclosed information in confidence to POET.  To the best of Consultant’s knowledge, Consultant has no other existing contract to assign inventions and ideas to any party, nor is Consultant contractually prohibited from engaging in any type or field of work, unless so indicated in a separate disclosure statement delivered in advance of employment hereunder.

 

11.                                Prior Inventions.  If, prior to the date of execution hereof, Consultant has made or conceived any inventions, improvements, or developments, whether patentable or unpatentable, which Consultant desires to have excluded from this Agreement, Consultant has indicated in a separate disclosure statement a complete list thereof delivered in advance of the engagement hereunder.

 

12.                                Return of Property.  Upon termination of Consultant’s engagement with POET (“Termination Date”)for any reason, Consultant shall return to POET all property of the POET of which Consultant has had custody including delivery to the POET  of all notebooks and other data relating to research or experiments conducted by Consultant or any Inventions made by Consultant, and to make full disclosure relating to research, experiments or inventions relating to the products, processes, or methods of manufacture of the POET or otherwise covered by this Agreement.

 

13.                                Compliance Not Contingent Upon Additional Consideration.  Consultant has not been promised nor shall Consultant have the right to claim any additional or special payment for compliance with the covenants and agreements herein contained.

 

14.                                Injunctive Relief.  Consultant acknowledges that the disclosure of any Proprietary Information by Consultant or breach by Consultant of any of the covenants not to compete and not to solicit will give rise to irreparable injury to POET, or third parties having a relationship with POET.  Consultant understands and agrees that such a breach would not be adequately compensated to POET by money damages alone, and, consequently, Consultant agrees that POET or a third party whose rights are injured by Consultant’s breach, may obtain injunctive relief against the breach, or threatened breach, in addition to any other legal remedies that POET or an affected third party may have.  Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the enforcement of an injunction hereunder would not prevent Consultant accepting other assignments, since Consultant’s experience and capabilities would enable him to find employment in a non-competitive capacity during the restriction period.

 

15.                                Severability.  The unenforceability or inapplicability of any one or more phrases and/or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any part thereof.  If one or more phrases and/or provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad or otherwise unenforceable at law, such provision or provisions shall be reformed and construed by the court by limiting or

 

9



 

reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law.

 

16.                                Assignment.  Consultant may not assign any rights or delegate any duties or obligations under this Agreement. The rights and obligations of POET under this Agreement shall automatically be assigned to the successors and assigns of the POET, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the permitted successors and assigns of Consultant.

 

17.                                General.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between POET and Consultant with respect to the matters of assignment of inventions, confidentiality, covenant against competition and covenant against solicitation, as well as all other matters covered by this Agreement.  This Agreement also supersedes and cancels any prior or contemporaneous agreements, representations, promises, offers and/or understandings by or between POET and Consultant, whether written or oral, regarding all matters covered by this Agreement. Following the date of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall be in effect for Consultant’s work with and engagement by POET. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof and shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts of the State of Connecticut.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

POET Technologies Inc. and ODIS Inc.

 

                              {Signed}

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Peter Copetti

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

Duly Authorized

 

 

 

 

 

Consultant:

 

 

 

                              {Signed}

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Christopher Lee Shepherd

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

Duly Authorized

 

 

10



 

APPENDIX “B”

 

EXCLUSIONS RELATING TP PARAGRAPH 11

 

None

 

11


Exhibit 4.11

 

POET Technologies, Incorporated

 

SUBJECT:                                      Agreement for Provision of LABORATORY & RELATED
Consulting Services to POET Technologies.

 

PARTIES:                                        POET Technologies, Inc.

PO Box 555

Storrs-Mansfield, CT

06268 USA

And

Dr. Geoff Taylor

University of Connecticut

Dept. of ESE, M/S U-157

260 Glenbrook Road

Storrs, CT  06269-3157

 

1.                    This Agreement establishes the conditions under which Dr. Taylor will furnish consulting services to POET Technologies, Inc.

 

2.                    The scope of work shall be in accordance with the direction and guidance as specified by Mr. Leon M. Pierhal, President, POET Technologies, Inc.

 

3.                    The Consultant will provide POET with technical and analytic support on the development of integrated circuit technology platform and its initial products.  This work covers the period from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

 

4.                    The Consultant will be compensated for services at the rate of $12K per month for up to but not to exceed $144K per year.  Consultant’s effort shall be expended in a manner that is proportionate and appropriate to achieving targets, milestones and other goals or objectives as may be periodically assigned to Consultant, (Attachment 1) and Consultants continued success in applying for and securing U.S. Patents (I.P.) and working prototypes of the single integrated telecommunications circuit containing integrated HFETs, thyristor lasers and thyristor detectors, sensors and fully functioning OE integrated circuits.  Consultant will fully complete the existing NASA SBIR contract activity, CEASING FURTHER APPLICATIONS FOR SUCH SBIR FINDING UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY POET TECHNOLOGIES. Consultant will allow sufficient hours and dollars to produce documentation of the technology procedures and circuit designs.  Compensation shall not be subject to withholding of taxes; and, therefore, it is the responsibility of the Consultant to render any taxes due any Government body.  POET will provide Consultant with a Form 1099, as required by law, each year for his tax filing purposes.

 

5.                    The Consultant will be reimbursed for travel and other related expenses associated with specific assignments or requirements at POET Technologies customer-sponsored meetings.

 

1



 

6.                    The Consultant will submit, on a monthly basis, invoices for compensation.  These invoices will specify the dates covered by the invoice and the details of any expenses associated with the consulting activity as well as a short summary of the work - accomplished. Invoices will be submitted to Mr. Blaine Grisel; POET Technologies, Inc.; PO Box 555, 22 Quail Run Road, Storrs-Mansfield, Ct., 06268

 

7.                    In performing the required services under this Agreement, it is the Consultant’s responsibility to avoid (1) any actual or apparent conflict between the Consultant’s duties or obligations to other parties, including the Federal Government, and such duties and obligations assumed under this Agreement and (2) disclosure of information which would violate or appear to violate such duties and obligations to third parties.  It is agreed that if Consultant finds that a conflict develops because of a relationship between Consultant and any third party, the Consultant shall immediately notify POET Technologies, who shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement immediately.  Upon exercise of such right of termination, POET’s only obligation to Consultant shall be to reimburse for services rendered to date of termination.

 

8.                    Consultant warrants that the services of the Consultant will not violate or in any way infringe upon the rights of third parties, including property, contractual, employment, non-competition, trade secrets, proprietary information and non-disclosure rights, or any trademark, copyright or patent rights.  Consultant agrees to indemnify POET Technologies against any claims should Consultant violate any of the above in the course of this Agreement.

 

9.                    Consultant warrants that the services of the Consultant shall comply with all applicable Federal and State laws and regulations, procedures and directives in performing his responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

10.             No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties.

 

11.             This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between Consultant and POET Technologies. Should any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement be determined unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain valid and binding of the parties.

 

2



 

Attachment 1

 

Assigned Targets & Milestones

 

1.

 

Successful completion of Milestone # 5- Terminal Switching Laser demonstration in POET Lab. on or before February 15 th

 

10,500.00

2.

 

Successful completion of Milestone #8-  Demonstration of 100nm or  below PET n-and p-channel device in POET Lab. on or before April 15 th

 

25,000.00

 

IN WITNESS BY SIGNATURE, Consultant has read and accepts these terms and conditions:

 

AGREED:

 

            {Signed}

 

 

 

 

 

Leon M. Pierhal, President, POET Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

Date:

Jan. 29, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

            {Signed}

 

 

 

 

 

Consultant: Dr. Geoff Taylor

 

 

 

Date:

1 - 29 - 14

 

 

3


Exhibit 4.12

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT is made this 4 th  day of November, 2013 between POET Technologies Inc. (“the Employer”) and Stephane Gagnon , of Ottawa, Ontario (“the Employee”)

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES Inc. (the “Employer”) and STEPHANE GAGNON (“the Employee”) have agreed to enter into an employment contract and have agreed that their employment relationship will be governed by the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                             Employment : The Employee is employed as Senior VP of Operations of the Employer effective November 4 th  2013 and you will report to Peter Copetti.

 

2.                             Responsibilities and Accountability :

 

1)                             The Employee’s responsibilities will include the following:

 

a)                            Develop a worldwide customer base and partnerships to bring the POET technologies to market through a controlled monetization process;

 

b)                            Develop the business strategy to continue to raise funds for the company until it is self-sustaining;

 

c)                             Support the reduction into standard industry process documentation all fabrication steps associated with POET, whether protected or public, for each prioritized device or system based on POET intellectual property (IP);

 

d)                            Drive the technical team located at the University of Connecticut to high performance levels, in part by following industry-standard processes of engineering discipline to deliver the companies’ IP-based products to the market.

 

e)                             Develop strategy for IP-based product definition and commercialization

 

f)                              Develop a mitigation strategy to cover POET resources, including equipment and staff

 

2)                             At all times, the Employee’s job description and responsibilities will be subject to reasonable modification by the Employer to meet the needs of the Employer’s business, its customers and its business development.

 



 

3.                             Place of Employment : The Employee will perform his duties from his home office at 9 Jarlan Terrace, Kanata, Ontario until such time as the Employer has an office in the Ottawa area.

 

4.                             Term : The Employee’s employment with the Employer will commence on November 4 th  2013 and continue indefinitely until it is terminated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 11 of this contract.

 

5.                             Hours of Work : The Employee will work 40 hours per week from Monday to Friday, and such other times as may be required to meet the requirements of the position. The Employee will not be entitled to claim or to be paid overtime regardless of how many hours he may work in any month or year of service with the Employer, it being understood and agreed that the remuneration paid to the Employee under paragraph 7 below is intended to fully compensate the Employee for his efforts, regardless of how many hours he may work for the Employer.

 

6.                             Service : The Employee will devote his full time and attention to the affairs and interests of the Employer. The Employee covenants and agrees that as long as he is an Employee of the Employer, he will not carry on business or work for or actively participate in any company or business organization.

 

7.                             Remuneration and Benefits: In consideration of the Employee’s commitments and the performance of his employment responsibilities, the Employer will pay and grant the Employee the following salary and benefits:

 

1)                             Base Salary : The Employer will pay the Employee a salary of One Hundred and Eighty Thousand ($180,000.00) Dollars per annum, payable in arrears in equal monthly installments of ($15,000), subject to adjustment in accordance with the annual employment review in January of each year of this contract, the first review to be in January 2015.

 

2)                             Stock Options : You will be recommended for a stock option grant to purchase Five Hundred Thousand shares (500,000) shares of POET Technologies common stock.

 

2



 

On a yearly basis, Stephane Gagnon will be considered for new stock option grant based on performance.

 

3)                             Vacation: The Employee is entitled to four (4) weeks paid vacation leave in the first year of his employment and in each year thereafter. At all times, the Employee’s vacation is to be taken at times that are mutually agreeable to the Employer and the Employee.

 

4)                             Sick Leave : The Employee is entitled to a total of six (6) days of paid sick leave per year. The Employer reserves the right to require the Employee to submit a doctor’s certificate confirming the Employee’s medical incapacity or inability to work for the period claimed. On termination of the Employee’s employment, any accumulated sick leave that has not been used will be extinguished and the Employee will not be compensated for any such unused sick leave.

 

5)                             Statutory Holidays : The Employee is entitled to the following ten (10) paid statutory holidays per year: New Year’s Day, Family Day, Good Friday, Victoria Day, Canada Day, Civic Holiday, Labour Day, Thanksgiving, Christmas Day and Boxing Day.

 

6)                             Office setup costs : Because the employment will be carried at the employee’s home, POET will reimburse the employee up to $5,000 for expenses incurred to setup the office furniture and equipment (desk, computer, backup system, etc). Receipts will be submitted for the reimbursement.

 

8.                             Conflict of Interest . The Employee will abide by all employment policies and conflict of interest guidelines and policies established by the Employer for its employees, contractors, officers, administrators and others involved in its activities.

 

9.                             Confidential Information: The Employee acknowledges and agrees that certain information that he acquires during his employment with the Employer, including all information about customers, sales, pricing, sales or pricing strategies, sales forecasts, business programs or strategies and other such competitive business information, is “confidential information”. The Employee agrees that he will keep all such confidential information in confidence and will not at any time, during his employment or any time

 

3



 

thereafter, disclose any such information to anyone or use any such confidential information for any purpose whatsoever other than for the business of the Employer, without the express, written permission of the Employer.

 

10.                      Non-competition .

 

1)                             The Employee covenants and agrees that as long as he is an Employee of the Employer, he will not work for, invest in, advise, enter into business relationships with or otherwise serve any business, person, firm or corporation (including one owned by him) which carries on a business reasonably similar to that of the Employer or which may reasonably be said to be in competition with the Employer.

 

2)                             The Employee covenants and agrees that upon the termination of his employment for any reason, whether terminated by the Employee or the Employer, for a period of six (6) months from the date of termination, he will not work for, invest in, advise, enter into business relationships with or otherwise serve any business, person, firm or corporation (including one owned by him) which carries on a business reasonably similar to that of the Employer.

 

11.                      Termination of Employment : The parties understand and agree that their employment relationship and this employment contract may be terminated in the following manner in the circumstances specified below:

 

1)                             By the Employee, at any time, for any reason, upon giving four (4) weeks’ written notice to the Employer. The Employer may waive such notice in whole or in part.

 

2)                             By the Employer, in its absolute discretion, without any notice or pay in lieu of notice, if it has cause to dismiss without notice or pay in lieu in accordance with the current principles and provisions of the common law of Ontario.

 

3)                             By the Employer, at any time, for any reason or without a reason, upon giving the Employee Twenty-Six (26) weeks’ written notice, plus an additional Four (4) weeks’ notice for each year of employment completed by the Employee, or by payment of salary in lieu of notice for that period of time.

 

4



 

12.                      Employment Review : In January of each year, the Employer’s CEO will meet with the Employee to assess and review the ongoing requirements and performance of the Employee’s responsibilities and achievements as the Employer’s Senior VP of Business Development. The first such employment review will be in January 2015.

 

13.                      Personal Contract : This is a personal contract to be performed by the Employee and he may not transfer, assign or sub-contract any responsibilities or elements of his employment to any other person in any manner without the express written approval of the Employer.

 

14.                      Dispute Resolution : With any and all issues or disputes that may arise under this Agreement, the parties agree that they will attempt to resolve them by open, collaborative negotiation in a way that promotes the best interest of all parties to the Agreement.  With any issue or dispute that they are not able to resolve by negotiation among them, the parties to such issue or dispute will use mediation (by an outside mediator agreeable to everyone involved) to attempt to resolve it.  If any dispute cannot be resolved by negotiation or mediation the parties will consider other reasonable dispute alternatives, including arbitration.

 

15.                      Other Obligations: The Employee warrants that he has not signed or entered into any agreement or legal obligation with any former employer or any other party that would in any way prevent or limit him from entering into the present employment contract and from honoring and fulfilling all of the terms and responsibilities of his employment with the Employer. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that he is fully and solely responsible for any such obligations he may have to any former employer or any other party and that the Employer has no responsibility for any such obligations.

 

16.                      Notices

 

All notices, consents, approvals, statements, authorizations, documents, or other communications (collectively “Notice” ) required or permitted to be given under this contract shall be in writing, and shall be delivered personally or transmitted by email transmission or mailed by Xpresspost mail, postage prepaid, to each of the parties at their

 

5



 

current email address or postal address as set forth hereunder or at any such address as may be given by either of them to the other in writing from time to time. As of the date hereof, this information for each of the parties is as follows:

 

1)                             In the case of POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. to:

 

Email Address:

Postal Address: Suite 501, 121 Richmond Street West, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2K1

 

2)                             In the case of Stephane Gagnon to:

 

Email Address:

Postal Address:

 

17.                      Modification of Agreement : Any modification to this agreement must be in writing and signed by the parties or it shall be void and of no effect.

 

18.                      Governing Law : This contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by each of the parties on the date indicated below, to apply and be effective as of November 4 th  2013.

 

Date:

 

)

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

Per:

 

 

 

)

 

[Name], President

 

 

)

I have authority to bind the Corporation

 

 

)

 

Date:

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

 

 

)

 

Witness

 

)

STEPHANE GAGNON

 

6


Exhibit 4.13

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. (the “Corporation”)
(formerly “OPEL Technologies Inc.”)

 

2013 STOCK OPTION PLAN (the “Plan”)

 

1.               Purpose of the Plan

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Corporation in attracting, retaining and motivating “Directors”, “Employees” and “Consultants” of the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries and to closely align the personal interests of such Directors, Employees and Consultants with those of the shareholders by providing them with the opportunity, through options, to acquire common shares in the capital of the Corporation. All capitalized terms herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in TSX Venture Exchange Policies 1.1, 4.4, or other applicable TSX Venture Exchange Policies as the case may be.

 

2.               Implementation

 

The Plan and the grant and exercise of any options under the Plan are subject to compliance with the applicable requirements of each stock exchange (the “Exchanges”) on which the shares of the Corporation are listed at the time of the grant of any options under the Plan and of any governmental authority or regulatory body to which the Corporation is subject.

 

Upon approval by the Shareholders of the Corporation, the Plan will replace and supersede the previous Plan known as the “2011 Stock Option Plan” which was approved by Shareholders on June 21st, 2011. Notwithstanding that at some future date, the shares of the Corporation are no longer listed on the TSX Venture Exchange, the Plan will remain in effect until amended or discontinued in accordance with section 7, provided that it is in compliance with all applicable corporate and securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

3.               Administration

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation which shall, without limitation, subject to the approval of the Exchanges, have full and final authority in its discretion, but subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors may delegate any or all of its authority with respect to the administration of the Plan and any or all of the rights, powers and discretions with respect to the Plan granted to it hereunder to such committee of directors of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may designate and upon such delegation such committee of directors, as well as the Board of Directors, shall be entitled to exercise any or all of such authority, rights, powers and discretions with respect to the Plan. When used hereafter in the Plan, “Board of Directors” shall be deemed to include a committee of directors acting on behalf of the Board of Directors.

 

4.               Shares Issuable Under the Plan

 

Subject to the requirements of the TSX Venture Exchange:

 

(a)          the aggregate number of shares (“Optioned Shares”) that may be issuable pursuant to options granted under the Plan will not exceed 26,475,000 shares (being an increase of 8,003,000 since last shareholders’ approval and hereinafter referred to as the “Fixed Number;

 

(b)          unless approval of this Plan is obtained by the majority of the disinterested shareholders of the Corporation (the “Disinterested Approval”),

 



 

(i)                        the number of shares reserved for issuance under stock options granted to Insiders of the Corporation under this Plan and all outstanding stock option plans or grants of options may not at any time exceed 10% of the issued shares of the Corporation;

 

(ii)                     no more than an aggregate of 10% of the issued shares of the Corporation, calculated at the date the option(s) is(are) granted, may be granted to Insiders of the Corporation in any 12 month period under this Plan and all outstanding stock option plans or grants of options;

 

(iii)                  no more than an aggregate of 5% of the issued shares of the Corporation, calculated at the date the option is granted, may be granted to any one Optionee (as hereinafter defined) in any 12 month period under this Plan and all outstanding stock option plans or grants of options;

 

however, upon obtaining the requisite Disinterested Approval, these provisions shall no longer apply;

 

(c)           no more than 2% of the issued shares of the Corporation, calculated at the date the option is granted, may be granted to any one Consultant in any 12 month period;

 

(d)          no more than an aggregate of 2% of the issued shares of the Corporation, calculated at the date the option is granted, may be granted to all Person’s retained to provide Investor Relations Activities in any 12 month period. Persons retained to provide Investor Relations Activities shall include any Consultant that performs Investor Relations Activities and Employees or Directors whose role and duties primarily consist of Investor Relations Activities.

 

5.               Eligibility

 

(a)          General

 

Options may be granted under the Plan to Directors, Employees, Consultants, and Consultant Companies of the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries (collectively the “Optionees” and individually an “Optionee”).  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the total number of Optioned Shares to be made available under the Plan and to each Optionee, the time or times and price or prices at which options shall be granted, the time or times at which such options are exercisable, and any conditions or restrictions on the exercise of options, shall be in the full and final discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

(b)          Consultant Company and other Companies

 

Except in relation to a Consultant Company options may also be granted under the Plan to a company which is wholly owned by individuals eligible for an option grant, provided that a Form 4F (Certification and Undertaking Required from a Company Granted an Incentive Stock Option) duly completed and signed by the Optionee in the form attached hereto as Schedule “B” or such other form as may be amended by the TSX Venture Exchange from time to time.

 

(c)           Management Company Employees

 

Options may also be granted to Management Company Employees employed by a company providing management services to the Corporation, which services are required for the ongoing successful operation of the business enterprise of the Corporation, except for services involving Investor Relations Activities.

 

(d)          Options Granted to Employees, Consultants or Management Company Employees

 

The Corporation represents that, in the event it wishes to grant options under the Plan to Employees, Consultants, Consultant Companies or Management Company Employees, it will only grant such options to Optionees who are bona fide Employees, Consultants, Consultant Companies or Management Company Employees, as the case may be.

 

2



 

6.        Terms and Conditions

 

All options under the Plan shall be granted upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

(a)          Exercise price

 

The exercise price to each Optionee for each Optioned Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors, but shall be:

 

(i)              not less than the last closing price of the Corporation’s common shares as traded on the TSX Venture Exchange before the date of the stock option grant, unless the price determined by the Board of Directors is discounted, in which case shall not be less than the Discounted Market Price of the Corporation’s common shares as traded on the TSX Venture Exchange, or

 

(ii)           such other price as may be agreed to by the Corporation and accepted by the TSX Venture Exchange,

 

provided that the exercise price for each Optioned Share in respect of options granted within 90 days of a Distribution by a Prospectus shall not be less than the greater of the Discounted Market Price and the price per share paid by public investors for listed shares of the Corporation under the Distribution.

 

(b)          Reduction in the Exercise Price of Options Granted to Insiders

 

In the event the Corporation wishes to reduce the exercise price of any options held by Insiders of the Corporation at the time of the proposed reduction, the approval of the disinterested Shareholders of the Corporation will be required prior to the exercise of any such options at the reduced exercise price.

 

(c)           Option Agreement

 

All options shall be granted under the Plan by means of an agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between the Corporation and each Optionee in the form attached hereto as Schedule “A” or such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of the Option Agreement by any one director or officer of the Corporation, or otherwise as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(d)          Length of Grant

 

Subject to sections 6 (k), 6 (m), 6 (n), 6 (o) and 6 (p) all options granted under the Plan shall expire not later than that date which is 10 years from the date such options were granted.

 

(e)           Non-Assignability of Options

 

An option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable or assignable (whether absolutely or by way of mortgage, pledge or other charge) by an Optionee other than by will or other testamentary instrument or the laws of succession (subject to section 6 (p) hereof) and may be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by such Optionee.

 

(f)            Vesting Schedules

 

The following vesting schedules will apply to incentive stock options granted under the Plan. Each Optionee who is granted an option under the Plan will become vested with the right to exercise one-quarter (1/4) of the option on the date of the grant of the option and a further one-quarter (1/4) upon the conclusion of every six months subsequent to the date of the grant of the option, such that that Optionee will be vested with the right to exercise one hundred percent (100%) of his option upon the conclusion of 18 months from the date of the grant of the option. The Board of Directors may, at the time of grant, apply a different vesting schedule for any or all options granted, including such schedule whereby the options will vest immediately, provided that options granted to Consultants performing “Investor Relations Activities” must vest in stages over 12 months with no more than ¼ of the options vesting in any three month period.

 

3



 

(g)           Right to Postpone Exercise

 

Each Optionee, upon becoming entitled to exercise the option in respect of any Optioned Shares in accordance with the Option Agreement, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the option to purchase such Optioned Shares at any time prior to the expiration or other termination of the Option Agreement or the option rights granted thereunder in accordance with such agreement.

 

(h)          Exercise and Payment

 

Any option granted under the Plan may be exercised by an Optionee or, if applicable, the legal representatives of an Optionee, giving notice to the Corporation specifying the number of shares in respect of which such option is being exercised, accompanied by payment (by bank draft or certified cheque/check payable to the Corporation) of the entire exercise price (determined in accordance with the Option Agreement) for the number of shares specified in the notice. Upon any such exercise of an option by an Optionee the Corporation shall cause the transfer agent and registrar of shares of the Corporation to promptly deliver to such Optionee or the legal representatives of such Optionee, as the case may be, a share certificate in the name of such Optionee or the legal representatives of such Optionee, as the case may be, representing the number of shares specified in the notice. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Optionee shall comply with any procedures adopted by the Corporation from time to time with respect to the exercise of options including the procedures of any outside companies retained by the Corporation to facilitate the exercise of options.

 

(i)              Rights of Optionees

 

The Optionees shall have no rights whatsoever as shareholders in respect of any of the Optioned Shares (including, without limitation, voting rights or any right to receive dividends, warrants or rights under any rights offering) other than Optioned Shares in respect of which Optionees have exercised their option to purchase and which have been issued by the Corporation.

 

(j)             Effect of a Take-Over Bid

 

If a bona fide offer ( an “Offer”) for Shares is made to the Optionee or to shareholders of the Corporation generally or to a class of shareholders which includes the Optionee, which Offer, if accepted in whole or in part, would result in the offeror becoming a control person of the Corporation, within the meaning of subsection 1(1) of the Securities Act, the Corporation shall, immediately upon receipt of notice of the Offer, notify each Optionee of full particulars of the Offer, whereupon (subject to the approval of the Exchanges) all Option Shares subject to such Option will become fully vested and the Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Optionee so as to permit the Optionee to tender the Option Shares received upon such exercise, pursuant to the Offer. However, if:

 

(i)    (a)  the Offer is not completed within the time specified therein; or

 

(ii)    (b)  all of the Option Shares tendered by the Optionee pursuant to the Offer are not taken up or paid for by the offeror in respect thereof;

 

then the Option Shares received upon such exercise, or in the case of clause (b) above, the Option Shares that are not taken up and paid for, may be returned by the Optionee to the Corporation and reinstated as authorized but unissued Shares and with respect to such returned Option Shares, the Option shall be reinstated as if it had not been exercised and the terms upon which such Option Shares were to become vested pursuant to section 6 (f) shall be reinstated. If any Option Shares are returned to the Corporation under this section 6 (g), the Corporation shall immediately refund the exercise price to the Optionee for such Option Shares

 

(k)          Acceleration of Expiry Date

 

If at any time when an Option granted under the Plan remains unexercised with respect to any Unissued Option Shares, an Offer is made by an offeror, the Directors may, upon notifying each Optionee of full particulars of the Offer, declare all Option Shares issuable upon the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, fully vested, and declare that the Expiry Date for the exercise of all

 

4



 

unexercised Options granted under the Plan is accelerated so that all Options will either be exercised or will expire prior to the date upon which Shares must be tendered pursuant to the Offer.  The Directors shall give each Optionee as much notice as possible of the acceleration of the Options under this section, except that not less than 5 business days notice is required and more than 30 days notice is not required.

 

(l)              Effect of a Change of Control

 

If a Change of Control occurs, all Option Shares subject to each outstanding Option will become fully vested, whereupon such Option may be exercised in whole or in part by the Optionee, subject to the approval of the Exchanges, if necessary.

 

(m)      Alterations in Shares

 

In the event of a stock dividend, subdivision, redivision, consolidation, share reclassification (other than pursuant to the Plan), amalgamation, merger, corporate arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or the like of or by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may make such adjustment, if any, of the number of Optioned Shares, or of the exercise price, or both, as it shall deem appropriate to give proper effect to such event. If because of a proposed merger, amalgamation or other corporate arrangement or reorganization, the exchange or replacement of shares in the Corporation for those in another corporation is imminent, the Board of Directors may, in a fair and equitable manner, determine the manner in which all unexercised option rights granted under the Plan shall be treated including, for example, requiring the acceleration of the time for the exercise of such rights by the Optionees and of the time for the fulfilment of any conditions or restrictions on such exercise. All determinations of the Board of Directors under this section 6 (m) shall be full and final.

 

(n)          Termination for Cause

 

If an Optionee ceases to be either a Director, Employee, Consultant or Management Company Employee of the Corporation or of any of its subsidiaries as a result of having been dismissed from any such position for cause, all unexercised option rights of that Optionee under the Plan shall immediately become terminated and shall lapse, notwithstanding the original term of the option granted to such Optionee under the Plan.

 

(o)          Termination Other Than For Cause

 

(i)              If an Optionee ceases to be either a Director, Employee, Consultant or Management Company Employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for any reason other than as a result of having been dismissed for cause as provided in section 6 (n) or as a result of the Optionee s death, such Optionee shall have the right for a period of 90 days (or until the normal expiry date of the option rights of such Optionee if earlier) from the date of ceasing to be either a Director, Employee, Consultant or Management Company Employee to exercise the option under the Plan with respect to all Optioned Shares of such Optionee to the extent they were exercisable on the date of ceasing to be either a Director, Employee, Consultant or Management Company Employee. Upon the expiration of such 90 day period all unexercised option rights of that Optionee shall immediately become terminated and shall lapse notwithstanding the original term of the option granted to such Optionee under the Plan.

 

(ii)           If an Optionee engaged in providing Investor Relations Activities to the Corporation ceases to be employed in providing such Investor Relations Activities, such Optionee shall have the right for a period of 30 days (or until the normal expiry date of the option rights of such Optionee if earlier) from the date of ceasing to provide such Investor Relations Activities to exercise the option under the Plan with respect to all Optioned Shares of such Optionee to the extent there were exercisable on the date of ceasing to provide such Investor Relations Activities. Upon the expiration of such 30-day period all unexercised option rights of that Optionee shall immediately become terminated and shall lapse notwithstanding the original term of the option granted to such Optionee under the Plan.

 

5



 

(p)          Deceased Optionee

 

In the event of the death of any Optionee, the legal representatives of the deceased Optionee shall have the right for a period of one year (or until the normal expiry date of the option rights of such Optionee if earlier) from the date of death of the deceased Optionee to exercise the deceased Optionee’s option with respect to all of the Optioned Shares of the deceased Optionee to the extent they were exercisable on the date of death. Upon the expiration of such period all unexercised option rights of the deceased Optionee shall immediately become terminated and shall lapse notwithstanding the original term of the option granted to the deceased Optionee under the Plan.

 

(q)          Hold Period

 

In addition to any resale restrictions under securities legislation, securities regulation and securities rules, as amended, and the policies, notices, instruments and blanket orders in force from time to time that are applicable to an Issuer, and any other circumstances for which the Exchange Hold Period may apply, where the exercise price of the stock option is at a discount to the Market Price, all stock options and any Option Shares issued under stock options exercised prior to the expiry of the Exchange Hold Period must be legended with the Exchange Hold Period commencing on the date the stock options were granted.

 

(r)             Withholding Tax Requirements

 

If the Corporation is required under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any other applicable law to make source deductions in respect of employee stock option benefits and to remit to the applicable governmental authority an amount on account of tax based upon the value of the taxable benefit associated with the issuance of shares on exercise of options, then the Optionee shall:

 

(i)                   pay to the Corporation, in addition to the exercise price for the options, such cash as may be reasonably determined by the Corporation or an agent of the Company to be necessary to fund the required tax remittance;

(ii)                authorize the Corporation or an agent of the Company, on behalf of the Optionee, to sell in the market on such terms and at such time or times as the Corporation may determine, a portion of the optioned shares of the Corporation being issued upon exercise of the option to realize cash proceeds to fund the required tax remittance; or

(iii)             make other arrangements acceptable to the Corporation to fund the required tax remittance.

 

7.               Amendment and Discontinuance of Plan

 

Subject to the acceptance of the Exchanges and any required shareholder approval, the Board of Directors may from time to time amend or revise the terms of the Plan or may discontinue the Plan at any time, provided that no such action may in any manner adversely affect the rights under any options earlier granted to an Optionee under the Plan without the consent of that Optionee.

 

8.               No Further Rights

 

Nothing contained in the Plan nor in any option granted hereunder shall give any Optionee or any other person any interest or title in or to any shares of the Corporation or any rights as a shareholder of the Corporation or any other legal or equitable right against the Corporation whatsoever other than as set forth in the Plan and pursuant to the exercise of any option, nor shall it confer upon the Optionees any right to continue as a Director, Employee or Consultant of the Corporation or of any of its subsidiaries.

 

6



 

9.               Compliance with Laws

 

The obligations of the Corporation to sell shares and deliver share certificates under the Plan are subject to such compliance by the Corporation and the Optionees as the Corporation deems necessary or advisable with all applicable corporate and securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

Approved by the Directors on February 20th, 2013

 

Approved by the Disinterested Shareholders on June 21st, 2013

 

7


Exhibit 4.14

 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. (formerly OPEL TECHNOLOGIES INC.)

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN - OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Option Agreement dated · (the “Grant Date”) is entered into between POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. (“the Corporation”) and · (the “Optionee”) pursuant to the Corporation’s Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”).  A copy of the current version of the Plan is available for download from SEDAR (www.sedar.com) or from the Company’s website (http://www.poet-technologies.com/documents/Stock-Option-Plan.pdf .

 

The parties agree and confirm that: (i) the Optionee was granted the option (the “Option”) to purchase · Common Shares (the “Optioned Shares”) of the Corporation for the price (the “Option Price”) of $ · per share; (ii) the Optioned Shares will vest according to the vesting schedule set forth below, and only the vested Optioned Shares are exercisable; (iii) unless exercised or cancelled earlier, the Option expires and this Agreement will terminate on · (the “Expiry Date”); (iv) the Option is subject to all the terms and conditions set out in the Plan and subject to there being no objection by the TSX Venture Exchange to the grant of the Option to the Optionee.

 

[VEST_SCHEDULE_TABLE]###

 

For greater certainty, Optioned Shares continue to be exercisable until the termination or cancellation thereof as provided in this Option Agreement and the Plan.  {In certain circumstances, the TSX Venture Exchange may require shareholders’ approval to be obtained before an option can be exercised, thereby requiring the addition of the following wording: This Option is subject to shareholders’ approval at the next shareholders’ meeting for the amendments to the Plan and for this Option Grant. For greater certainty, this Option cannot be exercised until such shareholders’ approval has been obtained. }

 

By signing this Option Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee is (i) either a bona fide Director, Officer, Employee, Consultant, Consultant Company or Management Company Employee, of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation (as defined in Policy 4.4 of the TSX Venture Exchange), (ii) has read and understands the Plan, and (iii) agrees to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

The Optionee hereby agrees to comply with all applicable Canadian securities laws, all applicable securities laws of the Optionee’s jurisdiction of residence and all applicable Rules, Regulations and Policies of the TSX Venture Exchange for the exercise and sale of the Optioned Shares.  Any sale of shares issuable under this Option prior to the effective date is considered a short sale under applicable securities laws.

 

The Corporation has engaged Solium Capital Inc. (“Solium”) to administer the Plan using an Internet-based administration platform, which also includes the availability of a broker-assisted exercise process.  The Optionee can exercise his Option by executing a “Exercise and Hold” or “Exercise and Sell” transaction, by accessing Solium’s website or by telephone. For Exercise and Hold transactions, the required exercise payment along with the applicable withholding income taxes (“Taxes”) will need to be sent to the Secretary of the Corporation before the Optioned Shares can be issued and sent to the Optionee.  For Exercise and Sell transactions, the exercise price along with the applicable Taxes will be paid to Corporation by Solium from the net proceeds of the sale of the Optioned Shares.

 

Upon any exercise of Options pursuant to an Exercise and Sell transaction, if the Optionee is a person residing in the United States at the time of exercising his Option, the Optionee covenants, agrees and certifies that as at the date of such exercise:

 



 

·                   he is not an affiliate of the Corporation, as that term is defined in the U.S Securities Act of 1933, (or if he is, he is an affiliate of the Corporation only by virtue of being an officer or director of the Corporation);

 

·                   he has not offered, and has not instructed any person to offer, the Optioned Shares to a person in the United States;

 

·                   the sale of his Optioned Shares should only be executed in, on or through the facilities of The TSX Venture Exchange and neither he nor any person acting on his behalf know that a sale has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

·                   neither he nor any affiliate of his nor any person acting on his behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts in the United States in connection with the offer and sale of such Optioned Shares;

 

·                   the sale will be bona fide and not for the purpose of “washing off” any resale restrictions imposed;

 

·                   he does not intend to replace the shares sold with fungible unrestricted securities; and

 

·                   his sale or contemplated sale is not a transaction, or part of a series of transactions which is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the 1933 Act.

 

Executed by the Corporation as of the · day of · .

 

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

Acceptance

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

{IF APPLICABLE ONLY: Without prior written approval of the TSX Venture Exchange and compliance with all applicable securities legislation, the securities represented by this agreement and any securities issued upon exercise thereof may not be sold, transferred, hypothecated or otherwise traded on or through the facilities of the TSX Venture Exchange or otherwise in Canada or to or for the benefit of a Canadian resident until four months and one day after the Grant Date. }

 


Exhibit 4.15

WARRANT NO. SP. 1 SERIES “AE” CONTIINUED UNDER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT (ONTARIO) REPRESENTING * 1,000* WARRANTS WARRANT FOR PURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received: *- SPECIMEN SPECIMEN SPECIMEN the holder of this warrant, is entitled to purchase. ONE THOUSAND fully paid and non-assessable common shares of POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. at the price of CA$XX per share (the “Exercise Price”) at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on XX (the “Expiry Time”). The rights represented by this Warrant Certificate may be exercised by the Holder, from time to time, in whole or in part (but not as to a fractional share), by completing the subscription form attached hereto and surrendering this Warrant Certificate at the office of Capital Transfer Agency Inc., Suite 401, 121 RichmondStreet West, Toronto, ON M5H 2K1, together with a certified cheque, money order or bank draft payable to or to the order of POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. in payment of the purchase price of the number of Common Shares subscribed for. This Warrant Certificate and the Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant Certificate have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any state securities laws. This Warrant Certificate may not be exercised in the United States or by or on behalf of any U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act) or person in the United States, unless this Warrant and the Common Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have been registered under the U.S. Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. In the event of an exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate, certificates for the Common Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding ten business(10) days after the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate shall have been exercised and, unless this Warrant Certificate has expired or was exercised in its entirety, a new Warrant Certificate representing the number of Common Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such time. If the purchase price is paid by a non-certified cheque, then the share issuance will be delayed until the cheque has been cleared. This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as an Ontario contract. Michel Lafrance Secretary NJNTJNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE ON, THE OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE*. WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRADED ON OR THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE OR OTHERWlSE IN CANADA OR TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF A CANADIAN RESIDENT UNTIL *. DATED JANUARY 16, 2014 Countersigned and Registered CAPITAL TRANSFER AGENCY INC. (Toronto, Ontario, Canada) Warrant Agent AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE Printed by DATA BUSINESS FORMS 5144338

 


SUBSCRIPTION FORM TO: POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. c/o Capital Transfer Agency Inc. Suite 401,121 Richmond St. West Toronto, ON M5H 2K1 The undersigned registered Holder of the within Warrant Certificate, hereby subscribes for common shares ("Common Shares") (or such number of Common Shares or other securities or property to which such subscription entitles the undersigned in lieu thereof or in addition thereto under the Warrant Certificate) of POET Technologies Inc. at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price set forth on the front page of the warrant (or such adjusted price which may be in effect under the provisions of the Warrant Certificate) (the "Exercise Price'') and in payment of the Exercise Price encloses a certified cheque in lawful money of Canada payable to the order of POET Technologies Inc. or its successor corporation; and delivers herewith the above-mentioned Warrant Certificate entitling the undersigned to subscribe for the above-mentioned number of Common Shares. The undersigned hereby directs that the said Common Shares be registered as follows: NUMBER OF NAMES(S) IN FULL ADDRESS(ES) COMMON SHARES DATED THIS day of 200 . (Signature of Subscriber) (Print Name of Subscriber) (Address of Subscriber in Full) NOTE: The certificates will be mailed by registered mail to the address appearing in this Subscription Form. If the shares are to be registered in another name other than the Holder, a Power of Attorney Form or Warrant Transfer Form will be required for the issuance of the shares. Subscription Forms which are improperly completed or missing attachments will be returned to the Holder to correct the deficiencies which will delay the share issuance and may result in a fee being charged. WARRANT TRANSFER FORM TO: POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. c/o Capital Transfer Agency Inc. Suite 401, 121 Richmond St. West Toronto, ON M5H 2K1 Certificate of Transferor The undersigned holder of the within Warrant certificate hereby sells, assigns and transfers to [name of Transferee], [number of Warrants] Warrants of POET Technologies Inc. registered in the name of the undersigned on the records of POET Technologies Inc. represented by the attached Warrant certificate and irrevocably appoints , the attorney of the undersigned to transfer the said securities on the books or register with full power of substitution. DATED the day of , 200 . Signature of Transferor Signature and (if applicable) Authority Guaranteed NOTE: 1. A fee of $60.00 (plus applicable taxes) per warrant certificate must accompany this Warrant Transfer Form. This fee may change and additional fees may also apply. 2. There is an additional requirement for shares registered in the name of a corporation. A certified copy of a valid resolution that is dated, or has been signed, within the last 6 months appointing one or more persons to sign on behalf of the corporation, must be delivered with the warrant certificate, which certified copy must be signed by such person or persons and unless there is only one signing officer for the corporation, certified by someone other than the person designated in the resolution with the appropriate medallion signature guarantee. If there is only one signing officer for the corporation, the resolution must state that the person signing the resolution is the "sole signing officer". 3. Warrant Transfer Forms which are improperly completed or missing attachments will be returned to the Holder to correct the deficiencies and as such will delay the share issuance and may result in an additional fee being charged. 4. Any transfer of warrants will require compliance with applicable securities legislation. Transferors and transferees are urged to contact legal counsel before effecting any such transfer. SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS - INS SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS - INSTRUCTIONS DE S É CURIT É THIS IS WATERMARKED, HOLD TO LIGHT TO VERIFY WATERMARK. PAPIER FILIGRAN É , NE PAS ACCEPTER SANS V É RIFIER LA PR É SENCE DU FILIGRANE. POUR CE FAIRE, PLACER A LA LUMI É RE.

 

 


 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

WARRANT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

This Warrant is issued on the following terms and conditions:

 

1.               In the event of any subdivision of the Common Shares as such shares are constituted on the date hereof, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, into a greater number of Common Shares, the Company will thereafter deliver at the time or times of purchase of shares hereunder, in addition to the number of shares in respect of which the right to purchase is then being exercised, such additional number of shares as result from such subdivision without any additional payment or other consideration therefor.

 

2.               In the event of any consolidation of the Common Shares as such shares are constituted on the date hereof, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, into a lesser number of Common Shares, the number of shares represented by this Warrant shall thereafter be deemed to be consolidated in like manner and any subscription by the Holder for shares hereunder shall be deemed to be a subscription for shares of the Company as consolidated.

 

3.               In the event of any reclassification of the Common Shares into a different class of securities of the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company shall thereafter deliver at the time of the purchase of Common Shares hereunder the number of shares of the appropriate class resulting from the reclassification as the Holder would have been entitled to receive in respect of the number of shares so purchased had the right to purchase been exercised before such reclassification.

 

4.               If at any time while this Warrant is outstanding the Company shall be a party to any reorganization, merger, dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (an “Event”), whether or not the Company is the surviving entity, as a result of which an adjustment is made to the Common Shares, the securities issuable on exercise of this Warrant shall be the securities to which the Holder would have been entitled to receive by reason of such Event if the Holder had been, on the effective date of the Event, the registered holder of Common Shares issuable on exercise of any portion of this Warrant which is then unexercised, and the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Event shall be adjusted to reflect such Event as appropriate; provided, however that no adjustment shall be made as a result of the issuance or exchange of shares of OPEL Inc. Exchangeable Stock exchangeable for Common Shares of the Company as contemplated by in the Reorganization Agreement dated as of December 30, 2005 between the Company and OPEL Inc.

 

5.               Upon any adjustment of the number of Common Shares and upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of an event as described in paragraphs 1 to 4 above, then and in each such case the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the Exercise Price and the number of Common Shares or other securities subject to the unexercised Warrants resulting from such adjustment, and shall set forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

6.         In case at any time:

 

(a)          the Company shall issue rights, options or warrants to all or substantially all the holders of the outstanding common shares of the Company entitling them, for a period expiring not more than 45 days after the record date established for such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares at a price per share or, as the case may be, having a conversion or exchange price per share less than 95% of the Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) on such record date;

(b)          the Company shall declare any dividend upon its Common Shares payable in Common Shares or other securities of the Company;

(c)           the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Shares any additional shares of any class or other rights;

(d)          there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation; or

(e)           there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

 

then, in any one or more of such cases, the number of Common Shares to be issued under the Warrant shall, at the time of exercise, be appropriately adjusted and the Holder shall receive, in lieu of the number of Common Shares in respect of which the right is then being exercised, the aggregate number of Common Shares or other securities that the Holder would have been entitled to receive as a result of such event if, on the record date therefore, the Holder had been the registered holder of the number of Common Shares to which the Holder was entitled upon the exercise of the Warrant.  The Company shall give to the Holder (A) at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such issuance of rights, options or warrants, dividend, distribution or offer of subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up; and (B) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (A) shall also specify, in the case of any such issuance of rights, options or warrants, dividend, distribution or offer of subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (B) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to exchange their Common Shares for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be.

 

7.               For the purposes of any computation hereunder, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Shares at any date means the average, during the period of 20 consecutive trading days ending on the second trading day (as hereinafter defined) before such date, of

 

1



 

the volume weighted average trading price per share at which the Common Shares have traded on the Toronto Venture Exchange (“Exchange”) (or such other stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Shares may then be listed or quoted), provided that if, on any such trading day, there has been no trading of the Common Shares, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share for board lots of the Common Shares reported by the Exchange (or such other stock exchange or as quoted by the most commonly quoted or carried source of quotations for shares traded in the over-the-counter market) for such trading day shall be utilized in computing such average, and provided further that if the Common Shares are not listed on any stock exchange or traded on any quotation system, then the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares shall be determined by the directors of the Company acting in good faith.

 

8.               In the event that subdivided, consolidated or reclassified shares become issuable hereunder pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above or in the event of an adjustment to the Common Shares as referred to in paragraph 4 above, the aggregate exercise price payable to purchase 100% of such shares shall be equivalent to the aggregate price payable to purchase all of the Common Shares represented hereby prior to such subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or adjustment at the Exercise Price. In the event of the exercise of a portion of this Warrant to purchase subdivided, consolidated, reclassified or adjusted shares, the exercise price in respect of such portion shall be that percentage portion of the total exercise price, calculated as set forth in the foregoing, as is equivalent to the percentage portion of this Warrant then being exercised.

 

9.               The Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Holder that: (a) all Common Shares issued upon the due exercise of this Warrant and full payment of the Exercise Price thereof will, upon issuance, be fully paid and non-assessable; and (b) at all times the Company will have authorized and reserved for issuance a sufficient number of Common Shares to provide for the exercise of this and like Warrants.

 

10.        As a condition precedent to the taking of any action which would require an adjustment in any of the acquisition rights pursuant to this Warrant, including the number of Common Shares which are to be received upon the exercise thereof, the Company may take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company or a successor corporation has unissued and reserved in its authorized capital and may validly and legally issue as fully paid and non-assessable all the securities which the Holder is entitled to receive on the full exercise of this Warrant, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

11.        This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any rights as a shareholder of the Company including, without limitation, voting rights.

 

12.        The Holder, by acceptance of this Warrant, agrees that this Warrant and any Common Shares acquired by the Holder pursuant to this Warrant may not be traded until the expiry of a four month hold period ending four months after the date of issuance of the Warrant, except as permitted by the Securities Act (Ontario), the Securities Act (British Columbia) or the Securities Act (Alberta), as applicable, or regulations, rules and instruments made under such legislation, and until the expiry of the four month hold ending four months after the date of issuance of the Warrant, imposed by the Exchange (or such other stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Shares may then be listed or quoted), and the certificates for such shares may bear appropriate legends prescribed by applicable securities laws and the Exchange.

 

13.        Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, if requested by the Company, upon delivery of a bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Company (or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender of this Warrant certificate), the Company will issue to the Holder a replacement certificate containing the same terms and conditions as this Warrant.

 

14.        This Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable subject to the restrictions set forth in the legends on the front page of the Warrant Certificate and the requirements of applicable securities legislation and requirements of the Exchange (or such other stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Common Shares may then be listed or quoted).  Such transfer can be effected by completing the Warrant Transfer Form attached hereto. Subject to the foregoing, this Warrant is not assignable and not transferable by the Holder, except as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

15.        This certificate shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, the Holder and, subject as hereinbefore provided, its permitted successors and assigns.

 

16.        Nothing contained herein shall confer any right upon the Holder or any other person to subscribe for or purchase any shares of the Company at any time subsequent to 5:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the Expiry Time and, from and after such time, this Warrant and all rights hereunder shall be void and of no value.

 

17.        Time shall be of the essence hereof.

 

18.        This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and the parties hereto irrevocably attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario for the purpose of any dispute or proceedings involving this Warrant.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused its common seal to be affixed and this Warrant to be signed as of the · th day of · , 201 · .

 

 

POET TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Per:

 

 

 

Michel J. Lafrance, Secretary

 

2


Exhibit 4.16

 

* SPECIMEN * THIS CERTIFIES THAT 1 1 It represnris.(-)d(-)lyffITS-certificate are transferable at the offices of Equity Financial Trust Company, Toronto, ontario Canada Transfer Agent and Registrar Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer - ...-.. ,....,’ .,_ 1 N. Pier, Kevin Barnes :\ Tan Equity CO cased this Certificate on its behalf by the f FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES WITHOUT PAR VALUE IN THE CAPITAL OF POET TECHNOLOGIES INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder in person or by Attorney duly authorized in writing upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. * NINE MILLION AND 00/100 * SHARES P ET krtoKleplafia SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE VOIR LES INSTRUCTIONS DE SECURITE AU VERSO This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Corporation brat is the registered owner of 73044W104 ISIN: CA73044W1041 4 7 7 6 4 4 8 PnMud by DATA BUSINESS FORMS **9,000,000**************** 9,000,000**************** 9,000,000**************** 9,000,000**************** 9,000,000****************T TECHNOLOGIES DER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ..,9,000,00,0****.****.

 


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL INSURANCE NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the Capital Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said Stock on the Books of the within named Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated Signature: NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, 1N EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A SCHEDULE 1 CANADIAN CHARTERED BANK OR AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM. Guaranteed by: 999999 TIR5405 ACCT9999 CERT 9999 THE CLASS OF SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS RIGHTS. PRIVILEGES, RESTRICTIONS OR CONDITIONS ATTACHED THERETO AND THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO A SHAREHOLDER ON DEMAND AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL COPY OF THE TEXT OF THE RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES. RESTRICTIONS AND CONDITIONS ATTACHED TO EACH CLASS OF SHARES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION_ RESTRICTIONS

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

 

We consent to the inclusion in this amendment to the Registration Statement of POET Technologies Inc. on Form 20-F (File No. 000-55135) of our report dated May 15, 2014 with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of POET Technologies Inc. as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2013, which report appears in this Form 20-F/A. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Statements by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for reporting of governmental grant income effective January 1, 2011.

 

/s/ Marcum LLP

 

Hartford, Connecticut

May 15, 2014